Remove (Moved to cpukit/http).

49 files changed, 0 insertions, 23576 deletions

diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/.cvsignore b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/.cvsignore
deleted file mode 100644
index 282522db03..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/.cvsignore
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-Makefile
-Makefile.in
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/Makefile.am b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 7c66876683..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-##
-## $Id$
-##
-
-include $(top_srcdir)/automake/compile.am
-
-EXTRA_LIBRARIES =
-CLEANFILES =
-
-AM_CPPFLAGS += -DWEBS -DUEMF -DOS="RTEMS"
-
-if HAS_NETWORKING
-if HAS_POSIX
-include_goaheaddir = $(includedir)/goahead
-
-include_HEADERS = rtems_webserver.h
-include_goahead_HEADERS = ej.h ejIntrn.h emfdb.h md5.h uemf.h um.h webs.h \
-    wsIntrn.h
-
-EXTRA_LIBRARIES += libhttpd.a
-CLEANFILES += libhttpd.a
-libhttpd_a_SOURCES = asp.c balloc.c default.c ejlex.c ejparse.c emfdb.c \
-    form.c h.c handler.c md5c.c mime.c misc.c webpage.c ringq.c rom.c \
-    security.c sock.c socket.c sym.c uemf.c um.c url.c value.c wbase64.c \
-    webrom.c webs.c websuemf.c webmain.c
-libhttpd_a_CPPFLAGS = $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE_V)
-
-EXTRA_LIBRARIES += libhttpd_g.a
-CLEANFILES += libhttpd_g.a
-libhttpd_g_a_SOURCES = $(libhttpd_a_SOURCES)
-libhttpd_g_a_CPPFLAGS = $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS_DEBUG_V)
-
-noinst_DATA = libhttpd$(LIB_VARIANT).a
-endif
-endif
-
-all-local: $(PREINSTALL_FILES)
-
-EXTRA_DIST = webcomp.c webpage.c
-
-PREINSTALL_DIRS =
-PREINSTALL_FILES =
-
-$(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/$(dirstamp):
-	@$(mkdir_p) $(PROJECT_INCLUDE)
-	@: > $(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/$(dirstamp)
-PREINSTALL_DIRS += $(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/$(dirstamp)
-
-if HAS_NETWORKING
-if HAS_POSIX
-$(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/$(dirstamp):
-	@$(mkdir_p) $(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead
-	@: > $(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/$(dirstamp)
-PREINSTALL_DIRS += $(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/$(dirstamp)
-
-$(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/rtems_webserver.h: rtems_webserver.h $(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/$(dirstamp)
-	$(INSTALL_DATA) $< $(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/rtems_webserver.h
-PREINSTALL_FILES += $(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/rtems_webserver.h
-
-$(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/ej.h: ej.h $(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/$(dirstamp)
-	$(INSTALL_DATA) $< $(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/ej.h
-PREINSTALL_FILES += $(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/ej.h
-
-$(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/ejIntrn.h: ejIntrn.h $(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/$(dirstamp)
-	$(INSTALL_DATA) $< $(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/ejIntrn.h
-PREINSTALL_FILES += $(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/ejIntrn.h
-
-$(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/emfdb.h: emfdb.h $(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/$(dirstamp)
-	$(INSTALL_DATA) $< $(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/emfdb.h
-PREINSTALL_FILES += $(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/emfdb.h
-
-$(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/md5.h: md5.h $(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/$(dirstamp)
-	$(INSTALL_DATA) $< $(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/md5.h
-PREINSTALL_FILES += $(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/md5.h
-
-$(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/uemf.h: uemf.h $(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/$(dirstamp)
-	$(INSTALL_DATA) $< $(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/uemf.h
-PREINSTALL_FILES += $(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/uemf.h
-
-$(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/um.h: um.h $(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/$(dirstamp)
-	$(INSTALL_DATA) $< $(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/um.h
-PREINSTALL_FILES += $(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/um.h
-
-$(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/webs.h: webs.h $(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/$(dirstamp)
-	$(INSTALL_DATA) $< $(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/webs.h
-PREINSTALL_FILES += $(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/webs.h
-
-$(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/wsIntrn.h: wsIntrn.h $(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/$(dirstamp)
-	$(INSTALL_DATA) $< $(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/wsIntrn.h
-PREINSTALL_FILES += $(PROJECT_INCLUDE)/goahead/wsIntrn.h
-endif
-endif
-
-CLEANFILES += $(PREINSTALL_FILES)
-DISTCLEANFILES = $(PREINSTALL_DIRS)
-
-include $(top_srcdir)/automake/local.am
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/NOTES b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/NOTES
deleted file mode 100644
index e2ef07eb34..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/NOTES
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-#
-#  $Id$
-#
-
-Notes on merging GoAhead Webs 2.1.4.  Eventually RTEMS should be supported
-in their distributions and this directory removed.
-
-Applied patch from Antti P Miettinen <antti.p.miettinen@nokia.com>.
-
-Obtain the original distribution from http://www.goahead.com for
-documentation.
-
-Porting
-=======
- - added rtems complier flags to uemf.h and misc.c
- - following source files are distributed with the web server
-    but not currently used by RTEMS
-    [cgi.c, sockGen.c, umui.c, websSSL.c, websda.c]
-
-Tailoring
-=========
-socket.c is RTEMS specific
-
-Renames
-=======
-
-Distributed as  This Directory
-============== ================
-base64.c        wbase64.c
-page.c          webpage.c 
-
-RTEMS Specific Additions
-========================
-webmain.c 
-rtems_webserver.h
-
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/asp.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/asp.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d20e683b7..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/asp.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,321 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * asp.c -- Active Server Page Support
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * See the file "license.txt" for usage and redistribution license requirements
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-
-/*
- *	The ASP module processes ASP pages and executes embedded scripts. It 
- *	support an open scripting architecture with in-built support for 
- *	Ejscript(TM).
- */
-
-/********************************* Includes ***********************************/
-
-#include	"wsIntrn.h"
-
-/********************************** Locals ************************************/
-
-static sym_fd_t	websAspFunctions = -1;	/* Symbol table of functions */
-static int		aspOpenCount = 0;		/* count of apps using this module */
-
-/***************************** Forward Declarations ***************************/
-
-static char_t	*strtokcmp(char_t *s1, char_t *s2);
-static char_t	*skipWhite(char_t *s);
-
-/************************************* Code ***********************************/
-/*
- *	Create script spaces and commands
- */
-
-int websAspOpen()
-{
-	if (++aspOpenCount == 1) {
-/*
- *	Create the table for ASP functions
- */
-		websAspFunctions = symOpen(WEBS_SYM_INIT * 2);
-
-/*
- *	Create standard ASP commands
- */
-		websAspDefine(T("write"), websAspWrite);
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/************************************* Code ***********************************/
-/*
- *	Close Asp symbol table.
- */
-
-void websAspClose()
-{
-	if (--aspOpenCount <= 0) {
-		if (websAspFunctions != -1) {
-			symClose(websAspFunctions);
-			websAspFunctions = -1;
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Process ASP requests and expand all scripting commands. We read the
- *	entire ASP page into memory and then process. If you have really big 
- *	documents, it is better to make them plain HTML files rather than ASPs.
- */
-
-int websAspRequest(webs_t wp, char_t *lpath)
-{
-	websStatType	sbuf;
-	char			*rbuf;
-	char_t			*token, *lang, *result, *path, *ep, *cp, *buf, *nextp;
-	char_t			*last;
-	int				rc, engine, len, ejid;
-
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-	a_assert(lpath && *lpath);
-
-	rc = -1;
-	buf = NULL;
-	rbuf = NULL;
-	engine = EMF_SCRIPT_EJSCRIPT;
-	wp->flags |= WEBS_HEADER_DONE;
-	path = websGetRequestPath(wp);
-
-/*
- *	Create Ejscript instance in case it is needed
- */
-	ejid = ejOpenEngine(wp->cgiVars, websAspFunctions);
-	if (ejid < 0) {
-		websError(wp, 200, T("Can't create Ejscript engine"));
-		goto done;
-	}
-	ejSetUserHandle(ejid, (int) wp);
-
-	if (websPageStat(wp, lpath, path, &sbuf) < 0) {
-		websError(wp, 200, T("Can't stat %s"), lpath);
-		goto done;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Create a buffer to hold the ASP file in-memory
- */
-	len = sbuf.size * sizeof(char);
-	if ((rbuf = balloc(B_L, len + 1)) == NULL) {
-		websError(wp, 200, T("Can't get memory"));
-		goto done;
-	}
-	rbuf[len] = '\0';
-
-	if (websPageReadData(wp, rbuf, len) != len) {
-		websError(wp, 200, T("Cant read %s"), lpath);
-		goto done;
-	}
-	websPageClose(wp);
-
-/*
- *	Convert to UNICODE if necessary.
- */
-	if ((buf = ballocAscToUni(rbuf, len)) == NULL) {
-		websError(wp, 200, T("Can't get memory"));
-		goto done;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Scan for the next "<%"
- */
-	last = buf;
-	rc = 0;
-	while (rc == 0 && *last && ((nextp = gstrstr(last, T("<%"))) != NULL)) {
-		websWriteBlock(wp, last, (nextp - last));
-		nextp = skipWhite(nextp + 2);
-
-/*
- *		Decode the language
- */
-		token = T("language");
-
-		if ((lang = strtokcmp(nextp, token)) != NULL) {
-			if ((cp = strtokcmp(lang, T("=javascript"))) != NULL) {
-				engine = EMF_SCRIPT_EJSCRIPT;
-			} else {
-				cp = nextp;
-			}
-			nextp = cp;
-		}
-
-/*
- *		Find tailing bracket and then evaluate the script
- */
-		if ((ep = gstrstr(nextp, T("%>"))) != NULL) {
-
-			*ep = '\0';
-			last = ep + 2;
-			nextp = skipWhite(nextp);
-/*
- *			Handle backquoted newlines
- */
-			for (cp = nextp; *cp; ) {
-				if (*cp == '\\' && (cp[1] == '\r' || cp[1] == '\n')) {
-					*cp++ = ' ';
-					while (*cp == '\r' || *cp == '\n') {
-						*cp++ = ' ';
-					}
-				} else {
-					cp++;
-				}
-			}
-
-/*
- *			Now call the relevant script engine. Output is done directly
- *			by the ASP script procedure by calling websWrite()
- */
-			if (*nextp) {
-				result = NULL;
-				if (engine == EMF_SCRIPT_EJSCRIPT) {
-					rc = scriptEval(engine, nextp, &result, ejid);
-				} else {
-					rc = scriptEval(engine, nextp, &result, (int) wp);
-				}
-				if (rc < 0) {
-/*
- *					On an error, discard all output accumulated so far
- *					and store the error in the result buffer. Be careful if the
- *					user has called websError() already.
- */
-					if (websValid(wp)) {
-						if (result) {
-							websWrite(wp, T("<h2><b>ASP Error: %s</b></h2>\n"), 
-								result);
-							websWrite(wp, T("<pre>%s</pre>"), nextp);
-							bfree(B_L, result);
-						} else {
-							websWrite(wp, T("<h2><b>ASP Error</b></h2>\n%s\n"),
-								nextp);
-						}
-						websWrite(wp, T("</body></html>\n"));
-						rc = 0;
-					}
-					goto done;
-				}
-			}
-
-		} else {
-			websError(wp, 200, T("Unterminated script in %s: \n"), lpath);
-			rc = -1;
-			goto done;
-		}
-	}
-/*
- *	Output any trailing HTML page text
- */
-	if (last && *last && rc == 0) {
-		websWriteBlock(wp, last, gstrlen(last));
-	}
-	rc = 0;
-
-/*
- *	Common exit and cleanup
- */
-done:
-	if (websValid(wp)) {
-		websPageClose(wp);
-		if (ejid >= 0) {
-			ejCloseEngine(ejid);
-		}
-	}
-	bfreeSafe(B_L, buf);
-	bfreeSafe(B_L, rbuf);
-	return rc;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Define an ASP Ejscript function. Bind an ASP name to a C procedure.
- */
-
-int websAspDefine(char_t *name, 
-	int (*fn)(int ejid, webs_t wp, int argc, char_t **argv))
-{
-	return ejSetGlobalFunctionDirect(websAspFunctions, name, 
-		(int (*)(int, void*, int, char_t**)) fn);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Asp write command. This implemements <% write("text"); %> command
- */
-
-int websAspWrite(int ejid, webs_t wp, int argc, char_t **argv)
-{
-	int		i;
-
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-	
-	for (i = 0; i < argc; ) {
-		a_assert(argv);
-		if (websWriteBlock(wp, argv[i], gstrlen(argv[i])) < 0) {
-			return -1;
-		}
-		if (++i < argc) {
-			if (websWriteBlock(wp, T(" "), 2) < 0) {
-				return -1;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	strtokcmp -- Find s2 in s1. We skip leading white space in s1.
- *	Return a pointer to the location in s1 after s2 ends.
- */
-
-static char_t *strtokcmp(char_t *s1, char_t *s2)
-{
-	int		len;
-
-	s1 = skipWhite(s1);
-	len = gstrlen(s2);
-	for (len = gstrlen(s2); len > 0 && (tolower(*s1) == tolower(*s2)); len--) {
-		if (*s2 == '\0') {
-			return s1;
-		}
-		s1++;
-		s2++;
-	}
-	if (len == 0) {
-		return s1;
-	}
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Skip white space
- */
-
-static char_t *skipWhite(char_t *s) 
-{
-	a_assert(s);
-
-	if (s == NULL) {
-		return s;
-	}
-	while (*s && gisspace(*s)) {
-		s++;
-	}
-	return s;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/balloc.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/balloc.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f43bc90acb..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/balloc.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,967 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * balloc.c -- Block allocation module
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * See the file "license.txt" for usage and redistribution license requirements
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-
-/*
- *	This module implements a very fast block allocation scheme suitable for
- *	ROMed environments. It maintains block class queues for rapid allocation
- *	and minimal fragmentation. This module does not coalesce blocks. The 
- *	storage space may be populated statically or via the traditional malloc 
- *	mechanisms. Large blocks greater than the maximum class size may be 
- *	allocated from the O/S or run-time system via malloc. To permit the use 
- *	of malloc, call bopen with flags set to B_USE_MALLOC (this is the default).
- *	It is recommended that bopen be called first thing in the application. 
- *	If it is not, it will be called with default values on the first call to 
- *	balloc(). Note that this code is not designed for multi-threading purposes
- *	and it depends on newly declared variables being initialized to zero.
- */  
-
-/********************************* Includes ***********************************/
-
-#define IN_BALLOC
-
-#ifdef UEMF
-	#include	"uemf.h"
-#else
-	#include	"basic/basicInternal.h"
-#endif
-
-#include	<stdarg.h>
-#include	<stdlib.h>
-
-#ifndef NO_BALLOC
-/********************************* Defines ************************************/
-
-/*
- *	Define B_STATS if you wish to track memory block and stack usage
- */
-#ifdef B_STATS
-/*
- *	Optional statistics
- */
-
-typedef struct {
-	long	alloc;								/* Block allocation calls */
-	long	inuse;								/* Blocks in use */
-} bStatsType;
-
-typedef struct {
-	char_t 	file[FNAMESIZE];
-	long	allocated;							/* Bytes currently allocated */
-	long	count;								/* Current block count */
-	long	times;								/* Count of alloc attempts */
-	long	largest;							/* largest allocated here */
-	int		q;
-} bStatsFileType;
-
-/*
- *	This one is very expensive but great stats
- */
-typedef struct {
-	void			*ptr;						/* Pointer to memory */
-	bStatsFileType	*who;						/* Who allocated the memory */
-} bStatsBlkType;
-
-static bStatsType		bStats[B_MAX_CLASS];	/* Per class stats */
-static bStatsFileType 	bStatsFiles[B_MAX_FILES];/* Per file stats */
-static bStatsBlkType 	bStatsBlks[B_MAX_BLOCKS];/* Per block stats */
-static int			 	bStatsBlksMax = 0;		/* Max block entry */
-static int			 	bStatsFilesMax = 0;		/* Max file entry */
-static int 				bStatsMemInUse = 0;		/* Memory currently in use */
-static int 				bStatsBallocInUse = 0;	/* Memory currently balloced */
-static int 				bStatsMemMax = 0;		/* Max memory ever used */
-static int 				bStatsBallocMax = 0;	/* Max memory ever balloced */
-static void				*bStackMin = (void*) -1;/* Miniumum stack position */
-static void				*bStackStart;			/* Starting stack position */
-static int 				bStatsMemMalloc = 0;	/* Malloced memory */
-#endif /* B_STATS */
-
-/*
- *	ROUNDUP4(size) returns the next higher integer value of size that is 
- *	divisible by 4, or the value of size if size is divisible by 4.
- *	ROUNDUP4() is used in aligning memory allocations on 4-byte boundaries.
- *
- *	Note:  ROUNDUP4() is only required on some operating systems (IRIX).
- */
-
-#define ROUNDUP4(size) ((size) % 4) ? (size) + (4 - ((size) % 4)) : (size)
-
-/********************************** Locals ************************************/
-/*
- *	bQhead blocks are created as the original memory allocation is freed up.
- *	See bfree.
- */
-static bType			*bQhead[B_MAX_CLASS];	/* Per class block q head */
-static char				*bFreeBuf;				/* Pointer to free memory */
-static char				*bFreeNext;				/* Pointer to next free mem */
-static int				bFreeSize;				/* Size of free memory */
-static int				bFreeLeft;				/* Size of free left for use */
-static int				bFlags = B_USE_MALLOC;	/* Default to auto-malloc */
-static int				bopenCount = 0;			/* Num tasks using balloc */
-
-/*************************** Forward Declarations *****************************/
-
-#ifdef B_STATS
-static void bStatsAlloc(B_ARGS_DEC, void *ptr, int q, int size);
-static void bStatsFree(B_ARGS_DEC, void *ptr, int q, int size);
-static void bstatsWrite(int handle, char_t *fmt, ...);
-static int 	bStatsFileSort(const void *cp1, const void *cp2);
-#endif /* B_STATS */
-
-#if (defined (B_FILL) || defined (B_VERIFY_CAUSES_SEVERE_OVERHEAD))
-static void bFillBlock(void *buf, int bufsize);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef B_VERIFY_CAUSES_SEVERE_OVERHEAD
-static void verifyUsedBlock(bType *bp, int q);
-static void verifyFreeBlock(bType *bp, int q);
-void verifyBallocSpace();
-#endif
-
-static int ballocGetSize(int size, int *q);
-
-/********************************** Code **************************************/
-/*
- *	Initialize the balloc module. bopen should be called the very first thing
- *	after the application starts and bclose should be called the last thing 
- *	before exiting. If bopen is not called, it will be called on the first 
- *	allocation with default values. "buf" points to memory to use of size 
- *	"bufsize". If buf is NULL, memory is allocated using malloc. flags may 
- *	be set to B_USE_MALLOC if using malloc is okay. This routine will allocate
- *	an initial buffer of size bufsize for use by the application.
- */
-
-int bopen(void *buf, int bufsize, int flags)
-{
-	bFlags = flags;
-
-#ifdef BASTARD_TESTING
-	srand(time(0L));
-#endif /* BASTARD_TESTING */
-
-/*
- *	If bopen already called by a shared process, just increment the count
- *	and return;
- */
-	if (++bopenCount > 1) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	if (buf == NULL) {
-		if (bufsize == 0) {
-			bufsize = B_DEFAULT_MEM;
-		}
-#ifdef IRIX
-		bufsize = ROUNDUP4(bufsize);
-#endif
-		if ((buf = malloc(bufsize)) == NULL) {
-			return -1;
-		}
-#ifdef B_STATS
-		bStatsMemMalloc += bufsize;
-#endif
-	} else {
-		bFlags |= B_USER_BUF;
-	}
-
-	bFreeSize = bFreeLeft = bufsize;
-	bFreeBuf = bFreeNext = buf;
-	memset(bQhead, 0, sizeof(bQhead));
-#if (defined (B_FILL) || defined (B_VERIFY_CAUSES_SEVERE_OVERHEAD))
-	bFillBlock(buf, bufsize);
-#endif
-#ifdef B_STATS
-	bStackStart = &buf;
-#endif
-#ifdef B_VERIFY_CAUSES_SEVERE_OVERHEAD
-	verifyFreeBlock(buf, bufsize);
-#endif
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Close down the balloc module and free all malloced memory.
- */
-
-void bclose()
-{
-#ifdef B_VERIFY_CAUSES_SEVERE_OVERHEAD
-	verifyBallocSpace();
-#endif
-	if (--bopenCount <= 0 && !(bFlags & B_USER_BUF)) {
-		free(bFreeBuf);
-		bopenCount = 0;
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Allocate a block of the requested size. First check the block 
- *	queues for a suitable one.
- */
-
-void *balloc(B_ARGS_DEC, int size)
-{
-	bType	*bp;
-	int		q, memSize;
-
-/*
- *	Call bopen with default values if the application has not yet done so
- */
-	if (bFreeBuf == NULL) {
-		if (bopen(NULL, B_DEFAULT_MEM, 0) < 0) {
-			return NULL;
-		}
-	}
-#ifdef B_VERIFY_CAUSES_SEVERE_OVERHEAD
-	verifyBallocSpace();
-#endif
-	if (size < 0) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-#ifdef BASTARD_TESTING
-	if (rand() == 0x7fff) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-#endif /* BASTARD_TESTING */
-
-
-	memSize = ballocGetSize(size, &q);
-
-	if (q >= B_MAX_CLASS) {
-/*
- *		Size if bigger than the maximum class. Malloc if use has been okayed
- */
-		if (bFlags & B_USE_MALLOC) {
-#ifdef B_STATS
-			bstats(0, NULL);
-#endif
-#ifdef IRIX
-			memSize = ROUNDUP4(memSize);
-#endif
-			bp = (bType*) malloc(memSize);
-			if (bp == NULL) {
-				traceRaw(T("B: malloc failed\n"));
-				return NULL;
-			}
-#ifdef B_STATS
-			bStatsMemMalloc += memSize;
-#endif
-#if (defined (B_FILL) || defined (B_VERIFY_CAUSES_SEVERE_OVERHEAD))
-			bFillBlock(bp, memSize);
-#endif
-
-		} else {
-			traceRaw(T("B: malloc failed\n"));
-			return NULL;
-		}
-
-/*
- *		the u.size is the actual size allocated for data
- */
-		bp->u.size = memSize - sizeof(bType);
-		bp->flags = B_MALLOCED;
-
-	} else if ((bp = bQhead[q]) != NULL) {
-/*
- *		Take first block off the relevant q if non-empty
- */
-		bQhead[q] = bp->u.next;
-#ifdef B_VERIFY_CAUSES_SEVERE_OVERHEAD
-		verifyFreeBlock(bp, q);
-#endif
-#if (defined (B_FILL) || defined (B_VERIFY_CAUSES_SEVERE_OVERHEAD))
-		bFillBlock(bp, memSize);
-#endif
-		bp->u.size = memSize - sizeof(bType);
-		bp->flags = 0;
-
-	} else {
-		if (bFreeLeft > memSize) {
-/*
- *			The q was empty, and the free list has spare memory so 
- *			create a new block out of the primary free block
- */
-			bp = (bType*) bFreeNext;
-#ifdef B_VERIFY_CAUSES_SEVERE_OVERHEAD
-			verifyFreeBlock(bp, q);
-#endif
-			bFreeNext += memSize;
-			bFreeLeft -= memSize;
-#if (defined (B_FILL) || defined (B_VERIFY_CAUSES_SEVERE_OVERHEAD))
-			bFillBlock(bp, memSize);
-#endif
-			bp->u.size = memSize - sizeof(bType);
-			bp->flags = 0;
-
-		} else if (bFlags & B_USE_MALLOC) {
-#ifdef B_STATS
-			static int once = 0;
-			if (once++ == 0) {
-				bstats(0, NULL);
-			}
-#endif
-/*
- *			Nothing left on the primary free list, so malloc a new block
- */
-#ifdef IRIX
-			memSize = ROUNDUP4(memSize);
-#endif
-			if ((bp = (bType*) malloc(memSize)) == NULL) {
-				traceRaw(T("B: malloc failed\n"));
-				return NULL;
-			}
-#ifdef B_STATS
-			bStatsMemMalloc += memSize;
-#endif
-#if (defined (B_FILL) || defined (B_VERIFY_CAUSES_SEVERE_OVERHEAD))
-			bFillBlock(bp, memSize);
-#endif
-			bp->u.size = memSize - sizeof(bType);
-			bp->flags = B_MALLOCED;
-
-		} else {
-			traceRaw(T("B: malloc failed\n"));
-			return NULL;
-		}
-	}
-
-#ifdef B_STATS
-	bStatsAlloc(B_ARGS, bp, q, memSize);
-#endif
-	bp->flags |= B_INTEGRITY;
-
-/*
- *	The following is a good place to put a breakpoint when trying to reduce
- *	determine and reduce maximum memory use.
- */
-#if 0
-#ifdef B_STATS
-	if (bStatsBallocInUse == bStatsBallocMax) {
-		bstats(0, NULL);
-	}
-#endif
-#endif
-	return (void*) ((char*) bp + sizeof(bType));
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Free a block back to the relevant free q. We don't free back to the O/S
- *	or run time system unless the block is greater than the maximum class size.
- *	We also do not coalesce blocks.
- */
-
-void bfree(B_ARGS_DEC, void *mp)
-{
-	bType	*bp;
-	int		q, memSize;
-
-#ifdef B_VERIFY_CAUSES_SEVERE_OVERHEAD
-	verifyBallocSpace();
-#endif
-	bp = (bType*) ((char*) mp - sizeof(bType));
-
-	a_assert((bp->flags & B_INTEGRITY_MASK) == B_INTEGRITY);
-
-	if ((bp->flags & B_INTEGRITY_MASK) != B_INTEGRITY) {
-		return;
-	}
-
-	memSize = ballocGetSize(bp->u.size, &q);
-
-#ifdef B_VERIFY_CAUSES_SEVERE_OVERHEAD
-	verifyUsedBlock(bp,q);
-#endif
-#ifdef B_STATS
-	bStatsFree(B_ARGS, bp, q, bp->u.size+sizeof(bType));
-#endif
-	if (bp->flags & B_MALLOCED) {
-		free(bp);
-		return;
-	}
-		
-#ifdef B_VERIFY_CAUSES_SEVERE_OVERHEAD
-	bFillBlock(bp, memSize);
-#endif
-
-/*
- *	Simply link onto the head of the relevant q
- */
-	bp->u.next = bQhead[q];
-	bQhead[q] = bp;
-
-	bp->flags = B_FILL_WORD;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Safe free
- */
-
-void bfreeSafe(B_ARGS_DEC, void *mp)
-{
-	if (mp) {
-		bfree(B_ARGS, mp);
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-#ifdef UNICODE
-/*
- *	Duplicate a string, allow NULL pointers and then dup an empty string.
- */
-
-char *bstrdupA(B_ARGS_DEC, char *s)
-{
-	char	*cp;
-	int		len;
-
-	if (s == NULL) {
-		s = "";
-	}
-	len = strlen(s) + 1;
-	if (cp = balloc(B_ARGS, len)) {
-		strcpy(cp, s);
-	}
-	return cp;
-}
-
-#endif /* UNICODE */
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Duplicate an ascii string, allow NULL pointers and then dup an empty string.
- *	If UNICODE, bstrdup above works with wide chars, so we need this routine
- *	for ascii strings. 
- */
-
-char_t *bstrdup(B_ARGS_DEC, char_t *s)
-{
-	char_t	*cp;
-	int		len;
-
-	if (s == NULL) {
-		s = T("");
-	}
-	len = gstrlen(s) + 1;
-	if ((cp = balloc(B_ARGS, len * sizeof(char_t))) != NULL) {
-		gstrcpy(cp, s);
-	}
-	return cp;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Reallocate a block. Allow NULL pointers and just do a malloc.
- *	Note: if the realloc fails, we return NULL and the previous buffer is 
- *	preserved.
- */
-
-void *brealloc(B_ARGS_DEC, void *mp, int newsize)
-{
-	bType	*bp;
-	void	*newbuf;
-
-	if (mp == NULL) {
-		return balloc(B_ARGS, newsize);
-	}
-	bp = (bType*) ((char*) mp - sizeof(bType));
-	a_assert((bp->flags & B_INTEGRITY_MASK) == B_INTEGRITY);
-
-/*
- *	If the allocated memory already has enough room just return the previously
- *	allocated address.
- */
-	if (bp->u.size >= newsize) {
-		return mp;
-	}
-	if ((newbuf = balloc(B_ARGS, newsize)) != NULL) {
-		memcpy(newbuf, mp, bp->u.size);
-		bfree(B_ARGS, mp);
-	}
-	return newbuf;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Find the size of the block to be balloc'ed.  It takes in a size, finds the 
- *	smallest binary block it fits into, adds an overhead amount and returns.
- *	q is the binary size used to keep track of block sizes in use.  Called
- *	from both balloc and bfree.
- */
-
-static int ballocGetSize(int size, int *q)
-{
-	int	mask;
-
-	mask = (size == 0) ? 0 : (size-1) >> B_SHIFT;
-	for (*q = 0; mask; mask >>= 1) {
-		*q = *q + 1;
-	}
-	return ((1 << (B_SHIFT + *q)) + sizeof(bType));
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-#if (defined (B_FILL) || defined (B_VERIFY_CAUSES_SEVERE_OVERHEAD))
-/*
- *	Fill the block (useful during development to catch zero fill assumptions)
- */
-
-static void bFillBlock(void *buf, int bufsize)
-{
-	memset(buf, B_FILL_CHAR, bufsize);
-}
-#endif
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-#ifdef B_STATS
-/*
- *	Statistics. Do output via calling the writefn callback function with 
- *	"handle" as the output file handle. 
- */
-
-void bstats(int handle, void (*writefn)(int handle, char_t *fmt, ...))
-{
-	bStatsFileType	*fp, *files;
-	bStatsBlkType	*blkp;
-	bType			*bp;
-	char_t			*cp;
-	int				q, count, mem, total, len;
-	static	int 	recurseProtect = 0;
-
-	if (recurseProtect++ > 0) {
-		recurseProtect--;
-		return;
-	}
-
-	if (writefn == NULL) {
-		writefn = bstatsWrite;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Print stats for each memory block
- */
-	(*writefn)(handle, T("\nMemory Stats\n"));
-
-/*
- *	The following tabular format is now used for the output.
- *   Q  Size  Free Bytes Inuse Bytes Allocs
- *	dd ddddd   ddd ddddd  dddd ddddd   dddd
- */
-	(*writefn)(handle, " Q  Size   Free  Bytes Inuse Bytes Allocs\n");
-
-	total = 0;
-	for (q = 0; q < B_MAX_CLASS; q++) {
-		count = 0;
-		for (bp = bQhead[q]; bp; bp = bp->u.next) {
-			count++;
-		}
-		mem = count * (1 << (q + B_SHIFT));
-		total += mem;
-		(*writefn)(handle, 
-			T("%2d %5d   %4d %6d  %4d %5d   %4d\n"),
-			q, 1 << (q + B_SHIFT), count, mem, bStats[q].inuse, 
-			bStats[q].inuse * (1 << (q + B_SHIFT)), bStats[q].alloc);
-	}
-
-	(*writefn)(handle, T("\n"));
-
-/*
- *	Print summary stats
- *
- *	bFreeSize			Initial memory reserved with bopen call
- *	bStatsMemMalloc		memory from calls to system MALLOC
- *	bStatsMemMax		
- *	bStatsBallocMax		largest amount of memory from balloc calls
- *	bStatsMemInUse
- *	bStatsBallocInUse	present balloced memory being used
- *	bStatsBlksMax);
- *	bStackStart
- *	bStackMin);
- *	total);
- *	bFreeLeft);
- *
- */
-	(*writefn)(handle, T("Initial free list size    %7d\n"), bFreeSize);
-	(*writefn)(handle, T("Max memory malloced       %7d\n"), bStatsMemMalloc);
-	(*writefn)(handle, T("Max memory ever used      %7d\n"), bStatsMemMax);
-	(*writefn)(handle, T("Max memory ever balloced  %7d\n"), bStatsBallocMax);
-	(*writefn)(handle, T("Memory currently in use   %7d\n"), bStatsMemInUse);
-	(*writefn)(handle, T("Memory currently balloced %7d\n"), bStatsBallocInUse);
-	(*writefn)(handle, T("Max blocks allocated      %7d\n"), bStatsBlksMax);
-	(*writefn)(handle, T("Maximum stack used        %7d\n"), 
-		(int) bStackStart - (int) bStackMin);
-
-	(*writefn)(handle, T("Free memory on all queues %7d\n"), total);
-	(*writefn)(handle, T("Free list buffer left     %7d\n"), bFreeLeft);
-	(*writefn)(handle, T("Total free memory         %7d\n"), bFreeLeft + total);
-
-/*
- *	Print per file allocation stats. Sort the copied table.
- */
-	len = sizeof(bStatsFileType) * B_MAX_FILES;
-	files = malloc(len);
-	if (files == NULL) {
-		(*writefn)(handle, T("Can't allocate stats memory\n"));
-		recurseProtect--;
-		return;
-	}
-	memcpy(files, bStatsFiles, len);
-	qsort(files, bStatsFilesMax, sizeof(bStatsFileType), bStatsFileSort);
-	
-	(*writefn)(handle, T("\nMemory Currently Allocated\n"));
-	total = 0;
-	(*writefn)(handle, 
-		T("                      bytes, blocks in use, total times,")
-		T("largest,   q\n"));
-
-	for (fp = files; fp < &files[bStatsFilesMax]; fp++) {
-		if (fp->file[0]) {
-			(*writefn)(handle, T("%18s, %7d,         %5d,      %6d, %7d,%4d\n"),
-				fp->file, fp->allocated, fp->count, fp->times, fp->largest, 
-				fp->q);
-			total += fp->allocated;
-		}
-	}
-	(*writefn)(handle, T("\nTotal allocated %7d\n\n"), total);
-
-/*
- *	Dump the actual strings
- */
-	(*writefn)(handle, T("\nStrings\n"));
-	for (blkp = &bStatsBlks[bStatsBlksMax - 1]; blkp >= bStatsBlks; blkp--) {
-		if (blkp->ptr) {
-			cp = (char_t*) ((char*) blkp->ptr + sizeof(bType));
-			fp = blkp->who;
-			if (gisalnum(*cp)) {
-				(*writefn)(handle, T("%-50s allocated by %s\n"), cp, 
-					fp->file);
-			}
-		}
-	}
-	free(files);
-	recurseProtect--;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	File sort function. Used to sort per file stats
- */
-
-static int bStatsFileSort(const void *cp1, const void *cp2)
-{
-	bStatsFileType	*s1, *s2;
-
-	s1 = (bStatsFileType*) cp1;
-	s2 = (bStatsFileType*) cp2;
-
-	if (s1->allocated < s2->allocated)
-		return -1;
-	else if (s1->allocated == s2->allocated)
-		return 0;
-	return 1;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Accumulate allocation statistics
- */
-
-static void bStatsAlloc(B_ARGS_DEC, void *ptr, int q, int size)
-{
-	int				memSize;
-	bStatsFileType	*fp;
-	bStatsBlkType	*bp;
-	char_t			name[FNAMESIZE + 10];
-
-	gsprintf(name, T("%s:%d"), B_ARGS);
-
-	bStats[q].alloc++;
-	bStats[q].inuse++;
-	bStatsMemInUse += size;
-	if (bStatsMemInUse > bStatsMemMax) {
-		bStatsMemMax = bStatsMemInUse;
-	}
-	memSize = (1 << (B_SHIFT + q)) + sizeof(bType);
-	bStatsBallocInUse += memSize;
-	if (bStatsBallocInUse > bStatsBallocMax) {
-		bStatsBallocMax = bStatsBallocInUse;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Track maximum stack usage. Assumes a stack growth down. Approximate as
- *	we only measure this on block allocation.
- */
-	if ((void*) &file < bStackMin) {
-		bStackMin = (void*) &file;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Find the file and adjust the stats for this file
- */
-	for (fp = bStatsFiles; fp < &bStatsFiles[bStatsFilesMax]; fp++) {
-		if (fp->file[0] == file[0] && gstrcmp(fp->file, name) == 0) {
-			fp->allocated += size;
-			fp->count++;
-			fp->times++;
-			if (fp->largest < size) {
-				fp->largest = size;
-				fp->q = q;
-			}
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-
-/*
- *	New entry: find the first free slot and create a new entry
- */
-	if (fp >= &bStatsFiles[bStatsFilesMax]) {
-		for (fp = bStatsFiles; fp < &bStatsFiles[B_MAX_FILES]; fp++) {
-			if (fp->file[0] == '\0') {
-				gstrncpy(fp->file, name, TSZ(fp->file));
-				fp->allocated += size;
-				fp->count++;
-				fp->times++;
-				fp->largest = size;
-				fp->q = q;
-				if ((fp - bStatsFiles) >= bStatsFilesMax) {
-					bStatsFilesMax = (fp - bStatsFiles) + 1;
-				}
-				break;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Update the per block stats. Allocate a new slot.
- */
-	for (bp = bStatsBlks; bp < &bStatsBlks[B_MAX_BLOCKS]; bp++) {
-		if (bp->ptr == NULL) {
-			bp->ptr = ptr;
-			bp->who = fp;
-			if ((bp - bStatsBlks) >= bStatsBlksMax) {
-				bStatsBlksMax = (bp - bStatsBlks) + 1;
-			}
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Free statistics
- */
-
-static void bStatsFree(B_ARGS_DEC, void *ptr, int q, int size)
-{
-	int				memSize;
-	bStatsFileType	*fp;
-	bStatsBlkType	*bp;
-
-	memSize = (1 << (B_SHIFT + q)) + sizeof(bType);
-	bStatsMemInUse -= size;
-	bStatsBallocInUse -= memSize;
-	bStats[q].inuse--;
-
-/*
- *	Update the per block stats. Try from the end first 
- */
-	for (bp = &bStatsBlks[bStatsBlksMax - 1]; bp >= bStatsBlks; bp--) {
-		if (bp->ptr == ptr) {
-			bp->ptr = NULL;
-			fp = bp->who;
-			bp->who = NULL;
-			fp->allocated -= size;
-			fp->count--;
-			return;
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Default output function. Just send to trace channel.
- */
-
-#undef sprintf
-static void bstatsWrite(int handle, char_t *fmt, ...)
-{
-	va_list		args;
-	char_t		buf[BUF_MAX];
-
-	va_start(args, fmt);
-	vsprintf(buf, fmt, args);
-	va_end(args);
-	traceRaw(buf);
-}
-
-
-#else /* not B_STATS */
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Dummy bstats for external calls that aren't protected by #if B_STATS.
- */
-
-void bstats(int handle, void (*writefn)(int handle, char_t *fmt, ...))
-{
-}
-#endif /* B_STATS */
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-#ifdef B_VERIFY_CAUSES_SEVERE_OVERHEAD
-/*
- *	The following routines verify the integrity of the balloc memory space.
- *	These functions use the B_FILL feature.  Corruption is defined
- *	as bad integrity flags in allocated blocks or data other than B_FILL_CHAR
- *	being found anywhere in the space which is unallocated and that is not a
- *	next pointer in the free queues. a_assert is called if any corruption is
- *	found.  CAUTION:  These functions add severe processing overhead and should
- *	only be used when searching for a tough corruption problem.
- */
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	verifyUsedBlock verifies that a block which was previously allocated is
- *	still uncorrupted.  
- */
-
-static void verifyUsedBlock(bType *bp, int q)
-{
-	int		memSize, size;
-	char	*p;
-
-	memSize = (1 << (B_SHIFT + q)) + sizeof(bType);
-	a_assert((bp->flags & ~B_MALLOCED) == B_INTEGRITY);
-	size = bp->u.size;
-	for (p = ((char *)bp)+sizeof(bType)+size; p < ((char*)bp)+memSize; p++) {
-		a_assert(*p == B_FILL_CHAR);
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	verifyFreeBlock verifies that a previously free'd block in one of the queues
- *	is still uncorrupted.
- */
-
-static void verifyFreeBlock(bType *bp, int q)
-{
-	int		memSize;
-	char	*p;
-
-	memSize = (1 << (B_SHIFT + q)) + sizeof(bType);
-	for (p = ((char *)bp)+sizeof(void*); p < ((char*)bp)+memSize; p++) {
-		a_assert(*p == B_FILL_CHAR);
-	}
-	bp = (bType *)p;
-	a_assert((bp->flags & ~B_MALLOCED) == B_INTEGRITY ||
-		bp->flags == B_FILL_WORD);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	verifyBallocSpace reads through the entire balloc memory space and
- *	verifies that all allocated blocks are uncorrupted and that, with the
- *	exception of free list next pointers, all other unallocated space is
- *	filled with B_FILL_CHAR.
- */
-
-void verifyBallocSpace()
-{
-	int		q;
-	char	*p;
-	bType	*bp;
-
-/*
- *	First verify all the free blocks.
- */
-	for (q = 0; q < B_MAX_CLASS; q++) {	
-		for (bp = bQhead[q]; bp != NULL; bp = bp->u.next) {
-			verifyFreeBlock(bp, q);
-		}
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Now verify other space
- */
-	p = bFreeBuf;
-	while (p < (bFreeBuf + bFreeSize)) {
-		bp = (bType *)p;
-		if (bp->u.size > 0xFFFFF) {
-			p += sizeof(bp->u);
-			while (p < (bFreeBuf + bFreeSize) && *p == B_FILL_CHAR) {
-				p++;
-			}
-		} else {
-			a_assert(((bp->flags & ~B_MALLOCED) == B_INTEGRITY) ||
-				bp->flags == B_FILL_WORD);
-			p += (sizeof(bType) + bp->u.size);
-			while (p < (bFreeBuf + bFreeSize) && *p == B_FILL_CHAR) {
-				p++;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-}
-#endif /* B_VERIFY_CAUSES_SEVERE_OVERHEAD */
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-
-#else /* NO_BALLOC */
-int bopen(void *buf, int bufsize, int flags)
-{
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-
-void bclose()
-{
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-
-void bstats(int handle, void (*writefn)(int handle, char_t *fmt, ...))
-{
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-
-char_t *bstrdupNoBalloc(char_t *s)
-{
-#ifdef UNICODE
-	if (s) {
-		return wcsdup(s);
-	} else {
-		return wcsdup(T(""));
-	}
-#else
-	return bstrdupANoBalloc(s);
-#endif
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-
-char *bstrdupANoBalloc(char *s)
-{
-	char*	buf;
-
-	if (s == NULL) {
-		s = "";
-	}
-	buf = malloc(strlen(s)+1);
-	strcpy(buf, s);
-	return buf;
-}
-
-#endif /* NO_BALLOC */
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/cgi.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/cgi.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c2328eab6e..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/cgi.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,331 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * cgi.c -- CGI processing (for the GoAhead Web server
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * See the file "license.txt" for usage and redistribution license requirements
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-/********************************** Description *******************************/
-/*
- *	This module implements the /cgi-bin handler. CGI processing differs from
- *	goforms processing in that each CGI request is executed as a separate 
- *	process, rather than within the webserver process. For each CGI request the
- *	environment of the new process must be set to include all the CGI variables
- *	and its standard input and output must be directed to the socket.  This
- *	is done using temporary files.
- */
-
-/*********************************** Includes *********************************/
-#include	"wsIntrn.h"
-#ifdef UEMF
-	#include	"uemf.h"
-#else
-	#include	"basic/basicInternal.h"
-#endif
-
-/************************************ Locals **********************************/
-typedef struct {				/* Struct for CGI tasks which have completed */
-	webs_t	wp;					/* pointer to session websRec */
-	char_t	*stdIn;				/* file desc. for task's temp input fd */
-	char_t	*stdOut;			/* file desc. for task's temp output fd */
-	char_t	*cgiPath;			/* path to executable process file */
-	char_t	**argp;				/* pointer to buf containing argv tokens */
-	char_t	**envp;				/* pointer to array of environment strings */
-	int		handle;				/* process handle of the task */
-	long	fplacemark;			/* seek location for CGI output file */
-} cgiRec;
-static cgiRec	**cgiList;		/* hAlloc chain list of wp's to be closed */
-static int		cgiMax;			/* Size of hAlloc list */
-
-/************************************* Code ***********************************/
-
-/*
- *	Process a form request. Returns 1 always to indicate it handled the URL
- */
-int websCgiHandler(webs_t wp, char_t *urlPrefix, char_t *webDir, int arg, 
-		char_t *url, char_t *path, char_t* query)
-{
-	cgiRec		*cgip;
-	sym_t		*s;
-	char_t		cgiBuf[FNAMESIZE], *stdIn, *stdOut, cwd[FNAMESIZE];
-	char_t		*cp, *cgiName, *cgiPath, **argp, **envp, **ep;
-	int			n, envpsize, argpsize, pHandle, cid;
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-	a_assert(url && *url);
-	a_assert(path && *path == '/');
-	websStats.cgiHits++;
-/*
- *	Extract the form name and then build the full path name.  The form
- *	name will follow the first '/' in path.
- */
-	gstrncpy(cgiBuf, path, TSZ(cgiBuf));
-	if ((cgiName = gstrchr(&cgiBuf[1], '/')) == NULL) {
-		websError(wp, 200, T("Missing CGI name"));
-		return 1;
-	}
-	cgiName++;
-	if ((cp = gstrchr(cgiName, '/')) != NULL) {
-		*cp = '\0';
-	}
-	fmtAlloc(&cgiPath, FNAMESIZE, T("%s/%s/%s"), websGetDefaultDir(),
-		CGI_BIN, cgiName);
-#ifndef VXWORKS
-/*
- *	See if the file exists and is executable.  If not error out.
- *	Don't do this step for VxWorks, since the module may already
- *	be part of the OS image, rather than in the file system.
- */
-	{
-		gstat_t		sbuf;
-		if (gstat(cgiPath, &sbuf) != 0 || (sbuf.st_mode & S_IFREG) == 0) {
-			websError(wp, 200, T("CGI process file does not exist"));
-			bfree(B_L, cgiPath);
-			return 1;
-		}
-#if (defined (WIN) || defined (CE))
-		if (gstrstr(cgiPath, T(".exe")) == NULL &&
-			gstrstr(cgiPath, T(".bat")) == NULL) {
-#elif (defined (NW))
-			if (gstrstr(cgiPath, T(".nlm")) == NULL) {
-#else
-		if (gaccess(cgiPath, X_OK) != 0) {
-#endif /* WIN || CE */
-			websError(wp, 200, T("CGI process file is not executable"));
-			bfree(B_L, cgiPath);
-			return 1;
-		}
-	}
-#endif /* ! VXWORKS */
-
-         
-/*
- *	Get the CWD for resetting after launching the child process CGI
- */
-	ggetcwd(cwd, FNAMESIZE);
-/*
- *	Retrieve the directory of the child process CGI
- */
-	if ((cp = gstrrchr(cgiPath, '/')) != NULL) {
-		*cp = '\0';
-		gchdir(cgiPath);
-		*cp = '/';
-	}
-/*
- *	Build command line arguments.  Only used if there is no non-encoded
- *	= character.  This is indicative of a ISINDEX query.  POST separators
- *	are & and others are +.  argp will point to a balloc'd array of 
- *	pointers.  Each pointer will point to substring within the
- *	query string.  This array of string pointers is how the spawn or 
- *	exec routines expect command line arguments to be passed.  Since 
- *	we don't know ahead of time how many individual items there are in
- *	the query string, the for loop includes logic to grow the array 
- *	size via brealloc.
- */
-	argpsize = 10;
-	argp = balloc(B_L, argpsize * sizeof(char_t *));
-	*argp = cgiPath;
-	n = 1;
-	if (gstrchr(query, '=') == NULL) {
-		websDecodeUrl(query, query, gstrlen(query));
-		for (cp = gstrtok(query, T(" ")); cp != NULL; ) {
-			*(argp+n) = cp;
-			n++;
-			if (n >= argpsize) {
-				argpsize *= 2;
-				argp = brealloc(B_L, argp, argpsize * sizeof(char_t *));
-			}
-			cp = gstrtok(NULL, T(" "));
-		}
-	}
-	*(argp+n) = NULL;
-/*
- *	Add all CGI variables to the environment strings to be passed
- *	to the spawned CGI process.  This includes a few we don't 
- *	already have in the symbol table, plus all those that are in
- *	the cgiVars symbol table.  envp will point to a balloc'd array of 
- *	pointers.  Each pointer will point to a balloc'd string containing
- *	the keyword value pair in the form keyword=value.  Since we don't
- *	know ahead of time how many environment strings there will be the
- *	for loop includes logic to grow the array size via brealloc.
- */
-	envpsize = WEBS_SYM_INIT;
-	envp = balloc(B_L, envpsize * sizeof(char_t *));
-	n = 0;
-	fmtAlloc(envp+n, FNAMESIZE, T("%s=%s"),T("PATH_TRANSLATED"), cgiPath);
-	n++;
-	fmtAlloc(envp+n, FNAMESIZE, T("%s=%s/%s"),T("SCRIPT_NAME"),
-		CGI_BIN, cgiName);
-	n++;
-	fmtAlloc(envp+n, FNAMESIZE, T("%s=%s"),T("REMOTE_USER"), wp->userName);
-	n++;
-	fmtAlloc(envp+n, FNAMESIZE, T("%s=%s"),T("AUTH_TYPE"), wp->authType);
-	n++;
-	for (s = symFirst(wp->cgiVars); s != NULL; s = symNext(wp->cgiVars)) {
-		if (s->content.valid && s->content.type == string &&
-			gstrcmp(s->name.value.string, T("REMOTE_HOST")) != 0 &&
-			gstrcmp(s->name.value.string, T("HTTP_AUTHORIZATION")) != 0) {
-			fmtAlloc(envp+n, FNAMESIZE, T("%s=%s"), s->name.value.string,
-				s->content.value.string);
-			n++;
-			if (n >= envpsize) {
-				envpsize *= 2;
-				envp = brealloc(B_L, envp, envpsize * sizeof(char_t *));
-			}
-		}
-	}
-	*(envp+n) = NULL;
-/*
- *	Create temporary file name(s) for the child's stdin and stdout.
- *	For POST data the stdin temp file (and name) should already exist.
- */
-	if (wp->cgiStdin == NULL) {
-		wp->cgiStdin = websGetCgiCommName();
-	} 
-	stdIn = wp->cgiStdin;
-	stdOut = websGetCgiCommName();
-/*
- *	Now launch the process.  If not successful, do the cleanup of resources.
- *	If successful, the cleanup will be done after the process completes.
- */
-	if ((pHandle = websLaunchCgiProc(cgiPath, argp, envp, stdIn, stdOut)) 
-		== -1) {
-		websError(wp, 200, T("failed to spawn CGI task"));
-		for (ep = envp; *ep != NULL; ep++) {
-			bfreeSafe(B_L, *ep);
-		}
-		bfreeSafe(B_L, cgiPath);
-		bfreeSafe(B_L, argp);
-		bfreeSafe(B_L, envp);
-		bfreeSafe(B_L, stdOut);
-	} else {
-/*
- *		If the spawn was successful, put this wp on a queue to be
- *		checked for completion.
- */
-		cid = hAllocEntry((void***) &cgiList, &cgiMax, sizeof(cgiRec));
-		cgip = cgiList[cid];
-		cgip->handle = pHandle;
-		cgip->stdIn = stdIn;
-		cgip->stdOut = stdOut;
-		cgip->cgiPath = cgiPath;
-		cgip->argp = argp;
-		cgip->envp = envp;
-		cgip->wp = wp;
-		cgip->fplacemark = 0;
-		websTimeoutCancel(wp);
-	}
-/*
- *	Restore the current working directory after spawning child CGI
- */
- 	gchdir(cwd);
-	return 1;
-}
-
-
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Any entry in the cgiList need to be checked to see if it has
- */
-void websCgiGatherOutput (cgiRec *cgip)
-{
-	gstat_t	sbuf;
-	char_t	cgiBuf[FNAMESIZE];
-	if ((gstat(cgip->stdOut, &sbuf) == 0) && 
-		(sbuf.st_size > cgip->fplacemark)) {
-		int fdout;
-		fdout = gopen(cgip->stdOut, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY, 0444 );
-/*
- *		Check to see if any data is available in the
- *		output file and send its contents to the socket.
- */
-		if (fdout >= 0) {
-			webs_t	wp = cgip->wp;
-			int		nRead;
-/*
- *			Write the HTTP header on our first pass
- */
-			if (cgip->fplacemark == 0) {
-				websWrite(wp, T("HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n"));
-			}
-			glseek(fdout, cgip->fplacemark, SEEK_SET);
-			while ((nRead = gread(fdout, cgiBuf, FNAMESIZE)) > 0) {
-				websWriteBlock(wp, cgiBuf, nRead);
-				cgip->fplacemark += nRead;
-			}
-			gclose(fdout);
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Any entry in the cgiList need to be checked to see if it has
- *	completed, and if so, process its output and clean up.
- */
-void websCgiCleanup()
-{
-	cgiRec	*cgip;
-	webs_t	wp;
-	char_t	**ep;
-	int		cid, nTries;
-	for (cid = 0; cid < cgiMax; cid++) {
-		if ((cgip = cgiList[cid]) != NULL) {
-			wp = cgip->wp;
-			websCgiGatherOutput (cgip);
-			if (websCheckCgiProc(cgip->handle) == 0) {
-/*
- *				We get here if the CGI process has terminated.  Clean up.
- */
-				nTries = 0;
-/*				
- *				Make sure we didn't miss something during a task switch.
- *				Maximum wait is 100 times 10 msecs (1 second).
- */
-				while ((cgip->fplacemark == 0) && (nTries < 100)) {
-					websCgiGatherOutput(cgip);
-/*					
- *					There are some cases when we detect app exit 
- *					before the file is ready. 
- */
-					if (cgip->fplacemark == 0) {
-#ifdef WIN
-						Sleep(10);
-#endif /* WIN*/
-					}
-					nTries++;
-				}
-				if (cgip->fplacemark == 0) {
-					websError(wp, 200, T("CGI generated no output"));
-				} else {
-					websDone(wp, 200);
-				}
-/*
- *				Remove the temporary re-direction files
- */
-				gunlink(cgip->stdIn);
-				gunlink(cgip->stdOut);
-/*
- *				Free all the memory buffers pointed to by cgip.
- *				The stdin file name (wp->cgiStdin) gets freed as
- *				part of websFree().
- */
-				cgiMax = hFree((void***) &cgiList, cid);
-				for (ep = cgip->envp; ep != NULL && *ep != NULL; ep++) {
-					bfreeSafe(B_L, *ep);
-				}
-				bfreeSafe(B_L, cgip->cgiPath);
-				bfreeSafe(B_L, cgip->argp);
-				bfreeSafe(B_L, cgip->envp);
-				bfreeSafe(B_L, cgip->stdOut);
-				bfreeSafe(B_L, cgip);
-			}
-		}
-	}
-}
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/default.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/default.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 2dfb2f70b2..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/default.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,431 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * default.c -- Default URL handler. Includes support for ASP.
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * See the file "license.txt" for usage and redistribution license requirements
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-
-/*
- *	This module provides default URL handling and Active Server Page support.
- *
- *	In many cases we don't check the return code of calls to websWrite as
- *	it is easier, smaller and non-fatal to continue even when the requesting
- *	browser has gone away.
- */
-
-/********************************* Includes ***********************************/
-
-#include	"wsIntrn.h"
-
-/*********************************** Locals ***********************************/
-
-static char_t	*websDefaultPage;			/* Default page name */
-static char_t	*websDefaultDir;			/* Default Web page directory */
-
-/**************************** Forward Declarations ****************************/
-
-static void websDefaultWriteEvent(webs_t wp);
-
-/*********************************** Code *************************************/
-/*
- *	Process a default URL request. This will validate the URL and handle "../"
- *	and will provide support for Active Server Pages. As the handler is the
- *	last handler to run, it always indicates that it has handled the URL 
- *	by returning 1. 
- */
-
-int websDefaultHandler(webs_t wp, char_t *urlPrefix, char_t *webDir, int arg,
-						char_t *url, char_t *path, char_t *query)
-{
-	websStatType	sbuf;
-	char_t			*lpath, *tmp, *date;
-	int				bytes, flags, nchars;
-
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-	a_assert(url && *url);
-	a_assert(path);
-	a_assert(query);
-
-/*
- *	Validate the URL and ensure that ".."s don't give access to unwanted files
- */
-	flags = websGetRequestFlags(wp);
-
-	if (websValidateUrl(wp, path) < 0) {
-		websError(wp, 500, T("Invalid URL %s"), url);
-		return 1;
-	}
-	lpath = websGetRequestLpath(wp);
-	nchars = gstrlen(lpath) - 1;
-	if (lpath[nchars] == '/' || lpath[nchars] == '\\') {
-		lpath[nchars] = '\0';
-	}
-
-/*
- *	If the file is a directory, redirect using the nominated default page
- */
-	if (websPageIsDirectory(lpath)) {
-		nchars = gstrlen(path);
-		if (path[nchars-1] == '/' || path[nchars-1] == '\\') {
-			path[--nchars] = '\0';
-		}
-		nchars += gstrlen(websDefaultPage) + 2;
-		fmtAlloc(&tmp, nchars, T("%s/%s"), path, websDefaultPage);
-		websRedirect(wp, tmp);
-		bfreeSafe(B_L, tmp);
-		return 1;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Open the document. Stat for later use.
- */
-	if (websPageOpen(wp, lpath, path, SOCKET_RDONLY | SOCKET_BINARY, 
-		0666) < 0) {
-		websError(wp, 400, T("Cannot open URL <b>%s</b>"), url);
-		return 1;
-	} 
-
-	if (websPageStat(wp, lpath, path, &sbuf) < 0) {
-		websError(wp, 400, T("Cannot stat page for URL <b>%s</b>"), url);
-		return 1;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	If the page has not been modified since the user last received it and it
- *	is not dynamically generated each time (ASP), then optimize request by
- *	sending a 304 Use local copy response
- */
-	websStats.localHits++;
-#ifdef WEBS_IF_MODIFIED_SUPPORT
-	if (flags & WEBS_IF_MODIFIED && !(flags & WEBS_ASP)) {
-		if (sbuf.mtime <= wp->since) {
-			websWrite(wp, T("HTTP/1.0 304 Use local copy\r\n"));
-
-/*
- *			by license terms the following line of code must
- *			not be modified.
- */
-			websWrite(wp, T("Server: %s\r\n"), WEBS_NAME);
-
-			if (flags & WEBS_KEEP_ALIVE) {
-				websWrite(wp, T("Connection: keep-alive\r\n"));
-			}
-			websWrite(wp, T("\r\n"));
-			websSetRequestFlags(wp, flags |= WEBS_HEADER_DONE);
-			websDone(wp, 304);
-			return 1;
-		}
-	}
-#endif
-
-/*
- *	Output the normal HTTP response header
- */
-	if ((date = websGetDateString(NULL)) != NULL) {
-		websWrite(wp, T("HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\nDate: %s\r\n"), date);
-
-/*
- *		By license terms the following line of code must not be modified.
- */
-		websWrite(wp, T("Server: %s\r\n"), WEBS_NAME);
-		bfree(B_L, date);
-	}
-	flags |= WEBS_HEADER_DONE;
-
-/*
- *	If this is an ASP request, ensure the remote browser doesn't cache it.
- *	Send back both HTTP/1.0 and HTTP/1.1 cache control directives
- */
-	if (flags & WEBS_ASP) {
-		bytes = 0;
-		websWrite(wp, T("Pragma: no-cache\r\nCache-Control: no-cache\r\n"));
-
-	} else {
-		if ((date = websGetDateString(&sbuf)) != NULL) {
-			websWrite(wp, T("Last-modified: %s\r\n"), date);
-			bfree(B_L, date);
-		}
-		bytes = sbuf.size;
-	}
-
-	if (bytes) {
-		websWrite(wp, T("Content-length: %d\r\n"), bytes);
-		websSetRequestBytes(wp, bytes);
-	}
-	websWrite(wp, T("Content-type: %s\r\n"), websGetRequestType(wp));
-
-	if ((flags & WEBS_KEEP_ALIVE) && !(flags & WEBS_ASP)) {
-		websWrite(wp, T("Connection: keep-alive\r\n"));
-	}
-	websWrite(wp, T("\r\n"));
-
-/*
- *	All done if the browser did a HEAD request
- */
-	if (flags & WEBS_HEAD_REQUEST) {
-		websDone(wp, 200);
-		return 1;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Evaluate ASP requests
- */
-	if (flags & WEBS_ASP) {
-		if (websAspRequest(wp, lpath) < 0) {
-			return 1;
-		}
-		websDone(wp, 200);
-		return 1;
-	}
-
-#ifdef WEBS_SSL_SUPPORT
-	if (wp->flags & WEBS_SECURE) {
-		websDefaultWriteEvent(wp);
-	} else {
-		websSetRequestSocketHandler(wp, SOCKET_WRITABLE, websDefaultWriteEvent);
-	}
-#else
-/*
- *	For normal web documents, return the data via background write
- */
-	websSetRequestSocketHandler(wp, SOCKET_WRITABLE, websDefaultWriteEvent);
-#endif
-	return 1;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Validate the URL path and process ".." path segments. Return -1 if the URL
- *	is bad.
- */
-
-int websValidateUrl(webs_t wp, char_t *path)
-{
-	char_t	*parts[64];					/* Array of ptr's to URL parts */
-	char_t	*token, *dir, *lpath;
-	int		i, len, npart;
-
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-	a_assert(path);
-
-	dir = websGetRequestDir(wp);
-	if (dir == NULL || *dir == '\0') {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Copy the string so we don't destroy the original
- */
-	path = bstrdup(B_L, path);
-	websDecodeUrl(path, path, gstrlen(path));
-
-	len = npart = 0;
-	parts[0] = NULL;
-
-   /*
-    * 22 Jul 02 -- there were reports that a directory traversal exploit was
-    * possible in the WebServer running under Windows if directory paths
-    * outside the server's specified root web were given by URL-encoding the
-    * backslash character, like:
-    *
-    *  GoAhead is vulnerable to a directory traversal bug. A request such as
-    *  
-    *  GoAhead-server/../../../../../../../ results in an error message
-    *  'Cannot open URL'.
-
-    *  However, by encoding the '/' character, it is possible to break out of
-    *  the
-    *  web root and read arbitrary files from the server.
-    *  Hence a request like:
-    * 
-    *  GoAhead-server/..%5C..%5C..%5C..%5C..%5C..%5C/winnt/win.ini returns the
-    *  contents of the win.ini file.
-    * (Note that the description uses forward slashes (0x2F), but the example
-    * uses backslashes (0x5C). In my tests, forward slashes are correctly
-    * trapped, but backslashes are not. The code below substitutes forward
-    * slashes for backslashes before attempting to validate that there are no
-    * unauthorized paths being accessed.
-    */
-   token = gstrchr(path, '\\');
-   while (token != NULL)
-   {
-      *token = '/';
-      token = gstrchr(token, '\\');
-   }
-   
-	token = gstrtok(path, T("/"));
-
-/*
- *	Look at each directory segment and process "." and ".." segments
- *	Don't allow the browser to pop outside the root web. 
- */
-	while (token != NULL) {
-		if (gstrcmp(token, T("..")) == 0) {
-			if (npart > 0) {
-				npart--;
-			}
-
-		} else if (gstrcmp(token, T(".")) != 0) {
-			parts[npart] = token;
-			len += gstrlen(token) + 1;
-			npart++;
-		}
-		token = gstrtok(NULL, T("/"));
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Create local path for document. Need extra space all "/" and null.
- */
-	if (npart || (gstrcmp(path, T("/")) == 0) || (path[0] == '\0')) {
-		lpath = balloc(B_L, (gstrlen(dir) + 1 + len + 1) * sizeof(char_t));
-		gstrcpy(lpath, dir);
-
-		for (i = 0; i < npart; i++) {
-			gstrcat(lpath, T("/"));
-			gstrcat(lpath, parts[i]);
-		}
-		websSetRequestLpath(wp, lpath);
-		bfree(B_L, path);
-		bfree(B_L, lpath);
-
-	} else {
-		bfree(B_L, path);
-		return -1;
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Do output back to the browser in the background. This is a socket
- *	write handler.
- */
-
-static void websDefaultWriteEvent(webs_t wp)
-{
-	int		len, wrote, flags, bytes, written;
-	char	*buf;
-
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-	flags = websGetRequestFlags(wp);
-
-	websSetTimeMark(wp);
-
-	wrote = bytes = 0;
-	written = websGetRequestWritten(wp);
-
-/*
- *	We only do this for non-ASP documents
- */
-	if ( !(flags & WEBS_ASP)) {
-		bytes = websGetRequestBytes(wp);
-/*
- *		Note: websWriteDataNonBlock may return less than we wanted. It will
- *		return -1 on a socket error
- */
-		if ((buf = balloc(B_L, PAGE_READ_BUFSIZE)) == NULL) {
-			websError(wp, 200, T("Can't get memory"));
-		} else {
-			while ((len = websPageReadData(wp, buf, PAGE_READ_BUFSIZE)) > 0) {
-				if ((wrote = websWriteDataNonBlock(wp, buf, len)) < 0) {
-					break;
-				}
-				written += wrote;
-				if (wrote != len) {
-					websPageSeek(wp, - (len - wrote));
-					break;
-				}
-			}
-/*
- *			Safety. If we are at EOF, we must be done
- */
-			if (len == 0) {
-				a_assert(written >= bytes);
-				written = bytes;
-			}
-			bfree(B_L, buf);
-		}
-	}
-
-/*
- *	We're done if an error, or all bytes output
- */
-	websSetRequestWritten(wp, written);
-	if (wrote < 0 || written >= bytes) {
-		websDone(wp, 200);
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/* 
- *	Closing down. Free resources.
- */
-
-void websDefaultClose()
-{
-	if (websDefaultPage) {
-		bfree(B_L, websDefaultPage);
-		websDefaultPage = NULL;
-	}
-	if (websDefaultDir) {
-		bfree(B_L, websDefaultDir);
-		websDefaultDir = NULL;
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get the default page for URL requests ending in "/"
- */
-
-char_t *websGetDefaultPage()
-{
-	return websDefaultPage;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get the default web directory
- */
-
-char_t *websGetDefaultDir()
-{
-	return websDefaultDir;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Set the default page for URL requests ending in "/"
- */
-
-void websSetDefaultPage(char_t *page)
-{
-	a_assert(page && *page);
-
-	if (websDefaultPage) {
-		bfree(B_L, websDefaultPage);
-	}
-	websDefaultPage = bstrdup(B_L, page);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Set the default web directory
- */
-
-void websSetDefaultDir(char_t *dir)
-{
-	a_assert(dir && *dir);
-	if (websDefaultDir) {
-		bfree(B_L, websDefaultDir);
-	}
-	websDefaultDir = bstrdup(B_L, dir);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/ej.h b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/ej.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 879dae91a7..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/ej.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-/* 
- *	ej.h -- Ejscript(TM) header
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1992-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- *	See the file "license.txt" for information on usage and redistribution
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-#ifndef _h_EJ
-#define _h_EJ 1
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-
-/* 
- *	GoAhead Ejscript(TM) header. This defines the Ejscript API and internal
- *	structures.
- */
-
-/********************************* Includes ***********************************/
-
-#ifndef UEMF
-	#include	"basic/basic.h"
-	#include	"emf/emf.h"
-#else
-	#include	"uemf.h"
-#endif
-
-/********************************** Defines ***********************************/
-
-/******************************** Prototypes **********************************/
-
-extern int 		ejArgs(int argc, char_t **argv, char_t *fmt, ...);
-extern void		ejSetResult(int eid, char_t *s);
-extern int		ejOpenEngine(sym_fd_t variables, sym_fd_t functions);
-extern void		ejCloseEngine(int eid);
-extern int 		ejSetGlobalFunction(int eid, char_t *name, 
-					int (*fn)(int eid, void *handle, int argc, char_t **argv));
-extern void		ejSetVar(int eid, char_t *var, char_t *value);
-extern int		ejGetVar(int eid, char_t *var, char_t **value);
-extern char_t	*ejEval(int eid, char_t *script, char_t **emsg);
-
-#endif /* _h_EJ */
-
-/*****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/ejIntrn.h b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/ejIntrn.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 401da17891..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/ejIntrn.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,230 +0,0 @@
-/* 
- *	ejIntrn.h -- Ejscript(TM) header
- *
- *	Copyright (c) GoAhead Software, Inc., 1992-2000
- *
- *	See the file "license.txt" for information on usage and redistribution
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-#ifndef _h_EJINTERNAL
-#define _h_EJINTERNAL 1
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-
-/* 
- *	GoAhead Ejscript(TM) header. This defines the Ejscript API and internal
- *	structures.
- */
-
-/********************************* Includes ***********************************/
-
-#include	<ctype.h>
-#include	<stdarg.h>
-#include	<stdlib.h>
-
-#ifdef CE
-#ifndef UEMF
-	#include	<io.h>
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef LYNX
-	#include	<unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef QNX4
-	#include	<dirent.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef UEMF
-	#include	"uemf.h"
-#else
-	#include	<param.h>
-	#include	<stat.h>
-	#include	"basic/basicInternal.h"
-	#include	"emf/emfInternal.h"
-#endif
-
-#include		"ej.h"
-
-/********************************** Defines ***********************************/
-/*
- *	Constants
- */
-#define EJ_INC				110		/* Growth for tags/tokens */
-#define EJ_SCRIPT_INC		1023	/* Growth for ej scripts */
-#define EJ_OFFSET			1		/* hAlloc doesn't like 0 entries */
-#define EJ_MAX_RECURSE		100		/* Sanity for maximum recursion */
-
-/*
- *	Ejscript Lexical analyser tokens
- */
-#define TOK_ERR				-1		/* Any error */
-#define TOK_LPAREN			1		/* ( */
-#define TOK_RPAREN			2		/* ) */
-#define TOK_IF				3		/* if */
-#define TOK_ELSE			4		/* else */
-#define TOK_LBRACE			5		/* { */
-#define TOK_RBRACE			6		/* } */
-#define TOK_LOGICAL			7		/* ||, &&, ! */
-#define TOK_EXPR			8		/* +, -, /, % */
-#define TOK_SEMI			9		/* ; */
-#define TOK_LITERAL			10		/* literal string */
-#define TOK_FUNCTION		11		/* function name */
-#define TOK_NEWLINE			12		/* newline white space */
-#define TOK_ID				13		/* function name */
-#define TOK_EOF				14		/* End of script */
-#define TOK_COMMA			15		/* Comma */
-#define TOK_VAR				16		/* var */
-#define TOK_ASSIGNMENT		17		/* = */
-#define TOK_FOR				18		/* for */
-#define TOK_INC_DEC			19		/* ++, -- */
-#define TOK_RETURN			20		/* return */
-
-/*
- *	Expression operators
- */
-#define EXPR_LESS			1		/* < */
-#define EXPR_LESSEQ			2		/* <= */
-#define EXPR_GREATER		3		/* > */
-#define EXPR_GREATEREQ		4		/* >= */
-#define EXPR_EQ				5		/* == */
-#define EXPR_NOTEQ			6		/* != */
-#define EXPR_PLUS			7		/* + */
-#define EXPR_MINUS			8		/* - */
-#define EXPR_DIV			9		/* / */
-#define EXPR_MOD			10		/* % */
-#define EXPR_LSHIFT			11		/* << */
-#define EXPR_RSHIFT			12		/* >> */
-#define EXPR_MUL			13		/* * */
-#define EXPR_ASSIGNMENT		14		/* = */
-#define EXPR_INC			15		/* ++ */
-#define EXPR_DEC			16		/* -- */
-#define EXPR_BOOL_COMP		17		/* ! */
-/*
- *	Conditional operators
- */
-#define COND_AND			1		/* && */
-#define COND_OR				2		/* || */
-#define COND_NOT			3		/* ! */
-
-/*
- *	States
- */
-#define STATE_ERR				-1			/* Error state */
-#define STATE_EOF				1			/* End of file */
-#define STATE_COND				2			/* Parsing a "(conditional)" stmt */
-#define STATE_COND_DONE			3
-#define STATE_RELEXP			4			/* Parsing a relational expr */
-#define STATE_RELEXP_DONE		5
-#define STATE_EXPR				6			/* Parsing an expression */
-#define STATE_EXPR_DONE			7
-#define STATE_STMT				8			/* Parsing General statement */
-#define STATE_STMT_DONE			9
-#define STATE_STMT_BLOCK_DONE	10			/* End of block "}" */
-#define STATE_ARG_LIST			11			/* Function arg list */
-#define STATE_ARG_LIST_DONE		12
-#define STATE_DEC_LIST			16			/* Declaration list */
-#define STATE_DEC_LIST_DONE		17
-#define STATE_DEC				18
-#define STATE_DEC_DONE			19
-
-#define STATE_RET				20			/* Return statement */
-
-#define STATE_BEGIN				STATE_STMT
-
-/*
- *	Flags. Used in ej_t and as parameter to parse()
- */
-#define FLAGS_EXE				0x1				/* Execute statements */
-#define FLAGS_VARIABLES			0x2				/* Allocated variables store */
-#define FLAGS_FUNCTIONS			0x4				/* Allocated function store */
-
-/*
- *	Function call structure
- */
-typedef struct {
-	char_t		*fname;							/* Function name */
-	char_t		**args;							/* Args for function (halloc) */
-	int			nArgs;							/* Number of args */
-} ejfunc_t;
-
-/*
- *	EJ evaluation block structure
- */
-typedef struct ejEval {
-	ringq_t		tokbuf;							/* Current token */
-	ringq_t		script;							/* Input script for parsing */
-	char_t		*putBackToken;					/* Putback token string */
-	int			putBackTokenId;					/* Putback token ID */
-	char_t		*line;							/* Current line */
-	int			lineLength;						/* Current line length */
-	int			lineNumber;						/* Parse line number */
-	int			lineColumn;						/* Column in line */
-} ejinput_t;
-
-/*
- *	Per Ejscript session structure
- */
-typedef struct ej {
-	ejinput_t	*input;							/* Input evaluation block */
-	sym_fd_t	functions;						/* Symbol table for functions */
-	sym_fd_t	*variables;						/* hAlloc list of variables */
-	int			variableMax;					/* Number of entries */
-	ejfunc_t	*func;							/* Current function */
-	char_t		*result;						/* Current expression result */
-	char_t		*error;							/* Error message */
-	char_t		*token;							/* Pointer to token string */
-	int			tid;							/* Current token id */
-	int			eid;							/* Halloc handle */
-	int			flags;							/* Flags */
-	int			userHandle;						/* User defined handle */
-} ej_t;
-
-/******************************** Prototypes **********************************/
-
-extern int		ejOpenBlock(int eid);
-extern int		ejCloseBlock(int eid, int vid);
-extern char_t	*ejEvalBlock(int eid, char_t *script, char_t **emsg);
-#ifndef __NO_EJ_FILE
-extern char_t	*ejEvalFile(int eid, char_t *path, char_t **emsg);
-#endif
-extern int		ejRemoveGlobalFunction(int eid, char_t *name);
-extern void		*ejGetGlobalFunction(int eid, char_t *name);
-extern int 		ejSetGlobalFunctionDirect(sym_fd_t functions, char_t *name, 
-					int (*fn)(int eid, void *handle, int argc, char_t **argv));
-extern void 	ejError(ej_t* ep, char_t* fmt, ...);
-extern void		ejSetUserHandle(int eid, int handle);
-extern int		ejGetUserHandle(int eid);
-extern int		ejGetLineNumber(int eid);
-extern char_t	*ejGetResult(int eid);
-extern void		ejSetLocalVar(int eid, char_t *var, char_t *value);
-extern void		ejSetGlobalVar(int eid, char_t *var, char_t *value);
-
-extern int 		ejLexOpen(ej_t* ep);
-extern void 	ejLexClose(ej_t* ep);
-extern int	 	ejLexOpenScript(ej_t* ep, char_t *script);
-extern void 	ejLexCloseScript(ej_t* ep);
-extern void 	ejLexSaveInputState(ej_t* ep, ejinput_t* state);
-extern void 	ejLexFreeInputState(ej_t* ep, ejinput_t* state);
-extern void 	ejLexRestoreInputState(ej_t* ep, ejinput_t* state);
-extern int		ejLexGetToken(ej_t* ep, int state);
-extern void		ejLexPutbackToken(ej_t* ep, int tid, char_t *string);
-
-extern sym_fd_t	ejGetVariableTable(int eid);
-extern sym_fd_t	ejGetFunctionTable(int eid);
-
-extern int		ejEmfOpen(int eid);
-extern void		ejEmfClose(int eid);
-
-extern int ejEmfDbRead(int eid, void *handle, int argc, char_t **argv);
-extern int ejEmfDbReadKeyed(int eid, void *handle, int argc, char_t **argv);
-extern int ejEmfDbTableGetNrow(int eid, void *handle, int argc, char_t **argv);
-extern int ejEmfDbDeleteRow(int eid, void *handle, int argc, char_t **argv);
-extern int ejEmfTrace(int eid, void *handle, int argc, char_t **argv);
-extern int ejEmfDbWrite(int eid, void *handle, int argc, char_t **argv);
-extern int ejEmfDbCollectTable(int eid, void *handle, int argc, char_t **argv);
-
-#endif /* _h_EJINTERNAL */
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/ejlex.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/ejlex.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 45181d9d83..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/ejlex.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,721 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * ejlex.c -- Ejscript(TM) Lexical Analyser
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * See the file "license.txt" for usage and redistribution license requirements
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-
-/*
- *	Ejscript lexical analyser. This implementes a lexical analyser for a 
- *	a subset of the JavaScript language.
- */
-
-/********************************** Includes **********************************/
-
-#include	"ejIntrn.h"
-
-#ifdef UEMF
-	#include "uemf.h"
-#else
-	#include "basic/basicInternal.h"
-#endif
-
-/********************************** Defines ***********************************/
-#define		OCTAL	8
-#define		HEX		16
-/****************************** Forward Declarations **************************/
-
-static int 		getLexicalToken(ej_t* ep, int state);
-static int 		tokenAddChar(ej_t *ep, int c);
-static int 		inputGetc(ej_t* ep);
-static void		inputPutback(ej_t* ep, int c);
-static int		charConvert(ej_t* ep, int base, int maxDig);
-
-/************************************* Code ***********************************/
-/*
- *	Setup the lexical analyser
- */
-
-int ejLexOpen(ej_t* ep)
-{
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Close the lexicial analyser
- */
-
-void ejLexClose(ej_t* ep)
-{
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Open a new input script
- */
-
-int ejLexOpenScript(ej_t* ep, char_t *script)
-{
-	ejinput_t	*ip;
-
-	a_assert(ep);
-	a_assert(script);
-
-	if ((ep->input = balloc(B_L, sizeof(ejinput_t))) == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	ip = ep->input;
-	memset(ip, 0, sizeof(*ip));
-
-	a_assert(ip);
-	a_assert(ip->putBackToken == NULL);
-	a_assert(ip->putBackTokenId == 0);
-
-/*
- *	Create the parse token buffer and script buffer
- */
-	if (ringqOpen(&ip->tokbuf, EJ_INC, -1) < 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	if (ringqOpen(&ip->script, EJ_SCRIPT_INC, -1) < 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-/*
- *	Put the Ejscript into a ring queue for easy parsing
- */
-	ringqPutStr(&ip->script, script);
-
-	ip->lineNumber = 1;
-	ip->lineLength = 0;
-	ip->lineColumn = 0;
-	ip->line = NULL;
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Close the input script
- */
-
-void ejLexCloseScript(ej_t* ep)
-{
-	ejinput_t	*ip;
-
-	a_assert(ep);
-
-	ip = ep->input;
-	a_assert(ip);
-
-	if (ip->putBackToken) {
-		bfree(B_L, ip->putBackToken);
-		ip->putBackToken = NULL;
-	}
-	ip->putBackTokenId = 0;
-
-	if (ip->line) {
-		bfree(B_L, ip->line);
-		ip->line = NULL;
-	}
-
-	ringqClose(&ip->tokbuf);
-	ringqClose(&ip->script);
-
-	bfree(B_L, ip);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Save the input state
- */
-
-void ejLexSaveInputState(ej_t* ep, ejinput_t* state)
-{
-	ejinput_t	*ip;
-
-	a_assert(ep);
-
-	ip = ep->input;
-	a_assert(ip);
-
-	*state = *ip;
-	if (ip->putBackToken) {
-		state->putBackToken = bstrdup(B_L, ip->putBackToken);
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Restore the input state
- */
-
-void ejLexRestoreInputState(ej_t* ep, ejinput_t* state)
-{
-	ejinput_t	*ip;
-
-	a_assert(ep);
-
-	ip = ep->input;
-	a_assert(ip);
-
-	ip->tokbuf = state->tokbuf;
-	ip->script = state->script;
-	ip->putBackTokenId = state->putBackTokenId;
-	if (ip->putBackToken) {
-		bfree(B_L, ip->putBackToken);
-	}
-	if (state->putBackToken) {
-		ip->putBackToken = bstrdup(B_L, state->putBackToken);
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Free a saved input state
- */
-
-void ejLexFreeInputState(ej_t* ep, ejinput_t* state)
-{
-	if (state->putBackToken) {
-		bfree(B_L, state->putBackToken);
-		state->putBackToken = NULL;
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get the next Ejscript token
- */
-
-int ejLexGetToken(ej_t* ep, int state)
-{
-	ep->tid = getLexicalToken(ep, state);
-   /*
-    * commented out 04 Apr 02 Bg Porter -- we found a case where very long
-    * arguments to write() were being corrupted downstream in the trace call
-    * (the ep->token pointer was being overwritten with the trace message.
-    * restore this if it's useful for your debugging.
-	trace(9, T("ejGetToken: %d, \"%s\"\n"), ep->tid, ep->token);
-    */
-	return ep->tid;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get the next Ejscript token
- */
-
-static int getLexicalToken(ej_t* ep, int state)
-{
-	ringq_t		*inq, *tokq;
-	ejinput_t*	ip;
-	int			done, tid, c, quote, style;
-
-	a_assert(ep);
-	ip = ep->input;
-	a_assert(ip);
-
-	inq = &ip->script;
-	tokq = &ip->tokbuf;
-
-	ep->tid = -1;
-	tid = -1;
-	ep->token = T("");
-
-	ringqFlush(tokq);
-
-	if (ip->putBackTokenId > 0) {
-		ringqPutStr(tokq, ip->putBackToken);
-		tid = ip->putBackTokenId;
-		ip->putBackTokenId = 0;
-		ep->token = (char_t*) tokq->servp;
-		return tid;
-	}
-
-	if ((c = inputGetc(ep)) < 0) {
-		return TOK_EOF;
-	}
-
-	for (done = 0; !done; ) {
-		switch (c) {
-		case -1:
-			return TOK_EOF;
-
-		case ' ':
-		case '\t':
-		case '\r':
-			do {
-				if ((c = inputGetc(ep)) < 0)
-					break;
-			} while (c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == '\r');
-			break;
-
-		case '\n':
-			return TOK_NEWLINE;
-
-		case '(':
-			tokenAddChar(ep, c);
-			return TOK_LPAREN;
-
-		case ')':
-			tokenAddChar(ep, c);
-			return TOK_RPAREN;
-
-		case '{':
-			tokenAddChar(ep, c);
-			return TOK_LBRACE;
-
-		case '}':
-			tokenAddChar(ep, c);
-			return TOK_RBRACE;
-
-		case '+':
-			if ((c = inputGetc(ep)) < 0) {
-				ejError(ep, T("Syntax Error"));
-				return TOK_ERR;
-			}
-			if (c != '+' ) {
-				inputPutback(ep, c);
-				tokenAddChar(ep, EXPR_PLUS);
-				return TOK_EXPR;
-			}
-			tokenAddChar(ep, EXPR_INC);
-			return TOK_INC_DEC;
-
-		case '-':
-			if ((c = inputGetc(ep)) < 0) {
-				ejError(ep, T("Syntax Error"));
-				return TOK_ERR;
-			}
-			if (c != '-' ) {
-				inputPutback(ep, c);
-				tokenAddChar(ep, EXPR_MINUS);
-				return TOK_EXPR;
-			}
-			tokenAddChar(ep, EXPR_DEC);
-			return TOK_INC_DEC;
-
-		case '*':
-			tokenAddChar(ep, EXPR_MUL);
-			return TOK_EXPR;
-
-		case '%':
-			tokenAddChar(ep, EXPR_MOD);
-			return TOK_EXPR;
-
-		case '/':
-/*
- *			Handle the division operator and comments
- */
-			if ((c = inputGetc(ep)) < 0) {
-				ejError(ep, T("Syntax Error"));
-				return TOK_ERR;
-			}
-			if (c != '*' && c != '/') {
-				inputPutback(ep, c);
-				tokenAddChar(ep, EXPR_DIV);
-				return TOK_EXPR;
-			}
-			style = c;
-/*
- *			Eat comments. Both C and C++ comment styles are supported.
- */
-			while (1) {
-				if ((c = inputGetc(ep)) < 0) {
-					ejError(ep, T("Syntax Error"));
-					return TOK_ERR;
-				}
-				if (c == '\n' && style == '/') {
-					break;
-				} else if (c == '*') {
-					c = inputGetc(ep);
-					if (style == '/') {
-						if (c == '\n') {
-							break;
-						}
-					} else {
-						if (c == '/') {
-							break;
-						}
-					}
-				}
-			}
-/*
- *			Continue looking for a token, so get the next character
- */
-			if ((c = inputGetc(ep)) < 0) {
-				return TOK_EOF;
-			}
-			break;
-
-		case '<':									/* < and <= */
-			if ((c = inputGetc(ep)) < 0) {
-				ejError(ep, T("Syntax Error"));
-				return TOK_ERR;
-			}
-			if (c == '<') {
-				tokenAddChar(ep, EXPR_LSHIFT);
-				return TOK_EXPR;
-			} else if (c == '=') {
-				tokenAddChar(ep, EXPR_LESSEQ);
-				return TOK_EXPR;
-			}
-			tokenAddChar(ep, EXPR_LESS);
-			inputPutback(ep, c);
-			return TOK_EXPR;
-
-		case '>':									/* > and >= */
-			if ((c = inputGetc(ep)) < 0) {
-				ejError(ep, T("Syntax Error"));
-				return TOK_ERR;
-			}
-			if (c == '>') {
-				tokenAddChar(ep, EXPR_RSHIFT);
-				return TOK_EXPR;
-			} else if (c == '=') {
-				tokenAddChar(ep, EXPR_GREATEREQ);
-				return TOK_EXPR;
-			}
-			tokenAddChar(ep, EXPR_GREATER);
-			inputPutback(ep, c);
-			return TOK_EXPR;
-
-		case '=':									/* "==" */
-			if ((c = inputGetc(ep)) < 0) {
-				ejError(ep, T("Syntax Error"));
-				return TOK_ERR;
-			}
-			if (c == '=') {
-				tokenAddChar(ep, EXPR_EQ);
-				return TOK_EXPR;
-			}
-			inputPutback(ep, c);
-			return TOK_ASSIGNMENT;
-
-		case '!':									/* "!=" or "!"*/
-			if ((c = inputGetc(ep)) < 0) {
-				ejError(ep, T("Syntax Error"));
-				return TOK_ERR;
-			}
-			if (c == '=') {
-				tokenAddChar(ep, EXPR_NOTEQ);
-				return TOK_EXPR;
-			}
-			inputPutback(ep, c);
-			tokenAddChar(ep, EXPR_BOOL_COMP);
-			return TOK_EXPR;
-
-		case ';':
-			tokenAddChar(ep, c);
-			return TOK_SEMI;
-
-		case ',':
-			tokenAddChar(ep, c);
-			return TOK_COMMA;
-
-		case '|':									/* "||" */
-			if ((c = inputGetc(ep)) < 0 || c != '|') {
-				ejError(ep, T("Syntax Error"));
-				return TOK_ERR;
-			}
-			tokenAddChar(ep, COND_OR);
-			return TOK_LOGICAL;
-
-		case '&':									/* "&&" */
-			if ((c = inputGetc(ep)) < 0 || c != '&') {
-				ejError(ep, T("Syntax Error"));
-				return TOK_ERR;
-			}
-			tokenAddChar(ep, COND_AND);
-			return TOK_LOGICAL;
-
-		case '\"':									/* String quote */
-		case '\'':
-			quote = c;
-			if ((c = inputGetc(ep)) < 0) {
-				ejError(ep, T("Syntax Error"));
-				return TOK_ERR;
-			}
-
-			while (c != quote) {
-/*
- *				check for escape sequence characters
- */
-				if (c == '\\') {
-					c = inputGetc(ep);
-
-					if (gisdigit(c)) {
-/*
- *						octal support, \101 maps to 65 = 'A'. put first char
- *						back so converter will work properly.
- */
-						inputPutback(ep, c);
-						c = charConvert(ep, OCTAL, 3);
-
-					} else {
-						switch (c) {
-						case 'n':
-							c = '\n'; break;
-						case 'b':
-							c = '\b'; break;
-						case 'f':
-							c = '\f'; break;
-						case 'r':
-							c = '\r'; break;
-						case 't':
-							c = '\t'; break;
-						case 'x':
-/*
- *							hex support, \x41 maps to 65 = 'A'
- */
-							c = charConvert(ep, HEX, 2);
-							break;
-						case 'u':
-/*
- *							unicode support, \x0401 maps to 65 = 'A'
- */
-							c = charConvert(ep, HEX, 2);
-							c = c*16 + charConvert(ep, HEX, 2);
-
-							break;
-						case '\'':
-						case '\"':
-						case '\\':
-							break;
-						default:
-							ejError(ep, T("Invalid Escape Sequence"));
-							return TOK_ERR;
-						}
-					}
-					if (tokenAddChar(ep, c) < 0) {
-						return TOK_ERR;
-					}
-				} else {
-					if (tokenAddChar(ep, c) < 0) {
-						return TOK_ERR;
-					}
-				}
-				if ((c = inputGetc(ep)) < 0) {
-					ejError(ep, T("Unmatched Quote"));
-					return TOK_ERR;
-				}
-			}
-			return TOK_LITERAL;
-
-		case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': 
-		case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
-			do {
-				if (tokenAddChar(ep, c) < 0) {
-					return TOK_ERR;
-				}
-				if ((c = inputGetc(ep)) < 0)
-					break;
-			} while (gisdigit(c));
-			inputPutback(ep, c);
-			return TOK_LITERAL;
-
-		default:
-/*
- *			Identifiers or a function names
- */
-			while (1) {
-				if (c == '\\') {
-/*
- *					just ignore any \ characters.
- */
-				} else if (tokenAddChar(ep, c) < 0) {
-						break;
-				}
-				if ((c = inputGetc(ep)) < 0) {
-					break;
-				}
-				if (!gisalnum(c) && c != '$' && c != '_' &&
-					c != '\\') {
-					break;
-				}
-			}
-			if (! gisalpha(*tokq->servp) && *tokq->servp != '$' && 
-					*tokq->servp != '_') {
-				ejError(ep, T("Invalid identifier %s"), tokq->servp);
-				return TOK_ERR;
-			}
-/*
- *			Check for reserved words (only "if", "else", "var", "for"
- *			and "return" at the moment)
- */
-			if (state == STATE_STMT) {
-				if (gstrcmp(ep->token, T("if")) == 0) {
-					return TOK_IF;
-				} else if (gstrcmp(ep->token, T("else")) == 0) {
-					return TOK_ELSE;
-				} else if (gstrcmp(ep->token, T("var")) == 0) {
-					return TOK_VAR;
-				} else if (gstrcmp(ep->token, T("for")) == 0) {
-					return TOK_FOR;
-				} else if (gstrcmp(ep->token, T("return")) == 0) {
-					if ((c == ';') || (c == '(')) {
-						inputPutback(ep, c);
-					}
-					return TOK_RETURN;
-				}
-			}
-
-/* 
- * 			Skip white space after token to find out whether this is
- * 			a function or not.
- */ 
-			while (c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == '\r' || c == '\n') {
-				if ((c = inputGetc(ep)) < 0)
-					break;
-			}
-
-			tid = (c == '(') ? TOK_FUNCTION : TOK_ID;
-			done++;
-		}
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Putback the last extra character for next time
- */
-	inputPutback(ep, c);
-	return tid;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Putback the last token read
- */
-
-void ejLexPutbackToken(ej_t* ep, int tid, char_t *string)
-{
-	ejinput_t*	ip;
-
-	a_assert(ep);
-	ip = ep->input;
-	a_assert(ip);
-
-	if (ip->putBackToken) {
-		bfree(B_L, ip->putBackToken);
-	}
-	ip->putBackTokenId = tid;
-	ip->putBackToken = bstrdup(B_L, string);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Add a character to the token ringq buffer
- */
-
-static int tokenAddChar(ej_t *ep, int c)
-{
-	ejinput_t*	ip;
-
-	a_assert(ep);
-	ip = ep->input;
-	a_assert(ip);
-
-	if (ringqPutc(&ip->tokbuf, (char_t) c) < 0) {
-		ejError(ep, T("Token too big"));
-		return -1;
-	}
-	* ((char_t*) ip->tokbuf.endp) = '\0';
-	ep->token = (char_t*) ip->tokbuf.servp;
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get another input character
- */
-
-static int inputGetc(ej_t* ep)
-{
-	ejinput_t	*ip;
-	int			c, len;
-
-	a_assert(ep);
-	ip = ep->input;
-
-	if ((len = ringqLen(&ip->script)) == 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	c = ringqGetc(&ip->script);
-
-	if (c == '\n') {
-		ip->lineNumber++;
-		ip->lineColumn = 0;
-	} else {
-		if ((ip->lineColumn + 2) >= ip->lineLength) {
-			ip->lineLength += EJ_INC;
-			ip->line = brealloc(B_L, ip->line, ip->lineLength * sizeof(char_t));
-		}
-		ip->line[ip->lineColumn++] = c;
-		ip->line[ip->lineColumn] = '\0';
-	}
-	return c;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Putback a character onto the input queue
- */
-
-static void inputPutback(ej_t* ep, int c)
-{
-	ejinput_t	*ip;
-
-	a_assert(ep);
-
-	ip = ep->input;
-	ringqInsertc(&ip->script, (char_t) c);
-	ip->lineColumn--;
-	ip->line[ip->lineColumn] = '\0';
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Convert a hex or octal character back to binary, return original char if 
- *	not a hex digit
- */
-
-static int charConvert(ej_t* ep, int base, int maxDig)
-{
-	int		i, c, lval, convChar;
-
-	lval = 0;
-	for (i = 0; i < maxDig; i++) {
-		if ((c = inputGetc(ep)) < 0) {
-			break;
-		}
-/*
- *		Initialize to out of range value
- */
-		convChar = base;
-		if (gisdigit(c)) {
-			convChar = c - '0';
-		} else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f') {
-			convChar = c - 'a' + 10;
-		} else if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'F') {
-			convChar = c - 'A' + 10;
-		}
-/*
- *		if unexpected character then return it to buffer.
- */
-		if (convChar >= base) {
-			inputPutback(ep, c);
-			break;
-		}
-		lval = (lval * base) + convChar;
-	}
-	return lval;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/ejparse.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/ejparse.c
deleted file mode 100644
index fdbb9c1d8a..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/ejparse.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1804 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * ejparse.c -- Ejscript(TM) Parser
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * See the file "license.txt" for usage and redistribution license requirements
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-
-/*
- *	Ejscript parser. This implementes a subset of the JavaScript language.
- *	Multiple Ejscript parsers can be opened at a time.
- */
-
-/********************************** Includes **********************************/
-
-#include	"ejIntrn.h"
-
-#ifdef CE
-	#include	"CE/wincompat.h"
-#endif
-
-/********************************** Local Data ********************************/
-
-ej_t			**ejHandles;							/* List of ej handles */
-int				ejMax = -1;								/* Maximum size of	*/
-
-/****************************** Forward Declarations **************************/
-
-#ifndef B_STATS
-#define	setString(a,b,c)	 setstring(b,c)
-#endif
-
-static ej_t		*ejPtr(int eid);
-static void		clearString(char_t **ptr);
-static void		setString(B_ARGS_DEC, char_t **ptr, char_t *s);
-static void		appendString(char_t **ptr, char_t *s);
-static int		parse(ej_t *ep, int state, int flags);
-static int		parseStmt(ej_t *ep, int state, int flags);
-static int		parseDeclaration(ej_t *ep, int state, int flags);
-static int		parseArgs(ej_t *ep, int state, int flags);
-static int		parseCond(ej_t *ep, int state, int flags);
-static int		parseExpr(ej_t *ep, int state, int flags);
-static int		evalExpr(ej_t *ep, char_t *lhs, int rel, char_t *rhs);
-static int		evalCond(ej_t *ep, char_t *lhs, int rel, char_t *rhs);
-static int		evalFunction(ej_t *ep);
-static void		freeFunc(ejfunc_t *func);
-static void		ejRemoveNewlines(ej_t *ep, int state);
-
-/************************************* Code ***********************************/
-/*
- *	Initialize a Ejscript engine
- */
-
-int ejOpenEngine(sym_fd_t variables, sym_fd_t functions)
-{
-	ej_t	*ep;
-	int		eid, vid;
-
-	if ((eid = hAllocEntry((void*) &ejHandles, &ejMax, sizeof(ej_t))) < 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	ep = ejHandles[eid];
-	ep->eid = eid;
-
-/*
- *	Create a top level symbol table if one is not provided for variables and
- *	functions. Variables may create other symbol tables for block level
- *	declarations so we use hAlloc to manage a list of variable tables.
- */
-	if ((vid = hAlloc((void***) &ep->variables)) < 0) {
-		ejMax = hFree((void*) &ejHandles, ep->eid);
-		return -1;
-	}
-	if (vid >= ep->variableMax) {
-		ep->variableMax = vid + 1;
-	}
-
-	if (variables == -1) {
-		ep->variables[vid] = symOpen(64) + EJ_OFFSET;
-		ep->flags |= FLAGS_VARIABLES;
-	} else {
-		ep->variables[vid] = variables + EJ_OFFSET;
-	}
-
-	if (functions == -1) {
-		ep->functions = symOpen(64);
-		ep->flags |= FLAGS_FUNCTIONS;
-	} else {
-		ep->functions = functions;
-	}
-
-	ejLexOpen(ep);
-
-/*
- *	Define standard constants
- */
-	ejSetGlobalVar(ep->eid, T("null"), NULL);
-
-#ifdef EMF
-	ejEmfOpen(ep->eid);
-#endif
-	return ep->eid;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Close
- */
-
-void ejCloseEngine(int eid)
-{
-	ej_t	*ep;
-	int		i;
-
-	if ((ep = ejPtr(eid)) == NULL) {
-		return;
-	}
-
-#ifdef EMF
-	ejEmfClose(eid);
-#endif
-
-	bfreeSafe(B_L, ep->error);
-	ep->error = NULL;
-	bfreeSafe(B_L, ep->result);
-	ep->result = NULL;
-
-	ejLexClose(ep);
-
-	for (i = ep->variableMax - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
-		if (ep->flags & FLAGS_VARIABLES) {
-			symClose(ep->variables[i] - EJ_OFFSET);
-		}
-		ep->variableMax = hFree((void***) &ep->variables, i);
-	}
-
-	if (ep->flags & FLAGS_FUNCTIONS) {
-		symClose(ep->functions);
-	}
-
-	ejMax = hFree((void*) &ejHandles, ep->eid);
-	bfree(B_L, ep);
-}
-
-#ifndef __NO_EJ_FILE
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Evaluate a Ejscript file
- */
-
-char_t *ejEvalFile(int eid, char_t *path, char_t **emsg)
-{
-	gstat_t sbuf;
-	ej_t	*ep;
-	char_t	*script, *rs;
-	char	*fileBuf;
-	int		fd;
-
-	a_assert(path && *path);
-
-	if (emsg) {
-		*emsg = NULL;
-	}
-
-	if ((ep = ejPtr(eid)) == NULL) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	if ((fd = gopen(path, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY, 0666)) < 0) {
-		ejError(ep, T("Bad handle %d"), eid);
-		return NULL;
-	}
-	
-	if (gstat(path, &sbuf) < 0) {
-		gclose(fd);
-		ejError(ep, T("Cant stat %s"), path);
-		return NULL;
-	}
-	
-	if ((fileBuf = balloc(B_L, sbuf.st_size + 1)) == NULL) {
-		gclose(fd);
-		ejError(ep, T("Cant malloc %d"), sbuf.st_size);
-		return NULL;
-	}
-	
-	if (gread(fd, fileBuf, sbuf.st_size) != (int)sbuf.st_size) {
-		gclose(fd);
-		bfree(B_L, fileBuf);
-		ejError(ep, T("Error reading %s"), path);
-		return NULL;
-	}
-	
-	fileBuf[sbuf.st_size] = '\0';
-	gclose(fd);
-
-	if ((script = ballocAscToUni(fileBuf, sbuf.st_size)) == NULL) {
-		bfree(B_L, fileBuf);
-		ejError(ep, T("Cant malloc %d"), sbuf.st_size + 1);
-		return NULL;
-	}
-	bfree(B_L, fileBuf);
-
-	rs = ejEvalBlock(eid, script, emsg);
-
-	bfree(B_L, script);
-	return rs;
-}
-#endif /* __NO_EJ_FILE */
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Create a new variable scope block so that consecutive ejEval calls may
- *	be made with the same varible scope. This space MUST be closed with
- *	ejCloseBlock when the evaluations are complete.
- */
-
-int ejOpenBlock(int eid)
-{
-	ej_t	*ep;
-	int		vid;
-
-	if((ep = ejPtr(eid)) == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	if ((vid = hAlloc((void***) &ep->variables)) < 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	if (vid >= ep->variableMax) {
-		ep->variableMax = vid + 1;
-	}
-	ep->variables[vid] = symOpen(64) + EJ_OFFSET;
-	return vid;
-
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Close a variable scope block. The vid parameter is the return value from
- *	the call to ejOpenBlock
- */
-
-int ejCloseBlock(int eid, int vid)
-{
-	ej_t	*ep;
-
-	if((ep = ejPtr(eid)) == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	symClose(ep->variables[vid] - EJ_OFFSET);
-	ep->variableMax = hFree((void***) &ep->variables, vid);
-	return 0;
-
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Create a new variable scope block and evaluate a script. All variables
- *	created during this context will be automatically deleted when complete.
- */
-
-char_t *ejEvalBlock(int eid, char_t *script, char_t **emsg)
-{
-	char_t* returnVal;
-	int		vid;
-
-	a_assert(script);
-
-	vid = ejOpenBlock(eid);
-	returnVal = ejEval(eid, script, emsg);
-	ejCloseBlock(eid, vid);
-
-	return returnVal;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Parse and evaluate a Ejscript. The caller may provide a symbol table to
- *	use for variables and function definitions. Return char_t pointer on
- *	success otherwise NULL pointer is returned.
- */
-
-char_t *ejEval(int eid, char_t *script, char_t **emsg)
-{
-	ej_t	*ep;
-	ejinput_t	*oldBlock;
-	int		state;
-	void	*endlessLoopTest;
-	int		loopCounter;
-	
-	
-	a_assert(script);
-
-	if (emsg) {
-		*emsg = NULL;
-	} 
-
-	if ((ep = ejPtr(eid)) == NULL) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	setString(B_L, &ep->result, T(""));
-
-/*
- *	Allocate a new evaluation block, and save the old one
- */
-	oldBlock = ep->input;
-	ejLexOpenScript(ep, script);
-
-/*
- *	Do the actual parsing and evaluation
- */
-	loopCounter = 0;
-	endlessLoopTest = NULL;
-
-	do {
-		state = parse(ep, STATE_BEGIN, FLAGS_EXE);
-
-		if (state == STATE_RET) {
-			state = STATE_EOF;
-		}
-/*
- *		prevent parser from going into infinite loop.  If parsing the same
- *		line 10 times then fail and report Syntax error.  Most normal error
- *		are caught in the parser itself.
- */
-		if (endlessLoopTest == ep->input->script.servp) {
-			if (loopCounter++ > 10) {
-				state = STATE_ERR;
-				ejError(ep, T("Syntax error"));
-			}
-		} else {
-			endlessLoopTest = ep->input->script.servp;
-			loopCounter = 0;
-		}
-	} while (state != STATE_EOF && state != STATE_ERR);
-
-	ejLexCloseScript(ep);
-
-/*
- *	Return any error string to the user
- */
-	if (state == STATE_ERR && emsg) {
-		*emsg = bstrdup(B_L, ep->error);
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Restore the old evaluation block
- */
-	ep->input = oldBlock;
-
-	if (state == STATE_EOF) {
-		return ep->result;
-	}
-
-	if (state == STATE_ERR) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	return ep->result;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Recursive descent parser for Ejscript
- */
-
-static int parse(ej_t *ep, int state, int flags)
-{
-	a_assert(ep);
-
-	switch (state) {
-/*
- *	Any statement, function arguments or conditional expressions
- */
-	case STATE_STMT:
-		if ((state = parseStmt(ep, state, flags)) != STATE_STMT_DONE &&
-			state != STATE_EOF && state != STATE_STMT_BLOCK_DONE &&
-			state != STATE_RET) {
-			state = STATE_ERR;
-		}
-		break;
-
-	case STATE_DEC:
-		if ((state = parseStmt(ep, state, flags)) != STATE_DEC_DONE &&
-			state != STATE_EOF) {
-			state = STATE_ERR;
-		}
-		break;
-
-	case STATE_EXPR:
-		if ((state = parseStmt(ep, state, flags)) != STATE_EXPR_DONE &&
-			state != STATE_EOF) {
-			state = STATE_ERR;
-		}
-		break;
-
-/*
- *	Variable declaration list
- */
-	case STATE_DEC_LIST:
-		state = parseDeclaration(ep, state, flags);
-		break;
-
-/*
- *	Function argument string
- */
-	case STATE_ARG_LIST:
-		state = parseArgs(ep, state, flags);
-		break;
-
-/*
- *	Logical condition list (relational operations separated by &&, ||)
- */
-	case STATE_COND:
-		state = parseCond(ep, state, flags);
-		break;
-
-/*
- *	Expression list
- */
-	case STATE_RELEXP:
-		state = parseExpr(ep, state, flags);
-		break;
-	}
-
-	if (state == STATE_ERR && ep->error == NULL) {
-		ejError(ep, T("Syntax error"));
-	}
-	return state;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Parse any statement including functions and simple relational operations
- */
-
-static int parseStmt(ej_t *ep, int state, int flags)
-{
-	ejfunc_t	func;
-	ejfunc_t	*saveFunc;
-	ejinput_t	condScript, endScript, bodyScript, incrScript;
-	char_t		*value,	*identifier;
-	int			done, expectSemi, thenFlags, elseFlags, tid, cond, forFlags;
-	int			ejVarType;
-
-	a_assert(ep);
-
-/*
- *	Set these to NULL, else we try to free them if an error occurs.
- */
-	endScript.putBackToken = NULL;
-	bodyScript.putBackToken = NULL;
-	incrScript.putBackToken = NULL;
-	condScript.putBackToken = NULL;
-
-	expectSemi = 0;
-	saveFunc = NULL;
-
-	for (done = 0; !done; ) {
-		tid = ejLexGetToken(ep, state);
-
-		switch (tid) {
-		default:
-			ejLexPutbackToken(ep, TOK_EXPR, ep->token);
-			done++;
-			break;
-
-		case TOK_ERR:
-			state = STATE_ERR;
-			done++;
-			break;
-
-		case TOK_EOF:
-			state = STATE_EOF;
-			done++;
-			break;
-
-		case TOK_NEWLINE:
-			break;
-
-		case TOK_SEMI:
-/*
- *			This case is when we discover no statement and just a lone ';'
- */
-			if (state != STATE_STMT) {
-				ejLexPutbackToken(ep, tid, ep->token);
-			}
-			done++;
-			break;
-
-		case TOK_ID:
-/*
- *			This could either be a reference to a variable or an assignment
- */
-			identifier = NULL;
-			setString(B_L, &identifier, ep->token);
-/*
- *			Peek ahead to see if this is an assignment
- */
-			tid = ejLexGetToken(ep, state);
-			if (tid == TOK_ASSIGNMENT) {
-				if (parse(ep, STATE_RELEXP, flags) != STATE_RELEXP_DONE) {
-					clearString(&identifier);
-					goto error;
-				}
-				if (flags & FLAGS_EXE) {
-					if ( state == STATE_DEC ) {
-						ejSetLocalVar(ep->eid, identifier, ep->result);
-					} else {
-						ejVarType = ejGetVar(ep->eid, identifier, &value);
-						if (ejVarType > 0) {
-							ejSetLocalVar(ep->eid, identifier, ep->result);
-						} else {
-							ejSetGlobalVar(ep->eid, identifier, ep->result);
-						}
-					}
-				}
-
-			} else if (tid == TOK_INC_DEC ) {
-				value = NULL;
-				if (flags & FLAGS_EXE) {
-					ejVarType = ejGetVar(ep->eid, identifier, &value);
-					if (ejVarType < 0) {
-						ejError(ep, T("Undefined variable %s\n"), identifier);
-						goto error;
-					}
-					setString(B_L, &ep->result, value);
-					if (evalExpr(ep, value, (int) *ep->token, T("1")) < 0) {
-						state = STATE_ERR;
-						break;
-					}
-
-					if (ejVarType > 0) {
-						ejSetLocalVar(ep->eid, identifier, ep->result);
-					} else {
-						ejSetGlobalVar(ep->eid, identifier, ep->result);
-					}
-				}
-
-			} else {
-/*
- *				If we are processing a declaration, allow undefined vars
- */
-				value = NULL;
-				if (state == STATE_DEC) {
-					if (ejGetVar(ep->eid, identifier, &value) > 0) {
-						ejError(ep, T("Variable already declared"),
-							identifier);
-						clearString(&identifier);
-						goto error;
-					}
-					ejSetLocalVar(ep->eid, identifier, NULL);
-				} else {
-					if ( flags & FLAGS_EXE ) {
-						if (ejGetVar(ep->eid, identifier, &value) < 0) {
-							ejError(ep, T("Undefined variable %s\n"),
-								identifier);
-							clearString(&identifier);
-							goto error;
-						}
-					}
-				}
-				setString(B_L, &ep->result, value);
-				ejLexPutbackToken(ep, tid, ep->token);
-			}
-			clearString(&identifier);
-
-			if (state == STATE_STMT) {
-				expectSemi++;
-			}
-			done++;
-			break;
-
-		case TOK_LITERAL:
-/*
- *			Set the result to the literal (number or string constant)
- */
-			setString(B_L, &ep->result, ep->token);
-			if (state == STATE_STMT) {
-				expectSemi++;
-			}
-			done++;
-			break;
-
-		case TOK_FUNCTION:
-/*
- *			We must save any current ep->func value for the current stack frame
- */
-			if (ep->func) {
-				saveFunc = ep->func;
-			}
-			memset(&func, 0, sizeof(ejfunc_t));
-			setString(B_L, &func.fname, ep->token);
-			ep->func = &func;
-
-			setString(B_L, &ep->result, T(""));
-			if (ejLexGetToken(ep, state) != TOK_LPAREN) {
-				freeFunc(&func);
-				goto error;
-			}
-
-			if (parse(ep, STATE_ARG_LIST, flags) != STATE_ARG_LIST_DONE) {
-				freeFunc(&func);
-				ep->func = saveFunc;
-				goto error;
-			}
-/*
- *			Evaluate the function if required
- */
-			if (flags & FLAGS_EXE && evalFunction(ep) < 0) {
-				freeFunc(&func);
-				ep->func = saveFunc;
-				goto error;
-			}
-
-			freeFunc(&func);
-			ep->func = saveFunc;
-
-			if (ejLexGetToken(ep, state) != TOK_RPAREN) {
-				goto error;
-			}
-			if (state == STATE_STMT) {
-				expectSemi++;
-			}
-			done++;
-			break;
-
-		case TOK_IF:
-			if (state != STATE_STMT) {
-				goto error;
-			}
-			if (ejLexGetToken(ep, state) != TOK_LPAREN) {
-				goto error;
-			}
-/*
- *			Evaluate the entire condition list "(condition)"
- */
-			if (parse(ep, STATE_COND, flags) != STATE_COND_DONE) {
-				goto error;
-			}
-			if (ejLexGetToken(ep, state) != TOK_RPAREN) {
-				goto error;
-			}
-/*
- *			This is the "then" case. We need to always parse both cases and
- *			execute only the relevant case.
- */
-			if (*ep->result == '1') {
-				thenFlags = flags;
-				elseFlags = flags & ~FLAGS_EXE;
-			} else {
-				thenFlags = flags & ~FLAGS_EXE;
-				elseFlags = flags;
-			}
-/*
- *			Process the "then" case.  Allow for RETURN statement
- */
-			switch (parse(ep, STATE_STMT, thenFlags)) {
-			case STATE_RET:
-				return STATE_RET;
-			case STATE_STMT_DONE:
-				break;
-			default:
-				goto error;
-			}
-/*
- *			check to see if there is an "else" case
- */
-			ejRemoveNewlines(ep, state);
-			tid = ejLexGetToken(ep, state);
-			if (tid != TOK_ELSE) {
-				ejLexPutbackToken(ep, tid, ep->token);
-				done++;
-				break;
-			}
-/*
- *			Process the "else" case.  Allow for return.
- */
-			switch (parse(ep, STATE_STMT, elseFlags)) {
-			case STATE_RET:
-				return STATE_RET;
-			case STATE_STMT_DONE:
-				break;
-			default:
-				goto error;
-			}
-			done++;
-			break;
-
-		case TOK_FOR:
-/*
- *			Format for the expression is:
- *
- *				for (initial; condition; incr) {
- *					body;
- *				}
- */
-			if (state != STATE_STMT) {
-				goto error;
-			}
-			if (ejLexGetToken(ep, state) != TOK_LPAREN) {
-				goto error;
-			}
-
-/*
- *			Evaluate the for loop initialization statement
- */
-			if (parse(ep, STATE_EXPR, flags) != STATE_EXPR_DONE) {
-				goto error;
-			}
-			if (ejLexGetToken(ep, state) != TOK_SEMI) {
-				goto error;
-			}
-
-/*
- *			The first time through, we save the current input context just
- *			to each step: prior to the conditional, the loop increment and the
- *			loop body.
- */
-			ejLexSaveInputState(ep, &condScript);
-			if (parse(ep, STATE_COND, flags) != STATE_COND_DONE) {
-				goto error;
-			}
-			cond = (*ep->result != '0');
-
-			if (ejLexGetToken(ep, state) != TOK_SEMI) {
-				goto error;
-			}
-
-/*
- *			Don't execute the loop increment statement or the body first time
- */
-			forFlags = flags & ~FLAGS_EXE;
-			ejLexSaveInputState(ep, &incrScript);
-			if (parse(ep, STATE_EXPR, forFlags) != STATE_EXPR_DONE) {
-				goto error;
-			}
-			if (ejLexGetToken(ep, state) != TOK_RPAREN) {
-				goto error;
-			}
-
-/*
- *			Parse the body and remember the end of the body script
- */
-			ejLexSaveInputState(ep, &bodyScript);
-			if (parse(ep, STATE_STMT, forFlags) != STATE_STMT_DONE) {
-				goto error;
-			}
-			ejLexSaveInputState(ep, &endScript);
-
-/*
- *			Now actually do the for loop. Note loop has been rotated
- */
-			while (cond && (flags & FLAGS_EXE) ) {
-/*
- *				Evaluate the body
- */
-				ejLexRestoreInputState(ep, &bodyScript);
-
-				switch (parse(ep, STATE_STMT, flags)) {
-				case STATE_RET:
-					return STATE_RET;
-				case STATE_STMT_DONE:
-					break;
-				default:
-					goto error;
-				}
-/*
- *				Evaluate the increment script
- */
-				ejLexRestoreInputState(ep, &incrScript);
-				if (parse(ep, STATE_EXPR, flags) != STATE_EXPR_DONE) {
-					goto error;
-				}
-/*
- *				Evaluate the condition
- */
-				ejLexRestoreInputState(ep, &condScript);
-				if (parse(ep, STATE_COND, flags) != STATE_COND_DONE) {
-					goto error;
-				}
-				cond = (*ep->result != '0');
-			}
-			ejLexRestoreInputState(ep, &endScript);
-			done++;
-			break;
-
-		case TOK_VAR:
-			if (parse(ep, STATE_DEC_LIST, flags) != STATE_DEC_LIST_DONE) {
-				goto error;
-			}
-			done++;
-			break;
-
-		case TOK_COMMA:
-			ejLexPutbackToken(ep, TOK_EXPR, ep->token);
-			done++;
-			break;
-
-		case TOK_LPAREN:
-			if (state == STATE_EXPR) {
-				if (parse(ep, STATE_RELEXP, flags) != STATE_RELEXP_DONE) {
-					goto error;
-				}
-				if (ejLexGetToken(ep, state) != TOK_RPAREN) {
-					goto error;
-				}
-				return STATE_EXPR_DONE;
-			}
-			done++;
-			break;
-
-		case TOK_RPAREN:
-			ejLexPutbackToken(ep, tid, ep->token);
-			return STATE_EXPR_DONE;
-
-		case TOK_LBRACE:
-/*
- *			This handles any code in braces except "if () {} else {}"
- */
-			if (state != STATE_STMT) {
-				goto error;
-			}
-
-/*
- *			Parse will return STATE_STMT_BLOCK_DONE when the RBRACE is seen
- */
-			do {
-				state = parse(ep, STATE_STMT, flags);
-			} while (state == STATE_STMT_DONE);
-
-/*
- *			Allow return statement.
- */
-			if (state == STATE_RET) {
-				return state;
-			}
-
-			if (ejLexGetToken(ep, state) != TOK_RBRACE) {
-				goto error;
-			}
-			return STATE_STMT_DONE;
-
-		case TOK_RBRACE:
-			if (state == STATE_STMT) {
-				ejLexPutbackToken(ep, tid, ep->token);
-				return STATE_STMT_BLOCK_DONE;
-			}
-			goto error;
-
-		case TOK_RETURN:
-			if (parse(ep, STATE_RELEXP, flags) != STATE_RELEXP_DONE) {
-				goto error;
-			}
-			if (flags & FLAGS_EXE) {
-				while ( ejLexGetToken(ep, state) != TOK_EOF );
-				done++;
-				return STATE_RET;
-			}
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (expectSemi) {
-		tid = ejLexGetToken(ep, state);
-		if (tid != TOK_SEMI && tid != TOK_NEWLINE) {
-			goto error;
-		}
-
-/*
- *		Skip newline after semi-colon
- */
-		ejRemoveNewlines(ep, state);
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Free resources and return the correct status
- */
-doneParse:
-	if (tid == TOK_FOR) {
-		ejLexFreeInputState(ep, &condScript);
-		ejLexFreeInputState(ep, &incrScript);
-		ejLexFreeInputState(ep, &endScript);
-		ejLexFreeInputState(ep, &bodyScript);
-	}
-
-	if (state == STATE_STMT) {
-		return STATE_STMT_DONE;
-	} else if (state == STATE_DEC) {
-		return STATE_DEC_DONE;
-	} else if (state == STATE_EXPR) {
-		return STATE_EXPR_DONE;
-	} else if (state == STATE_EOF) {
-		return state;
-	} else {
-		return STATE_ERR;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Common error exit
- */
-error:
-	state = STATE_ERR;
-	goto doneParse;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Parse variable declaration list
- */
-
-static int parseDeclaration(ej_t *ep, int state, int flags)
-{
-	int		tid;
-
-	a_assert(ep);
-
-/*
- *	Declarations can be of the following forms:
- *			var x;
- *			var x, y, z;
- *			var x = 1 + 2 / 3, y = 2 + 4;
- *
- *	We set the variable to NULL if there is no associated assignment.
- */
-
-	do {
-		if ((tid = ejLexGetToken(ep, state)) != TOK_ID) {
-			return STATE_ERR;
-		}
-		ejLexPutbackToken(ep, tid, ep->token);
-
-/*
- *		Parse the entire assignment or simple identifier declaration
- */
-		if (parse(ep, STATE_DEC, flags) != STATE_DEC_DONE) {
-			return STATE_ERR;
-		}
-
-/*
- *		Peek at the next token, continue if comma seen
- */
-		tid = ejLexGetToken(ep, state);
-		if (tid == TOK_SEMI) {
-			return STATE_DEC_LIST_DONE;
-		} else if (tid != TOK_COMMA) {
-			return STATE_ERR;
-		}
-	} while (tid == TOK_COMMA);
-
-	if (tid != TOK_SEMI) {
-		return STATE_ERR;
-	}
-	return STATE_DEC_LIST_DONE;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Parse function arguments
- */
-
-static int parseArgs(ej_t *ep, int state, int flags)
-{
-	int		tid, aid;
-
-	a_assert(ep);
-
-	do {
-		state = parse(ep, STATE_RELEXP, flags);
-		if (state == STATE_EOF || state == STATE_ERR) {
-			return state;
-		}
-		if (state == STATE_RELEXP_DONE) {
-			aid = hAlloc((void***) &ep->func->args);
-			ep->func->args[aid] = bstrdup(B_L, ep->result);
-			ep->func->nArgs++;
-		}
-/*
- *		Peek at the next token, continue if more args (ie. comma seen)
- */
-		tid = ejLexGetToken(ep, state);
-		if (tid != TOK_COMMA) {
-			ejLexPutbackToken(ep, tid, ep->token);
-		}
-	} while (tid == TOK_COMMA);
-
-	if (tid != TOK_RPAREN && state != STATE_RELEXP_DONE) {
-		return STATE_ERR;
-	}
-	return STATE_ARG_LIST_DONE;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Parse conditional expression (relational ops separated by ||, &&)
- */
-
-static int parseCond(ej_t *ep, int state, int flags)
-{
-	char_t	*lhs, *rhs;
-	int		tid, operator;
-
-	a_assert(ep);
-
-	setString(B_L, &ep->result, T(""));
-	rhs = lhs = NULL;
-	operator = 0;
-
-	do {
-/*
- *	Recurse to handle one side of a conditional. Accumulate the
- *	left hand side and the final result in ep->result.
- */
-		state = parse(ep, STATE_RELEXP, flags);
-		if (state != STATE_RELEXP_DONE) {
-			state = STATE_ERR;
-			break;
-		}
-
-		if (operator > 0) {
-			setString(B_L, &rhs, ep->result);
-			if (evalCond(ep, lhs, operator, rhs) < 0) {
-				state = STATE_ERR;
-				break;
-			}
-		}
-		setString(B_L, &lhs, ep->result);
-
-		tid = ejLexGetToken(ep, state);
-		if (tid == TOK_LOGICAL) {
-			operator = (int) *ep->token;
-
-		} else if (tid == TOK_RPAREN || tid == TOK_SEMI) {
-			ejLexPutbackToken(ep, tid, ep->token);
-			state = STATE_COND_DONE;
-			break;
-
-		} else {
-			ejLexPutbackToken(ep, tid, ep->token);
-		}
-
-	} while (state == STATE_RELEXP_DONE);
-
-	if (lhs) {
-		bfree(B_L, lhs);
-	}
-
-	if (rhs) {
-		bfree(B_L, rhs);
-	}
-	return state;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Parse expression (leftHandSide operator rightHandSide)
- */
-
-static int parseExpr(ej_t *ep, int state, int flags)
-{
-	char_t	*lhs, *rhs;
-	int		rel, tid;
-
-	a_assert(ep);
-
-	setString(B_L, &ep->result, T(""));
-	rhs = lhs = NULL;
-	rel = 0;
-	tid = 0;
-
-	do {
-/*
- *	This loop will handle an entire expression list. We call parse
- *	to evalutate each term which returns the result in ep->result.
- */
-		if (tid == TOK_LOGICAL) {
-			if ((state = parse(ep, STATE_RELEXP, flags)) != STATE_RELEXP_DONE) {
-				state = STATE_ERR;
-				break;
-			}
-		} else {
-			if ((state = parse(ep, STATE_EXPR, flags)) != STATE_EXPR_DONE) {
-				state = STATE_ERR;
-				break;
-			}
-		}
-
-		if (rel > 0) {
-			setString(B_L, &rhs, ep->result);
-			if (tid == TOK_LOGICAL) {
-				if (evalCond(ep, lhs, rel, rhs) < 0) {
-					state = STATE_ERR;
-					break;
-				}
-			} else {
-				if (evalExpr(ep, lhs, rel, rhs) < 0) {
-					state = STATE_ERR;
-					break;
-				}
-			}
-		}
-		setString(B_L, &lhs, ep->result);
-
-		if ((tid = ejLexGetToken(ep, state)) == TOK_EXPR ||
-			 tid == TOK_INC_DEC || tid == TOK_LOGICAL) {
-			rel = (int) *ep->token;
-
-		} else {
-			ejLexPutbackToken(ep, tid, ep->token);
-			state = STATE_RELEXP_DONE;
-		}
-
-	} while (state == STATE_EXPR_DONE);
-
-	if (rhs) {
-		bfree(B_L, rhs);
-	}
-
-	if (lhs) {
-		bfree(B_L, lhs);
-	}
-
-	return state;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Evaluate a condition. Implements &&, ||, !
- */
-
-static int evalCond(ej_t *ep, char_t *lhs, int rel, char_t *rhs)
-{
-	char_t	buf[16];
-	int		l, r, lval;
-
-	a_assert(lhs);
-	a_assert(rhs);
-	a_assert(rel > 0);
-
-	lval = 0;
-	if (gisdigit((int)*lhs) && gisdigit((int)*rhs)) {
-		l = gatoi(lhs);
-		r = gatoi(rhs);
-		switch (rel) {
-		case COND_AND:
-			lval = l && r;
-			break;
-		case COND_OR:
-			lval = l || r;
-			break;
-		default:
-			ejError(ep, T("Bad operator %d"), rel);
-			return -1;
-		}
-	} else {
-		if (!gisdigit((int)*lhs)) {
-			ejError(ep, T("Conditional must be numeric"), lhs);
-		} else {
-			ejError(ep, T("Conditional must be numeric"), rhs);
-		}
-	}
-
-	stritoa(lval, buf, sizeof(buf));
-	setString(B_L, &ep->result, buf);
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Evaluate an operation
- */
-
-static int evalExpr(ej_t *ep, char_t *lhs, int rel, char_t *rhs)
-{
-	char_t	*cp, buf[16];
-	int		numeric, l, r, lval;
-
-	a_assert(lhs);
-	a_assert(rhs);
-	a_assert(rel > 0);
-
-/*
- *	All of the characters in the lhs and rhs must be numeric
- */
-	numeric = 1;
-	for (cp = lhs; *cp; cp++) {
-		if (!gisdigit((int)*cp)) {
-			numeric = 0;
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (numeric) {
-		for (cp = rhs; *cp; cp++) {
-			if (!gisdigit((int)*cp)) {
-				numeric = 0;
-				break;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (numeric) {
-		l = gatoi(lhs);
-		r = gatoi(rhs);
-		switch (rel) {
-		case EXPR_PLUS:
-			lval = l + r;
-			break;
-		case EXPR_INC:
-			lval = l + 1;
-			break;
-		case EXPR_MINUS:
-			lval = l - r;
-			break;
-		case EXPR_DEC:
-			lval = l - 1;
-			break;
-		case EXPR_MUL:
-			lval = l * r;
-			break;
-		case EXPR_DIV:
-			if (r != 0) {
-				lval = l / r;
-			} else {
-				lval = 0;
-			}
-			break;
-		case EXPR_MOD:
-			if (r != 0) {
-				lval = l % r;
-			} else {
-				lval = 0;
-			}
-			break;
-		case EXPR_LSHIFT:
-			lval = l << r;
-			break;
-		case EXPR_RSHIFT:
-			lval = l >> r;
-			break;
-		case EXPR_EQ:
-			lval = l == r;
-			break;
-		case EXPR_NOTEQ:
-			lval = l != r;
-			break;
-		case EXPR_LESS:
-			lval = (l < r) ? 1 : 0;
-			break;
-		case EXPR_LESSEQ:
-			lval = (l <= r) ? 1 : 0;
-			break;
-		case EXPR_GREATER:
-			lval = (l > r) ? 1 : 0;
-			break;
-		case EXPR_GREATEREQ:
-			lval = (l >= r) ? 1 : 0;
-			break;
-		case EXPR_BOOL_COMP:
-			lval = (r == 0) ? 1 : 0;
-			break;
-		default:
-			ejError(ep, T("Bad operator %d"), rel);
-			return -1;
-		}
-
-	} else {
-		switch (rel) {
-		case EXPR_PLUS:
-			clearString(&ep->result);
-			appendString(&ep->result, lhs);
-			appendString(&ep->result, rhs);
-			return 0;
-		case EXPR_LESS:
-			lval = gstrcmp(lhs, rhs) < 0;
-			break;
-		case EXPR_LESSEQ:
-			lval = gstrcmp(lhs, rhs) <= 0;
-			break;
-		case EXPR_GREATER:
-			lval = gstrcmp(lhs, rhs) > 0;
-			break;
-		case EXPR_GREATEREQ:
-			lval = gstrcmp(lhs, rhs) >= 0;
-			break;
-		case EXPR_EQ:
-			lval = gstrcmp(lhs, rhs) == 0;
-			break;
-		case EXPR_NOTEQ:
-			lval = gstrcmp(lhs, rhs) != 0;
-			break;
-		case EXPR_INC:
-		case EXPR_DEC:
-		case EXPR_MINUS:
-		case EXPR_DIV:
-		case EXPR_MOD:
-		case EXPR_LSHIFT:
-		case EXPR_RSHIFT:
-		default:
-			ejError(ep, T("Bad operator"));
-			return -1;
-		}
-	}
-
-	stritoa(lval, buf, sizeof(buf));
-	setString(B_L, &ep->result, buf);
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Evaluate a function
- */
-
-static int evalFunction(ej_t *ep)
-{
-	sym_t	*sp;
-	int		(*fn)(int eid, void *handle, int argc, char_t **argv);
-
-	if ((sp = symLookup(ep->functions, ep->func->fname)) == NULL) {
-		ejError(ep, T("Undefined procedure %s"), ep->func->fname);
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	fn = (int (*)(int, void*, int, char_t**)) sp->content.value.integer;
-	if (fn == NULL) {
-		ejError(ep, T("Undefined procedure %s"), ep->func->fname);
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	return (*fn)(ep->eid, (void*) ep->userHandle, ep->func->nArgs,
-		ep->func->args);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Output a parse ej_error message
- */
-
-void ejError(ej_t* ep, char_t* fmt, ...)
-{
-	va_list		args;
-	ejinput_t	*ip;
-	char_t		*errbuf, *msgbuf;
-
-	a_assert(ep);
-	a_assert(fmt);
-	ip = ep->input;
-
-	va_start(args, fmt);
-	msgbuf = NULL;
-	fmtValloc(&msgbuf, E_MAX_ERROR, fmt, args);
-	va_end(args);
-
-	if (ep && ip) {
-		fmtAlloc(&errbuf, E_MAX_ERROR, T("%s\n At line %d, line => \n\n%s\n"),
-			msgbuf, ip->lineNumber, ip->line);
-		bfreeSafe(B_L, ep->error);
-		ep->error = errbuf;
-	}
-	bfreeSafe(B_L, msgbuf);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Clear a string value
- */
-
-static void clearString(char_t **ptr)
-{
-	a_assert(ptr);
-
-	if (*ptr) {
-		bfree(B_L, *ptr);
-	}
-	*ptr = NULL;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Set a string value
- */
-
-static void setString(B_ARGS_DEC, char_t **ptr, char_t *s)
-{
-	a_assert(ptr);
-
-	if (*ptr) {
-		bfree(B_ARGS, *ptr);
-	}
-	*ptr = bstrdup(B_ARGS, s);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Append to the pointer value
- */
-
-static void appendString(char_t **ptr, char_t *s)
-{
-	int	len, oldlen;
-
-	a_assert(ptr);
-
-	if (*ptr) {
-		len = gstrlen(s);
-		oldlen = gstrlen(*ptr);
-		*ptr = brealloc(B_L, *ptr, (len + oldlen + 1) * sizeof(char_t));
-		gstrcpy(&(*ptr)[oldlen], s);
-	} else {
-		*ptr = bstrdup(B_L, s);
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Define a function
- */
-
-int ejSetGlobalFunction(int eid, char_t *name,
-	int (*fn)(int eid, void *handle, int argc, char_t **argv))
-{
-	ej_t	*ep;
-
-	if ((ep = ejPtr(eid)) == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	return ejSetGlobalFunctionDirect(ep->functions, name, fn);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Define a function directly into the function symbol table.
- */
-
-int ejSetGlobalFunctionDirect(sym_fd_t functions, char_t *name,
-	int (*fn)(int eid, void *handle, int argc, char_t **argv))
-{
-	if (symEnter(functions, name, valueInteger((long) fn), 0) == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Remove ("undefine") a function
- */
-
-int ejRemoveGlobalFunction(int eid, char_t *name)
-{
-	ej_t	*ep;
-
-	if ((ep = ejPtr(eid)) == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	return symDelete(ep->functions, name);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get a function definition
- */
-
-void *ejGetGlobalFunction(int eid, char_t *name)
-{
-	ej_t	*ep;
-	sym_t	*sp;
-	int		(*fn)(int eid, void *handle, int argc, char_t **argv);
-
-	if ((ep = ejPtr(eid)) == NULL) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	if ((sp = symLookup(ep->functions, name)) != NULL) {
-		fn = (int (*)(int, void*, int, char_t**)) sp->content.value.integer;
-		return (void*) fn;
-	}
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Utility routine to crack Ejscript arguments. Return the number of args
- *	seen. This routine only supports %s and %d type args.
- *
- *	Typical usage:
- *
- *		if (ejArgs(argc, argv, "%s %d", &name, &age) < 2) {
- *			error("Insufficient args\n");
- *			return -1;
- *		}
- */
-
-int ejArgs(int argc, char_t **argv, char_t *fmt, ...)
-{
-	va_list	vargs;
-	char_t	*cp, **sp;
-	int		*ip;
-	int		argn;
-
-	va_start(vargs, fmt);
-
-	if (argv == NULL) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	for (argn = 0, cp = fmt; cp && *cp && argv[argn]; ) {
-		if (*cp++ != '%') {
-			continue;
-		}
-
-		switch (*cp) {
-		case 'd':
-			ip = va_arg(vargs, int*);
-			*ip = gatoi(argv[argn]);
-			break;
-
-		case 's':
-			sp = va_arg(vargs, char_t**);
-			*sp = argv[argn];
-			break;
-
-		default:
-/*
- *			Unsupported
- */
-			a_assert(0);
-		}
-		argn++;
-	}
-
-	va_end(vargs);
-	return argn;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Define the user handle
- */
-
-void ejSetUserHandle(int eid, int handle)
-{
-	ej_t	*ep;
-
-	if ((ep = ejPtr(eid)) == NULL) {
-		return;
-	}
-	ep->userHandle = handle;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get the user handle
- */
-
-int ejGetUserHandle(int eid)
-{
-	ej_t	*ep;
-
-	if ((ep = ejPtr(eid)) == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	return ep->userHandle;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get the current line number
- */
-
-int ejGetLineNumber(int eid)
-{
-	ej_t	*ep;
-
-	if ((ep = ejPtr(eid)) == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	return ep->input->lineNumber;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Set the result
- */
-
-void ejSetResult(int eid, char_t *s)
-{
-	ej_t	*ep;
-
-	if ((ep = ejPtr(eid)) == NULL) {
-		return;
-	}
-	setString(B_L, &ep->result, s);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get the result
- */
-
-char_t *ejGetResult(int eid)
-{
-	ej_t	*ep;
-
-	if ((ep = ejPtr(eid)) == NULL) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-	return ep->result;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Set a variable. Note: a variable with a value of NULL means declared but
- *	undefined. The value is defined in the top-most variable frame.
- */
-
-void ejSetVar(int eid, char_t *var, char_t *value)
-{
-	ej_t	*ep;
-	value_t	v;
-
-	a_assert(var && *var);
-
-	if ((ep = ejPtr(eid)) == NULL) {
-		return;
-	}
-
-	if (value == NULL) {
-		v = valueString(value, 0);
-	} else {
-		v = valueString(value, VALUE_ALLOCATE);
-	}
-	symEnter(ep->variables[ep->variableMax - 1] - EJ_OFFSET, var, v, 0);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Set a local variable. Note: a variable with a value of NULL means
- *	declared but undefined. The value is defined in the top-most variable frame.
- */
-
-void ejSetLocalVar(int eid, char_t *var, char_t *value)
-{
-	ej_t	*ep;
-	value_t	v;
-
-	a_assert(var && *var);
-
-	if ((ep = ejPtr(eid)) == NULL) {
-		return;
-	}
-
-	if (value == NULL) {
-		v = valueString(value, 0);
-	} else {
-		v = valueString(value, VALUE_ALLOCATE);
-	}
-	symEnter(ep->variables[ep->variableMax - 1] - EJ_OFFSET, var, v, 0);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Set a global variable. Note: a variable with a value of NULL means
- *	declared but undefined. The value is defined in the global variable frame.
- */
-
-void ejSetGlobalVar(int eid, char_t *var, char_t *value)
-{
-	ej_t	*ep;
-	value_t v;
-
-	a_assert(var && *var);
-
-	if ((ep = ejPtr(eid)) == NULL) {
-		return;
-	}
-
-	if (value == NULL) {
-		v = valueString(value, 0);
-	} else {
-		v = valueString(value, VALUE_ALLOCATE);
-	}
-	symEnter(ep->variables[0] - EJ_OFFSET, var, v, 0);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get a variable
- */
-
-int ejGetVar(int eid, char_t *var, char_t **value)
-{
-	ej_t	*ep;
-	sym_t	*sp;
-	int		i;
-
-	a_assert(var && *var);
-	a_assert(value);
-
-	if ((ep = ejPtr(eid)) == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	i = ep->variableMax - 1;
-	if ((sp = symLookup(ep->variables[i] - EJ_OFFSET, var)) == NULL) {
-		i = 0;
-		if ((sp = symLookup(ep->variables[0] - EJ_OFFSET, var)) == NULL) {
-			return -1;
-		}
-	}
-	a_assert(sp->content.type == string);
-	*value = sp->content.value.string;
-	return i;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get the variable symbol table
- */
-
-sym_fd_t ejGetVariableTable(int eid)
-{
-	ej_t	*ep;
-
-	if ((ep = ejPtr(eid)) == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	return *ep->variables;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get the functions symbol table
- */
-
-sym_fd_t ejGetFunctionTable(int eid)
-{
-	ej_t	*ep;
-
-	if ((ep = ejPtr(eid)) == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	return ep->functions;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Free an argument list
- */
-
-static void freeFunc(ejfunc_t *func)
-{
-	int	i;
-
-	for (i = func->nArgs - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
-		bfree(B_L, func->args[i]);
-		func->nArgs = hFree((void***) &func->args, i);
-	}
-
-	if (func->fname) {
-		bfree(B_L, func->fname);
-		func->fname = NULL;
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get Ejscript pointer
- */
-
-static ej_t *ejPtr(int eid)
-{
-	a_assert(0 <= eid && eid < ejMax);
-
-	if (eid < 0 || eid >= ejMax || ejHandles[eid] == NULL) {
-		ejError(NULL, T("Bad handle %d"), eid);
-		return NULL;
-	}
-	return ejHandles[eid];
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	This function removes any new lines.  Used for else	cases, etc.
- */
-static void ejRemoveNewlines(ej_t *ep, int state)
-{
-	int tid;
-
-	do {
-		tid = ejLexGetToken(ep, state);
-	} while (tid == TOK_NEWLINE);
-
-	ejLexPutbackToken(ep, tid, ep->token);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/emfdb.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/emfdb.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 708b51106b..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/emfdb.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1050 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * emfdb.c -- EMF database compatability functions for GoAhead WebServer.
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * See the file "license.txt" for usage and redistribution license requirements
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-/*
- *	Textfile-based database support for WebServer 2.1.
- */
-
-/********************************* Includes ***********************************/
-
-#include	"emfdb.h"
-#include	"wsIntrn.h"
-
-/********************************* Defines ************************************/
-
-#define KEYWORD_TABLE	T("TABLE")
-#define KEYWORD_ROW		T("ROW")
-
-/*********************************** Locals ***********************************/
-
-/*
- *	Variable to support the basicSet and basicGet functions.
- */
-
-static char_t	*basicProdDir = NULL;		
-static char_t	*basicDefaultDir = T("."); /* Default set to current */
-
-/*
- * hAlloc chain list of table schemas to be closed 
- */
-
-static int			dbMaxTables = 0;
-static dbTable_t	**dbListTables = NULL;
-
-/****************************** Forward Declarations **************************/
-
-static int		crack(char_t *buf, char_t **key, char_t **val);
-static char_t	*trim(char_t *str);
-static int		GetColumnIndex(int tid, char_t *colName);
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/* 
- *	Add a schema to the module-internal schema database 
- */
-
-int dbRegisterDBSchema(dbTable_t *pTableRegister)
-{
-	dbTable_t	*pTable;
-	int			tid;
-
-	a_assert(pTableRegister);
-
-	trace(4, T("DB: Registering database table <%s>\n"), 
-		pTableRegister->name);
-
-/*
- *	Bump up the size of the table array
- */
-	tid = hAllocEntry((void*) &dbListTables, 
-		&dbMaxTables, sizeof(dbTable_t));	
-
-/*
- *	Copy the table schema to the last spot in schema array
- */
-	a_assert(dbListTables);
-	pTable = dbListTables[tid];
-	a_assert(pTable);
-
-/*
- *	Copy the name of the table
- */
-	pTable->name = bstrdup(B_L, pTableRegister->name);
-
-/*
- *	Copy the number of columns
- */
-	pTable->nColumns = pTableRegister->nColumns;
-
-/*
- *	Copy the column definitions
- */
-	if (pTable->nColumns > 0) {
-		int i;
-		pTable->columnNames = balloc(B_L, sizeof(char_t *) * pTable->nColumns);
-		pTable->columnTypes = balloc(B_L, sizeof(int *) * pTable->nColumns);
-
-		for (i = 0; (i < pTableRegister->nColumns); i++) {
-			pTable->columnNames[i] = 
-				bstrdup(B_L, pTableRegister->columnNames[i]);
-			pTable->columnTypes[i] = pTableRegister->columnTypes[i];
-		}
-
-	} else {
-		pTable->columnNames = NULL;
-		pTable->columnTypes = NULL;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Zero out the table's data (very important!)
- */
-	pTable->nRows = 0;
-	pTable->rows = NULL;
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	This is provided for compatibility with EMF.  Tables are "registered"
- *	with staticly defined schemas.  There is only one did in this package: 0.
- */
-
-int dbOpen(char_t *tablename, char_t *filename, 
-		   int (*gettime)(int did), int flags)
-{
-	basicProdDir = NULL;		
-	basicDefaultDir = T(".");
-	dbMaxTables = 0;
-	dbListTables = NULL;
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Delete all the rows of the tables, and all of the tables
- */
-
-void dbClose(int did)
-{
-	int			table, column;
-	dbTable_t	*pTable;
-
-/*
- *	Before doing anything, delete all the contents of the database
- */
-	dbZero(did);
-
-/*
- *	Now delete the tables
- */
-	for (table = 0; table < dbMaxTables; table++) {
-		pTable = dbListTables[table];
-
-		if (pTable != NULL) {
-/*
- *			Delete the table schema
- */
-			if (pTable->nColumns) {
-				for (column = 0; column < pTable->nColumns; column++) {
-					bfreeSafe(B_L, pTable->columnNames[column]);
-				}
-				bfreeSafe(B_L, pTable->columnNames);
-				bfreeSafe(B_L, pTable->columnTypes);
-			}
-/*
- *			Delete the table name
- */
-			bfreeSafe(B_L, pTable->name);
-/*
- *			Free the table
- */
-			bfreeSafe(B_L, pTable);
-			hFree((void *) &dbListTables, table);
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (dbListTables) {
-		bfree(B_L, dbListTables);
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Set the global table list to a safe value
- */
-	dbListTables = NULL;
-	dbMaxTables = 0;
-}
-
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Delete all the data records in all tables
- */
-
-void dbZero(int did)
-{
-	int			table, row, column, nRows, nColumns;
-	int			*pRow;
-	dbTable_t	*pTable;
-
-/*
- *	Delete all data from all tables
- */
-	for (table = 0; table < dbMaxTables; table++) {
-		pTable = dbListTables[table];
-/*
- *		Delete the row data contained within the schema
- */
-		if (pTable) {
-			nColumns = pTable->nColumns;
-			nRows = pTable->nRows;
-			for (row = 0; row < nRows; row++) {
-				pRow = pTable->rows[row];
-				if (pRow) {
-/*
- *					Only delete the contents of rows not previously deleted!
- */
-					for (column = 0; column < nColumns; column++) {
-						if (pTable->columnTypes[column] == T_STRING) {
-							bfreeSafe(B_L, (char_t *)(pRow[column]));
-							pRow[column] = (int)NULL;
-						}
-					}
-
-					bfreeSafe(B_L, pRow);
-					hFree((void ***) &pTable->rows, row);
-				}
-			}
-
-			pTable->rows = NULL;
-			pTable->nRows = 0;
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Find the a row in the table with the given string in the given column
- */
-
-int dbSearchStr(int did, char_t *tablename, 
-	char_t *colName, char_t *value, int flags)
-{
-	int			tid, nRows, nColumns, column;
-	dbTable_t	*pTable;
-
-	a_assert(tablename);
-	a_assert(colName);
-	a_assert(value);
-
-	tid = dbGetTableId(0, tablename);
-	a_assert(tid >= 0);
-
-	if ((tid >= 0) && (tid < dbMaxTables) && (dbListTables[tid] != NULL)) {
-		pTable = dbListTables[tid];
-	} else {
-		return DB_ERR_TABLE_NOT_FOUND;
-	}
-	
-	nColumns = pTable->nColumns;
-	nRows = pTable->nRows;
-	column = GetColumnIndex(tid, colName);
-	a_assert (column >= 0);
-
-	if (column >= 0) {
-		char_t	*compareVal;
-		int		row, *pRow;
-/*
- *		Scan through rows until we find a match.
- *		Note that some of these rows may be deleted!
- */
-		row = 0;
-		while (row < nRows) {
-			pRow = pTable->rows[row];
-			if (pRow) {
-				compareVal = (char_t *)(pRow[column]); 
-				if (compareVal && (gstrcmp(compareVal, value) == 0)) {
-					return row;
-				}
-			}
-			row++;
-		}
-	} else {
-/*
- *		Return -2 if search column was not found
- */
-		trace(3, T("DB: Unable to find column <%s> in table <%s>\n"), 
-			colName, tablename);
-		return DB_ERR_COL_NOT_FOUND;
-	}
-
-	return -1;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Add a new row to the given table.  Return the new row ID.
- */
-
-int dbAddRow(int did, char_t *tablename)
-{
-	int			tid, size;
-	dbTable_t	*pTable;
-
-	a_assert(tablename);
-
-	tid = dbGetTableId(0, tablename);
-	a_assert(tid >= 0);
-
-	if ((tid >= 0) && (tid < dbMaxTables) && (dbListTables[tid] != NULL)) {
-		pTable = dbListTables[tid];
-	} else {
-		return DB_ERR_TABLE_NOT_FOUND;
-	}
-
-	a_assert(pTable);
-
-	if (pTable) {
-		trace(5, T("DB: Adding a row to table <%s>\n"), tablename);
-
-		size = pTable->nColumns * max(sizeof(int), sizeof(char_t *));
-		return hAllocEntry((void***) &(pTable->rows), &(pTable->nRows), size);
-	} 
-
-	return -1;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Delete a row in the table.  
- */
-
-int dbDeleteRow(int did, char_t *tablename, int row)
-{
-	int			tid, nColumns, nRows;
-	dbTable_t	*pTable;
-
-	a_assert(tablename);
-	tid = dbGetTableId(0, tablename);
-	a_assert(tid >= 0);
-
-	if ((tid >= 0) && (tid < dbMaxTables) && (dbListTables[tid] != NULL)) {
-		pTable = dbListTables[tid];
-	} else {
-		return DB_ERR_TABLE_NOT_FOUND;
-	}
-
-	nColumns = pTable->nColumns;
-	nRows = pTable->nRows;
-
-	if ((row >= 0) && (row < nRows)) {
-		int *pRow = pTable->rows[row];
-
-		if (pRow) {
-			int	column = 0;
-/*
- *			Free up any allocated strings
- */
-			while (column < nColumns) {
-				if (pRow[column] && 
-					(pTable->columnTypes[column] == T_STRING)) {
-					bfree(B_L, (char_t *)pRow[column]);
-				}
-
-				column++;
-			}
-/*
- *			Zero out the row for safety
- */
-			memset(pRow, 0, nColumns * max(sizeof(int), sizeof(char_t *)));
-
-			bfreeSafe(B_L, pRow);
-			pTable->nRows = hFree((void ***)&pTable->rows, row);
-			trace(5, T("DB: Deleted row <%d> from table <%s>\n"), 
-				row, tablename);
-		}
-		return 0;
-	} else {
-		trace(3, T("DB: Unable to delete row <%d> from table <%s>\n"), 
-			row, tablename);
-	}
-	
-	return -1;
-}
-
-/*****************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Grow the rows in the table to the nominated size. 
- */
-
-int dbSetTableNrow(int did, char_t *tablename, int nNewRows)
-{
-	int			nRet, tid, nRows, nColumns;
-	dbTable_t	*pTable;
-
-	a_assert(tablename);
-	tid = dbGetTableId(0, tablename);
-	a_assert(tid >= 0) ;
-
-	if ((tid >= 0) && (tid < dbMaxTables) && (dbListTables[tid] != NULL)) {
-		pTable = dbListTables[tid];
-	} else {
-		return DB_ERR_TABLE_NOT_FOUND;
-	}
-
-	nRet = -1;
-
-	a_assert(pTable);
-	if (pTable) {
-		nColumns = pTable->nColumns;
-		nRows = pTable->nRows;
-		nRet = 0;
-
-		if (nRows >= nNewRows) {
-/*		
- *		If number of rows already allocated exceeds requested number, do nothing
- */
-			trace(4, T("DB: Ignoring row set to <%d> in table <%s>\n"),
-				nNewRows, tablename);
-		} else {
-			trace(4, T("DB: Setting rows to <%d> in table <%s>\n"), 
-				nNewRows, tablename);
-			while (pTable->nRows < nNewRows) {
-				if (dbAddRow(did, tablename) < 0) {
-					return -1;
-				}
-			}
-		}
-	} 
-
-	return nRet;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return the number of rows in the given table
- */
-
-int dbGetTableNrow(int did, char_t *tablename)
-{
-	int tid;
-	
-	a_assert(tablename);
-	tid = dbGetTableId(did, tablename);
-
-	if ((tid >= 0) && (tid < dbMaxTables) && (dbListTables[tid] != NULL)) {
-		return (dbListTables[tid])->nRows;
-	} else {
-		return -1;
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Do table driven read of the database
- */
-
-int dbReadInt(int did, char_t *table, char_t *column, int row, int *returnValue)
-{
-	int			colIndex, *pRow, tid;
-	dbTable_t	*pTable;
-	
-	a_assert(table);
-	a_assert(column);
-	a_assert(returnValue);
-
-	tid = dbGetTableId(0, table);
-	a_assert(tid >= 0);
-
-/*
- *	Return -6 if table is not found
- */
-	if (tid < 0) {
-		return DB_ERR_TABLE_NOT_FOUND;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Return -7 if table id has been deleted
- */
-	pTable = dbListTables[tid];
-	if (pTable == NULL) {
-		return DB_ERR_TABLE_DELETED;
-	}
-
-	a_assert(row >= 0);
-
-	if ((row >= 0) && (row < pTable->nRows)) {
-		colIndex = GetColumnIndex(tid, column);
-		a_assert(colIndex >= 0);
-
-		if (colIndex >= 0) {
-			pRow = pTable->rows[row];
-			if (pRow) {
-				*returnValue = pRow[colIndex];
-				return 0;
-			}  
-			return DB_ERR_ROW_DELETED;
-		}
-		return DB_ERR_COL_NOT_FOUND;
-	}
-
-	return DB_ERR_ROW_NOT_FOUND;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	dbReadStr calls dbReadInt to do table driven read of database
- */
-
-int dbReadStr(int did, char_t *table, char_t *column, int row,
-		char_t **returnValue)
-{
-	return dbReadInt(did, table, column, row, (int *)returnValue);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	The dbWriteInt function writes a value into a table at a given row and
- *	column.  The existence of the row and column is verified before the 
- *	write.  0 is returned on succes, -1 is returned on error.
- */
-
-int dbWriteInt(int did, char_t *table, char_t *column, int row, int iData)
-{
-	int			tid, colIndex, *pRow;
-	dbTable_t	*pTable;
-
-	a_assert(table);
-	a_assert(column);
-
-/*
- *	Make sure that this table exists
- */
-	tid = dbGetTableId(0, table);
-	a_assert(tid >= 0);
-
-	if (tid < 0) {
-		return DB_ERR_TABLE_NOT_FOUND;
-	}
-
-	pTable = dbListTables[tid];
-	
-	if (pTable) {
-/*
- *		Make sure that the column exists
- */
-		colIndex = GetColumnIndex(tid, column);
-		a_assert(colIndex >= 0);
-		if (colIndex >= 0) {
-/*
- *			Make sure that the row exists
- */
-			a_assert((row >= 0) && (row < pTable->nRows));
-			if ((row >= 0) && (row < pTable->nRows)) {
-				pRow = pTable->rows[row];
-				if (pRow) {
-					pRow[colIndex] = iData;
-					return 0;
-				}
-				return DB_ERR_ROW_DELETED;
-			}
-			return DB_ERR_ROW_NOT_FOUND;
-		}
-		return DB_ERR_COL_NOT_FOUND;
-	}
-
-	return DB_ERR_TABLE_DELETED;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	The dbWriteStr function writes a string value into a table at a given row 
- *	and column.  The existence of the row and column is verified before the 
- *	write.  The column is also checked to confirm it is a string field.
- *	0 is returned on succes, -1 is returned on error.
- */
-
-int dbWriteStr(int did, char_t *table, char_t *column, int row, char_t *s)
-{
-	int			tid, colIndex;
-	int			*pRow;
-	char_t		*ptr;
-	dbTable_t	*pTable;
-
-	a_assert(table);
-	a_assert(column);
-
-	tid = dbGetTableId(0, table);
-	a_assert(tid >= 0);
-
-	if (tid < 0) {
-		return DB_ERR_TABLE_NOT_FOUND;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Make sure that this table exists
- */
-	pTable = dbListTables[tid];
-	a_assert(pTable);
-	if (!pTable) {
-		return DB_ERR_TABLE_DELETED;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Make sure that this column exists
- */
-	colIndex = GetColumnIndex(tid, column);
-	if (colIndex < 0) {
-		return DB_ERR_COL_NOT_FOUND;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Make sure that this column is a string column
- */
-	if (pTable->columnTypes[colIndex] != T_STRING) {
-		return DB_ERR_BAD_FORMAT;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Make sure that the row exists
- */
-	a_assert((row >= 0) && (row < pTable->nRows));
-	if ((row >= 0) && (row < pTable->nRows)) {
-		pRow = pTable->rows[row];
-	} else {
-		return DB_ERR_ROW_NOT_FOUND;
-	}
-
-	if (!pRow) {
-		return DB_ERR_ROW_DELETED;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	If the column already has a value, be sure to delete it to prevent
- *	memory leaks.
- */
-	if (pRow[colIndex]) {
-		bfree(B_L, (char_t *) pRow[colIndex]);
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Make sure we make a copy of the string to write into the column.
- *	This allocated string will be deleted when the row is deleted.
- */
-	ptr = bstrdup(B_L, s);
-	pRow[colIndex] = (int)ptr;
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Print a key-value pair to a file
- */
-
-static int dbWriteKeyValue(int fd, char_t *key, char_t *value)
-{
-	int		rc;
-	int		len;
-	char_t	*pLineOut;
-
-	a_assert(key && *key);
-	a_assert(value);
-	
-	fmtAlloc(&pLineOut, BUF_MAX, T("%s=%s\n"), key, value);
-
-	if (pLineOut) {
-		len = gstrlen(pLineOut);
-#ifdef CE
-		rc = writeUniToAsc(fd, pLineOut, len);
-#else
-		rc = gwrite(fd, pLineOut, len);
-#endif
-		bfree(B_L, pLineOut);
-	} else {
-		rc = -1;
-	}
-
-	return rc;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Persist a database to a file
- */
-
-int dbSave(int did, char_t *filename, int flags)
-{
-	int			row, column, nColumns, nRows, fd, rc;
-	int			*colTypes, *pRow, nRet, tid;
-	char_t		*path, *tmpFile, *tmpNum;
-	char_t		**colNames;
-	dbTable_t	*pTable;
-
-	trace(5, T("DB: About to save database to file\n"));
-
-	a_assert(dbMaxTables > 0);
-
-/*
- *	First write to a temporary file, then switch around later.
- */
-	fmtAlloc(&tmpFile, FNAMESIZE, T("%s/data.tmp"), basicGetProductDir());
-	if ((fd = gopen(tmpFile, 
-		O_CREAT | O_TRUNC | O_WRONLY | O_BINARY, 0666)) < 0) {
-		trace(1, T("WARNING: Failed to open file %s\n"), tmpFile);
-		bfree(B_L, tmpFile);
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	nRet = 0;
-
-	for (tid = 0; (tid < dbMaxTables) && (nRet != -1); tid++) {
-		pTable = dbListTables[tid];
-
-		if (pTable) {
-/*
- *			Print the TABLE=tableName directive to the file
- */
-			rc = dbWriteKeyValue(fd, KEYWORD_TABLE, pTable->name);
-
-			nColumns = pTable->nColumns;
-			nRows = pTable->nRows;
-
-			for (row = 0; (row < nRows) && (nRet == 0); row++) {
-				pRow = pTable->rows[row];
-/*
- *				if row is NULL, the row has been deleted, so don't
- *				write it out.
- */
-				if ((pRow == NULL) || (pRow[0] == '\0') || 
-					(*(char_t *)(pRow[0]) == '\0')) {
-					continue;
-				}
-/*
- *				Print the ROW=rowNumber directive to the file
- */
-				fmtAlloc(&tmpNum, 20, T("%d"), row);		
-				rc = dbWriteKeyValue(fd, KEYWORD_ROW, tmpNum);
-				bfreeSafe(B_L, tmpNum);
-
-				colNames = pTable->columnNames;
-				colTypes = pTable->columnTypes;
-/*
- *				Print the key-value pairs (COLUMN=value) for data cells
- */
-				for (column = 0; (column < nColumns) && (rc >= 0); 
-					column++, colNames++, colTypes++) {
-					if (*colTypes == T_STRING) {
-						rc = dbWriteKeyValue(fd, *colNames, 
-							(char_t *)(pRow[column]));
-					} else {
-						fmtAlloc(&tmpNum, 20, T("%d"), pRow[column]);		
-						rc = dbWriteKeyValue(fd, *colNames, tmpNum);
-						bfreeSafe(B_L, tmpNum);
-					}
-				}
-
-				if (rc < 0) {
-					trace(1, T("WARNING: Failed to write to file %s\n"), 
-						tmpFile);
-					nRet = -1;
-				}
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-	gclose(fd);
-
-/*
- *	Replace the existing file with the temporary file, if no errors
- */
-	if (nRet == 0) {
-		fmtAlloc(&path, FNAMESIZE, T("%s/%s"), basicGetProductDir(), filename);
-
-		gunlink(path);
-		if (grename(tmpFile, path) != 0) {
-			trace(1, T("WARNING: Failed to rename %s to %s\n"), tmpFile, path);
-			nRet = -1;
-		}
-
-		bfree(B_L, path);
-	}
-
-	bfree(B_L, tmpFile);
-
-	return nRet;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Crack a keyword=value string into keyword and value. We can change buf.
- */
-
-static int crack(char_t *buf, char_t **key, char_t **val)
-{
-	char_t	*ptr;
-
-	if ((ptr = gstrrchr(buf, '\n')) != NULL ||
-			(ptr = gstrrchr(buf, '\r')) != NULL) {
-		*ptr = '\0';
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Find the = sign. It must exist.
- */
-	if ((ptr = gstrstr(buf, T("="))) == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	*ptr++ = '\0';
-	*key = trim(buf);
-	*val = trim(ptr);
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Parse the file. These files consist of key-value pairs, separated by the 
- *  "=" sign. Parsing of tables starts with the "TABLE=value" pair, and rows
- *	are parsed starting with the "ROW=value" pair.
- */
-
-int dbLoad(int did, char_t *filename, int flags)
-{
-	gstat_t		sbuf;
-	char_t		*buf, *keyword, *value, *path, *ptr;
-	char_t		*tablename;
-	int			fd, tid, row;
-	dbTable_t	*pTable;
-
-    a_assert(did >= 0);
-
-	fmtAlloc(&path, FNAMESIZE, T("%s/%s"), basicGetProductDir(), filename);
-	trace(4, T("DB: About to read data file <%s>\n"), path);
-
-	if (gstat(path, &sbuf) < 0) {
-		trace(3, T("DB: Failed to stat persistent data file.\n"));
-		bfree(B_L, path);
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	fd = gopen(path, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY, 0666);
-	bfree(B_L, path);
-
-	if (fd < 0) {
-		trace(3, T("DB: No persistent data file present.\n"));
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	if (sbuf.st_size <= 0) {
-		trace(3, T("DB: Persistent data file is empty.\n"));
-		gclose(fd);
-		return -1;
-	}
-/*
- *	Read entire file into temporary buffer
- */
-	buf = balloc(B_L, sbuf.st_size + 1);
-#ifdef CE
-	if (readAscToUni(fd, &buf, sbuf.st_size) != (int)sbuf.st_size) {
-#else
-	if (gread(fd, buf, sbuf.st_size) != (int)sbuf.st_size) {
-#endif
-		trace(3, T("DB: Persistent data read failed.\n"));
-		bfree(B_L, buf);
-		gclose(fd);
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	gclose(fd);
-	*(buf + sbuf.st_size) = '\0';
-
-	row = -1;
-	tid = -1;
-	pTable = NULL;
-	ptr = gstrtok(buf, T("\n"));
-	tablename = NULL;
-
-	do {
-		if (crack(ptr, &keyword, &value) < 0) {
-			trace(5, T("DB: Failed to crack line %s\n"), ptr);
-			continue;
-		}
-
-		a_assert(keyword && *keyword);
-
-		if (gstrcmp(keyword, KEYWORD_TABLE) == 0) {
-/*
- *			Table name found, check to see if it's registered
- */
-			if (tablename) {
-				bfree(B_L, tablename);
-			}
-
-			tablename = bstrdup(B_L, value);
-			tid = dbGetTableId(did, tablename);
-
-			if (tid >= 0) {
-				pTable = dbListTables[tid];
-			} else {
-				pTable = NULL;
-			}
-
-		} else if (gstrcmp(keyword, KEYWORD_ROW) == 0) {
-/*
- *			Row/Record indicator found, add a new row to table
- */
-			if (tid >= 0) {
-				int nRows = dbGetTableNrow(did, tablename);
-
-				if (dbSetTableNrow(did, tablename, nRows + 1) == 0) {
-					row = nRows;
-				}
-			}
-
-		} else if (row != -1) {
-/*
- *			some other data found, assume it's a COLUMN=value
- */
-			int nColumn = GetColumnIndex(tid, keyword);
-
-			if ((nColumn >= 0) && (pTable != NULL)) {
-				int nColumnType = pTable->columnTypes[nColumn];
-				if (nColumnType == T_STRING) {
-					dbWriteStr(did, tablename, keyword, row, value);
-				} else {
-					dbWriteInt(did, tablename, keyword, row, gstrtoi(value));
-				}
-			}
-		}
-	} while ((ptr = gstrtok(NULL, T("\n"))) != NULL);
-
-	if (tablename) {
-		bfree(B_L, tablename);
-	}
-
-	bfree(B_L, buf);
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return a table id given the table name
- */
-
-int dbGetTableId(int did, char_t *tablename)
-{
-	int			tid;
-	dbTable_t	*pTable;
-
-	a_assert(tablename);
-
-	for (tid = 0; (tid < dbMaxTables); tid++) {
-		if ((pTable = dbListTables[tid]) != NULL) {
-			if (gstrcmp(tablename, pTable->name) == 0) {
-				return tid;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-	
-	return -1;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*	
- *	Return a pointer to the table name, given its ID
- */
-
-char_t *dbGetTableName(int did, int tid)
-{
-	if ((tid >= 0) && (tid < dbMaxTables) && (dbListTables[tid] != NULL)) {
-		return (dbListTables[tid])->name;
-	}
-
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Trim leading white space.
- */
-
-static char_t *trim(char_t *str)
-{
-	while (isspace((int)*str)) {
-		str++;
-	}
-	return str;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return a column index given the column name
- */
-
-static int GetColumnIndex(int tid, char_t *colName) 
-{
-	int			column;
-	dbTable_t	*pTable;
-
-	a_assert(colName);
-
-	if ((tid >= 0) && (tid < dbMaxTables) && (dbListTables[tid] != NULL)) {
-		pTable = dbListTables[tid];
-
-		for (column = 0; (column < pTable->nColumns); column++) {
-			if (gstrcmp(colName, pTable->columnNames[column]) == 0)
-				return column;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return -1;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Set the prefix-directory
- */
-
-void basicSetProductDir(char_t *proddir)
-{
-	int len;
-
-	if (basicProdDir != NULL) {	
-      bfree(B_L, basicProdDir);
-	}
-    
-	basicProdDir = bstrdup(B_L, proddir);
-/*
- *	Make sure that prefix-directory doesn't end with a '/'
- */
-	len = gstrlen(basicProdDir);
-	if ((len > 0) && *(basicProdDir + len - 1) == '/') {
-		*(basicProdDir+len-1) = '\0';
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return the prefix-directory
- */
-
-char_t *basicGetProductDir()
-{
-	if (basicProdDir) {
-		return basicProdDir;
-	} else {
-		return basicDefaultDir;
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/emfdb.h b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/emfdb.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 882c1c80d2..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/emfdb.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-/*
- *	emfdb.h -- EMF database compatability functions for GoAhead WebServer.
- *
- *	Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- *	See the file "license.txt" for usage and redistribution license requirements
- *
- *	$Id$
- */
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-/*
- *	Emf-like textfile database support for WebServer 2.1.
- */
-
-/********************************* Includes ***********************************/
-
-#ifndef _h_EMFDB
-#define _h_EMFDB 1
-
-#ifndef UEMF
-	#include	"basic/basic.h"
-	#include	"emf/emf.h"
-#else
-	#include	"uemf.h"
-#endif
-
-
-/********************************* Defines ************************************/
-
-#define		T_INT					0
-#define		T_STRING				1
-
-#define		DB_OK					0
-#define		DB_ERR_GENERAL			-1
-#define		DB_ERR_COL_NOT_FOUND	-2
-#define		DB_ERR_COL_DELETED		-3
-#define		DB_ERR_ROW_NOT_FOUND	-4
-#define		DB_ERR_ROW_DELETED		-5
-#define		DB_ERR_TABLE_NOT_FOUND	-6
-#define		DB_ERR_TABLE_DELETED	-7
-#define		DB_ERR_BAD_FORMAT		-8
-
-typedef struct dbTable_s {
-	char_t	*name;
-	int		nColumns;
-	char_t	**columnNames;
-	int		*columnTypes;
-	int		nRows;
-	int		**rows;
-} dbTable_t;
-
-/********************************** Prototypes ********************************/
-
-/*
- *	Add a schema to the module-internal schema database
- */
-extern int		dbRegisterDBSchema(dbTable_t *sTable);
-
-extern int		dbOpen(char_t *databasename, char_t *filename,
-					int (*gettime)(int did), int flags);
-extern void		dbClose(int did);
-extern int		dbGetTableId(int did, char_t *tname);
-extern char_t	*dbGetTableName(int did, int tid);
-extern int		dbReadInt(int did, char_t *table, char_t *column, int row,
-					int *returnValue);
-extern int		dbReadStr(int did, char_t *table, char_t *column, int row,
-					char_t **returnValue);
-extern int		dbWriteInt(int did, char_t *table, char_t *column, int row,
-					int idata);
-extern int		dbWriteStr(int did, char_t *table, char_t *column, int row,
-					char_t *s);
-extern int		dbAddRow(int did, char_t *table);
-extern int		dbDeleteRow(int did, char_t *table, int rid);
-extern int		dbSetTableNrow(int did, char_t *table, int nNewRows);
-extern int		dbGetTableNrow(int did, char_t *table);
-
-/*
- *	Dump the contents of a database to file
- */
-extern int		dbSave(int did, char_t *filename, int flags);
-
-/*
- *	Load the contents of a database to file
- */
-extern int		dbLoad(int did, char_t *filename, int flags);
-
-/*
- *	Search for a data in a given column
- */
-extern int		dbSearchStr(int did, char_t *table, char_t *column,
-					char_t *value, int flags);
-
-extern void		dbZero(int did);
-
-extern char_t	*basicGetProductDir();
-extern void		basicSetProductDir(char_t *proddir);
-
-#endif /* _h_EMFDB */
-
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/form.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/form.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 501cea72e2..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/form.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * form.c -- Form processing (in-memory CGI) for the GoAhead Web server
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * See the file "license.txt" for usage and redistribution license requirements
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-/********************************** Description *******************************/
-
-/*
- *	This module implements the /goform handler. It emulates CGI processing
- *	but performs this in-process and not as an external process. This enables
- *	a very high performance implementation with easy parsing and decoding 
- *	of query strings and posted data.
- */
-
-/*********************************** Includes *********************************/
-
-#include	"wsIntrn.h"
-
-/************************************ Locals **********************************/
-
-static sym_fd_t	formSymtab = -1;			/* Symbol table for form handlers */
-
-/************************************* Code ***********************************/
-/*
- *	Process a form request. Returns 1 always to indicate it handled the URL
- */
-
-int websFormHandler(webs_t wp, char_t *urlPrefix, char_t *webDir, int arg, 
-	char_t *url, char_t *path, char_t *query)
-{
-	sym_t		*sp;
-	char_t		formBuf[FNAMESIZE];
-	char_t		*cp, *formName;
-	int			(*fn)(void *sock, char_t *path, char_t *args);
-
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-	a_assert(url && *url);
-	a_assert(path && *path == '/');
-
-	websStats.formHits++;
-
-/*
- *	Extract the form name
- */
-	gstrncpy(formBuf, path, TSZ(formBuf));
-	if ((formName = gstrchr(&formBuf[1], '/')) == NULL) {
-		websError(wp, 200, T("Missing form name"));
-		return 1;
-	}
-	formName++;
-	if ((cp = gstrchr(formName, '/')) != NULL) {
-		*cp = '\0';
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Lookup the C form function first and then try tcl (no javascript support 
- *	yet).
- */
-	sp = symLookup(formSymtab, formName);
-	if (sp == NULL) {
-		websError(wp, 200, T("Form %s is not defined"), formName);
-	} else {
-		fn = (int (*)(void *, char_t *, char_t *)) sp->content.value.integer;
-		a_assert(fn);
-		if (fn) {
-/*
- *			For good practice, forms must call websDone()
- */
-			(*fn)((void*) wp, formName, query);
-
-/*
- *			Remove the test to force websDone, since this prevents
- *			the server "push" from a form>
- */
-#if 0 /* push */
-			if (websValid(wp)) {
-				websError(wp, 200, T("Form didn't call websDone"));
-			}
-#endif /* push */
-		}
-	}
-	return 1;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Define a form function in the "form" map space.
- */
-
-int websFormDefine(char_t *name, void (*fn)(webs_t wp, char_t *path, 
-	char_t *query))
-{
-	a_assert(name && *name);
-	a_assert(fn);
-
-	if (fn == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	symEnter(formSymtab, name, valueInteger((int) fn), (int) NULL);
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Open the symbol table for forms.
- */
-
-void websFormOpen()
-{
-	formSymtab = symOpen(WEBS_SYM_INIT);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Close the symbol table for forms.
- */
-
-void websFormClose()
-{
-	if (formSymtab != -1) {
-		symClose(formSymtab);
-		formSymtab = -1;
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Write a webs header. This is a convenience routine to write a common
- *	header for a form back to the browser.
- */
-
-void websHeader(webs_t wp)
-{
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-	websWrite(wp, T("HTTP/1.0 200 OK\n"));
-
-/*
- *	By license terms the following line of code must not be modified
- */
-	websWrite(wp, T("Server: %s\r\n"), WEBS_NAME);
-
-	websWrite(wp, T("Pragma: no-cache\n"));
-	websWrite(wp, T("Cache-control: no-cache\n"));
-	websWrite(wp, T("Content-Type: text/html\n"));
-	websWrite(wp, T("\n"));
-	websWrite(wp, T("<html>\n"));
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Write a webs footer
- */
-
-void websFooter(webs_t wp)
-{
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-	websWrite(wp, T("</html>\n"));
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/h.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/h.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 35b0bbbae6..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/h.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * h.c -- Handle allocation module
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- * See the file "license.txt" for usage and redistribution license requirements
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-
-/*
- *	This module provides a simple API to allocate and free handles
- *	It maintains a dynamic array of pointers. These usually point to
- *	per-handle structures.
- */
-
-/********************************* Includes ***********************************/
-
-#ifdef UEMF
-	#include	"uemf.h"
-#else
-	#include	"basic/basicInternal.h"
-#endif
-
-/********************************** Defines ***********************************/
-/*
- *	The handle list stores the length of the list and the number of used
- *	handles in the first two words.  These are hidden from the caller by
- *	returning a pointer to the third word to the caller
- */
-
-#define H_LEN		0		/* First entry holds length of list */
-#define H_USED		1		/* Second entry holds number of used */
-#define H_OFFSET	2		/* Offset to real start of list */
-
-#define H_INCR		16		/* Grow handle list in chunks this size */
-
-/*********************************** Code *************************************/
-/*
- *	Allocate a new file handle.  On the first call, the caller must set the
- *	handle map to be a pointer to a null pointer.  *map points to the second
- *	element in the handle array.
- */
-
-#ifdef B_STATS
-int HALLOC(B_ARGS_DEC, void ***map)
-#else
-int hAlloc(void ***map)
-#endif
-{
-	int		*mp;
-	int		handle, len, memsize, incr;
-
-	a_assert(map);
-
-	if (*map == NULL) {
-		incr = H_INCR;
-		memsize = (incr + H_OFFSET) * sizeof(void**);
-#ifdef B_STATS
-		if ((mp = (int*) balloc(B_ARGS, memsize)) == NULL) {
-#else
-		if ((mp = (int*) balloc(B_L, memsize)) == NULL) {
-#endif
-			return -1;
-		}
-		memset(mp, 0, memsize);
-		mp[H_LEN] = incr;
-		mp[H_USED] = 0;
-		*map = (void**) &mp[H_OFFSET];
-	} else {
-		mp = &((*(int**)map)[-H_OFFSET]);
-	}
-
-	len = mp[H_LEN];
-
-/*
- *	Find the first null handle
- */
-	if (mp[H_USED] < mp[H_LEN]) {
-		for (handle = 0; handle < len; handle++) {
-			if (mp[handle+H_OFFSET] == 0) {
-				mp[H_USED]++;
-				return handle;
-			}
-		}
-	} else {
-		handle = len;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	No free handle so grow the handle list. Grow list in chunks of H_INCR.
- */
-	len += H_INCR;
-	memsize = (len + H_OFFSET) * sizeof(void**);
-	if ((mp = (int*) brealloc(B_L, (void*) mp, memsize)) == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	*map = (void**) &mp[H_OFFSET];
-	mp[H_LEN] = len;
-	memset(&mp[H_OFFSET + len - H_INCR], 0, sizeof(int*) * H_INCR);
-	mp[H_USED]++;
-	return handle;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Free a handle.  This function returns the value of the largest
- *	handle in use plus 1, to be saved as a max value.
- */
-
-int hFree(void ***map, int handle)
-{
-	int		*mp;
-	int		len;
-
-	a_assert(map);
-	mp = &((*(int**)map)[-H_OFFSET]);
-	a_assert(mp[H_LEN] >= H_INCR);
-
-	a_assert(mp[handle + H_OFFSET]);
-	a_assert(mp[H_USED]);
-	mp[handle + H_OFFSET] = 0;
-	if (--(mp[H_USED]) == 0) {
-		bfree(B_L, (void*) mp);
-		*map = NULL;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Find the greatest handle number in use.
- */
-	if (*map == NULL) {
-		handle = -1;
-	} else {
-		len = mp[H_LEN];
-		if (mp[H_USED] < mp[H_LEN]) {
-			for (handle = len - 1; handle >= 0; handle--) {
-				if (mp[handle + H_OFFSET])
-					break;
-			}
-		} else {
-			handle = len;
-		}
-	}
-	return handle + 1;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Allocate an entry in the halloc array.
- */
-
-#ifdef B_STATS
-int HALLOCENTRY(B_ARGS_DEC, void ***list, int *max, int size)
-#else
-int hAllocEntry(void ***list, int *max, int size)
-#endif
-{
-	char_t	*cp;
-	int		id;
-
-	a_assert(list);
-	a_assert(max);
-
-#ifdef B_STATS
-	if ((id = HALLOC(B_ARGS, (void***) list)) < 0) {
-#else
-	if ((id = hAlloc((void***) list)) < 0) {
-#endif
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	if (size > 0) {
-#ifdef B_STATS
-		if ((cp = balloc(B_ARGS, size)) == NULL) {
-#else
-		if ((cp = balloc(B_L, size)) == NULL) {
-#endif
-			hFree(list, id);
-			return -1;
-		}
-		a_assert(cp);
-		memset(cp, 0, size);
-
-		(*list)[id] = (void*) cp;
-	}
-
-	if (id >= *max) {
-		*max = id + 1;
-	}
-	return id;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/handler.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/handler.c
deleted file mode 100644
index dbbe4148d5..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/handler.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,411 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * handler.c -- URL handler support
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * See the file "license.txt" for usage and redistribution license requirements
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-
-/*
- *	This module implements a URL handler interface and API to permit
- *	the addition of user definable URL processors.
- */
-
-/********************************* Includes ***********************************/
-
-#include	"wsIntrn.h"
-
-/*********************************** Locals ***********************************/
-
-static websUrlHandlerType	*websUrlHandler;			/* URL handler list */
-static int					websUrlHandlerMax;			/* Number of entries */
-static int					urlHandlerOpenCount = 0;	/* count of apps */
-
-/**************************** Forward Declarations ****************************/
-
-static int 		websUrlHandlerSort(const void *p1, const void *p2);
-static int 		websPublishHandler(webs_t wp, char_t *urlPrefix, char_t *webDir, 
-				int sid, char_t *url, char_t *path, char_t *query);
-static char_t	*websCondenseMultipleChars(char_t *strToCondense, char_t cCondense);
-
-/*********************************** Code *************************************/
-/*
- *	Initialize the URL handler module
- */
-
-int websUrlHandlerOpen()
-{
-	if (++urlHandlerOpenCount == 1) {
-		websAspOpen();
-		websUrlHandler = NULL;
-		websUrlHandlerMax = 0;
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Close the URL handler module
- */
-
-void websUrlHandlerClose()
-{
-	websUrlHandlerType *sp;
-
-	if (--urlHandlerOpenCount <= 0) {
-		websAspClose();
-		for (sp = websUrlHandler; sp < &websUrlHandler[websUrlHandlerMax];
-			sp++) {
-			bfree(B_L, sp->urlPrefix);
-			if (sp->webDir) {
-				bfree(B_L, sp->webDir);
-			}
-		}
-		bfree(B_L, websUrlHandler);
-		websUrlHandlerMax = 0;
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Define a new URL handler. urlPrefix is the URL prefix to match. webDir is 
- *	an optional root directory path for a web directory. arg is an optional
- *	arg to pass to the URL handler. flags defines the matching order. Valid
- *	flags include WEBS_HANDLER_LAST, WEBS_HANDLER_FIRST. If multiple users 
- *	specify last or first, their order is defined alphabetically by the 
- *	urlPrefix.
- */
-
-int websUrlHandlerDefine(char_t *urlPrefix, char_t *webDir, int arg,
-		int (*handler)(webs_t wp, char_t *urlPrefix, char_t *webdir, int arg, 
-		char_t *url, char_t *path, char_t *query), int flags)
-{
-	websUrlHandlerType	*sp;
-	int					len;
-
-	a_assert(urlPrefix);
-	a_assert(handler);
-
-/*
- *	Grow the URL handler array to create a new slot
- */
-	len = (websUrlHandlerMax + 1) * sizeof(websUrlHandlerType);
-	if ((websUrlHandler = brealloc(B_L, websUrlHandler, len)) == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	sp = &websUrlHandler[websUrlHandlerMax++];
-	memset(sp, 0, sizeof(websUrlHandlerType));
-
-	sp->urlPrefix = bstrdup(B_L, urlPrefix);
-	sp->len = gstrlen(sp->urlPrefix);
-	if (webDir) {
-		sp->webDir = bstrdup(B_L, webDir);
-	} else {
-		sp->webDir = bstrdup(B_L, T(""));
-	}
-	sp->handler = handler;
-	sp->arg = arg;
-	sp->flags = flags;
-
-/*
- *	Sort in decreasing URL length order observing the flags for first and last
- */
-	qsort(websUrlHandler, websUrlHandlerMax, sizeof(websUrlHandlerType), 
-		websUrlHandlerSort);
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Delete an existing URL handler. We don't reclaim the space of the old 
- *	handler, just NULL the entry. Return -1 if handler is not found.
- */
-
-int websUrlHandlerDelete(int (*handler)(webs_t wp, char_t *urlPrefix, 
-	char_t *webDir, int arg, char_t *url, char_t *path, char_t *query))
-{
-	websUrlHandlerType	*sp;
-	int					i;
-
-	for (i = 0; i < websUrlHandlerMax; i++) {
-		sp = &websUrlHandler[i];
-		if (sp->handler == handler) {
-			sp->handler = NULL;
-			return 0;
-		}
-	}
-	return -1;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Sort in decreasing URL length order observing the flags for first and last
- */
-
-static int websUrlHandlerSort(const void *p1, const void *p2)
-{
-	websUrlHandlerType	*s1, *s2;
-	int					rc;
-
-	a_assert(p1);
-	a_assert(p2);
-
-	s1 = (websUrlHandlerType*) p1;
-	s2 = (websUrlHandlerType*) p2;
-
-	if ((s1->flags & WEBS_HANDLER_FIRST) || (s2->flags & WEBS_HANDLER_LAST)) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	if ((s2->flags & WEBS_HANDLER_FIRST) || (s1->flags & WEBS_HANDLER_LAST)) {
-		return 1;
-	}
-
-	if ((rc = gstrcmp(s1->urlPrefix, s2->urlPrefix)) == 0) {
-		if (s1->len < s2->len) {
-			return 1;
-		} else if (s1->len > s2->len) {
-			return -1;
-		}
-	}
-	return -rc; 
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Publish a new web directory (Use the default URL handler)
- */
-
-int websPublish(char_t *urlPrefix, char_t *path)
-{
-	return websUrlHandlerDefine(urlPrefix, path, 0, websPublishHandler, 0);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return the directory for a given prefix. Ignore empty prefixes
- */
-
-char_t *websGetPublishDir(char_t *path, char_t **urlPrefix)
-{
-	websUrlHandlerType	*sp;
-	int					i;
-
-	for (i = 0; i < websUrlHandlerMax; i++) {
-		sp = &websUrlHandler[i];
-		if (sp->urlPrefix[0] == '\0') {
-			continue;
-		}
-		if (sp->handler && gstrncmp(sp->urlPrefix, path, sp->len) == 0) {
-			if (urlPrefix) {
-				*urlPrefix = sp->urlPrefix;
-			}
-			return sp->webDir;
-		}
-	}
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Publish URL handler. We just patch the web page Directory and let the
- *	default handler do the rest.
- */
-
-static int websPublishHandler(webs_t wp, char_t *urlPrefix, char_t *webDir, 
-	int sid, char_t *url, char_t *path, char_t *query)
-{
-	int		len;
-
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-	a_assert(path);
-
-/*
- *	Trim the urlPrefix off the path and set the webdirectory. Add one to step 
- *	over the trailing '/'
- */
-	len = gstrlen(urlPrefix) + 1;
-	websSetRequestPath(wp, webDir, &path[len]);
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	See if any valid handlers are defined for this request. If so, call them
- *	and continue calling valid handlers until one accepts the request. 
- *	Return true if a handler was invoked, else return FALSE.
- */
-
-int websUrlHandlerRequest(webs_t wp)
-{
-	websUrlHandlerType	*sp;
-	int					i, first;
-
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-/*
- *	Delete the socket handler as we don't want to start reading any
- *	data on the connection as it may be for the next pipelined HTTP/1.1
- *	request if using Keep Alive
- */
-	socketDeleteHandler(wp->sid);
-	wp->state = WEBS_PROCESSING;
-	websStats.handlerHits++;
-	
-	websSetRequestPath(wp, websGetDefaultDir(), NULL);
-
-/*
- *	Eliminate security hole
- */
- 	websCondenseMultipleChars(wp->path, '/');
-	websCondenseMultipleChars(wp->url, '/');
-
-/*
- *	We loop over each handler in order till one accepts the request. 
- *	The security handler will handle the request if access is NOT allowed.
- */
-	first = 1;
-	for (i = 0; i < websUrlHandlerMax; i++) {
-		sp = &websUrlHandler[i];
-		if (sp->handler && gstrncmp(sp->urlPrefix, wp->path, sp->len) == 0) {
-			if (first) {
-				websSetEnv(wp);
-				first = 0;
-			}
-			if ((*sp->handler)(wp, sp->urlPrefix, sp->webDir, sp->arg, 
-					wp->url, wp->path, wp->query)) {
-				return 1;
-			}
-			if (!websValid(wp)) {
-				trace(0, 
-				T("webs: handler %s called websDone, but didn't return 1\n"),
-					sp->urlPrefix);
-				return 1;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-/*
- *	If no handler processed the request, then return an error. Note: It is 
- *	the handlers responsibility to call websDone
- */
-	if (i >= websUrlHandlerMax) {
-		websError(wp, 200, T("No handler for this URL %s"), wp->url);
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-#ifdef OBSOLETE_CODE
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Tidy up the URL path. Return -1 if the URL is bad.
- *  Used to eliminate repeated directory delimiters ('/').
- */
-
-static int websTidyUrl(webs_t wp)
-{
-	char_t	*parts[64];					/* Array of ptr's to URL parts */
-	char_t	*token, *url, *tidyurl;
-	int		i, len, npart;
-
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-/*
- *	Copy the string so we don't destroy the original (yet)
- */
-	url = bstrdup(B_L, wp->url);
-	websDecodeUrl(url, url, gstrlen(url));
-
-	len = npart = 0;
-	parts[0] = NULL;
-	token = gstrtok(url, T("/"));
-
-/*
- *	Look at each directory segment and process "." and ".." segments
- *	Don't allow the browser to pop outside the root web. 
- */
-	while (token != NULL) {
-		if (gstrcmp(token, T("..")) == 0) {
-			if (npart > 0) {
-				npart--;
-			}
-
-		} else if (gstrcmp(token, T(".")) != 0) {
-			parts[npart] = token;
-			len += gstrlen(token) + 1;
-			npart++;
-		}
-		token = gstrtok(NULL, T("/"));
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Re-construct URL. Need extra space all "/" and null.
- */
-	if (npart || (gstrcmp(url, T("/")) == 0) || (url[0] == '\0')) {
-		tidyurl = balloc(B_L, (len + 2) * sizeof(char_t));
-		*tidyurl = '\0';
-
-		for (i = 0; i < npart; i++) {
-			gstrcat(tidyurl, T("/"));
-			gstrcat(tidyurl, parts[i]);
-		}
-
-		bfree(B_L, url);
-
-		bfree(B_L, wp->url);
-		wp->url = tidyurl;
-		return 0;
-	} else {
-		bfree(B_L, url);
-		return -1;
-	}
-}
-
-#endif
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Convert multiple adjacent occurrences of a given character to a single
- *	instance.
- */
-
-static char_t *websCondenseMultipleChars(char_t *strToCondense, char_t cCondense)
-{
-	if (strToCondense != NULL) {
-		char_t *pStr, *pScan;
-
-		pStr = pScan = strToCondense;
-
-		while (*pScan && *pStr) {
-/*
- *			Advance scan pointer over multiple occurences of condense character
- */
-			while ((*pScan == cCondense) && (*(pScan + 1) == cCondense)) {
-				pScan++;
-			}
-/*
- *			Copy character if an advance of the scan pointer has occurred
- */
-			if (pStr != pScan) {
-				*pStr = *pScan;
-			}
-			
-			pScan++;
-			pStr++;
-		}
-/*
- *		Zero terminate string if multiple adjacent characters were found and condensed
- */
-		if (pStr != pScan) {
-			*pStr = 0;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return strToCondense;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/license.txt b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/license.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 1fa9e67e79..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/license.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,282 +0,0 @@
-License Agreement 
-
-THIS LICENSE ALLOWS ONLY THE LIMITED USE OF GO AHEAD SOFTWARE,
-INC. PROPRIETARY CODE.  PLEASE CAREFULLY READ THIS AGREEMENT AS IT
-PERTAINS TO THIS LICENSE, YOU CERTIFY THAT YOU WILL USE THE SOFTWARE
-ONLY IN THE MANNER PERMITTED HEREIN.
-
-1. Definitions. 
-
-1.1 "Documentation" means any documentation GoAhead includes with the
-Original Code.
-
-1.2 "GoAhead" means Go Ahead Software, Inc. 
-
-1.3 "Intellectual Property Rights" means all rights, whether now existing
-or hereinafter acquired, in and to trade secrets, patents, copyrights,
-trademarks, know-how, as well as moral rights and similar rights of any
-type under the laws of any governmental authority, domestic or foreign,
-including rights in and to all applications and registrations relating
-to any of the foregoing.
-
-1.4 "License" or "Agreement" means this document. 
-
-1.5 "Modifications" means any addition to or deletion from the substance
-or structure of either the Original Code or any previous Modifications.
-
-1.6 "Original Code" means the Source Code to GoAhead’s proprietary
-computer software entitled GoAhead WebServer.
-
-1.7 "Response Header" means the first portion of the response message
-output by the GoAhead WebServer, containing but not limited to, header
-fields for date, content-type, server identification and cache control.
-
-1.8 "Server Identification Field" means the field in the Response Header
-which contains the text "Server: GoAhead-Webs".
-
-1.9 "You" means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under,
-and complying with all of the terms of, this license or a future version
-of this license. For legal entities, "You" includes any entity which
-controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with You. For
-purposes of this definition, "control" means (a) the power, direct or
-indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether
-by contract or otherwise, or (b) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or
-more of the outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
-
-2. Source Code License. 
-
-2.1 Limited Source Code Grant. 
-
-GoAhead hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free, non-exclusive
-license, subject to third party intellectual property claims, to use,
-reproduce, modify, copy and distribute the Original Code.
-
-2.2 Binary Code. 
-
-GoAhead hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free, non-exclusive
-license to copy and distribute the binary code versions of the Original
-Code together with Your Modifications.
-
-2.3 License Back to GoAhead. 
-
-You hereby grant in both source code and binary code to GoAhead a
-world-wide, royalty-free, non-exclusive license to copy, modify, display,
-use and sublicense any Modifications You make that are distributed or
-planned for distribution.  Within 30 days of either such event, You
-agree to ship to GoAhead a file containing the Modifications (in a media
-to be determined by the parties), including any programmers’ notes and
-other programmers’ materials. Additionally, You will provide to GoAhead
-a complete description of the product, the product code or model number,
-the date on which the product is initially shipped, and a contact name,
-phone number and e-mail address for future correspondence. GoAhead will
-keep confidential all data specifically marked as such.
-
-2.4 Restrictions on Use. 
-
-You may sublicense Modifications to third parties such as subcontractors
-or OEM's provided that You enter into license agreements with such third
-parties that bind such third parties to all the obligations under this
-Agreement applicable to you and that are otherwise substantially similar
-in scope and application to this Agreement.
-
-3. Term. 
-
-This Agreement and license are effective from the time You accept the
-terms of this Agreement until this Agreement is terminated. You may
-terminate this Agreement at any time by uninstalling or destroying
-all copies of the Original Code including any and all binary versions
-and removing any Modifications to the Original Code existing in any
-products. This Agreement will terminate immediately and without further
-notice if You fail to comply with any provision of this Agreement. All
-restrictions on use, and all other provisions that may reasonably
-be interpreted to survive termination of this Agreement, will survive
-termination of this Agreement for any reason. Upon termination, You agree
-to uninstall or destroy all copies of the Original Code, Modifications,
-and Documentation.
-
-4. Trademarks and Brand. 
-
-4.1 License and Use. 
-
-GoAhead hereby grants to You a limited world-wide, royalty-free,
-non-exclusive license to use the GoAhead trade names, trademarks, logos,
-service marks and product designations posted in Exhibit A (collectively,
-the "GoAhead Marks") in connection with the activities by You under this
-Agreement. Additionally, GoAhead grants You a license under the terms
-above to such GoAhead trademarks as shall be identified at a URL (the
-"URL") provided by GoAhead. The use by You of GoAhead Marks shall be in
-accordance with GoAhead’s trademark policies regarding trademark usage
-as established at the web site designated by the URL, or as otherwise
-communicated to You by GoAhead at its sole discretion. You understand and
-agree that any use of GoAhead Marks in connection with this Agreement
-shall not create any right, title or interest in or to such GoAhead
-Marks and that all such use and goodwill associated with GoAhead Marks
-will inure to the benefit of GoAhead.
-
-4.2 Promotion by You of GoAhead WebServer Mark. 
-
-In consideration for the licenses granted by GoAhead to You herein, You
-agree to notify GoAhead when You incorporate the GoAhead WebServer in
-Your product and to inform GoAhead when such product begins to ship. You
-agree to promote the Original Code by prominently and visibly displaying
-a graphic of the GoAhead WebServer mark on the initial web page of Your
-product that is displayed each time a user connects to it. You also agree
-that GoAhead may identify your company as a user of the GoAhead WebServer
-in conjunction with its own marketing efforts. You may further promote
-the Original Code by displaying the GoAhead WebServer mark in marketing
-and promotional materials such as the home page of your web site or web
-pages promoting the product.
-
-4.3 Placement of Copyright Notice by You. 
-
-You agree to include copies of the following notice (the "Notice")
-regarding proprietary rights in all copies of the products that You
-distribute, as follows: (i) embedded in the object code; and (ii) on
-the title pages of all documentation. Furthermore, You agree to use
-commercially reasonable efforts to cause any licensees of your products
-to embed the Notice in object code and on the title pages or relevant
-documentation. The Notice is as follows: Copyright (c) 20xx GoAhead
-Software, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Unless GoAhead otherwise instructs,
-the year 20xx is to be replaced with the year during which the release of
-the Original Code containing the notice is issued by GoAhead. If this year
-is not supplied with Documentation, GoAhead will supply it upon request.
-
-4.4 No Modifications to Server Identification Field.  
-
-You agree not to remove or modify the Server identification Field
-contained in the Response Header as defined in Section 1.6 and 1.7.
-
-5. Warranty Disclaimers. 
-
-THE ORIGINAL CODE, THE DOCUMENTATION AND THE MEDIA UPON WHICH THE ORIGINAL
-CODE IS RECORDED (IF ANY) ARE PROVIDED "AS IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF
-ANY KIND, EXPRESS, STATUTORY OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
-THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-PURPOSE.
-
-The entire risk as to the quality and performance of the Original Code
-(including any Modifications You make) and the Documentation is with
-You. Should the Original Code or the Documentation prove defective,
-You (and not GoAhead or its distributors, licensors or dealers) assume
-the entire cost of all necessary servicing or repair. GoAhead does not
-warrant that the functions contained in the Original Code will meet your
-requirements or operate in the combination that You may select for use,
-that the operation of the Original Code will be uninterrupted or error
-free, or that defects in the Original Code will be corrected. No oral
-or written statement by GoAhead or by a representative of GoAhead shall
-create a warranty or increase the scope of this warranty.
-
-GOAHEAD DOES NOT WARRANT THE ORIGINAL CODE AGAINST INFRINGEMENT OR THE
-LIKE WITH RESPECT TO ANY COPYRIGHT, PATENT, TRADE SECRET, TRADEMARK
-OR OTHER PROPRIETARY RIGHT OF ANY THIRD PARTY AND DOES NOT WARRANT
-THAT THE ORIGINAL CODE DOES NOT INCLUDE ANY VIRUS, SOFTWARE ROUTINE
-OR OTHER SOFTWARE DESIGNED TO PERMIT UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS, TO DISABLE,
-ERASE OR OTHERWISE HARM SOFTWARE, HARDWARE OR DATA, OR TO PERFORM ANY
-OTHER SUCH ACTIONS.
-
-Any warranties that by law survive the foregoing disclaimers shall
-terminate ninety (90) days from the date You received the Original Code.
-
-6. Limitation of Liability. 
-
-YOUR SOLE REMEDIES AND GOAHEAD'S ENTIRE LIABILITY ARE SET FORTH ABOVE. IN
-NO EVENT WILL GOAHEAD OR ITS DISTRIBUTORS OR DEALERS BE LIABLE FOR
-DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM
-THE USE OF THE ORIGINAL CODE, THE INABILITY TO USE THE ORIGINAL CODE,
-OR ANY DEFECT IN THE ORIGINAL CODE, INCLUDING ANY LOST PROFITS, EVEN IF
-THEY HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-
-You agree that GoAhead and its distributors and dealers will not be
-LIABLE for defense or indemnity with respect to any claim against You
-by any third party arising from your possession or use of the Original
-Code or the Documentation.
-
-In no event will GoAhead’s total liability to You for all damages, losses,
-and causes of action (whether in contract, tort, including negligence,
-or otherwise) exceed the amount You paid for this product.
-
-SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY
-LASTS, AND SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION
-OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR
-EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL
-RIGHTS AND YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER RIGHTS WHICH VARY FROM STATE TO STATE.
-
-7. Indemnification by You. 
-
-You agree to indemnify and hold GoAhead harmless against any and all
-claims, losses, damages and costs (including legal expenses and reasonable
-counsel fees) arising out of any claim of a third party with respect to
-the contents of the Your products, and any intellectual property rights
-or other rights or interests related thereto.
-
-8. High Risk Activities.  
-
-The Original Code is not fault-tolerant and is not designed , manufactured
-or intended for use or resale as online control equipment in hazardous
-environments requiring fail-safe performance, such as in the operation
-of nuclear facilities, aircraft navigation or communication systems,
-air traffic control, direct life support machines or weapons systems,
-in which the failure of the Original Code could lead directly to death,
-personal injury, or severe physical or environmental damage.  GoAhead and
-its suppliers specifically disclaim any express or implied warranty of
-fitness for any high risk uses listed above.
-
-9. Government Restricted Rights. 
-
-For units of the Department of Defense, use, duplication, or disclosure
-by the Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph
-(c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause
-at DFARS 252.227-7013. Contractor/manufacturer is GoAhead Software,
-Inc., 10900 N.E. 8th Street, Suite 750, Bellevue, Washington 98004.
-
-If the Commercial Computer Software Restricted rights clause at FAR
-52.227-19 or its successors apply, the Software and Documentation
-constitute restricted computer software as defined in that clause and
-the Government shall not have the license for published software set
-forth in subparagraph (c)(3) of that clause.
-
-The Original Code (i) was developed at private expense, and no part of it
-was developed with governmental funds; (ii) is a trade secret of GoAhead
-(or its licensor(s)) for all purposes of the Freedom of Information Act;
-(iii) is "restricted computer software" subject to limited utilization as
-provided in the contract between the vendor and the governmental entity;
-and (iv) in all respects is proprietary data belonging solely to GoAhead
-(or its licensor(s)).
-
-10. Governing Law and Interpretation. 
-
-This Agreement shall be interpreted under and governed by the laws of the
-State of Washington, without regard to its rules governing the conflict of
-laws. If any provision of this Agreement is held illegal or unenforceable
-by a court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions
-of this Agreement shall remain in effect and the invalid provision deemed
-modified to the least degree necessary to remedy such invalidity.
-
-11. Entire Agreement. 
-
-This Agreement is the complete agreement between GoAhead and You and
-supersedes all prior agreements, oral or written, with respect to the
-subject matter hereof.
-
-If You have any questions concerning this Agreement, You may write to
-GoAhead Software, Inc., 10900 N.E. 8th Street, Suite 750, Bellevue,
-Washington 98004 or send e-mail to info@goahead.com.
-
-BY CLICKING ON THE "Register" BUTTON ON THE REGISTRATION FORM, YOU
-ACCEPT AND AGREE TO BE BOUND BY ALL OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET
-FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT. IF YOU DO NOT WISH TO ACCEPT THIS LICENSE OR
-YOU DO NOT QUALIFY FOR A LICENSE BASED ON THE TERMS SET FORTH ABOVE,
-YOU MUST NOT CLICK THE "Register" BUTTON.
-
-Exhibit A 
-
-GoAhead Trademarks, Logos, and Product Designation Information 
-
-  
-
-
-01/28/00  
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/md5.h b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/md5.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 99df4eb735..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/md5.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-/* MD5.H - header file for MD5C.C
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-/* Copyright (C) 1991-2, RSA Data Security, Inc. Created 1991. All
-rights reserved.
-
-License to copy and use this software is granted provided that it
-is identified as the "RSA Data Security, Inc. MD5 Message-Digest
-Algorithm" in all material mentioning or referencing this software
-or this function.
-
-License is also granted to make and use derivative works provided
-that such works are identified as "derived from the RSA Data
-Security, Inc. MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm" in all material
-mentioning or referencing the derived work.
-
-RSA Data Security, Inc. makes no representations concerning either
-the merchantability of this software or the suitability of this
-software for any particular purpose. It is provided "as is"
-without express or implied warranty of any kind.
-
-These notices must be retained in any copies of any part of this
-documentation and/or software.
- */
-
-#ifndef _h_MD5
-#define _h_MD5 1
-
-#ifndef UINT4
-#define UINT4 unsigned long
-#endif
-
-#ifndef POINTER
-#define POINTER unsigned char *
-#endif
-
-/* MD5 context. */
-typedef struct {
-  UINT4 state[4];                                   /* state (ABCD) */
-  UINT4 count[2];        /* number of bits, modulo 2^64 (lsb first) */
-  unsigned char buffer[64];                         /* input buffer */
-} MD5_CONTEXT;
-
-extern void MD5Init (MD5_CONTEXT *);
-extern void MD5Update (MD5_CONTEXT *, unsigned char *, unsigned int);
-extern void MD5Final (unsigned char [16], MD5_CONTEXT *);
-
-#endif /* _h_MD5 */
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/md5c.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/md5c.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e5a3442fa..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/md5c.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,337 +0,0 @@
-/* MD5C.C - RSA Data Security, Inc., MD5 message-digest algorithm
- *
- * $Id$
- */
- 
-/* Copyright (C) 1991-2, RSA Data Security, Inc. Created 1991. All
-rights reserved.
-
-License to copy and use this software is granted provided that it
-is identified as the "RSA Data Security, Inc. MD5 Message-Digest
-Algorithm" in all material mentioning or referencing this software
-or this function.
-
-License is also granted to make and use derivative works provided
-that such works are identified as "derived from the RSA Data
-Security, Inc. MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm" in all material
-mentioning or referencing the derived work.
-
-RSA Data Security, Inc. makes no representations concerning either
-the merchantability of this software or the suitability of this
-software for any particular purpose. It is provided "as is"
-without express or implied warranty of any kind.
-
-These notices must be retained in any copies of any part of this
-documentation and/or software.
- */
-
-#include "md5.h"
-
-/* Constants for MD5Transform routine.
- */
-#define S11 7
-#define S12 12
-#define S13 17
-#define S14 22
-#define S21 5
-#define S22 9
-#define S23 14
-#define S24 20
-#define S31 4
-#define S32 11
-#define S33 16
-#define S34 23
-#define S41 6
-#define S42 10
-#define S43 15
-#define S44 21
-
-static void MD5Transform (UINT4 [4], unsigned char [64]);
-static void Encode (unsigned char *, UINT4 *, unsigned int);
-static void Decode (UINT4 *, unsigned char *, unsigned int);
-static void MD5_memcpy (POINTER, POINTER, unsigned int);
-static void MD5_memset (POINTER, int, unsigned int);
-
-static unsigned char PADDING[64] = {
-  0x80, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
-};
-
-/*
- *	Note:	The following MD5 macros can be implemented as functions
- *			for code compactness, (at the expense of execution speed).
- */
-
-/* F, G, H and I are basic MD5 functions.
- */
-#define F(x, y, z) (((x) & (y)) | ((~x) & (z)))
-#define G(x, y, z) (((x) & (z)) | ((y) & (~z)))
-#define H(x, y, z) ((x) ^ (y) ^ (z))
-#define I(x, y, z) ((y) ^ ((x) | (~z)))
-
-/* ROTATE_LEFT rotates x left n bits.
- */
-#define ROTATE_LEFT(x, n) (((x) << (n)) | ((x) >> (32-(n))))
-
-/* FF, GG, HH, and II transformations for rounds 1, 2, 3, and 4.
-Rotation is separate from addition to prevent recomputation.
- */
-#define FF(a, b, c, d, x, s, ac) { \
- (a) += F ((b), (c), (d)) + (x) + (UINT4)(ac); \
- (a) = ROTATE_LEFT ((a), (s)); \
- (a) += (b); \
-  }
-#define GG(a, b, c, d, x, s, ac) { \
- (a) += G ((b), (c), (d)) + (x) + (UINT4)(ac); \
- (a) = ROTATE_LEFT ((a), (s)); \
- (a) += (b); \
-  }
-#define HH(a, b, c, d, x, s, ac) { \
- (a) += H ((b), (c), (d)) + (x) + (UINT4)(ac); \
- (a) = ROTATE_LEFT ((a), (s)); \
- (a) += (b); \
-  }
-#define II(a, b, c, d, x, s, ac) { \
- (a) += I ((b), (c), (d)) + (x) + (UINT4)(ac); \
- (a) = ROTATE_LEFT ((a), (s)); \
- (a) += (b); \
-  }
-
-/* MD5 initialization. Begins an MD5 operation, writing a new context.
- */
-void MD5Init (context)
-MD5_CONTEXT *context;                                        /* context */
-{
-  context->count[0] = context->count[1] = 0;
-  /* Load magic initialization constants.
-*/
-  context->state[0] = 0x67452301;
-  context->state[1] = 0xefcdab89;
-  context->state[2] = 0x98badcfe;
-  context->state[3] = 0x10325476;
-}
-
-/* MD5 block update operation. Continues an MD5 message-digest
-  operation, processing another message block, and updating the
-  context.
- */
-void MD5Update (context, input, inputLen)
-MD5_CONTEXT *context;                                        /* context */
-unsigned char *input;                                /* input block */
-unsigned int inputLen;                     /* length of input block */
-{
-  unsigned int i, index, partLen;
-
-  /* Compute number of bytes mod 64 */
-  index = (unsigned int)((context->count[0] >> 3) & 0x3F);
-
-  /* Update number of bits */
-  if ((context->count[0] += ((UINT4)inputLen << 3))
-   < ((UINT4)inputLen << 3))
- context->count[1]++;
-  context->count[1] += ((UINT4)inputLen >> 29);
-
-  partLen = 64 - index;
-
-  /* Transform as many times as possible.
-*/
-  if (inputLen >= partLen) {
- MD5_memcpy
-   ((POINTER)&context->buffer[index], (POINTER)input, partLen);
- MD5Transform (context->state, context->buffer);
-
- for (i = partLen; i + 63 < inputLen; i += 64)
-   MD5Transform (context->state, &input[i]);
-
- index = 0;
-  }
-  else
- i = 0;
-
-  /* Buffer remaining input */
-  MD5_memcpy
- ((POINTER)&context->buffer[index], (POINTER)&input[i],
-  inputLen-i);
-}
-
-/* MD5 finalization. Ends an MD5 message-digest operation, writing the
-  the message digest and zeroizing the context.
- */
-void MD5Final (digest, context)
-unsigned char digest[16];                         /* message digest */
-MD5_CONTEXT *context;                                       /* context */
-{
-  unsigned char bits[8];
-  unsigned int index, padLen;
-
-  /* Save number of bits */
-  Encode (bits, context->count, 8);
-
-  /* Pad out to 56 mod 64.
-*/
-  index = (unsigned int)((context->count[0] >> 3) & 0x3f);
-  padLen = (index < 56) ? (56 - index) : (120 - index);
-  MD5Update (context, PADDING, padLen);
-
-  /* Append length (before padding) */
-  MD5Update (context, bits, 8);
-  /* Store state in digest */
-  Encode (digest, context->state, 16);
-
-  /* Zeroize sensitive information.
-*/
-  MD5_memset ((POINTER)context, 0, sizeof (*context));
-}
-
-/* MD5 basic transformation. Transforms state based on block.
- */
-static void MD5Transform (state, block)
-UINT4 state[4];
-unsigned char block[64];
-{
-  UINT4 a = state[0], b = state[1], c = state[2], d = state[3], x[16];
-
-  Decode (x, block, 64);
-
-  /* Round 1 */
-  FF (a, b, c, d, x[ 0], S11, 0xd76aa478); /* 1 */
-  FF (d, a, b, c, x[ 1], S12, 0xe8c7b756); /* 2 */
-  FF (c, d, a, b, x[ 2], S13, 0x242070db); /* 3 */
-  FF (b, c, d, a, x[ 3], S14, 0xc1bdceee); /* 4 */
-  FF (a, b, c, d, x[ 4], S11, 0xf57c0faf); /* 5 */
-  FF (d, a, b, c, x[ 5], S12, 0x4787c62a); /* 6 */
-  FF (c, d, a, b, x[ 6], S13, 0xa8304613); /* 7 */
-  FF (b, c, d, a, x[ 7], S14, 0xfd469501); /* 8 */
-  FF (a, b, c, d, x[ 8], S11, 0x698098d8); /* 9 */
-  FF (d, a, b, c, x[ 9], S12, 0x8b44f7af); /* 10 */
-  FF (c, d, a, b, x[10], S13, 0xffff5bb1); /* 11 */
-  FF (b, c, d, a, x[11], S14, 0x895cd7be); /* 12 */
-  FF (a, b, c, d, x[12], S11, 0x6b901122); /* 13 */
-  FF (d, a, b, c, x[13], S12, 0xfd987193); /* 14 */
-  FF (c, d, a, b, x[14], S13, 0xa679438e); /* 15 */
-  FF (b, c, d, a, x[15], S14, 0x49b40821); /* 16 */
-
- /* Round 2 */
-  GG (a, b, c, d, x[ 1], S21, 0xf61e2562); /* 17 */
-  GG (d, a, b, c, x[ 6], S22, 0xc040b340); /* 18 */
-  GG (c, d, a, b, x[11], S23, 0x265e5a51); /* 19 */
-  GG (b, c, d, a, x[ 0], S24, 0xe9b6c7aa); /* 20 */
-  GG (a, b, c, d, x[ 5], S21, 0xd62f105d); /* 21 */
-  GG (d, a, b, c, x[10], S22,  0x2441453); /* 22 */
-  GG (c, d, a, b, x[15], S23, 0xd8a1e681); /* 23 */
-  GG (b, c, d, a, x[ 4], S24, 0xe7d3fbc8); /* 24 */
-  GG (a, b, c, d, x[ 9], S21, 0x21e1cde6); /* 25 */
-  GG (d, a, b, c, x[14], S22, 0xc33707d6); /* 26 */
-  GG (c, d, a, b, x[ 3], S23, 0xf4d50d87); /* 27 */
-  GG (b, c, d, a, x[ 8], S24, 0x455a14ed); /* 28 */
-  GG (a, b, c, d, x[13], S21, 0xa9e3e905); /* 29 */
-  GG (d, a, b, c, x[ 2], S22, 0xfcefa3f8); /* 30 */
-  GG (c, d, a, b, x[ 7], S23, 0x676f02d9); /* 31 */
-  GG (b, c, d, a, x[12], S24, 0x8d2a4c8a); /* 32 */
-
-  /* Round 3 */
-  HH (a, b, c, d, x[ 5], S31, 0xfffa3942); /* 33 */
-  HH (d, a, b, c, x[ 8], S32, 0x8771f681); /* 34 */
-  HH (c, d, a, b, x[11], S33, 0x6d9d6122); /* 35 */
-  HH (b, c, d, a, x[14], S34, 0xfde5380c); /* 36 */
-  HH (a, b, c, d, x[ 1], S31, 0xa4beea44); /* 37 */
-  HH (d, a, b, c, x[ 4], S32, 0x4bdecfa9); /* 38 */
-  HH (c, d, a, b, x[ 7], S33, 0xf6bb4b60); /* 39 */
-  HH (b, c, d, a, x[10], S34, 0xbebfbc70); /* 40 */
-  HH (a, b, c, d, x[13], S31, 0x289b7ec6); /* 41 */
-  HH (d, a, b, c, x[ 0], S32, 0xeaa127fa); /* 42 */
-  HH (c, d, a, b, x[ 3], S33, 0xd4ef3085); /* 43 */
-  HH (b, c, d, a, x[ 6], S34,  0x4881d05); /* 44 */
-  HH (a, b, c, d, x[ 9], S31, 0xd9d4d039); /* 45 */
-  HH (d, a, b, c, x[12], S32, 0xe6db99e5); /* 46 */
-  HH (c, d, a, b, x[15], S33, 0x1fa27cf8); /* 47 */
-  HH (b, c, d, a, x[ 2], S34, 0xc4ac5665); /* 48 */
-
-  /* Round 4 */
-  II (a, b, c, d, x[ 0], S41, 0xf4292244); /* 49 */
-  II (d, a, b, c, x[ 7], S42, 0x432aff97); /* 50 */
-  II (c, d, a, b, x[14], S43, 0xab9423a7); /* 51 */
-  II (b, c, d, a, x[ 5], S44, 0xfc93a039); /* 52 */
-  II (a, b, c, d, x[12], S41, 0x655b59c3); /* 53 */
-  II (d, a, b, c, x[ 3], S42, 0x8f0ccc92); /* 54 */
-  II (c, d, a, b, x[10], S43, 0xffeff47d); /* 55 */
-  II (b, c, d, a, x[ 1], S44, 0x85845dd1); /* 56 */
-  II (a, b, c, d, x[ 8], S41, 0x6fa87e4f); /* 57 */
-  II (d, a, b, c, x[15], S42, 0xfe2ce6e0); /* 58 */
-  II (c, d, a, b, x[ 6], S43, 0xa3014314); /* 59 */
-  II (b, c, d, a, x[13], S44, 0x4e0811a1); /* 60 */
-  II (a, b, c, d, x[ 4], S41, 0xf7537e82); /* 61 */
-  II (d, a, b, c, x[11], S42, 0xbd3af235); /* 62 */
-  II (c, d, a, b, x[ 2], S43, 0x2ad7d2bb); /* 63 */
-  II (b, c, d, a, x[ 9], S44, 0xeb86d391); /* 64 */
-
-  state[0] += a;
-  state[1] += b;
-  state[2] += c;
-  state[3] += d;
-
-  /* Zeroize sensitive information.
-*/
-  MD5_memset ((POINTER)x, 0, sizeof (x));
-}
-
-/* Encodes input (UINT4) into output (unsigned char). Assumes len is
-  a multiple of 4.
- */
-static void Encode (output, input, len)
-unsigned char *output;
-UINT4 *input;
-unsigned int len;
-{
-  unsigned int i, j;
-
-  for (i = 0, j = 0; j < len; i++, j += 4) {
- output[j] = (unsigned char)(input[i] & 0xff);
- output[j+1] = (unsigned char)((input[i] >> 8) & 0xff);
- output[j+2] = (unsigned char)((input[i] >> 16) & 0xff);
- output[j+3] = (unsigned char)((input[i] >> 24) & 0xff);
-  }
-}
-
-/* Decodes input (unsigned char) into output (UINT4). Assumes len is
-  a multiple of 4.
- */
-static void Decode (output, input, len)
-UINT4 *output;
-unsigned char *input;
-unsigned int len;
-{
-  unsigned int i, j;
-
-  for (i = 0, j = 0; j < len; i++, j += 4)
- output[i] = ((UINT4)input[j]) | (((UINT4)input[j+1]) << 8) |
-   (((UINT4)input[j+2]) << 16) | (((UINT4)input[j+3]) << 24);
-}
-
-/* Note: Replace "for loop" with standard memcpy if possible.
- */
-
-static void MD5_memcpy (output, input, len)
-POINTER output;
-POINTER input;
-unsigned int len;
-{
-	unsigned int i;
-
-	for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
-		output[i] = input[i];
-}
-
-/* Note: Replace "for loop" with standard memset if possible.
- */
-static void MD5_memset (output, value, len)
-POINTER output;
-int value;
-unsigned int len;
-{
-  unsigned int i;
-
-  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
- ((char *)output)[i] = (char)value;
-}
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/mime.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/mime.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 689360ea68..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/mime.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * mime.c -- Web server mime types
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * See the file "license.txt" for usage and redistribution license requirements
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-
-/*
- *	Mime types and file extensions. This module maps URL extensions to
- *	content types.
- */
-
-/********************************* Includes ***********************************/
-
-#include	"wsIntrn.h"
-
-/******************************** Global Data *********************************/
-/*
- *	Addd entries to the MimeList as required for your content
- */
-
-
-websMimeType websMimeList[] = {
-	{ T("application/java"), T(".class") },
-	{ T("application/java"), T(".jar") },
-	{ T("text/html"), T(".asp") },
-	{ T("text/html"), T(".htm") },
-	{ T("text/html"), T(".html") },
-	{ T("image/gif"), T(".gif") },
-	{ T("image/jpeg"), T(".jpg") },
-	{ T("text/css"), T(".css") },
-	{ T("text/plain"), T(".txt") },
-   { T("application/x-javascript"), T(".js") },
-
-#ifdef MORE_MIME_TYPES
-	{ T("application/binary"), T(".exe") },
-	{ T("application/compress"), T(".z") },
-	{ T("application/gzip"), T(".gz") },
-	{ T("application/octet-stream"), T(".bin") },
-	{ T("application/oda"), T(".oda") },
-	{ T("application/pdf"), T(".pdf") },
-	{ T("application/postscript"), T(".ai") },
-	{ T("application/postscript"), T(".eps") },
-	{ T("application/postscript"), T(".ps") },
-	{ T("application/rtf"), T(".rtf") },
-	{ T("application/x-bcpio"), T(".bcpio") },
-	{ T("application/x-cpio"), T(".cpio") },
-	{ T("application/x-csh"), T(".csh") },
-	{ T("application/x-dvi"), T(".dvi") },
-	{ T("application/x-gtar"), T(".gtar") },
-	{ T("application/x-hdf"), T(".hdf") },
-	{ T("application/x-latex"), T(".latex") },
-	{ T("application/x-mif"), T(".mif") },
-	{ T("application/x-netcdf"), T(".nc") },
-	{ T("application/x-netcdf"), T(".cdf") },
-	{ T("application/x-ns-proxy-autoconfig"), T(".pac") },
-	{ T("application/x-patch"), T(".patch") },
-	{ T("application/x-sh"), T(".sh") },
-	{ T("application/x-shar"), T(".shar") },
-	{ T("application/x-sv4cpio"), T(".sv4cpio") },
-	{ T("application/x-sv4crc"), T(".sv4crc") },
-	{ T("application/x-tar"), T(".tar") },
-	{ T("application/x-tcl"), T(".tcl") },
-	{ T("application/x-tex"), T(".tex") },
-	{ T("application/x-texinfo"), T(".texinfo") },
-	{ T("application/x-texinfo"), T(".texi") },
-	{ T("application/x-troff"), T(".t") },
-	{ T("application/x-troff"), T(".tr") },
-	{ T("application/x-troff"), T(".roff") },
-	{ T("application/x-troff-man"), T(".man") },
-	{ T("application/x-troff-me"), T(".me") },
-	{ T("application/x-troff-ms"), T(".ms") },
-	{ T("application/x-ustar"), T(".ustar") },
-	{ T("application/x-wais-source"), T(".src") },
-	{ T("application/zip"), T(".zip") },
-	{ T("audio/basic"), T(".au snd") },
-	{ T("audio/x-aiff"), T(".aif") },
-	{ T("audio/x-aiff"), T(".aiff") },
-	{ T("audio/x-aiff"), T(".aifc") },
-	{ T("audio/x-wav"), T(".wav") },
-	{ T("audio/x-wav"), T(".ram") },
-	{ T("image/ief"), T(".ief") },
-	{ T("image/jpeg"), T(".jpeg") },
-	{ T("image/jpeg"), T(".jpe") },
-	{ T("image/tiff"), T(".tiff") },
-	{ T("image/tiff"), T(".tif") },
-	{ T("image/x-cmu-raster"), T(".ras") },
-	{ T("image/x-portable-anymap"), T(".pnm") },
-	{ T("image/x-portable-bitmap"), T(".pbm") },
-	{ T("image/x-portable-graymap"), T(".pgm") },
-	{ T("image/x-portable-pixmap"), T(".ppm") },
-	{ T("image/x-rgb"), T(".rgb") },
-	{ T("image/x-xbitmap"), T(".xbm") },
-	{ T("image/x-xpixmap"), T(".xpm") },
-	{ T("image/x-xwindowdump"), T(".xwd") },
-	{ T("text/html"), T(".cfm") },
-	{ T("text/html"), T(".shtm") },
-	{ T("text/html"), T(".shtml") },
-	{ T("text/richtext"), T(".rtx") },
-	{ T("text/tab-separated-values"), T(".tsv") },
-	{ T("text/x-setext"), T(".etx") },
-	{ T("video/mpeg"), T(".mpeg mpg mpe") },
-	{ T("video/quicktime"), T(".qt") },
-	{ T("video/quicktime"), T(".mov") },
-	{ T("video/x-msvideo"), T(".avi") },
-	{ T("video/x-sgi-movie"), T(".movie") },
-#endif
-	{ NULL, NULL},
-};
-
-/*****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/misc.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/misc.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e08b7c76b4..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/misc.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,675 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * misc.c -- Miscellaneous routines.
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * See the file "license.txt" for usage and redistribution license requirements
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-/********************************* Includes ***********************************/
-
-#ifdef UEMF
-	#include	"uemf.h"
-#else
-	#include	"basic/basicInternal.h"
-#endif
-
-/********************************* Defines ************************************/
-/*
- *	Sprintf buffer structure. Make the increment 64 so that
- *	a balloc can use a 64 byte block.
- */
-
-#define STR_REALLOC		0x1				/* Reallocate the buffer as required */
-#define STR_INC			64				/* Growth increment */
-
-typedef struct {
-	char_t	*s;							/* Pointer to buffer */
-	int		size;						/* Current buffer size */
-	int		max;						/* Maximum buffer size */
-	int		count;						/* Buffer count */
-	int		flags;						/* Allocation flags */
-} strbuf_t;
-
-/*
- *	Sprintf formatting flags
- */
-enum flag {
-	flag_none = 0,
-	flag_minus = 1,
-	flag_plus = 2,
-	flag_space = 4,
-	flag_hash = 8,
-	flag_zero = 16,
-	flag_short = 32,
-	flag_long = 64
-};
-
-/************************** Forward Declarations ******************************/
-
-static int 	dsnprintf(char_t **s, int size, char_t *fmt, va_list arg,
-				int msize);
-#if !defined(__rtems__)
-static int	strnlen(char_t *s, unsigned int n);
-#endif
-static void	put_char(strbuf_t *buf, char_t c);
-static void	put_string(strbuf_t *buf, char_t *s, int len,
-				int width, int prec, enum flag f);
-static void	put_ulong(strbuf_t *buf, unsigned long int value, int base,
-				int upper, char_t *prefix, int width, int prec, enum flag f);
-
-/************************************ Code ************************************/
-/*
- *	"basename" returns a pointer to the last component of a pathname
- *  LINUX, LynxOS and Mac OS X have their own basename function
- */
-
-#if (!defined (LINUX) && !defined (LYNX) && !defined (MACOSX))
-char_t *basename(char_t *name)
-{
-	char_t	*cp;
-
-#if (defined (NW) || defined (WIN))
-	if (((cp = gstrrchr(name, '\\')) == NULL) &&
-			((cp = gstrrchr(name, '/')) == NULL)) {
-		return name;
-#else
-	if ((cp = gstrrchr(name, '/')) == NULL) {
-		return name;
-#endif
-	} else if (*(cp + 1) == '\0' && cp == name) {
-		return name;
-	} else if (*(cp + 1) == '\0' && cp != name) {
-		return T("");
-	} else {
-		return ++cp;
-	}
-}
-#endif /* ! LINUX & ! LYNX & ! MACOSX */
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Returns a pointer to the directory component of a pathname. bufsize is
- *	the size of the buffer in BYTES!
- */
-
-char_t *dirname(char_t *buf, char_t *name, int bufsize)
-{
-	char_t *cp;
-	int		len;
-
-	a_assert(name);
-	a_assert(buf);
-	a_assert(bufsize > 0);
-
-#if (defined (WIN) || defined (NW))
-	if ((cp = gstrrchr(name, '/')) == NULL && 
-		(cp = gstrrchr(name, '\\')) == NULL)
-#else
-	if ((cp = gstrrchr(name, '/')) == NULL)
-#endif
-	{
-		gstrcpy(buf, T("."));
-		return buf;
-	}
-
-	if ((*(cp + 1) == '\0' && cp == name)) {
-		gstrncpy(buf, T("."), TSZ(bufsize));
-		gstrcpy(buf, T("."));
-		return buf;
-	}
-
-	len = cp - name;
-
-	if (len < bufsize) {
-		gstrncpy(buf, name, len);
-		buf[len] = '\0';
-	} else {
-		gstrncpy(buf, name, TSZ(bufsize));
-		buf[bufsize - 1] = '\0';
-	}
-
-	return buf;
-}
-
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	sprintf and vsprintf are bad, ok. You can easily clobber memory. Use
- *	fmtAlloc and fmtValloc instead! These functions do _not_ support floating
- *	point, like %e, %f, %g...
- */
-
-int fmtAlloc(char_t **s, int n, char_t *fmt, ...)
-{
-	va_list	ap;
-	int		result;
-
-	a_assert(s);
-	a_assert(fmt);
-
-	*s = NULL;
-	va_start(ap, fmt);
-	result = dsnprintf(s, n, fmt, ap, 0);
-	va_end(ap);
-	return result;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Support a static buffer version for small buffers only!
- */
-
-int fmtStatic(char_t *s, int n, char_t *fmt, ...)
-{
-	va_list	ap;
-	int		result;
-
-	a_assert(s);
-	a_assert(fmt);
-	a_assert(n <= 256);
-
-	if (n <= 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	va_start(ap, fmt);
-	result = dsnprintf(&s, n, fmt, ap, 0);
-	va_end(ap);
-	return result;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	This function appends the formatted string to the supplied string,
- *	reallocing if required.
- */
-
-int fmtRealloc(char_t **s, int n, int msize, char_t *fmt, ...)
-{
-	va_list	ap;
-	int		result;
-
-	a_assert(s);
-	a_assert(fmt);
-
-	if (msize == -1) {
-		*s = NULL;
-	}
-	va_start(ap, fmt);
-	result = dsnprintf(s, n, fmt, ap, msize);
-	va_end(ap);
-	return result;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	A vsprintf replacement.
- */
-
-int fmtValloc(char_t **s, int n, char_t *fmt, va_list arg)
-{
-	a_assert(s);
-	a_assert(fmt);
-
-	*s = NULL;
-	return dsnprintf(s, n, fmt, arg, 0);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Dynamic sprintf implementation. Supports dynamic buffer allocation.
- *	This function can be called multiple times to grow an existing allocated
- *	buffer. In this case, msize is set to the size of the previously allocated
- *	buffer. The buffer will be realloced, as required. If msize is set, we
- *	return the size of the allocated buffer for use with the next call. For
- *	the first call, msize can be set to -1.
- */
-
-static int dsnprintf(char_t **s, int size, char_t *fmt, va_list arg, int msize)
-{
-	strbuf_t	buf;
-	char_t		c;
-
-	a_assert(s);
-	a_assert(fmt);
-
-	memset(&buf, 0, sizeof(buf));
-	buf.s = *s;
-
-	if (*s == NULL || msize != 0) {
-		buf.max = size;
-		buf.flags |= STR_REALLOC;
-		if (msize != 0) {
-			buf.size = max(msize, 0);
-		}
-		if (*s != NULL && msize != 0) {
-			buf.count = gstrlen(*s);
-		}
-	} else {
-		buf.size = size;
-	}
-
-	while ((c = *fmt++) != '\0') {
-		if (c != '%' || (c = *fmt++) == '%') {
-			put_char(&buf, c);
-		} else {
-			enum flag f = flag_none;
-			int width = 0;
-			int prec = -1;
-			for ( ; c != '\0'; c = *fmt++) {
-				if (c == '-') { 
-					f |= flag_minus; 
-				} else if (c == '+') { 
-					f |= flag_plus; 
-				} else if (c == ' ') { 
-					f |= flag_space; 
-				} else if (c == '#') { 
-					f |= flag_hash; 
-				} else if (c == '0') { 
-					f |= flag_zero; 
-				} else {
-					break;
-				}
-			}
-			if (c == '*') {
-				width = va_arg(arg, int);
-				if (width < 0) {
-					f |= flag_minus;
-					width = -width;
-				}
-				c = *fmt++;
-			} else {
-				for ( ; gisdigit((int)c); c = *fmt++) {
-					width = width * 10 + (c - '0');
-				}
-			}
-			if (c == '.') {
-				f &= ~flag_zero;
-				c = *fmt++;
-				if (c == '*') {
-					prec = va_arg(arg, int);
-					c = *fmt++;
-				} else {
-					for (prec = 0; gisdigit((int)c); c = *fmt++) {
-						prec = prec * 10 + (c - '0');
-					}
-				}
-			}
-			if (c == 'h' || c == 'l') {
-				f |= (c == 'h' ? flag_short : flag_long);
-				c = *fmt++;
-			}
-			if (c == 'd' || c == 'i') {
-				long int value;
-				if (f & flag_short) {
-					value = (short int) va_arg(arg, int);
-				} else if (f & flag_long) {
-					value = va_arg(arg, long int);
-				} else {
-					value = va_arg(arg, int);
-				}
-				if (value >= 0) {
-					if (f & flag_plus) {
-						put_ulong(&buf, value, 10, 0, T("+"), width, prec, f);
-					} else if (f & flag_space) {
-						put_ulong(&buf, value, 10, 0, T(" "), width, prec, f);
-					} else {
-						put_ulong(&buf, value, 10, 0, NULL, width, prec, f);
-					}
-				} else {
-					put_ulong(&buf, -value, 10, 0, T("-"), width, prec, f);
-				}
-			} else if (c == 'o' || c == 'u' || c == 'x' || c == 'X') {
-				unsigned long int value;
-				if (f & flag_short) {
-					value = (unsigned short int) va_arg(arg, unsigned int);
-				} else if (f & flag_long) {
-					value = va_arg(arg, unsigned long int);
-				} else {
-					value = va_arg(arg, unsigned int);
-				}
-				if (c == 'o') {
-					if (f & flag_hash && value != 0) {
-						put_ulong(&buf, value, 8, 0, T("0"), width, prec, f);
-					} else {
-						put_ulong(&buf, value, 8, 0, NULL, width, prec, f);
-					}
-				} else if (c == 'u') {
-					put_ulong(&buf, value, 10, 0, NULL, width, prec, f);
-				} else {
-					if (f & flag_hash && value != 0) {
-						if (c == 'x') {
-							put_ulong(&buf, value, 16, 0, T("0x"), width, 
-								prec, f);
-						} else {
-							put_ulong(&buf, value, 16, 1, T("0X"), width, 
-								prec, f);
-						}
-					} else {
-                  /* 04 Apr 02 BgP -- changed so that %X correctly outputs
-                   * uppercase hex digits when requested.
-						put_ulong(&buf, value, 16, 0, NULL, width, prec, f);
-                   */
-						put_ulong(&buf, value, 16, ('X' == c) , NULL, width, prec, f);
-					}
-				}
-
-			} else if (c == 'c') {
-				char_t value = va_arg(arg, int);
-				put_char(&buf, value);
-
-			} else if (c == 's' || c == 'S') {
-				char_t *value = va_arg(arg, char_t *);
-				if (value == NULL) {
-					put_string(&buf, T("(null)"), -1, width, prec, f);
-				} else if (f & flag_hash) {
-					put_string(&buf,
-						value + 1, (char_t) *value, width, prec, f);
-				} else {
-					put_string(&buf, value, -1, width, prec, f);
-				}
-			} else if (c == 'p') {
-				void *value = va_arg(arg, void *);
-				put_ulong(&buf,
-					(unsigned long int) value, 16, 0, T("0x"), width, prec, f);
-			} else if (c == 'n') {
-				if (f & flag_short) {
-					short int *value = va_arg(arg, short int *);
-					*value = buf.count;
-				} else if (f & flag_long) {
-					long int *value = va_arg(arg, long int *);
-					*value = buf.count;
-				} else {
-					int *value = va_arg(arg, int *);
-					*value = buf.count;
-				}
-			} else {
-				put_char(&buf, c);
-			}
-		}
-	}
-	if (buf.s == NULL) {
-		put_char(&buf, '\0');
-	}
-
-/*
- *	If the user requested a dynamic buffer (*s == NULL), ensure it is returned.
- */
-	if (*s == NULL || msize != 0) {
-		*s = buf.s;
-	}
-
-	if (*s != NULL && size > 0) {
-		if (buf.count < size) {
-			(*s)[buf.count] = '\0';
-		} else {
-			(*s)[buf.size - 1] = '\0';
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (msize != 0) {
-		return buf.size;
-	}
-	return buf.count;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return the length of a string limited by a given length
- */
-
-#if !defined(__rtems__)
-static int strnlen(char_t *s, unsigned int n)
-{
-	unsigned int 	len;
-
-	len = gstrlen(s);
-	return min(len, n);
-}
-#endif
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Add a character to a string buffer
- */
-
-static void put_char(strbuf_t *buf, char_t c)
-{
-	if (buf->count >= (buf->size - 1)) {
-		if (! (buf->flags & STR_REALLOC)) {
-			return;
-		}
-		buf->size += STR_INC;
-		if (buf->size > buf->max && buf->size > STR_INC) {
-/*
- *			Caller should increase the size of the calling buffer
- */
-			buf->size -= STR_INC;
-			return;
-		}
-		if (buf->s == NULL) {
-			buf->s = balloc(B_L, buf->size * sizeof(char_t));
-		} else {
-			buf->s = brealloc(B_L, buf->s, buf->size * sizeof(char_t));
-		}
-	}
-	buf->s[buf->count] = c;
-	if (c != '\0') {
-		++buf->count;
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Add a string to a string buffer
- */
-
-static void put_string(strbuf_t *buf, char_t *s, int len, int width,
-		int prec, enum flag f)
-{
-	int		i;
-
-	if (len < 0) { 
-		len = strnlen(s, prec >= 0 ? prec : ULONG_MAX); 
-	} else if (prec >= 0 && prec < len) { 
-		len = prec; 
-	}
-	if (width > len && !(f & flag_minus)) {
-		for (i = len; i < width; ++i) { 
-			put_char(buf, ' '); 
-		}
-	}
-	for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) { 
-		put_char(buf, s[i]); 
-	}
-	if (width > len && f & flag_minus) {
-		for (i = len; i < width; ++i) { 
-			put_char(buf, ' '); 
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Add a long to a string buffer
- */
-
-static void put_ulong(strbuf_t *buf, unsigned long int value, int base,
-		int upper, char_t *prefix, int width, int prec, enum flag f)
-{
-	unsigned long	x, x2;
-	int				len, zeros, i;
-
-	for (len = 1, x = 1; x < ULONG_MAX / base; ++len, x = x2) {
-		x2 = x * base;
-		if (x2 > value) { 
-			break; 
-		}
-	}
-	zeros = (prec > len) ? prec - len : 0;
-	width -= zeros + len;
-	if (prefix != NULL) { 
-		width -= strnlen(prefix, ULONG_MAX); 
-	}
-	if (!(f & flag_minus)) {
-		if (f & flag_zero) {
-			for (i = 0; i < width; ++i) { 
-				put_char(buf, '0'); 
-			}
-		} else {
-			for (i = 0; i < width; ++i) { 
-				put_char(buf, ' '); 
-			}
-		}
-	}
-	if (prefix != NULL) { 
-		put_string(buf, prefix, -1, 0, -1, flag_none); 
-	}
-	for (i = 0; i < zeros; ++i) { 
-		put_char(buf, '0'); 
-	}
-	for ( ; x > 0; x /= base) {
-		int digit = (value / x) % base;
-		put_char(buf, (char) ((digit < 10 ? '0' : (upper ? 'A' : 'a') - 10) +
-			digit));
-	}
-	if (f & flag_minus) {
-		for (i = 0; i < width; ++i) { 
-			put_char(buf, ' '); 
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Convert an ansi string to a unicode string. On an error, we return the
- * 	original ansi string which is better than returning NULL. nBytes is the
- *	size of the destination buffer (ubuf) in _bytes_.
- */
-
-char_t *ascToUni(char_t *ubuf, char *str, int nBytes)
-{
-#ifdef UNICODE
-	if (MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, str, nBytes / sizeof(char_t), ubuf,
-			nBytes / sizeof(char_t)) < 0) {
-		return (char_t*) str;
-	}
-#else
-	strncpy(ubuf, str, nBytes);
-#endif
-	return ubuf;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Convert a unicode string to an ansi string. On an error, return the
- *	original unicode string which is better than returning NULL.
- *	N.B. nBytes is the number of _bytes_ in the destination buffer, buf.
- */
-
-char *uniToAsc(char *buf, char_t *ustr, int nBytes)
-{
-#ifdef UNICODE
-	if (WideCharToMultiByte(CP_ACP, 0, ustr, nBytes, buf, nBytes, NULL,
-			NULL) < 0) {
-		return (char*) ustr;
-	}
-#else
-	strncpy(buf, ustr, nBytes);
-#endif
-	return (char*) buf;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	allocate (balloc) a buffer and do ascii to unicode conversion into it.
- *	cp points to the ascii buffer.  alen is the length of the buffer to be
- *	converted not including a terminating NULL.  Return a pointer to the
- *	unicode buffer which must be bfree'd later.  Return NULL on failure to
- *	get buffer.  The buffer returned is NULL terminated.
- */
-
-char_t *ballocAscToUni(char *cp, int alen)
-{
-	char_t *unip;
-	int ulen;
-
-	ulen = (alen + 1) * sizeof(char_t);
-	if ((unip = balloc(B_L, ulen)) == NULL) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-	ascToUni(unip, cp, ulen);
-	unip[alen] = 0;
-	return unip;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	allocate (balloc) a buffer and do unicode to ascii conversion into it.
- *	unip points to the unicoded string. ulen is the number of characters
- *	in the unicode string not including a teminating null.  Return a pointer
- *	to the ascii buffer which must be bfree'd later.  Return NULL on failure
- *	to get buffer.  The buffer returned is NULL terminated.
- */
-
-char *ballocUniToAsc(char_t *unip, int ulen)
-{
-	char * cp;
-
-	if ((cp = balloc(B_L, ulen+1)) == NULL) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-	uniToAsc(cp, unip, ulen);
-	cp[ulen] = '\0';
-	return cp;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	convert a hex string to an integer. The end of the string or a non-hex
- *	character will indicate the end of the hex specification.
- */
-
-unsigned int hextoi(char_t *hexstring)
-{
-	register char_t			*h;
-	register unsigned int	c, v;
-
-	v = 0;
-	h = hexstring;
-	if (*h == '0' && (*(h+1) == 'x' || *(h+1) == 'X')) {
-		h += 2;
-	}
-	while ((c = (unsigned int)*h++) != 0) {
-		if (c >= '0' && c <= '9') {
-			c -= '0';
-		} else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f') {
-			c = (c - 'a') + 10;
-		} else if (c >=  'A' && c <= 'F') {
-			c = (c - 'A') + 10;
-		} else {
-			break;
-		}
-		v = (v * 0x10) + c;
-	}
-	return v;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	convert a string to an integer. If the string starts with "0x" or "0X"
- *	a hexidecimal conversion is done.
- */
-
-unsigned int gstrtoi(char_t *s)
-{
-	if (*s == '0' && (*(s+1) == 'x' || *(s+1) == 'X')) {
-		s += 2;
-		return hextoi(s);
-	}
-	return gatoi(s);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/ringq.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/ringq.c
deleted file mode 100644
index efb9c45a70..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/ringq.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,584 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * ringq.c -- Ring queue buffering module
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * See the file "license.txt" for usage and redistribution license requirements
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-
-/*
- *	A ring queue allows maximum utilization of memory for data storage and is
- *	ideal for input/output buffering.  This module provides a highly efficient
- *	implementation and a vehicle for dynamic strings.
- *
- *	WARNING:  This is a public implementation and callers have full access to
- *	the queue structure and pointers.  Change this module very carefully.
- *
- *	This module follows the open/close model.
- *
- *	Operation of a ringq where rq is a pointer to a ringq :
- *
- *		rq->buflen contains the size of the buffer.
- *		rq->buf will point to the start of the buffer.
- *		rq->servp will point to the first (un-consumed) data byte.
- *		rq->endp will point to the next free location to which new data is added
- *		rq->endbuf will point to one past the end of the buffer.
- *
- *	Eg. If the ringq contains the data "abcdef", it might look like :
- *
- *	+-------------------------------------------------------------------+
- *  |   |   |   |   |   |   |   | a | b | c | d | e | f |   |   |   |   |
- *	+-------------------------------------------------------------------+
- *    ^                           ^                       ^               ^
- *    |                           |                       |               |
- *  rq->buf                    rq->servp               rq->endp      rq->enduf
- *     
- *	The queue is empty when servp == endp.  This means that the queue will hold
- *	at most rq->buflen -1 bytes.  It is the filler's responsibility to ensure
- *	the ringq is never filled such that servp == endp.
- *
- *	It is the filler's responsibility to "wrap" the endp back to point to
- *	rq->buf when the pointer steps past the end.  Correspondingly it is the
- *	consumers responsibility to "wrap" the servp when it steps to rq->endbuf.
- *	The ringqPutc and ringqGetc routines will do this automatically.
- */
-
-/********************************* Includes ***********************************/
-
-#ifdef UEMF
-	#include	"uemf.h"
-#else
-	#include	"basic/basicInternal.h"
-#endif
-
-/*********************************** Defines **********************************/
-/*
- *	Faster than a function call
- */
-
-#define RINGQ_LEN(rq) \
-	((rq->servp > rq->endp) ? \
-		(rq->buflen + (rq->endp - rq->servp)) : \
-		(rq->endp - rq->servp))
-
-/***************************** Forward Declarations ***************************/
-
-static int	ringqGrow(ringq_t *rq);
-static int	getBinBlockSize(int size);
-
-int			ringqGrowCalls = 0;
-
-/*********************************** Code *************************************/
-/*
- *	Create a new ringq. "increment" is the amount to increase the size of the
- *	ringq should it need to grow to accomodate data being added. "maxsize" is
- *	an upper limit (sanity level) beyond which the q must not grow. Set maxsize
- *	to -1 to imply no upper limit. The buffer for the ringq is always 
- *	dynamically allocated. Set maxsize
- */
-
-int ringqOpen(ringq_t *rq, int initSize, int maxsize)
-{
-	int	increment;
-
-	a_assert(rq);
-	a_assert(initSize >= 0);
-
-	increment = getBinBlockSize(initSize);
-	if ((rq->buf = balloc(B_L, (increment))) == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	rq->maxsize = maxsize;
-	rq->buflen = increment;
-	rq->increment = increment;
-	rq->endbuf = &rq->buf[rq->buflen];
-	rq->servp = rq->buf;
-	rq->endp = rq->buf;
-	*rq->servp = '\0';
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Delete a ringq and free the ringq buffer.
- */
-
-void ringqClose(ringq_t *rq)
-{
-	a_assert(rq);
-	a_assert(rq->buflen == (rq->endbuf - rq->buf));
-
-	if (rq == NULL) {
-		return;
-	}
-
-	ringqFlush(rq);
-	bfree(B_L, (char*) rq->buf);
-	rq->buf = NULL;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return the length of the data in the ringq. Users must fill the queue to 
- *	a high water mark of at most one less than the queue size.
- */
-
-int ringqLen(ringq_t *rq)
-{
-	a_assert(rq);
-	a_assert(rq->buflen == (rq->endbuf - rq->buf));
-
-	if (rq->servp > rq->endp) {
-		return rq->buflen + rq->endp - rq->servp;
-	} else {
-		return rq->endp - rq->servp;
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get a byte from the queue
- */
-
-int ringqGetc(ringq_t *rq)
-{
-	char_t	c;
-	char_t*	cp;
-
-	a_assert(rq);
-	a_assert(rq->buflen == (rq->endbuf - rq->buf));
-
-	if (rq->servp == rq->endp) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	cp = (char_t*) rq->servp;
-	c = *cp++;
-	rq->servp = (unsigned char *) cp;
-	if (rq->servp >= rq->endbuf) {
-		rq->servp = rq->buf;
-	}
-	return c;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Add a char to the queue. Note if being used to store wide strings 
- *	this does not add a trailing '\0'. Grow the q as required.
- */
-
-int ringqPutc(ringq_t *rq, char_t c)
-{
-	char_t *cp;
-
-	a_assert(rq);
-	a_assert(rq->buflen == (rq->endbuf - rq->buf));
-
-	if ((ringqPutBlkMax(rq) < (int) sizeof(char_t)) && !ringqGrow(rq)) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	cp = (char_t*) rq->endp;
-	*cp++ = (char_t) c;
-	rq->endp = (unsigned char *) cp;
-	if (rq->endp >= rq->endbuf) {
-		rq->endp = rq->buf;
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Insert a wide character at the front of the queue
- */
-
-int ringqInsertc(ringq_t *rq, char_t c)
-{
-	char_t *cp;
-
-	a_assert(rq);
-	a_assert(rq->buflen == (rq->endbuf - rq->buf));
-
-	if (ringqPutBlkMax(rq) < (int) sizeof(char_t) && !ringqGrow(rq)) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	if (rq->servp <= rq->buf) {
-		rq->servp = rq->endbuf;
-	}
-	cp = (char_t*) rq->servp;
-	*--cp = (char_t) c;
-	rq->servp = (unsigned char *) cp;
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Add a string to the queue. Add a trailing null (maybe two nulls)
- */
-
-int ringqPutStr(ringq_t *rq, char_t *str)
-{
-	int		rc;
-
-	a_assert(rq);
-	a_assert(str);
-	a_assert(rq->buflen == (rq->endbuf - rq->buf));
-
-	rc = ringqPutBlk(rq, (unsigned char*) str, gstrlen(str) * sizeof(char_t));
-	*((char_t*) rq->endp) = (char_t) '\0';
-	return rc;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Add a null terminator. This does NOT increase the size of the queue
- */
-
-void ringqAddNull(ringq_t *rq)
-{
-	a_assert(rq);
-	a_assert(rq->buflen == (rq->endbuf - rq->buf));
-
-	*((char_t*) rq->endp) = (char_t) '\0';
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-#ifdef UNICODE
-/*
- *	Get a byte from the queue
- */
-
-int ringqGetcA(ringq_t *rq)
-{
-	unsigned char	c;
-
-	a_assert(rq);
-	a_assert(rq->buflen == (rq->endbuf - rq->buf));
-
-	if (rq->servp == rq->endp) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	c = *rq->servp++;
-	if (rq->servp >= rq->endbuf) {
-		rq->servp = rq->buf;
-	}
-	return c;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Add a byte to the queue. Note if being used to store strings this does not
- *	add a trailing '\0'. Grow the q as required.
- */
-
-int ringqPutcA(ringq_t *rq, char c)
-{
-	a_assert(rq);
-	a_assert(rq->buflen == (rq->endbuf - rq->buf));
-
-	if (ringqPutBlkMax(rq) == 0 && !ringqGrow(rq)) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	*rq->endp++ = (unsigned char) c;
-	if (rq->endp >= rq->endbuf) {
-		rq->endp = rq->buf;
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Insert a byte at the front of the queue
- */
-
-int ringqInsertcA(ringq_t *rq, char c)
-{
-	a_assert(rq);
-	a_assert(rq->buflen == (rq->endbuf - rq->buf));
-
-	if (ringqPutBlkMax(rq) == 0 && !ringqGrow(rq)) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	if (rq->servp <= rq->buf) {
-		rq->servp = rq->endbuf;
-	}
-	*--rq->servp = (unsigned char) c;
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Add a string to the queue. Add a trailing null (not really in the q).
- *	ie. beyond the last valid byte.
- */
-
-int ringqPutStrA(ringq_t *rq, char *str)
-{
-	int		rc;
-
-	a_assert(rq);
-	a_assert(str);
-	a_assert(rq->buflen == (rq->endbuf - rq->buf));
-
-	rc = ringqPutBlk(rq, (unsigned char*) str, strlen(str));
-	rq->endp[0] = '\0';
-	return rc;
-}
-
-#endif /* UNICODE */
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Add a block of data to the ringq. Return the number of bytes added.
- *	Grow the q as required.
- */
-
-int ringqPutBlk(ringq_t *rq, unsigned char *buf, int size)
-{
-	int		this, bytes_put;
-
-	a_assert(rq);
-	a_assert(rq->buflen == (rq->endbuf - rq->buf));
-	a_assert(buf);
-	a_assert(0 <= size);
-
-/*
- *	Loop adding the maximum bytes we can add in a single straight line copy
- */
-	bytes_put = 0;
-	while (size > 0) {
-		this = min(ringqPutBlkMax(rq), size);
-		if (this <= 0) {
-			if (! ringqGrow(rq)) {
-				break;
-			}
-			this = min(ringqPutBlkMax(rq), size);
-		}
-
-		memcpy(rq->endp, buf, this);
-		buf += this;
-		rq->endp += this;
-		size -= this;
-		bytes_put += this;
-
-		if (rq->endp >= rq->endbuf) {
-			rq->endp = rq->buf;
-		}
-	}
-	return bytes_put;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get a block of data from the ringq. Return the number of bytes returned.
- */
-
-int ringqGetBlk(ringq_t *rq, unsigned char *buf, int size)
-{
-	int		this, bytes_read;
-
-	a_assert(rq);
-	a_assert(rq->buflen == (rq->endbuf - rq->buf));
-	a_assert(buf);
-	a_assert(0 <= size && size < rq->buflen);
-
-/*
- *	Loop getting the maximum bytes we can get in a single straight line copy
- */
-	bytes_read = 0;
-	while (size > 0) {
-		this = ringqGetBlkMax(rq);
-		this = min(this, size);
-		if (this <= 0) {
-			break;
-		}
-
-		memcpy(buf, rq->servp, this);
-		buf += this;
-		rq->servp += this;
-		size -= this;
-		bytes_read += this;
-
-		if (rq->servp >= rq->endbuf) {
-			rq->servp = rq->buf;
-		}
-	}
-	return bytes_read;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return the maximum number of bytes the ring q can accept via a single 
- *	block copy. Useful if the user is doing their own data insertion.
- */
-
-int ringqPutBlkMax(ringq_t *rq)
-{
-	int		space, in_a_line;
-
-	a_assert(rq);
-	a_assert(rq->buflen == (rq->endbuf - rq->buf));
-	
-	space = rq->buflen - RINGQ_LEN(rq) - 1;
-	in_a_line = rq->endbuf - rq->endp;
-
-	return min(in_a_line, space);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return the maximum number of bytes the ring q can provide via a single 
- *	block copy. Useful if the user is doing their own data retrieval.
- */
-
-int ringqGetBlkMax(ringq_t *rq)
-{
-	int		len, in_a_line;
-
-	a_assert(rq);
-	a_assert(rq->buflen == (rq->endbuf - rq->buf));
-
-	len = RINGQ_LEN(rq);
-	in_a_line = rq->endbuf - rq->servp;
-
-	return min(in_a_line, len);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Adjust the endp pointer after the user has copied data into the queue.
- */
-
-void ringqPutBlkAdj(ringq_t *rq, int size)
-{
-	a_assert(rq);
-	a_assert(rq->buflen == (rq->endbuf - rq->buf));
-	a_assert(0 <= size && size < rq->buflen);
-
-	rq->endp += size;
-	if (rq->endp >= rq->endbuf) {
-		rq->endp -= rq->buflen;
-	}
-/*
- *	Flush the queue if the endp pointer is corrupted via a bad size
- */
-	if (rq->endp >= rq->endbuf) {
-		error(E_L, E_LOG, T("Bad end pointer"));
-		ringqFlush(rq);
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Adjust the servp pointer after the user has copied data from the queue.
- */
-
-void ringqGetBlkAdj(ringq_t *rq, int size)
-{
-	a_assert(rq);
-	a_assert(rq->buflen == (rq->endbuf - rq->buf));
-	a_assert(0 < size && size < rq->buflen);
-
-	rq->servp += size;
-	if (rq->servp >= rq->endbuf) {
-		rq->servp -= rq->buflen;
-	}
-/*
- *	Flush the queue if the servp pointer is corrupted via a bad size
- */
-	if (rq->servp >= rq->endbuf) {
-		error(E_L, E_LOG, T("Bad serv pointer"));
-		ringqFlush(rq);
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Flush all data in a ring q.  Reset the pointers.
- */
-
-void ringqFlush(ringq_t *rq)
-{
-	a_assert(rq);
-	a_assert(rq->servp);
-
-	rq->servp = rq->buf;
-	rq->endp = rq->buf;
-	if (rq->servp) {
-		*rq->servp = '\0';
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Grow the buffer. Return true if the buffer can be grown. Grow using
- *	the increment size specified when opening the ringq. Don't grow beyond
- *	the maximum possible size.
- */
-
-static int ringqGrow(ringq_t *rq)
-{
-	unsigned char	*newbuf;
-	int 			len;
-
-	a_assert(rq);
-
-	if (rq->maxsize >= 0 && rq->buflen >= rq->maxsize) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	len = ringqLen(rq);
-
-	if ((newbuf = balloc(B_L, rq->buflen + rq->increment)) == NULL) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-	ringqGetBlk(rq, newbuf, ringqLen(rq));
-	bfree(B_L, (char*) rq->buf);
-
-#ifdef OLD
-	rq->endp = &newbuf[endp];
-	rq->servp = &newbuf[servp];
-	rq->endbuf = &newbuf[rq->buflen];
-	rq->buf = newbuf;
-#endif
-
-	rq->buflen += rq->increment;
-	rq->endp = newbuf;
-	rq->servp = newbuf;
-	rq->buf = newbuf;
-	rq->endbuf = &rq->buf[rq->buflen];
-
-	ringqPutBlk(rq, newbuf, len);
-
-/*
- *	Double the increment so the next grow will line up with balloc'ed memory
- */
-	rq->increment = getBinBlockSize(2 * rq->increment);
-
-	return 1;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Find the smallest binary memory size that "size" will fit into.  This
- *	makes the ringq and ringqGrow routines much more efficient.  The balloc
- *	routine likes powers of 2 minus 1.
- */
-
-static int	getBinBlockSize(int size)
-{
-	int	q;
-
-	size = size >> B_SHIFT;
-	for (q = 0; size; size >>= 1) {
-		q++;
-	}
-	return (1 << (B_SHIFT + q));
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/rom.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/rom.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f9ff5312ac..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/rom.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,193 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * rom.c -- Support for ROMed page retrieval.
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * See the file "license.txt" for usage and redistribution license requirements
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-
-/*
- *	This module provides web page retrieval from compiled web pages. Use the
- *	webcomp program to compile web pages and link into the GoAhead WebServer.
- *	This module uses a hashed symbol table for fast page lookup.
- *
- *	Usage: webcomp -f webPageFileList -p Prefix >webrom.c
- */
-
-/********************************* Includes ***********************************/
-
-#include	<stdlib.h>
-
-#include	"wsIntrn.h"
-
-/******************************** Local Data **********************************/
-
-#ifdef WEBS_PAGE_ROM
-
-sym_fd_t	romTab;						/* Symbol table for web pages */
-
-/*********************************** Code *************************************/
-/*
- *	Open the ROM module
- */
-
-int websRomOpen()
-{
-	websRomPageIndexType	*wip;
-	int						nchars;
-	char_t					name[SYM_MAX];
-
-	romTab = symOpen(WEBS_SYM_INIT);
-
-	for (wip = websRomPageIndex; wip->path; wip++) {
-		gstrncpy(name, wip->path, SYM_MAX);
-		nchars = gstrlen(name) - 1;
-		if (nchars > 0 &&
-			(name[nchars] == '/' || name[nchars] == '\\')) {
-			name[nchars] = '\0';
-		}
-		symEnter(romTab, name, valueInteger((int) wip), 0);
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Close the ROM module
- */
-
-void websRomClose()
-{
-	symClose(romTab);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Open a web page
- */
-
-int websRomPageOpen(webs_t wp, char_t *path, int mode, int perm)
-{
-	websRomPageIndexType	*wip;
-	sym_t					*sp;
-
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-	a_assert(path && *path);
-
-	if ((sp = symLookup(romTab, path)) == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	wip = (websRomPageIndexType*) sp->content.value.integer;
-	wip->pos = 0;
-	return (wp->docfd = wip - websRomPageIndex);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Close a web page
- */
-
-void websRomPageClose(int fd)
-{
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Stat a web page
- */
-
-int websRomPageStat(char_t *path, websStatType *sbuf)
-{
-	websRomPageIndexType	*wip;
-	sym_t					*sp;
-
-	a_assert(path && *path);
-
-	if ((sp = symLookup(romTab, path)) == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	wip = (websRomPageIndexType*) sp->content.value.integer;
-
-	memset(sbuf, 0, sizeof(websStatType));
-	sbuf->size = wip->size;
-	if (wip->page == NULL) {
-		sbuf->isDir = 1;
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Read a web page
- */
-
-int websRomPageReadData(webs_t wp, char *buf, int nBytes)
-{
-	websRomPageIndexType	*wip;
-	int						len;
-
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-	a_assert(buf);
-	a_assert(wp->docfd >= 0);
-
-	wip = &websRomPageIndex[wp->docfd];
-
-	len = min(wip->size - wip->pos, nBytes);
-	memcpy(buf, &wip->page[wip->pos], len);
-	wip->pos += len;
-	return len;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Position a web page
- */
-
-long websRomPageSeek(webs_t wp, long offset, int origin)
-{
-	websRomPageIndexType	*wip;
-	long pos;
-
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-	a_assert(origin == SEEK_SET || origin == SEEK_CUR || origin == SEEK_END);
-	a_assert(wp->docfd >= 0);
-
-	wip = &websRomPageIndex[wp->docfd];
-
-	if (origin != SEEK_SET && origin != SEEK_CUR && origin != SEEK_END) {
-		errno = EINVAL;
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	if (wp->docfd < 0) {
-		errno = EBADF;
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	pos = offset;
-	switch (origin) {
-	case SEEK_CUR:
-		pos = wip->pos + offset;
-		break;
-	case SEEK_END:
-		pos = wip->size + offset;
-		break;
-	default:
-		break;
-	}
-
-	if (pos < 0) {
-		errno = EBADF;
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	return (wip->pos = pos);
-}
-
-#endif /* WEBS_PAGE_ROM */
-
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/rtems_webserver.h b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/rtems_webserver.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f62790b601..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/rtems_webserver.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * rtems_webserver.h -- 
- *
- */
-
-int rtems_initialize_webserver();
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/security.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/security.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 9064b5d56f..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/security.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,235 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * security.c -- Security handler
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * See the file "license.txt" for usage and redistribution license requirements
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-
-/*
- *	This module provides a basic security policy.
- */
-
-/********************************* Includes ***********************************/
-
-#include	"wsIntrn.h"
-#include	"um.h"
-#ifdef DIGEST_ACCESS_SUPPORT
-#include	"websda.h"
-#endif
-
-/********************************** Defines ***********************************/
-/*
- *	The following #defines change the behaviour of security in the absence 
- *	of User Management.
- *	Note that use of User management functions require prior calling of
- *	umInit() to behave correctly
- */
-
-#ifndef USER_MANAGEMENT_SUPPORT
-#define umGetAccessMethodForURL(url) AM_FULL
-#define umUserExists(userid) 0
-#define umUserCanAccessURL(userid, url) 1
-#define umGetUserPassword(userid) websGetPassword()
-#define umGetAccessLimitSecure(accessLimit) 0
-#define umGetAccessLimit(url) NULL
-#endif
-
-/******************************** Local Data **********************************/
-
-static char_t	websPassword[WEBS_MAX_PASS];	/* Access password (decoded) */
-#ifdef _DEBUG
-static int		debugSecurity = 1;
-#else
-static int		debugSecurity = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*********************************** Code *************************************/
-/*
- *	Determine if this request should be honored
- */
-
-int websSecurityHandler(webs_t wp, char_t *urlPrefix, char_t *webDir, int arg, 
-						char_t *url, char_t *path, char_t *query)
-{
-	char_t			*type, *userid, *password, *accessLimit;
-	int				flags, nRet;
-	accessMeth_t	am;
-
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-	a_assert(url && *url);
-	a_assert(path && *path);
-/*
- *	Get the critical request details
- */
-	type = websGetRequestType(wp);
-	password = websGetRequestPassword(wp);
-	userid = websGetRequestUserName(wp);
-	flags = websGetRequestFlags(wp);
-/*
- *	Get the access limit for the URL.  Exit if none found.
- */
-	accessLimit = umGetAccessLimit(path);
-	if (accessLimit == NULL) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-		 
-/*
- *	Check to see if URL must be encrypted
- */
-#ifdef WEBS_SSL_SUPPORT
-	nRet = umGetAccessLimitSecure(accessLimit);
-	if (nRet && ((flags & WEBS_SECURE) == 0)) {
-		websStats.access++;
-		websError(wp, 405, T("Access Denied\nSecure access is required."));
-		trace(3, T("SEC: Non-secure access attempted on <%s>\n"), path);
-      /* bugfix 5/24/02 -- we were leaking the memory pointed to by
-       * 'accessLimit'. Thanks to Simon Byholm.
-       */
-      bfree(B_L, accessLimit);
-		return 1;
-	}
-#endif
-
-/*
- *	Get the access limit for the URL
- */
-	am = umGetAccessMethodForURL(accessLimit);
-
-	nRet = 0;
-	if ((flags & WEBS_LOCAL_REQUEST) && (debugSecurity == 0)) {
-/*
- *		Local access is always allowed (defeat when debugging)
- */
-	} else if (am == AM_NONE) {
-/*
- *		URL is supposed to be hidden!  Make like it wasn't found.
- */
-		websStats.access++;
-		websError(wp, 400, T("Page Not Found"));
-		nRet = 1;
-	} else 	if (userid && *userid) {
-		if (!umUserExists(userid)) {
-			websStats.access++;
-			websError(wp, 401, T("Access Denied\nUnknown User"));
-			trace(3, T("SEC: Unknown user <%s> attempted to access <%s>\n"), 
-				userid, path);
-			nRet = 1;
-		} else if (!umUserCanAccessURL(userid, accessLimit)) {
-			websStats.access++;
-			websError(wp, 403, T("Access Denied\nProhibited User"));
-			nRet = 1;
-		} else if (password && * password) {
-			char_t * userpass = umGetUserPassword(userid);
-			if (userpass) {
-				if (gstrcmp(password, userpass) != 0) {
-					websStats.access++;
-					websError(wp, 401, T("Access Denied\nWrong Password"));
-					trace(3, T("SEC: Password fail for user <%s>")
-								T("attempt to access <%s>\n"), userid, path);
-					nRet = 1;
-				} else {
-/*
- *					User and password check out.
- */
-				}
-
-				bfree (B_L, userpass);
-			}
-#ifdef DIGEST_ACCESS_SUPPORT
-		} else if (flags & WEBS_AUTH_DIGEST) {
-
-			char_t *digestCalc;
-
-/*
- *			Check digest for equivalence
- */
-			wp->password = umGetUserPassword(userid);
-
-			a_assert(wp->digest);
-			a_assert(wp->nonce);
-			a_assert(wp->password);
-							 
-			digestCalc = websCalcDigest(wp);
-			a_assert(digestCalc);
-
-			if (gstrcmp(wp->digest, digestCalc) != 0) {
-				websStats.access++;
-				websError(wp, 405, T("Access Denied\nWrong Password"));
-				nRet = 1;
-			}
-
-			bfree (B_L, digestCalc);
-#endif
-		} else {
-/*
- *			No password has been specified
- */
-#ifdef DIGEST_ACCESS_SUPPORT
-			if (am == AM_DIGEST) {
-				wp->flags |= WEBS_AUTH_DIGEST;
-			}
-#endif
-			websStats.errors++;
-			websError(wp, 401, 
-				T("Access to this document requires a password"));
-			nRet = 1;
-		}
-	} else if (am != AM_FULL) {
-/*
- *		This will cause the browser to display a password / username
- *		dialog
- */
-#ifdef DIGEST_ACCESS_SUPPORT
-		if (am == AM_DIGEST) {
-			wp->flags |= WEBS_AUTH_DIGEST;
-		}
-#endif
-		websStats.errors++;
-		websError(wp, 401, T("Access to this document requires a User ID"));
-		nRet = 1;
-	}
-
-	bfree(B_L, accessLimit);
-
-	return nRet;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Delete the default security handler
- */
-
-void websSecurityDelete()
-{
-	websUrlHandlerDelete(websSecurityHandler);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Store the new password, expect a decoded password. Store in websPassword in 
- *	the decoded form.
- */
-
-void websSetPassword(char_t *password)
-{
-	a_assert(password);
-
-	gstrncpy(websPassword, password, TSZ(websPassword));
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get password, return the decoded form
- */
-
-char_t *websGetPassword()
-{
-	return bstrdup(B_L, websPassword);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/sock.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/sock.c
deleted file mode 100644
index fce0b692cb..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/sock.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,791 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * sock.c -- Posix Socket upper layer support module for general posix use
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-
-/*
- *	Posix Socket Module.  This supports blocking and non-blocking buffered 
- *	socket I/O.
- */
-
-/********************************** Includes **********************************/
-
-#include	<string.h>
-#include	<stdlib.h>
-
-#ifdef UEMF
-	#include	"uemf.h"
-#else
-	#include	<socket.h>
-	#include	<types.h>
-	#include	<unistd.h>
-	#include	"emfInternal.h"
-#endif
-
-/************************************ Locals **********************************/
-
-socket_t	**socketList;			/* List of open sockets */
-int			socketMax;				/* Maximum size of socket */
-int			socketHighestFd = -1;	/* Highest socket fd opened */
-
-/***************************** Forward Declarations ***************************/
-
-static int	socketDoOutput(socket_t *sp, char *buf, int toWrite, int *errCode);
-static int	tryAlternateSendTo(int sock, char *buf, int toWrite, int i,
-			struct sockaddr *server);
-
-/*********************************** Code *************************************/
-/*
- *	Write to a socket. Absorb as much data as the socket can buffer. Block if 
- *	the socket is in blocking mode. Returns -1 on error, otherwise the number 
- *	of bytes written.
- */
-
-int	socketWrite(int sid, char *buf, int bufsize)
-{
-	socket_t	*sp;
-	ringq_t		*rq;
-	int			len, bytesWritten, room;
-
-	a_assert(buf);
-	a_assert(bufsize >= 0);
-
-	if ((sp = socketPtr(sid)) == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Loop adding as much data to the output ringq as we can absorb. Initiate a 
- *	flush when the ringq is too full and continue. Block in socketFlush if the
- *	socket is in blocking mode.
- */
-	rq = &sp->outBuf;
-	for (bytesWritten = 0; bufsize > 0; ) {
-		if ((room = ringqPutBlkMax(rq)) == 0) {
-			if (socketFlush(sid) < 0) {
-				return -1;
-			}
-			if ((room = ringqPutBlkMax(rq)) == 0) {
-				if (sp->flags & SOCKET_BLOCK) {
-#if (defined (WIN) || defined (CE))
-					int		errCode;
-					if (! socketWaitForEvent(sp,  FD_WRITE | SOCKET_WRITABLE,
-						&errCode)) {
-						return -1;
-					}
-#endif
-					continue;
-				}
-				break;
-			}
-			continue;
-		}
-		len = min(room, bufsize);
-		ringqPutBlk(rq, (unsigned char *) buf, len);
-		bytesWritten += len;
-		bufsize -= len;
-		buf += len;
-	}
-	return bytesWritten;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Write a string to a socket
- */
-
-int	socketWriteString(int sid, char_t *buf)
-{
- #ifdef UNICODE
- 	char	*byteBuf;
- 	int		r, len;
- 
- 	len = gstrlen(buf);
- 	byteBuf = ballocUniToAsc(buf, len);
- 	r = socketWrite(sid, byteBuf, len);
- 	bfreeSafe(B_L, byteBuf);
- 	return r;
- #else
- 	return socketWrite(sid, buf, strlen(buf));
- #endif /* UNICODE */
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Read from a socket. Return the number of bytes read if successful. This
- *	may be less than the requested "bufsize" and may be zero. Return -1 for
- *	errors. Return 0 for EOF. Otherwise return the number of bytes read. 
- *	If this routine returns zero it indicates an EOF condition.
- *  which can be verified with socketEof()
- 
- *	Note: this ignores the line buffer, so a previous socketGets
- *	which read a partial line may cause a subsequent socketRead to miss some 
- *	data. This routine may block if the socket is in blocking mode.
- *
- */
-
-int	socketRead(int sid, char *buf, int bufsize)
-{
-	socket_t	*sp;
-	ringq_t		*rq;
-	int			len, room, errCode, bytesRead;
-
-	a_assert(buf);
-	a_assert(bufsize > 0);
-
-	if ((sp = socketPtr(sid)) == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	if (sp->flags & SOCKET_EOF) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	rq = &sp->inBuf;
-	for (bytesRead = 0; bufsize > 0; ) {
-		len = min(ringqLen(rq), bufsize);
-		if (len <= 0) {
-/*
- *			if blocking mode and already have data, exit now or it may block
- *			forever.
- */
-			if ((sp->flags & SOCKET_BLOCK) &&
-				(bytesRead > 0)) {
-				break;
-			}
-/*
- *			This flush is critical for readers of datagram packets. If the
- *			buffer is not big enough to read the whole datagram in one hit,
- *			the recvfrom call will fail. 
- */
-			ringqFlush(rq);
-			room = ringqPutBlkMax(rq);
-			len = socketGetInput(sid, (char *) rq->endp, room, &errCode);
-			if (len < 0) {
-				if (errCode == EWOULDBLOCK) {
-					if ((sp->flags & SOCKET_BLOCK) &&
-						(bytesRead ==  0)) {
-						continue;
-					}
-					if (bytesRead >= 0) {
-						return bytesRead;
-					}
-				}
-				return -1;
-
-			} else if (len == 0) {
-/*
- *				If bytesRead is 0, this is EOF since socketRead should never
- *				be called unless there is data yet to be read.  Set the flag.  
- *				Then pass back the number of bytes read.
- */
-				if (bytesRead == 0) {
-					sp->flags |= SOCKET_EOF;
-				}
-				return bytesRead;
-			}
-			ringqPutBlkAdj(rq, len);
-			len = min(len, bufsize);
-		}
-		memcpy(&buf[bytesRead], rq->servp, len);
-		ringqGetBlkAdj(rq, len);
-		bufsize -= len;
-		bytesRead += len;
-	}
-	return bytesRead;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get a string from a socket. This returns data in *buf in a malloced string
- *	after trimming the '\n'. If there is zero bytes returned, *buf will be set
- *	to NULL. If doing non-blocking I/O, it returns -1 for error, EOF or when 
- *	no complete line yet read. If doing blocking I/O, it will block until an
- *	entire line is read. If a partial line is read socketInputBuffered or 
- *	socketEof can be used to distinguish between EOF and partial line still 
- *	buffered. This routine eats and ignores carriage returns.
- */
-
-int	socketGets(int sid, char_t **buf)
-{
-	socket_t	*sp;
-	ringq_t		*lq;
-	char		c;
-	int			rc, len;
-
-	a_assert(buf);
-	*buf = NULL;
-
-	if ((sp = socketPtr(sid)) == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	lq = &sp->lineBuf;
-
-	while (1) {
-
-		if ((rc = socketRead(sid, &c, 1)) < 0) {
-			return rc;
-		}
-		
-		if (rc == 0) {
-/*
- *			If there is a partial line and we are at EOF, pretend we saw a '\n'
- */
-			if (ringqLen(lq) > 0 && (sp->flags & SOCKET_EOF)) {
-				c = '\n';
-			} else {
-				return -1;
-			}
-		}
-/*
- *		If a newline is seen, return the data excluding the new line to the
- *		caller. If carriage return is seen, just eat it.
- */
-		if (c == '\n') {
-			len = ringqLen(lq);
-			if (len > 0) {
-				*buf = ballocAscToUni((char *)lq->servp, len);
-			} else {
-				*buf = NULL;
-			}
-			ringqFlush(lq);
-			return len;
-
-		} else if (c == '\r') {
-			continue;
-		}
-		ringqPutcA(lq, c);
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Flush the socket. Block if the socket is in blocking mode.
- *	This will return -1 on errors and 0 if successful.
- */
-
-int socketFlush(int sid)
-{
-	socket_t	*sp;
-	ringq_t		*rq;
-	int			len, bytesWritten, errCode;
-
-	if ((sp = socketPtr(sid)) == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	rq = &sp->outBuf;
-
-/*
- *	Set the background flushing flag which socketEventProc will check to
- *	continue the flush.
- */
-	if (! (sp->flags & SOCKET_BLOCK)) {
-		sp->flags |= SOCKET_FLUSHING;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Break from loop if not blocking after initiating output. If we are blocking
- *	we wait for a write event.
- */
-	while (ringqLen(rq) > 0) {
-		len = ringqGetBlkMax(&sp->outBuf);
-		bytesWritten = socketDoOutput(sp, (char*) rq->servp, len, &errCode);
-		if (bytesWritten < 0) {
-			if (errCode == EINTR) {
-				continue;
-			} else if (errCode == EWOULDBLOCK || errCode == EAGAIN) {
-#if (defined (WIN) || defined (CE))
-				if (sp->flags & SOCKET_BLOCK) {
-					int		errCode;
-					if (! socketWaitForEvent(sp,  FD_WRITE | SOCKET_WRITABLE,
-						&errCode)) {
-						return -1;
-					}
-					continue;
-				} 
-#endif
-/*
- *				Ensure we get a FD_WRITE message when the socket can absorb
- *				more data (non-blocking only.) Store the user's mask if we
- *				haven't done it already.
- */
-				if (sp->saveMask < 0 ) {
-					sp->saveMask = sp->handlerMask;
-					socketRegisterInterest(sp, 
-					sp->handlerMask | SOCKET_WRITABLE);
-				}
-				return 0;
-			}
-			return -1;
-		}
-		ringqGetBlkAdj(rq, bytesWritten);
-	}
-/*
- *	If the buffer is empty, reset the ringq pointers to point to the start
- *	of the buffer. This is essential to ensure that datagrams get written
- *	in one single I/O operation.
- */
-	if (ringqLen(rq) == 0) {
-		ringqFlush(rq);
-	}
-/*
- *	Restore the users mask if it was saved by the non-blocking code above.
- *	Note: saveMask = -1 if empty. socketRegisterInterest will set handlerMask
- */
-	if (sp->saveMask >= 0) {
-		socketRegisterInterest(sp, sp->saveMask);
-		sp->saveMask = -1;
-	}
-	sp->flags &= ~SOCKET_FLUSHING;
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return the count of input characters buffered. We look at both the line
- *	buffer and the input (raw) buffer. Return -1 on error or EOF.
- */
-
-int socketInputBuffered(int sid)
-{
-	socket_t	*sp;
-
-	if ((sp = socketPtr(sid)) == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	if (socketEof(sid)) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	return ringqLen(&sp->lineBuf) + ringqLen(&sp->inBuf);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return true if EOF
- */
-
-int socketEof(int sid)
-{
-	socket_t	*sp;
-
-	if ((sp = socketPtr(sid)) == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	return sp->flags & SOCKET_EOF;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return the number of bytes the socket can absorb without blocking
- */
-
-int socketCanWrite(int sid)
-{
-	socket_t	*sp;
-
-	if ((sp = socketPtr(sid)) == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	return sp->outBuf.buflen - ringqLen(&sp->outBuf) - 1;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Add one to allow the user to write exactly SOCKET_BUFSIZ
- */
-
-void socketSetBufferSize(int sid, int in, int line, int out)
-{
-	socket_t	*sp;
-
-	if ((sp = socketPtr(sid)) == NULL) {
-		return;
-	}
-
-	if (in >= 0) {
-		ringqClose(&sp->inBuf);
-		in++;
-		ringqOpen(&sp->inBuf, in, in);
-	}
-
-	if (line >= 0) {
-		ringqClose(&sp->lineBuf);
-		line++;
-		ringqOpen(&sp->lineBuf, line, line);
-	}
-
-	if (out >= 0) {
-		ringqClose(&sp->outBuf);
-		out++;
-		ringqOpen(&sp->outBuf, out, out);
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Create a user handler for this socket. The handler called whenever there
- *	is an event of interest as defined by handlerMask (SOCKET_READABLE, ...)
- */
-
-void socketCreateHandler(int sid, int handlerMask, socketHandler_t handler, 
-		int data)
-{
-	socket_t	*sp;
-
-	if ((sp = socketPtr(sid)) == NULL) {
-		return;
-	}
-	sp->handler = handler;
-	sp->handler_data = data;
-	socketRegisterInterest(sp, handlerMask);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Delete a handler
- */
-
-void socketDeleteHandler(int sid)
-{
-	socket_t	*sp;
-
-	if ((sp = socketPtr(sid)) == NULL) {
-		return;
-	}
-	sp->handler = NULL;
-	socketRegisterInterest(sp, 0);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Socket output procedure. Return -1 on errors otherwise return the number
- *	of bytes written.
- */
-
-static int socketDoOutput(socket_t *sp, char *buf, int toWrite, int *errCode)
-{
-	struct sockaddr_in	server;
-	int					bytes;
-
-	a_assert(sp);
-	a_assert(buf);
-	a_assert(toWrite > 0);
-	a_assert(errCode);
-
-	*errCode = 0;
-
-#if (defined (WIN) || defined (CE))
-	if ((sp->flags & SOCKET_ASYNC)
-			&& ! socketWaitForEvent(sp,  FD_CONNECT, errCode)) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-#endif
-
-/*
- *	Write the data
- */
-	if (sp->flags & SOCKET_BROADCAST) {
-		server.sin_family = AF_INET;
-#if (defined (UEMF) || defined (LITTLEFOOT))
-		server.sin_addr.s_addr = INADDR_BROADCAST;
-#else
-		server.sin_addr.s_addr = inet_addr(basicGetBroadcastAddress());
-#endif
-		server.sin_port = htons((short)(sp->port & 0xFFFF));
-		if ((bytes = sendto(sp->sock, buf, toWrite, 0,
-			(struct sockaddr *) &server, sizeof(server))) < 0) {
-			bytes = tryAlternateSendTo(sp->sock, buf, toWrite, 0,
-			(struct sockaddr *) &server);
-		}
-	} else if (sp->flags & SOCKET_DATAGRAM) {
-		server.sin_family = AF_INET;
-		server.sin_addr.s_addr = inet_addr(sp->host);
-		server.sin_port = htons((short)(sp->port & 0xFFFF));
-		bytes = sendto(sp->sock, buf, toWrite, 0,
-			(struct sockaddr *) &server, sizeof(server));
-
-	} else {
-		bytes = send(sp->sock, buf, toWrite, 0);
-	}
-
-	if (bytes < 0) {
-		*errCode = socketGetError();
-#if (defined (WIN) || defined (CE))
-		sp->currentEvents &= ~FD_WRITE;
-#endif
-
-		return -1;
-
-	} else if (bytes == 0 && bytes != toWrite) {
-		*errCode = EWOULDBLOCK;
-#if (defined (WIN) || defined (CE))
-		sp->currentEvents &= ~FD_WRITE;
-#endif
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Ensure we get to write some more data real soon if the socket can absorb
- *	more data
- */
-#ifndef UEMF
-#ifdef WIN 
-	if (sp->interestEvents & FD_WRITE) {
-		emfTime_t blockTime = { 0, 0 };
-		emfSetMaxBlockTime(&blockTime);
-	}
-#endif /* WIN */
-#endif
-	return bytes;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *		If the sendto failed, swap the first two bytes in the 
- *		sockaddr structure.  This is a kludge due to a change in
- *		VxWorks between versions 5.3 and 5.4, but we want the 
- *		product to run on either.
- */
-static int tryAlternateSendTo(int sock, char *buf, int toWrite, int i,
-			struct sockaddr *server)
-{
-#ifdef VXWORKS
-	char *ptr;
-
-	ptr = (char *)server;
-	*ptr = *(ptr+1);
-	*(ptr+1) = 0;
-	return sendto(sock, buf, toWrite, i, server, sizeof(struct sockaddr));
-#else
-	return -1;
-#endif /* VXWORKS */
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Allocate a new socket structure
- */
-
-int socketAlloc(char *host, int port, socketAccept_t accept, int flags)
-{
-	socket_t	*sp;
-	int			sid;
-
-	if ((sid = hAllocEntry((void*) &socketList, &socketMax,
-			sizeof(socket_t))) < 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	sp = socketList[sid];
-
-	sp->sid = sid;
-	sp->accept = accept;
-	sp->port = port;
-	sp->fileHandle = -1;
-	sp->saveMask = -1;
-
-	if (host) {
-		strncpy(sp->host, host, sizeof(sp->host));
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Preserve only specified flags from the callers open
- */
-	a_assert((flags & ~(SOCKET_BROADCAST|SOCKET_DATAGRAM|SOCKET_BLOCK|
-						SOCKET_LISTENING)) == 0);
-	sp->flags = flags & (SOCKET_BROADCAST | SOCKET_DATAGRAM | SOCKET_BLOCK|
-						SOCKET_LISTENING);
-
-/*
- *	Add one to allow the user to write exactly SOCKET_BUFSIZ
- */
-	ringqOpen(&sp->inBuf, SOCKET_BUFSIZ, SOCKET_BUFSIZ);
-	ringqOpen(&sp->outBuf, SOCKET_BUFSIZ + 1, SOCKET_BUFSIZ + 1);
-	ringqOpen(&sp->lineBuf, SOCKET_BUFSIZ, -1);
-
-	return sid;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Free a socket structure
- */
-
-void socketFree(int sid)
-{
-	socket_t	*sp;
-	char_t		buf[256];
-	int			i;
-
-	if ((sp = socketPtr(sid)) == NULL) {
-		return;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	To close a socket, remove any registered interests, set it to
- *	non-blocking so that the recv which follows won't block, do a
- *	shutdown on it so peers on the other end will receive a FIN,
- *	then read any data not yet retrieved from the receive buffer,
- *	and finally close it.  If these steps are not all performed
- *	RESETs may be sent to the other end causing problems.
- */
-	socketRegisterInterest(sp, 0);
-	if (sp->sock >= 0) {
-		socketSetBlock(sid, 0);
-		if (shutdown(sp->sock, 1) >= 0) {
-			recv(sp->sock, buf, sizeof(buf), 0);
-		}
-#if (defined (WIN) || defined (CE))
-		closesocket(sp->sock);
-#else
-		close(sp->sock);
-#endif
-	}
-
-	ringqClose(&sp->inBuf);
-	ringqClose(&sp->outBuf);
-	ringqClose(&sp->lineBuf);
-
-	bfree(B_L, sp);
-	socketMax = hFree((void*) &socketList, sid);
-
-/*
- *	Calculate the new highest socket number
- */
-	socketHighestFd = -1;
-	for (i = 0; i < socketMax; i++) {
-		if ((sp = socketList[i]) == NULL) {
-			continue;
-		} 
-		socketHighestFd = max(socketHighestFd, sp->sock);
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Validate a socket handle
- */
-
-socket_t *socketPtr(int sid)
-{
-	if (sid < 0 || sid >= socketMax || socketList[sid] == NULL) {
-		a_assert(NULL);
-		errno = EBADF;
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	a_assert(socketList[sid]);
-	return socketList[sid];
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get the operating system error code
- */
-
-int socketGetError()
-{
-#if (defined (WIN) || defined (CE))
-	switch (WSAGetLastError()) {
-	case WSAEWOULDBLOCK:
-		return EWOULDBLOCK;
-	case WSAECONNRESET:
-		return ECONNRESET;
-	case WSAENETDOWN:
-		return ENETDOWN;
-	case WSAEPROCLIM:
-		return EAGAIN;
-	case WSAEINTR:
-		return EINTR;
-	default:
-		return EINVAL;
-	}
-#else
-	return errno;
-#endif
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return the underlying socket handle
- */
-
-int socketGetHandle(int sid)
-{
-	socket_t	*sp;
-
-	if ((sp = socketPtr(sid)) == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	return sp->sock;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get blocking mode
- */
-
-int socketGetBlock(int sid)
-{
-	socket_t	*sp;
-
-	if ((sp = socketPtr(sid)) == NULL) {
-		a_assert(0);
-		return 0;
-	}
-	return (sp->flags & SOCKET_BLOCK);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get mode
- */
-
-int socketGetMode(int sid)
-{
-	socket_t	*sp;
-
-	if ((sp = socketPtr(sid)) == NULL) {
-		a_assert(0);
-		return 0;
-	}
-	return sp->flags;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Set mode
- */
-
-void socketSetMode(int sid, int mode)
-{
-	socket_t	*sp;
-
-	if ((sp = socketPtr(sid)) == NULL) {
-		a_assert(0);
-		return;
-	}
-	sp->flags = mode;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get port.
- */
-
-int socketGetPort(int sid)
-{
-	socket_t	*sp;
-
-	if ((sp = socketPtr(sid)) == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	return sp->port;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/sockGen.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/sockGen.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 822aea6407..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/sockGen.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1043 +0,0 @@
-
-/*
- *	sockGen.c -- Posix Socket support module for general posix use
- *
- *	Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-
-/*
- *	Posix Socket Module.  This supports blocking and non-blocking buffered 
- *	socket I/O.
- */
-
-#if (!defined (WIN) || defined (LITTLEFOOT) || defined (WEBS))
-
-/********************************** Includes **********************************/
-
-#include	<errno.h>
-#include	<fcntl.h>
-#include	<string.h>
-#include	<stdlib.h>
-
-#ifdef UEMF
-	#include	"uemf.h"
-#else
-	#include	<socket.h>
-	#include	<types.h>
-	#include	<unistd.h>
-	#include	"emfInternal.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef VXWORKS
-	#include	<hostLib.h>
-#endif
-
-/************************************ Locals **********************************/
-
-extern socket_t		**socketList;			/* List of open sockets */
-extern int			socketMax;				/* Maximum size of socket */
-extern int			socketHighestFd;		/* Highest socket fd opened */
-static int			socketOpenCount = 0;	/* Number of task using sockets */
-
-/***************************** Forward Declarations ***************************/
-
-static void socketAccept(socket_t *sp);
-static int 	socketDoEvent(socket_t *sp);
-static int	tryAlternateConnect(int sock, struct sockaddr *sockaddr);
-
-/*********************************** Code *************************************/
-/*
- *	Open socket module
- */
-
-int socketOpen()
-{
-#if (defined (CE) || defined (WIN))
-    WSADATA 	wsaData;
-#endif
-
-	if (++socketOpenCount > 1) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-#if (defined (CE) || defined (WIN))
-	if (WSAStartup(MAKEWORD(1,1), &wsaData) != 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	if (wsaData.wVersion != MAKEWORD(1,1)) {
-		WSACleanup();
-		return -1;
-	}
-#endif
-
-	socketList = NULL;
-	socketMax = 0;
-	socketHighestFd = -1;
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Close the socket module, by closing all open connections
- */
-
-void socketClose()
-{
-	int		i;
-
-	if (--socketOpenCount <= 0) {
-		for (i = socketMax; i >= 0; i--) {
-			if (socketList && socketList[i]) {
-				socketCloseConnection(i);
-			}
-		}
-		socketOpenCount = 0;
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Open a client or server socket. Host is NULL if we want server capability.
- */
-
-int socketOpenConnection(char *host, int port, socketAccept_t accept, int flags)
-{
-#if (!defined (NO_GETHOSTBYNAME) && !defined (VXWORKS))
-	struct hostent		*hostent;					/* Host database entry */
-#endif /* ! (NO_GETHOSTBYNAME || VXWORKS) */
-	socket_t			*sp;
-	struct sockaddr_in	sockaddr;
-	int					sid, bcast, dgram, rc;
-
-	if (port > SOCKET_PORT_MAX) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-/*
- *	Allocate a socket structure
- */
-	if ((sid = socketAlloc(host, port, accept, flags)) < 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	sp = socketList[sid];
-	a_assert(sp);
-
-/*
- *	Create the socket address structure
- */
-	memset((char *) &sockaddr, '\0', sizeof(struct sockaddr_in));
-	sockaddr.sin_family = AF_INET;
-	sockaddr.sin_port = htons((short) (port & 0xFFFF));
-
-	if (host == NULL) {
-		sockaddr.sin_addr.s_addr = INADDR_ANY;
-	} else {
-		sockaddr.sin_addr.s_addr = inet_addr(host);
-		if (sockaddr.sin_addr.s_addr == INADDR_NONE) {
-/*
- *			If the OS does not support gethostbyname functionality, the macro:
- *			NO_GETHOSTBYNAME should be defined to skip the use of gethostbyname.
- *			Unfortunatly there is no easy way to recover, the following code
- *			simply uses the basicGetHost IP for the sockaddr.
- */
-
-#ifdef NO_GETHOSTBYNAME
-			if (strcmp(host, basicGetHost()) == 0) {
-				sockaddr.sin_addr.s_addr = inet_addr(basicGetAddress());
-			}
-			if (sockaddr.sin_addr.s_addr == INADDR_NONE) {
-				socketFree(sid);
-				return -1;
-			}
-#elif (defined (VXWORKS))
-			sockaddr.sin_addr.s_addr = (unsigned long) hostGetByName(host);
-			if (sockaddr.sin_addr.s_addr == NULL) {
-				errno = ENXIO;
-				socketFree(sid);
-				return -1;
-			}
-#else
-			hostent = gethostbyname(host);
-			if (hostent != NULL) {
-				memcpy((char *) &sockaddr.sin_addr, 
-					(char *) hostent->h_addr_list[0],
-					(size_t) hostent->h_length);
-			} else {
-				char	*asciiAddress;
-				char_t	*address;
-
-				address = basicGetAddress();
-				asciiAddress = ballocUniToAsc(address, gstrlen(address));
-				sockaddr.sin_addr.s_addr = inet_addr(asciiAddress);
-				bfree(B_L, asciiAddress);
-				if (sockaddr.sin_addr.s_addr == INADDR_NONE) {
-					errno = ENXIO;
-					socketFree(sid);
-					return -1;
-				}
-			}
-#endif /* (NO_GETHOSTBYNAME || VXWORKS) */
-		}
-	}
-
-	bcast = sp->flags & SOCKET_BROADCAST;
-	if (bcast) {
-		sp->flags |= SOCKET_DATAGRAM;
-	}
-	dgram = sp->flags & SOCKET_DATAGRAM;
-
-/*
- *	Create the socket. Support for datagram sockets. Set the close on
- *	exec flag so children don't inherit the socket.
- */
-	sp->sock = socket(AF_INET, dgram ? SOCK_DGRAM: SOCK_STREAM, 0);
-	if (sp->sock < 0) {
-		socketFree(sid);
-		return -1;
-	}
-#ifndef __NO_FCNTL
-	fcntl(sp->sock, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
-#endif
-	socketHighestFd = max(socketHighestFd, sp->sock);
-
-/*
- *	If broadcast, we need to turn on broadcast capability.
- */
-	if (bcast) {
-		int broadcastFlag = 1;
-		if (setsockopt(sp->sock, SOL_SOCKET, SO_BROADCAST,
-				(char *) &broadcastFlag, sizeof(broadcastFlag)) < 0) {
-			socketFree(sid);
-			return -1;
-		}
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Host is set if we are the client
- */
-	if (host) {
-/*
- *		Connect to the remote server in blocking mode, then go into 
- *		non-blocking mode if desired.
- */
-		if (!dgram) {
-			if (! (sp->flags & SOCKET_BLOCK)) {
-/*
- *				sockGen.c is only used for Windows products when blocking
- *				connects are expected.  This applies to FieldUpgrader
- *				agents and open source webserver connectws.  Therefore the
- *				asynchronous connect code here is not compiled.
- */
-#if (defined (WIN) || defined (CE)) && (!defined (LITTLEFOOT) && !defined (WEBS))
-				int flag;
-
-				sp->flags |= SOCKET_ASYNC;
-/*
- *				Set to non-blocking for an async connect
- */
-				flag = 1;
-				if (ioctlsocket(sp->sock, FIONBIO, &flag) == SOCKET_ERROR) {
-					socketFree(sid);
-					return -1;
-				}
-#else
-				socketSetBlock(sid, 1);
-#endif /* #if (WIN || CE) && !(LITTLEFOOT || WEBS) */
-
-			}
-			if ((rc = connect(sp->sock, (struct sockaddr *) &sockaddr,
-				sizeof(sockaddr))) < 0 && 
-				(rc = tryAlternateConnect(sp->sock,
-				(struct sockaddr *) &sockaddr)) < 0) {
-#if (defined (WIN) || defined (CE))
-				if (socketGetError() != EWOULDBLOCK) {
-					socketFree(sid);
-					return -1;
-				}
-#else
-				socketFree(sid);
-				return -1;
-
-#endif /* WIN || CE */
-
-			}
-		}
-	} else {
-/*
- *		Bind to the socket endpoint and the call listen() to start listening
- */
-		rc = 1;
-		setsockopt(sp->sock, SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR, (char *)&rc, sizeof(rc));
-		if (bind(sp->sock, (struct sockaddr *) &sockaddr, 
-				sizeof(sockaddr)) < 0) {
-			socketFree(sid);
-			return -1;
-		}
-
-		if (! dgram) {
-			if (listen(sp->sock, SOMAXCONN) < 0) {
-				socketFree(sid);
-				return -1;
-			}
-#ifndef UEMF
-			sp->fileHandle = emfCreateFileHandler(sp->sock, SOCKET_READABLE,
-				(emfFileProc *) socketAccept, (void *) sp);
-#else
-			sp->flags |= SOCKET_LISTENING;
-#endif
-		}
-		sp->handlerMask |= SOCKET_READABLE;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Set the blocking mode
- */
-
-	if (flags & SOCKET_BLOCK) {
-		socketSetBlock(sid, 1);
-	} else {
-		socketSetBlock(sid, 0);
-	}
-	return sid;
-}
-
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	If the connection failed, swap the first two bytes in the 
- *	sockaddr structure.  This is a kludge due to a change in
- *	VxWorks between versions 5.3 and 5.4, but we want the 
- *	product to run on either.
- */
-
-static int tryAlternateConnect(int sock, struct sockaddr *sockaddr)
-{
-#ifdef VXWORKS
-	char *ptr;
-
-	ptr = (char *)sockaddr;
-	*ptr = *(ptr+1);
-	*(ptr+1) = 0;
-	return connect(sock, sockaddr, sizeof(struct sockaddr));
-#else
-	return -1;
-#endif /* VXWORKS */
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Close a socket
- */
-
-void socketCloseConnection(int sid)
-{
-	socket_t	*sp;
-
-	if ((sp = socketPtr(sid)) == NULL) {
-		return;
-	}
-	socketFree(sid);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Accept a connection. Called as a callback on incoming connection.
- */
-
-static void socketAccept(socket_t *sp)
-{
-	struct sockaddr_in	addr;
-	socket_t 			*nsp;
-	size_t				len;
-	char				*pString;
-	int 				newSock, nid;
-
-
-#ifdef NW
-	NETINET_DEFINE_CONTEXT;
-#endif
-
-	a_assert(sp);
-
-/*
- *	Accept the connection and prevent inheriting by children (F_SETFD)
- */
-	len = sizeof(struct sockaddr_in);
-	if ((newSock = accept(sp->sock, (struct sockaddr *) &addr, (int *) &len)) < 0) {
-		return;
-	}
-#ifndef __NO_FCNTL
-	fcntl(newSock, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
-#endif
-	socketHighestFd = max(socketHighestFd, newSock);
-
-/*
- *	Create a socket structure and insert into the socket list
- */
-	nid = socketAlloc(sp->host, sp->port, sp->accept, sp->flags);
-	nsp = socketList[nid];
-	a_assert(nsp);
-	nsp->sock = newSock;
-	nsp->flags &= ~SOCKET_LISTENING;
-
-	if (nsp == NULL) {
-		return;
-	}
-/*
- *	Set the blocking mode before calling the accept callback.
- */
-
-	socketSetBlock(nid, (nsp->flags & SOCKET_BLOCK) ? 1: 0);
-/*
- *	Call the user accept callback. The user must call socketCreateHandler
- *	to register for further events of interest.
- */
-	if (sp->accept != NULL) {
-		pString = inet_ntoa(addr.sin_addr);
-		if ((sp->accept)(nid, pString, ntohs(addr.sin_port), sp->sid) < 0) {
-			socketFree(nid);
-		}
-#ifdef VXWORKS
-		free(pString);
-#endif
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get more input from the socket and return in buf.
- *	Returns 0 for EOF, -1 for errors and otherwise the number of bytes read.
- */
-
-int socketGetInput(int sid, char *buf, int toRead, int *errCode)
-{
-	struct sockaddr_in 	server;
-	socket_t			*sp;
-	int 				len, bytesRead;
-
-	a_assert(buf);
-	a_assert(errCode);
-
-	*errCode = 0;
-
-	if ((sp = socketPtr(sid)) == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	If we have previously seen an EOF condition, then just return
- */
-	if (sp->flags & SOCKET_EOF) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-#if ((defined (WIN) || defined (CE)) && (!defined (LITTLEFOOT) && !defined  (WEBS)))
-	if ( !(sp->flags & SOCKET_BLOCK)
-			&& ! socketWaitForEvent(sp,  FD_CONNECT, errCode)) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-#endif
-
-/*
- *	Read the data
- */
-	if (sp->flags & SOCKET_DATAGRAM) {
-		len = sizeof(server);
-		bytesRead = recvfrom(sp->sock, buf, toRead, 0,
-			(struct sockaddr *) &server, &len);
-	} else {
-		bytesRead = recv(sp->sock, buf, toRead, 0);
-	}
-   
-   /*
-    * BUG 01865 -- CPU utilization hangs on Windows. The original code used 
-    * the 'errno' global variable, which is not set by the winsock functions
-    * as it is under *nix platforms. We use the platform independent
-    * socketGetError() function instead, which does handle Windows correctly. 
-    * Other, *nix compatible platforms should work as well, since on those
-    * platforms, socketGetError() just returns the value of errno.
-    * Thanks to Jonathan Burgoyne for the fix.
-    */
-   if (bytesRead < 0) 
-   {
-      *errCode = socketGetError();
-      if (*errCode == ECONNRESET) 
-      {
-         sp->flags |= SOCKET_CONNRESET;
-         return 0;
-      }
-      return -1;
-   }
-	return bytesRead;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Process an event on the event queue
- */
-
-#ifndef UEMF
-
-static int socketEventProc(void *data, int mask)
-{
-	socket_t		*sp;
-	ringq_t			*rq;
-	int 			sid;
-
-	sid = (int) data;
-
-	a_assert(sid >= 0 && sid < socketMax);
-	a_assert(socketList[sid]);
-
-	if ((sp = socketPtr(sid)) == NULL) {
-		return 1;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	If now writable and flushing in the background, continue flushing
- */
-	if (mask & SOCKET_WRITABLE) {
-		if (sp->flags & SOCKET_FLUSHING) {
-			rq = &sp->outBuf;
-			if (ringqLen(rq) > 0) {
-				socketFlush(sp->sid);
-			} else {
-				sp->flags &= ~SOCKET_FLUSHING;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Now invoke the users socket handler. NOTE: the handler may delete the
- *	socket, so we must be very careful after calling the handler.
- */
-	if (sp->handler && (sp->handlerMask & mask)) {
-		(sp->handler)(sid, mask & sp->handlerMask, sp->handler_data);
-	}
-	if (socketList && sid < socketMax && socketList[sid] == sp) {
-		socketRegisterInterest(sp, sp->handlerMask);
-	}
-	return 1;
-}
-#endif /* ! UEMF */
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Define the events of interest
- */
-
-void socketRegisterInterest(socket_t *sp, int handlerMask)
-{
-	a_assert(sp);
-
-	sp->handlerMask = handlerMask;
-#ifndef UEMF
-	if (handlerMask) {
-		sp->fileHandle = emfCreateFileHandler(sp->sock, handlerMask,
-			(emfFileProc *) socketEventProc, (void *) sp->sid);
-	} else {
-		emfDeleteFileHandler(sp->fileHandle);
-		sp->fileHandle = -1;
-	}
-#endif /* ! UEMF */
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Wait until an event occurs on a socket. Return 1 on success, 0 on failure.
- *	or -1 on exception (UEMF only)
- */
-
-int socketWaitForEvent(socket_t *sp, int handlerMask, int *errCode)
-{
-	int	mask;
-
-	a_assert(sp);
-
-	mask = sp->handlerMask;
-	sp->handlerMask |= handlerMask;
-	while (socketSelect(sp->sid, 1000)) {
-		if (sp->currentEvents & (handlerMask | SOCKET_EXCEPTION)) {
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-	sp->handlerMask = mask;
-	if (sp->currentEvents & SOCKET_EXCEPTION) {
-		return -1;
-	} else if (sp->currentEvents & handlerMask) {
-		return 1;
-	}
-	if (errCode) {
-		*errCode = errno = EWOULDBLOCK;
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return TRUE if there is a socket with an event ready to process,
- */
-
-int socketReady(int sid)
-{
-	socket_t 	*sp;
-	int			all;
-
-	all = 0;
-	if (sid < 0) {
-		sid = 0;
-		all = 1;
-	}
-
-	for (; sid < socketMax; sid++) {
-		if ((sp = socketList[sid]) == NULL) {
-			if (! all) {
-				break;
-			} else {
-				continue;
-			}
-		} 
-		if (sp->flags & SOCKET_CONNRESET) {
-			socketCloseConnection(sid);
-			return 0;
-		}
-		if (sp->currentEvents & sp->handlerMask) {
-			return 1;
-		}
-/*
- *		If there is input data, also call select to test for new events
- */
-		if (sp->handlerMask & SOCKET_READABLE && socketInputBuffered(sid) > 0) {
-			socketSelect(sid, 0);
-			return 1;
-		}
-		if (! all) {
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- * 	Wait for a handle to become readable or writable and return a number of 
- *	noticed events. Timeout is in milliseconds.
- */
-
-#if (defined (WIN) || defined (CE) || defined (NW))
-
-int socketSelect(int sid, int timeout)
-{
-	struct timeval	tv;
-	socket_t		*sp;
-	fd_set		 	readFds, writeFds, exceptFds;
-	int 			nEvents;
-	int				all, socketHighestFd;	/* Highest socket fd opened */
-
-	FD_ZERO(&readFds);
-	FD_ZERO(&writeFds);
-	FD_ZERO(&exceptFds);
-	socketHighestFd = -1;
-
-	tv.tv_sec = timeout / 1000;
-	tv.tv_usec = (timeout % 1000) * 1000;
-
-/*
- *	Set the select event masks for events to watch
- */
-	all = nEvents = 0;
-
-	if (sid < 0) {
-		all++;
-		sid = 0;
-	}
-
-	for (; sid < socketMax; sid++) {
-		if ((sp = socketList[sid]) == NULL) {
-			continue;
-		}
-		a_assert(sp);
-/*
- * 		Set the appropriate bit in the ready masks for the sp->sock.
- */
-		if (sp->handlerMask & SOCKET_READABLE) {
-			FD_SET(sp->sock, &readFds);
-			nEvents++;
-			if (socketInputBuffered(sid) > 0) {
-				tv.tv_sec = 0;
-				tv.tv_usec = 0;
-			}
-		}
-		if (sp->handlerMask & SOCKET_WRITABLE) {
-			FD_SET(sp->sock, &writeFds);
-			nEvents++;
-		}
-		if (sp->handlerMask & SOCKET_EXCEPTION) {
-			FD_SET(sp->sock, &exceptFds);
-			nEvents++;
-		}
-		if (! all) {
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Windows select() fails if no descriptors are set, instead of just sleeping
- *	like other, nice select() calls. So, if WIN, sleep.
- */
-	if (nEvents == 0) {
-		Sleep(timeout);
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-/*
- * 	Wait for the event or a timeout.
- */
-	nEvents = select(socketHighestFd+1, &readFds, &writeFds, &exceptFds, &tv);
-
-	if (all) {
-		sid = 0;
-	}
-	for (; sid < socketMax; sid++) {
-		if ((sp = socketList[sid]) == NULL) {
-			continue;
-		}
-
-		if (FD_ISSET(sp->sock, &readFds) || socketInputBuffered(sid) > 0) {
-				sp->currentEvents |= SOCKET_READABLE;
-		}
-		if (FD_ISSET(sp->sock, &writeFds)) {
-				sp->currentEvents |= SOCKET_WRITABLE;
-		}
-		if (FD_ISSET(sp->sock, &exceptFds)) {
-				sp->currentEvents |= SOCKET_EXCEPTION;
-		}
-		if (! all) {
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return nEvents;
-}
-
-#else /* not WIN || CE || NW */
-
-int socketSelect(int sid, int timeout)
-{
-	socket_t		*sp;
-	struct timeval	tv;
-	fd_mask 		*readFds, *writeFds, *exceptFds;
-	int 			all, len, nwords, index, bit, nEvents;
-
-/*
- *	Allocate and zero the select masks
- */
-	nwords = (socketHighestFd + NFDBITS) / NFDBITS;
-	len = nwords * sizeof(int);
-
-	readFds = balloc(B_L, len);
-	memset(readFds, 0, len);
-	writeFds = balloc(B_L, len);
-	memset(writeFds, 0, len);
-	exceptFds = balloc(B_L, len);
-	memset(exceptFds, 0, len);
-
-	tv.tv_sec = timeout / 1000;
-	tv.tv_usec = (timeout % 1000) * 1000;
-
-/*
- *	Set the select event masks for events to watch
- */
-	all = nEvents = 0;
-
-	if (sid < 0) {
-		all++;
-		sid = 0;
-	}
-
-	for (; sid < socketMax; sid++) {
-		if ((sp = socketList[sid]) == NULL) {
-			if (all == 0) {
-				break;
-			} else {
-				continue;
-			}
-		}
-		a_assert(sp);
-
-/*
- * 		Initialize the ready masks and compute the mask offsets.
- */
-		index = sp->sock / (NBBY * sizeof(fd_mask));
-		bit = 1 << (sp->sock % (NBBY * sizeof(fd_mask)));
-		
-/*
- * 		Set the appropriate bit in the ready masks for the sp->sock.
- */
-		if (sp->handlerMask & SOCKET_READABLE) {
-			readFds[index] |= bit;
-			nEvents++;
-			if (socketInputBuffered(sid) > 0) {
-				tv.tv_sec = 0;
-				tv.tv_usec = 0;
-			}
-		}
-		if (sp->handlerMask & SOCKET_WRITABLE) {
-			writeFds[index] |= bit;
-			nEvents++;
-		}
-		if (sp->handlerMask & SOCKET_EXCEPTION) {
-			exceptFds[index] |= bit;
-			nEvents++;
-		}
-		if (! all) {
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-
-/*
- * 	Wait for the event or a timeout. Reset nEvents to be the number of actual
- *	events now.
- */
-	nEvents = select(socketHighestFd + 1, (fd_set *) readFds,
-		(fd_set *) writeFds, (fd_set *) exceptFds, &tv);
-
-	if (nEvents > 0) {
-		if (all) {
-			sid = 0;
-		}
-		for (; sid < socketMax; sid++) {
-			if ((sp = socketList[sid]) == NULL) {
-				if (all == 0) {
-					break;
-				} else {
-					continue;
-				}
-			}
-
-			index = sp->sock / (NBBY * sizeof(fd_mask));
-			bit = 1 << (sp->sock % (NBBY * sizeof(fd_mask)));
-
-			if (readFds[index] & bit || socketInputBuffered(sid) > 0) {
-				sp->currentEvents |= SOCKET_READABLE;
-			}
-			if (writeFds[index] & bit) {
-				sp->currentEvents |= SOCKET_WRITABLE;
-			}
-			if (exceptFds[index] & bit) {
-				sp->currentEvents |= SOCKET_EXCEPTION;
-			}
-			if (! all) {
-				break;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-	bfree(B_L, readFds);
-	bfree(B_L, writeFds);
-	bfree(B_L, exceptFds);
-
-	return nEvents;
-}
-#endif /* WIN || CE */
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Process socket events
- */
-
-void socketProcess(int sid)
-{
-	socket_t	*sp;
-	int			all;
-
-	all = 0;
-	if (sid < 0) {
-		all = 1;
-		sid = 0;
-	}
-/*
- * 	Process each socket
- */
-	for (; sid < socketMax; sid++) {
-		if ((sp = socketList[sid]) == NULL) {
-			if (! all) {
-				break;
-			} else {
-				continue;
-			}
-		}
-		if (socketReady(sid)) {
-			socketDoEvent(sp);
-		}
-		if (! all) {
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Process an event on the event queue
- */
-
-static int socketDoEvent(socket_t *sp)
-{
-	ringq_t		*rq;
-	int 		sid;
-
-	a_assert(sp);
-
-	sid = sp->sid;
-	if (sp->currentEvents & SOCKET_READABLE) {
-		if (sp->flags & SOCKET_LISTENING) { 
-			socketAccept(sp);
-			sp->currentEvents = 0;
-			return 1;
-		} 
-
-	} else {
-/*
- *		If there is still read data in the buffers, trigger the read handler
- *		NOTE: this may busy spin if the read handler doesn't read the data
- */
-		if (sp->handlerMask & SOCKET_READABLE && socketInputBuffered(sid) > 0) {
-			sp->currentEvents |= SOCKET_READABLE;
-		}
-	}
-
-
-/*
- *	If now writable and flushing in the background, continue flushing
- */
-	if (sp->currentEvents & SOCKET_WRITABLE) {
-		if (sp->flags & SOCKET_FLUSHING) {
-			rq = &sp->outBuf;
-			if (ringqLen(rq) > 0) {
-				socketFlush(sp->sid);
-			} else {
-				sp->flags &= ~SOCKET_FLUSHING;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Now invoke the users socket handler. NOTE: the handler may delete the
- *	socket, so we must be very careful after calling the handler.
- */
-	if (sp->handler && (sp->handlerMask & sp->currentEvents)) {
-		(sp->handler)(sid, sp->handlerMask & sp->currentEvents, 
-			sp->handler_data);
-/*
- *		Make sure socket pointer is still valid, then reset the currentEvents.
- */ 
-		if (socketList && sid < socketMax && socketList[sid] == sp) {
-			sp->currentEvents = 0;
-		}
-	}
-	return 1;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Set the socket blocking mode
- */
-
-int socketSetBlock(int sid, int on)
-{
-	socket_t		*sp;
-	unsigned long	flag;
-	int				iflag;
-	int				oldBlock;
-
-	flag = iflag = !on;
-
-	if ((sp = socketPtr(sid)) == NULL) {
-		a_assert(0);
-		return 0;
-	}
-	oldBlock = (sp->flags & SOCKET_BLOCK);
-	sp->flags &= ~(SOCKET_BLOCK);
-	if (on) {
-		sp->flags |= SOCKET_BLOCK;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Put the socket into block / non-blocking mode
- */
-	if (sp->flags & SOCKET_BLOCK) {
-#if (defined (CE) || defined (WIN))
-		ioctlsocket(sp->sock, FIONBIO, &flag);
-#elif (defined (ECOS))
-		int off;
-		off = 0;
-		ioctl(sp->sock, FIONBIO, &off);
-#elif (defined (VXWORKS) || defined (NW))
-		ioctl(sp->sock, FIONBIO, (int)&iflag);
-#else
-		fcntl(sp->sock, F_SETFL, fcntl(sp->sock, F_GETFL) & ~O_NONBLOCK);
-#endif
-
-	} else {
-#if (defined (CE) || defined (WIN))
-		ioctlsocket(sp->sock, FIONBIO, &flag);
-#elif (defined (ECOS))
-		int on;
-		on = 1;
-		ioctl(sp->sock, FIONBIO, &on);
-#elif (defined (VXWORKS) || defined (NW))
-		ioctl(sp->sock, FIONBIO, (int)&iflag);
-#else
-		fcntl(sp->sock, F_SETFL, fcntl(sp->sock, F_GETFL) | O_NONBLOCK);
-#endif
-	}
-	return oldBlock;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return true if a readable socket has buffered data. - not public
- */
-
-int socketDontBlock()
-{
-	socket_t	*sp;
-	int			i;
-
-	for (i = 0; i < socketMax; i++) {
-		if ((sp = socketList[i]) == NULL || 
-				(sp->handlerMask & SOCKET_READABLE) == 0) {
-			continue;
-		}
-		if (socketInputBuffered(i) > 0) {
-			return 1;
-		}
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return true if a particular socket buffered data. - not public
- */
-
-int socketSockBuffered(int sock)
-{
-	socket_t	*sp;
-	int			i;
-
-	for (i = 0; i < socketMax; i++) {
-		if ((sp = socketList[i]) == NULL || sp->sock != sock) {
-			continue;
-		}
-		return socketInputBuffered(i);
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-#endif /* (!WIN) | LITTLEFOOT | WEBS */
-
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/socket.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/socket.c
deleted file mode 100644
index bca64741d5..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/socket.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1023 +0,0 @@
-
-/*
- *	sockGen.c -- Posix Socket support module for general posix use
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- */
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-
-/*
- *	Posix Socket Module.  This supports blocking and non-blocking buffered 
- *	socket I/O.
- */
-
-#if (!WIN) || LITTLEFOOT || WEBS
-
-/********************************** Includes **********************************/
-
-#include	<string.h>
-#include	<stdlib.h>
-
-#if UEMF
-	#include	"uemf.h"
-#else
-	#include	<socket.h>
-	#include	<types.h>
-	#include	<unistd.h>
-	#include	"emfInternal.h"
-#endif
-
-#if VXWORKS
-	#include	<hostLib.h>
-#endif
-
-#if __rtems__
-	#include	<sys/select.h>
-#endif
-
-/************************************ Locals **********************************/
-
-extern socket_t		**socketList;			/* List of open sockets */
-extern int			socketMax;				/* Maximum size of socket */
-extern int			socketHighestFd;		/* Highest socket fd opened */
-static int			socketOpenCount = 0;	/* Number of task using sockets */
-
-/***************************** Forward Declarations ***************************/
-
-static void socketAccept(socket_t *sp);
-static int 	socketDoEvent(socket_t *sp);
-static int	tryAlternateConnect(int sock, struct sockaddr *sockaddr);
-
-/*********************************** Code *************************************/
-/*
- *	Open socket module
- */
-
-int socketOpen()
-{
-#if CE || WIN
-    WSADATA 	wsaData;
-#endif
-
-	if (++socketOpenCount > 1) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-#if CE || WIN
-	if (WSAStartup(MAKEWORD(1,1), &wsaData) != 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	if (wsaData.wVersion != MAKEWORD(1,1)) {
-		WSACleanup();
-		return -1;
-	}
-#endif
-	socketList = NULL;
-	socketMax = 0;
-	socketHighestFd = -1;
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Close the socket module, by closing all open connections
- */
-
-void socketClose()
-{
-	int		i;
-
-	if (--socketOpenCount <= 0) {
-		for (i = socketMax; i >= 0; i--) {
-			if (socketList && socketList[i]) {
-				socketCloseConnection(i);
-			}
-		}
-		socketOpenCount = 0;
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Open a client or server socket. Host is NULL if we want server capability.
- */
-
-int socketOpenConnection(char *host, int port, socketAccept_t accept, int flags)
-{
-#if ! (NO_GETHOSTBYNAME || VXWORKS)
-	struct hostent		*hostent;					/* Host database entry */
-#endif /* ! (NO_GETHOSTBYNAME || VXWORKS) */
-	socket_t			*sp;
-	struct sockaddr_in	sockaddr;
-	int					sid, bcast, dgram, rc;
-
-	if (port > SOCKET_PORT_MAX) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-/*
- *	Allocate a socket structure
- */
-	if ((sid = socketAlloc(host, port, accept, flags)) < 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	sp = socketList[sid];
-	a_assert(sp);
-
-/*
- *	Create the socket address structure
- */
-	memset((char *) &sockaddr, '\0', sizeof(struct sockaddr_in));
-	sockaddr.sin_family = AF_INET;
-	sockaddr.sin_port = htons((short) (port & 0xFFFF));
-
-	if (host == NULL) {
-		sockaddr.sin_addr.s_addr = INADDR_ANY;
-	} else {
-		sockaddr.sin_addr.s_addr = inet_addr(host);
-		if (sockaddr.sin_addr.s_addr == INADDR_NONE) {
-/*
- *			If the OS does not support gethostbyname functionality, the macro:
- *			NO_GETHOSTBYNAME should be defined to skip the use of gethostbyname.
- *			Unfortunatly there is no easy way to recover, the following code
- *			simply uses the basicGetHost IP for the sockaddr.
- */
-
-#if NO_GETHOSTBYNAME
-			if (strcmp(host, basicGetHost()) == 0) {
-				sockaddr.sin_addr.s_addr = inet_addr(basicGetAddress());
-			}
-			if (sockaddr.sin_addr.s_addr == INADDR_NONE) {
-				socketFree(sid);
-				return -1;
-			}
-#elif VXWORKS
-			sockaddr.sin_addr.s_addr = (unsigned long) hostGetByName(host);
-			if (sockaddr.sin_addr.s_addr == NULL) {
-				errno = ENXIO;
-				socketFree(sid);
-				return -1;
-			}
-#else
-			hostent = gethostbyname(host);
-			if (hostent != NULL) {
-				memcpy((char *) &sockaddr.sin_addr, 
-					(char *) hostent->h_addr_list[0],
-					(size_t) hostent->h_length);
-			} else {
-				char	*asciiAddress;
-				char_t	*address;
-
-				address = basicGetAddress();
-				asciiAddress = ballocUniToAsc(address, gstrlen(address));
-				sockaddr.sin_addr.s_addr = inet_addr(asciiAddress);
-				bfree(B_L, asciiAddress);
-				if (sockaddr.sin_addr.s_addr == INADDR_NONE) {
-					errno = ENXIO;
-					socketFree(sid);
-					return -1;
-				}
-			}
-#endif /* (NO_GETHOSTBYNAME || VXWORKS) */
-		}
-	}
-
-	bcast = sp->flags & SOCKET_BROADCAST;
-	if (bcast) {
-		sp->flags |= SOCKET_DATAGRAM;
-	}
-	dgram = sp->flags & SOCKET_DATAGRAM;
-
-/*
- *	Create the socket. Support for datagram sockets. Set the close on
- *	exec flag so children don't inherit the socket.
- */
-	sp->sock = socket(AF_INET, dgram ? SOCK_DGRAM: SOCK_STREAM, 0);
-	if (sp->sock < 0) {
-		socketFree(sid);
-		return -1;
-	}
-#ifndef __NO_FCNTL
-	fcntl(sp->sock, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
-#endif
-	socketHighestFd = max(socketHighestFd, sp->sock);
-
-/*
- *	If broadcast, we need to turn on broadcast capability.
- */
-	if (bcast) {
-		int broadcastFlag = 1;
-		if (setsockopt(sp->sock, SOL_SOCKET, SO_BROADCAST,
-				(char *) &broadcastFlag, sizeof(broadcastFlag)) < 0) {
-			socketFree(sid);
-			return -1;
-		}
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Host is set if we are the client
- */
-	if (host) {
-/*
- *		Connect to the remote server in blocking mode, then go into 
- *		non-blocking mode if desired.
- */
-		if (!dgram) {
-			if (! (sp->flags & SOCKET_BLOCK)) {
-/*
- *				sockGen.c is only used for Windows products when blocking
- *				connects are expected.  This applies to FieldUpgrader
- *				agents and open source webserver connectws.  Therefore the
- *				asynchronous connect code here is not compiled.
- */
-#if (WIN || CE) && !(LITTLEFOOT || WEBS)
-				int flag;
-
-				sp->flags |= SOCKET_ASYNC;
-/*
- *				Set to non-blocking for an async connect
- */
-				flag = 1;
-				if (ioctlsocket(sp->sock, FIONBIO, &flag) == SOCKET_ERROR) {
-					socketFree(sid);
-					return -1;
-				}
-#else
-				socketSetBlock(sid, 1);
-#endif /* #if (WIN || CE) && !(LITTLEFOOT || WEBS) */
-
-			}
-			if ((rc = connect(sp->sock, (struct sockaddr *) &sockaddr,
-				sizeof(sockaddr))) < 0 && 
-				(rc = tryAlternateConnect(sp->sock,
-				(struct sockaddr *) &sockaddr)) < 0) {
-#if WIN || CE
-				if (socketGetError() != EWOULDBLOCK) {
-					socketFree(sid);
-					return -1;
-				}
-#else
-				socketFree(sid);
-				return -1;
-
-#endif /* WIN || CE */
-
-			}
-		}
-	} else {
-/*
- *		Bind to the socket endpoint and the call listen() to start listening
- */
-		rc = 1;
-		setsockopt(sp->sock, SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR, (char *)&rc, sizeof(rc));
-		if (bind(sp->sock, (struct sockaddr *) &sockaddr, 
-				sizeof(sockaddr)) < 0) {
-			socketFree(sid);
-			return -1;
-		}
-
-		if (! dgram) {
-			if (listen(sp->sock, SOMAXCONN) < 0) {
-				socketFree(sid);
-				return -1;
-			}
-#if !UEMF
-			sp->fileHandle = emfCreateFileHandler(sp->sock, SOCKET_READABLE,
-				(emfFileProc *) socketAccept, (void *) sp);
-#else
-			sp->flags |= SOCKET_LISTENING;
-#endif
-		}
-		sp->handlerMask |= SOCKET_READABLE;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Set the blocking mode
- */
-
-	if (flags & SOCKET_BLOCK) {
-		socketSetBlock(sid, 1);
-	} else {
-		socketSetBlock(sid, 0);
-	}
-	return sid;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	If the connection failed, swap the first two bytes in the 
- *	sockaddr structure.  This is a kludge due to a change in
- *	VxWorks between versions 5.3 and 5.4, but we want the 
- *	product to run on either.
- */
-
-static int tryAlternateConnect(int sock, struct sockaddr *sockaddr)
-{
-#if VXWORKS
-	char *ptr;
-
-	ptr = (char *)sockaddr;
-	*ptr = *(ptr+1);
-	*(ptr+1) = 0;
-	return connect(sock, sockaddr, sizeof(struct sockaddr));
-#else
-	return -1;
-#endif /* VXWORKS */
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Close a socket
- */
-
-void socketCloseConnection(int sid)
-{
-	socket_t	*sp;
-
-	if ((sp = socketPtr(sid)) == NULL) {
-		return;
-	}
-	socketFree(sid);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Accept a connection. Called as a callback on incoming connection.
- */
-
-static void socketAccept(socket_t *sp)
-{
-	union {
-	  struct sockaddr	addr;
-	  struct sockaddr_in	addr_in;
-        } overlay;
-	struct sockaddr_in	*addr;
-	socket_t 			*nsp;
-	int				len;
-	char				*pString;
-	int 				newSock, nid;
-
-	a_assert(sp);
-	addr = &overlay.addr_in;
-
-/*
- *	Accept the connection and prevent inheriting by children (F_SETFD)
- */
-	len = sizeof(struct sockaddr_in);
-	if ((newSock = accept(sp->sock, &overlay.addr, &len)) < 0) {
-		return;
-	}
-#ifndef __NO_FCNTL
-	fcntl(newSock, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
-#endif
-	socketHighestFd = max(socketHighestFd, newSock);
-
-/*
- *	Create a socket structure and insert into the socket list
- */
-	nid = socketAlloc(sp->host, sp->port, sp->accept, sp->flags);
-	nsp = socketList[nid];
-	a_assert(nsp);
-	nsp->sock = newSock;
-	nsp->flags &= ~SOCKET_LISTENING;
-
-	if (nsp == NULL) {
-		return;
-	}
-/*
- *	Set the blocking mode before calling the accept callback.
- */
-
-	socketSetBlock(nid, (nsp->flags & SOCKET_BLOCK) ? 1: 0);
-/*
- *	Call the user accept callback. The user must call socketCreateHandler
- *	to register for further events of interest.
- */
-	if (sp->accept != NULL) {
-		pString = inet_ntoa(addr->sin_addr);
-		if ((sp->accept)(nid, pString, ntohs(addr->sin_port), sp->sid) < 0) {
-			socketFree(nid);
-		}
-#if VXWORKS
-		free(pString);
-#endif
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get more input from the socket and return in buf.
- *	Returns 0 for EOF, -1 for errors and otherwise the number of bytes read.
- */
-
-int socketGetInput(int sid, char *buf, int toRead, int *errCode)
-{
-	struct sockaddr_in 	server;
-	socket_t			*sp;
-	int 				len, bytesRead;
-
-	a_assert(buf);
-	a_assert(errCode);
-
-	*errCode = 0;
-
-	if ((sp = socketPtr(sid)) == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	If we have previously seen an EOF condition, then just return
- */
-	if (sp->flags & SOCKET_EOF) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-#if (WIN || CE) && !(LITTLEFOOT || WEBS)
-	if ( !(sp->flags & SOCKET_BLOCK)
-			&& ! socketWaitForEvent(sp,  FD_CONNECT, errCode)) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-#endif
-
-/*
- *	Read the data
- */
-	if (sp->flags & SOCKET_DATAGRAM) {
-		len = sizeof(server);
-		bytesRead = recvfrom(sp->sock, buf, toRead, 0,
-			(struct sockaddr *) &server, &len);
-	} else {
-		bytesRead = recv(sp->sock, buf, toRead, 0);
-	}
-	if (bytesRead < 0) {
-		if (errno == ECONNRESET) {
-			return 0;
-		}
-		*errCode = socketGetError();
-		return -1;
-	}
-	return bytesRead;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Process an event on the event queue
- */
-
-#ifndef UEMF
-
-static int socketEventProc(void *data, int mask)
-{
-	socket_t		*sp;
-	ringq_t			*rq;
-	int 			sid;
-
-	sid = (int) data;
-
-	a_assert(sid >= 0 && sid < socketMax);
-	a_assert(socketList[sid]);
-
-	if ((sp = socketPtr(sid)) == NULL) {
-		return 1;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	If now writable and flushing in the background, continue flushing
- */
-	if (mask & SOCKET_WRITABLE) {
-		if (sp->flags & SOCKET_FLUSHING) {
-			rq = &sp->outBuf;
-			if (ringqLen(rq) > 0) {
-				socketFlush(sp->sid);
-			} else {
-				sp->flags &= ~SOCKET_FLUSHING;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Now invoke the users socket handler. NOTE: the handler may delete the
- *	socket, so we must be very careful after calling the handler.
- */
-	if (sp->handler && (sp->handlerMask & mask)) {
-		(sp->handler)(sid, mask & sp->handlerMask, sp->handler_data);
-	}
-	if (socketList && sid < socketMax && socketList[sid] == sp) {
-		socketRegisterInterest(sp, sp->handlerMask);
-	}
-	return 1;
-}
-#endif /* ! UEMF */
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Define the events of interest
- */
-
-void socketRegisterInterest(socket_t *sp, int handlerMask)
-{
-	a_assert(sp);
-
-	sp->handlerMask = handlerMask;
-#if !UEMF
-	if (handlerMask) {
-		sp->fileHandle = emfCreateFileHandler(sp->sock, handlerMask,
-			(emfFileProc *) socketEventProc, (void *) sp->sid);
-	} else {
-		emfDeleteFileHandler(sp->fileHandle);
-	}
-#endif /* ! UEMF */
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Wait until an event occurs on a socket. Return 1 on success, 0 on failure.
- *	or -1 on exception (UEMF only)
- */
-
-int socketWaitForEvent(socket_t *sp, int handlerMask, int *errCode)
-{
-	int	mask;
-
-	a_assert(sp);
-
-	mask = sp->handlerMask;
-	sp->handlerMask |= handlerMask;
-	while (socketSelect(sp->sid, 1000)) {
-		if (sp->currentEvents & (handlerMask | SOCKET_EXCEPTION)) {
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-	sp->handlerMask = mask;
-	if (sp->currentEvents & SOCKET_EXCEPTION) {
-		return -1;
-	} else if (sp->currentEvents & handlerMask) {
-		return 1;
-	}
-	if (errCode) {
-		*errCode = errno = EWOULDBLOCK;
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return TRUE if there is a socket with an event ready to process,
- */
-
-int socketReady(int sid)
-{
-	socket_t 	*sp;
-	int			all;
-
-	all = 0;
-	if (sid < 0) {
-		sid = 0;
-		all = 1;
-	}
-
-	for (; sid < socketMax; sid++) {
-		if ((sp = socketList[sid]) == NULL) {
-			if (! all) {
-				break;
-			} else {
-				continue;
-			}
-		} 
-		if (sp->currentEvents & sp->handlerMask) {
-			return 1;
-		}
-/*
- *		If there is input data, also call select to test for new events
- */
-		if (sp->handlerMask & SOCKET_READABLE && socketInputBuffered(sid)) {
-			socketSelect(sid, 0);
-			return 1;
-		}
-		if (! all) {
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- * 	Wait for a handle to become readable or writable and return a number of 
- *	noticed events. Timeout is in milliseconds.
- */
-
-#if WIN || CE
-
-int socketSelect(int sid, int timeout)
-{
-	struct timeval	tv;
-	socket_t		*sp;
-	fd_set		 	readFds, writeFds, exceptFds;
-	int 			nEvents;
-	int				all, socketHighestFd;	/* Highest socket fd opened */
-
-	FD_ZERO(&readFds);
-	FD_ZERO(&writeFds);
-	FD_ZERO(&exceptFds);
-	socketHighestFd = -1;
-
-	tv.tv_sec = timeout / 1000;
-	tv.tv_usec = (timeout % 1000) * 1000;
-
-/*
- *	Set the select event masks for events to watch
- */
-	all = nEvents = 0;
-
-	if (sid < 0) {
-		all++;
-		sid = 0;
-	}
-
-	for (; sid < socketMax; sid++) {
-		if ((sp = socketList[sid]) == NULL) {
-			continue;
-		}
-		a_assert(sp);
-/*
- * 		Set the appropriate bit in the ready masks for the sp->sock.
- */
-		if (sp->handlerMask & SOCKET_READABLE) {
-			FD_SET(sp->sock, &readFds);
-			nEvents++;
-			if (socketInputBuffered(sid) > 0) {
-				tv.tv_sec = 0;
-				tv.tv_usec = 0;
-			}
-		}
-		if (sp->handlerMask & SOCKET_WRITABLE) {
-			FD_SET(sp->sock, &writeFds);
-			nEvents++;
-		}
-		if (sp->handlerMask & SOCKET_EXCEPTION) {
-			FD_SET(sp->sock, &exceptFds);
-			nEvents++;
-		}
-		if (! all) {
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Windows select() fails if no descriptors are set, instead of just sleeping
- *	like other, nice select() calls. So, if WIN, sleep.
- */
-	if (nEvents == 0) {
-		Sleep(timeout);
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-/*
- * 	Wait for the event or a timeout.
- */
-	nEvents = select(socketHighestFd+1, &readFds, &writeFds, &exceptFds, &tv);
-
-	if (all) {
-		sid = 0;
-	}
-	for (; sid < socketMax; sid++) {
-		if ((sp = socketList[sid]) == NULL) {
-			continue;
-		}
-
-		if (FD_ISSET(sp->sock, &readFds) || socketInputBuffered(sid) > 0) {
-				sp->currentEvents |= SOCKET_READABLE;
-		}
-		if (FD_ISSET(sp->sock, &writeFds)) {
-				sp->currentEvents |= SOCKET_WRITABLE;
-		}
-		if (FD_ISSET(sp->sock, &exceptFds)) {
-				sp->currentEvents |= SOCKET_EXCEPTION;
-		}
-		if (! all) {
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return nEvents;
-}
-
-#else /* not WIN || CE */
-
-int socketSelect(int sid, int timeout)
-{
-	socket_t		*sp;
-	struct timeval	tv;
-	fd_mask 		*readFds, *writeFds, *exceptFds;
-	int 			all, len, nwords, index, bit, nEvents;
-
-/*
- *	Allocate and zero the select masks
- */
-	nwords = (socketHighestFd + NFDBITS) / NFDBITS;
-	len = nwords * sizeof(int);
-
-	readFds = balloc(B_L, len);
-	memset(readFds, 0, len);
-	writeFds = balloc(B_L, len);
-	memset(writeFds, 0, len);
-	exceptFds = balloc(B_L, len);
-	memset(exceptFds, 0, len);
-
-	tv.tv_sec = timeout / 1000;
-	tv.tv_usec = (timeout % 1000) * 1000;
-
-/*
- *	Set the select event masks for events to watch
- */
-	all = nEvents = 0;
-
-	if (sid < 0) {
-		all++;
-		sid = 0;
-	}
-
-	for (; sid < socketMax; sid++) {
-		if ((sp = socketList[sid]) == NULL) {
-			if (all == 0) {
-				break;
-			} else {
-				continue;
-			}
-		}
-		a_assert(sp);
-
-/*
- * 		Initialize the ready masks and compute the mask offsets.
- */
-		index = sp->sock / (NBBY * sizeof(fd_mask));
-		bit = 1 << (sp->sock % (NBBY * sizeof(fd_mask)));
-		
-/*
- * 		Set the appropriate bit in the ready masks for the sp->sock.
- */
-		if (sp->handlerMask & SOCKET_READABLE) {
-			readFds[index] |= bit;
-			nEvents++;
-			if (socketInputBuffered(sid) > 0) {
-				tv.tv_sec = 0;
-				tv.tv_usec = 0;
-			}
-		}
-		if (sp->handlerMask & SOCKET_WRITABLE) {
-			writeFds[index] |= bit;
-			nEvents++;
-		}
-		if (sp->handlerMask & SOCKET_EXCEPTION) {
-			exceptFds[index] |= bit;
-			nEvents++;
-		}
-		if (! all) {
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-
-/*
- * 	Wait for the event or a timeout. Reset nEvents to be the number of actual
- *	events now.
- */
-	nEvents = select(socketHighestFd + 1, (fd_set *) readFds,
-		(fd_set *) writeFds, (fd_set *) exceptFds, &tv);
-
-	if (nEvents > 0) {
-		if (all) {
-			sid = 0;
-		}
-		for (; sid < socketMax; sid++) {
-			if ((sp = socketList[sid]) == NULL) {
-				if (all == 0) {
-					break;
-				} else {
-					continue;
-				}
-			}
-
-			index = sp->sock / (NBBY * sizeof(fd_mask));
-			bit = 1 << (sp->sock % (NBBY * sizeof(fd_mask)));
-
-			if (readFds[index] & bit || socketInputBuffered(sid) > 0) {
-				sp->currentEvents |= SOCKET_READABLE;
-			}
-			if (writeFds[index] & bit) {
-				sp->currentEvents |= SOCKET_WRITABLE;
-			}
-			if (exceptFds[index] & bit) {
-				sp->currentEvents |= SOCKET_EXCEPTION;
-			}
-			if (! all) {
-				break;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-	bfree(B_L, readFds);
-	bfree(B_L, writeFds);
-	bfree(B_L, exceptFds);
-
-	return nEvents;
-}
-#endif /* WIN || CE */
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Process socket events
- */
-
-void socketProcess(int sid)
-{
-	socket_t	*sp;
-	int			all;
-
-	all = 0;
-	if (sid < 0) {
-		all = 1;
-		sid = 0;
-	}
-/*
- * 	Process each socket
- */
-	for (; sid < socketMax; sid++) {
-		if ((sp = socketList[sid]) == NULL) {
-			if (! all) {
-				break;
-			} else {
-				continue;
-			}
-		}
-		if (socketReady(sid)) {
-			socketDoEvent(sp);
-		}
-		if (! all) {
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Process an event on the event queue
- */
-
-static int socketDoEvent(socket_t *sp)
-{
-	ringq_t	*rq;
-	int 	sid;
-
-	a_assert(sp);
-
-    sid = sp->sid;
-	if (sp->currentEvents & SOCKET_READABLE) {
-		if (sp->flags & SOCKET_LISTENING) { 
-			socketAccept(sp);
-			sp->currentEvents = 0;
-			return 1;
-		} 
-
-	} else {
-/*
- *		If there is still read data in the buffers, trigger the read handler
- *		NOTE: this may busy spin if the read handler doesn't read the data
- */
-		if (sp->handlerMask & SOCKET_READABLE && socketInputBuffered(sid)) {
-			sp->currentEvents |= SOCKET_READABLE;
-		}
-	}
-
-
-/*
- *	If now writable and flushing in the background, continue flushing
- */
-	if (sp->currentEvents & SOCKET_WRITABLE) {
-		if (sp->flags & SOCKET_FLUSHING) {
-			rq = &sp->outBuf;
-			if (ringqLen(rq) > 0) {
-				socketFlush(sp->sid);
-			} else {
-				sp->flags &= ~SOCKET_FLUSHING;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Now invoke the users socket handler. NOTE: the handler may delete the
- *	socket, so we must be very careful after calling the handler.
- */
-	if (sp->handler && (sp->handlerMask & sp->currentEvents)) {
-		(sp->handler)(sid, sp->handlerMask & sp->currentEvents, 
-			sp->handler_data);
-/*
- *		Make sure socket pointer is still valid, then reset the currentEvents.
- */ 
-		if (socketList && sid < socketMax && socketList[sid] == sp) {
-			sp->currentEvents = 0;
-		}
-	}
-	return 1;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Set the socket blocking mode
- */
-
-int socketSetBlock(int sid, int on)
-{
-	socket_t		*sp;
-	unsigned long	flag;
-	int				iflag;
-	int				oldBlock;
-
-	flag = iflag = !on;
-
-	if ((sp = socketPtr(sid)) == NULL) {
-		a_assert(0);
-		return 0;
-	}
-	oldBlock = (sp->flags & SOCKET_BLOCK);
-	sp->flags &= ~(SOCKET_BLOCK);
-	if (on) {
-		sp->flags |= SOCKET_BLOCK;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Put the socket into block / non-blocking mode
- */
-	if (sp->flags & SOCKET_BLOCK) {
-#if CE || WIN
-		ioctlsocket(sp->sock, FIONBIO, &flag);
-#elif ECOS
-		int off;
-		off = 0;
-		ioctl(sp->sock, FIONBIO, &off);
-#elif VXWORKS
-		ioctl(sp->sock, FIONBIO, (int)&iflag);
-#else
-		fcntl(sp->sock, F_SETFL, fcntl(sp->sock, F_GETFL) & ~O_NONBLOCK);
-#endif
-
-	} else {
-#if CE || WIN
-		ioctlsocket(sp->sock, FIONBIO, &flag);
-#elif ECOS
-		int on;
-		on = 1;
-		ioctl(sp->sock, FIONBIO, &on);
-#elif VXWORKS
-		ioctl(sp->sock, FIONBIO, (int)&iflag);
-#else
-		fcntl(sp->sock, F_SETFL, fcntl(sp->sock, F_GETFL) | O_NONBLOCK);
-#endif
-	}
-	return oldBlock;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return true if a readable socket has buffered data. - not public
- */
-
-int socketDontBlock()
-{
-	socket_t	*sp;
-	int			i;
-
-	for (i = 0; i < socketMax; i++) {
-		if ((sp = socketList[i]) == NULL || 
-				(sp->handlerMask & SOCKET_READABLE) == 0) {
-			continue;
-		}
-		if (socketInputBuffered(i) > 0) {
-			return 1;
-		}
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return true if a particular socket buffered data. - not public
- */
-
-int socketSockBuffered(int sock)
-{
-	socket_t	*sp;
-	int			i;
-
-	for (i = 0; i < socketMax; i++) {
-		if ((sp = socketList[i]) == NULL || sp->sock != sock) {
-			continue;
-		}
-		return socketInputBuffered(i);
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-#endif /* (!WIN) | LITTLEFOOT | WEBS */
-
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/sym.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/sym.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 3df45e86d7..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/sym.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,474 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * sym.c -- Symbol Table module
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * See the file "license.txt" for usage and redistribution license requirements
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-/*
- *	This module implements a highly efficient generic symbol table with
- *	update and access routines. Symbols are simple character strings and
- *	the values they take can be flexible types as defined by value_t.
- *	This modules allows multiple symbol tables to be created.
- */
-
-/********************************* Includes ***********************************/
-
-#ifdef UEMF
-	#include	"uemf.h"
-#else
-	#include	"basic/basicInternal.h"
-#endif
-
-/********************************* Defines ************************************/
-
-typedef struct {						/* Symbol table descriptor */
-	int		inuse;						/* Is this entry in use */
-	int		hash_size;					/* Size of the table below */
-	sym_t	**hash_table;				/* Allocated at run time */
-} sym_tabent_t;
-
-/********************************* Globals ************************************/
-
-static sym_tabent_t	**sym;				/* List of symbol tables */
-static int			symMax;				/* One past the max symbol table */
-static int			symOpenCount = 0;	/* Count of apps using sym */
-
-static int			htIndex;			/* Current location in table */
-static sym_t*		next;				/* Next symbol in iteration */
-
-/**************************** Forward Declarations ****************************/
-
-static int		hashIndex(sym_tabent_t *tp, char_t *name);
-static sym_t	*hash(sym_tabent_t *tp, char_t *name);
-static int		calcPrime(int size);
-
-/*********************************** Code *************************************/
-/*
- *	Open the symbol table subSystem.
- */
-
-int symSubOpen()
-{
-	if (++symOpenCount == 1) {
-		symMax = 0;
-		sym = NULL;
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Close the symbol table subSystem.
- */
-
-void symSubClose()
-{
-	if (--symOpenCount <= 0) {
-		symOpenCount = 0;
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Create a symbol table.
- */
-
-sym_fd_t symOpen(int hash_size)
-{
-	sym_fd_t		sd;
-	sym_tabent_t	*tp;
-
-	a_assert(hash_size > 2);
-
-/*
- *	Create a new handle for this symbol table
- */
-	if ((sd = hAlloc((void*) &sym)) < 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Create a new symbol table structure and zero
- */
-	if ((tp = (sym_tabent_t*) balloc(B_L, sizeof(sym_tabent_t))) == NULL) {
-		symMax = hFree((void*) &sym, sd);
-		return -1;
-	}
-	memset(tp, 0, sizeof(sym_tabent_t));
-	if (sd >= symMax) {
-		symMax = sd + 1;
-	}
-	a_assert(0 <= sd && sd < symMax);
-	sym[sd] = tp;
-
-/*
- *	Now create the hash table for fast indexing.
- */
-	tp->hash_size = calcPrime(hash_size);
-	tp->hash_table = (sym_t**) balloc(B_L, tp->hash_size * sizeof(sym_t*));
-	a_assert(tp->hash_table);
-	memset(tp->hash_table, 0, tp->hash_size * sizeof(sym_t*));
-
-	return sd;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Close this symbol table. Call a cleanup function to allow the caller
- *	to free resources associated with each symbol table entry.
- */
-
-void symClose(sym_fd_t sd)
-{
-	sym_tabent_t	*tp;
-	sym_t			*sp, *forw;
-	int				i;
-
-	a_assert(0 <= sd && sd < symMax);
-	tp = sym[sd];
-	a_assert(tp);
-
-/*
- *	Free all symbols in the hash table, then the hash table itself.
- */
-	for (i = 0; i < tp->hash_size; i++) {
-		for (sp = tp->hash_table[i]; sp; sp = forw) {
-			forw = sp->forw;
-			valueFree(&sp->name);
-			valueFree(&sp->content);
-			bfree(B_L, (void*) sp);
-			sp = forw;
-		}
-	}
-	bfree(B_L, (void*) tp->hash_table);
-
-	symMax = hFree((void*) &sym, sd);
-	bfree(B_L, (void*) tp);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return the first symbol in the hashtable if there is one. This call is used
- *	as the first step in traversing the table. A call to symFirst should be
- *	followed by calls to symNext to get all the rest of the entries.
- */
-
-sym_t* symFirst(sym_fd_t sd)
-{
-	sym_tabent_t	*tp;
-	sym_t			*sp, *forw;
-	int				i;
-
-	a_assert(0 <= sd && sd < symMax);
-	tp = sym[sd];
-	a_assert(tp);
-
-/*
- *	Find the first symbol in the hashtable and return a pointer to it.
- */
-	for (i = 0; i < tp->hash_size; i++) {
-		for (sp = tp->hash_table[i]; sp; sp = forw) {
-			forw = sp->forw;
-
-			if (forw == NULL) {
-				htIndex = i + 1;
-				next = tp->hash_table[htIndex];
-			} else {
-				htIndex = i;
-				next = forw;
-			}
-			return sp;
-		}
-	}
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return the next symbol in the hashtable if there is one. See symFirst.
- */
-
-sym_t* symNext(sym_fd_t sd)
-{
-	sym_tabent_t	*tp;
-	sym_t			*sp, *forw;
-	int				i;
-
-	a_assert(0 <= sd && sd < symMax);
-	tp = sym[sd];
-	a_assert(tp);
-
-/*
- *	Find the first symbol in the hashtable and return a pointer to it.
- */
-	for (i = htIndex; i < tp->hash_size; i++) {
-		for (sp = next; sp; sp = forw) {
-			forw = sp->forw;
-
-			if (forw == NULL) {
-				htIndex = i + 1;
-				next = tp->hash_table[htIndex];
-			} else {
-				htIndex = i;
-				next = forw;
-			}
-			return sp;
-		}
-		next = tp->hash_table[i + 1];
-	}
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Lookup a symbol and return a pointer to the symbol entry. If not present
- *	then return a NULL.
- */
-
-sym_t *symLookup(sym_fd_t sd, char_t *name)
-{
-	sym_tabent_t	*tp;
-	sym_t			*sp;
-	char_t			*cp;
-
-	a_assert(0 <= sd && sd < symMax);
-	if ((tp = sym[sd]) == NULL) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	if (name == NULL || *name == '\0') {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Do an initial hash and then follow the link chain to find the right entry
- */
-	for (sp = hash(tp, name); sp; sp = sp->forw) {
-		cp = sp->name.value.string;
-		if (cp[0] == name[0] && gstrcmp(cp, name) == 0) {
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-	return sp;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Enter a symbol into the table. If already there, update its value.
- *	Always succeeds if memory available. We allocate a copy of "name" here
- *	so it can be a volatile variable. The value "v" is just a copy of the
- *	passed in value, so it MUST be persistent.
- */
-
-sym_t *symEnter(sym_fd_t sd, char_t *name, value_t v, int arg)
-{
-	sym_tabent_t	*tp;
-	sym_t			*sp, *last;
-	char_t			*cp;
-	int				hindex;
-
-	a_assert(name);
-	a_assert(0 <= sd && sd < symMax);
-	tp = sym[sd];
-	a_assert(tp);
-
-/*
- *	Calculate the first daisy-chain from the hash table. If non-zero, then
- *	we have daisy-chain, so scan it and look for the symbol.
- */
-	last = NULL;
-	hindex = hashIndex(tp, name);
-	if ((sp = tp->hash_table[hindex]) != NULL) {
-		for (; sp; sp = sp->forw) {
-			cp = sp->name.value.string;
-			if (cp[0] == name[0] && gstrcmp(cp, name) == 0) {
-				break;
-			}
-			last = sp;
-		}
-		if (sp) {
-/*
- *			Found, so update the value
- *			If the caller stores handles which require freeing, they
- *			will be lost here. It is the callers responsibility to free
- *			resources before overwriting existing contents. We will here
- *			free allocated strings which occur due to value_instring().
- *			We should consider providing the cleanup function on the open rather
- *			than the close and then we could call it here and solve the problem.
- */
-			if (sp->content.valid) {
-				valueFree(&sp->content);
-			}
-			sp->content = v;
-			sp->arg = arg;
-			return sp;
-		}
-/*
- *		Not found so allocate and append to the daisy-chain
- */
-		sp = (sym_t*) balloc(B_L, sizeof(sym_t));
-		if (sp == NULL) {
-			return NULL;
-		}
-		sp->name = valueString(name, VALUE_ALLOCATE);
-		sp->content = v;
-		sp->forw = (sym_t*) NULL;
-		sp->arg = arg;
-		last->forw = sp;
-
-	} else {
-/*
- *		Daisy chain is empty so we need to start the chain
- */
-		sp = (sym_t*) balloc(B_L, sizeof(sym_t));
-		if (sp == NULL) {
-			return NULL;
-		}
-		tp->hash_table[hindex] = sp;
-		tp->hash_table[hashIndex(tp, name)] = sp;
-
-		sp->forw = (sym_t*) NULL;
-		sp->content = v;
-		sp->arg = arg;
-		sp->name = valueString(name, VALUE_ALLOCATE);
-	}
-	return sp;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Delete a symbol from a table
- */
-
-int symDelete(sym_fd_t sd, char_t *name)
-{
-	sym_tabent_t	*tp;
-	sym_t			*sp, *last;
-	char_t			*cp;
-	int				hindex;
-
-	a_assert(name && *name);
-	a_assert(0 <= sd && sd < symMax);
-	tp = sym[sd];
-	a_assert(tp);
-
-/*
- *	Calculate the first daisy-chain from the hash table. If non-zero, then
- *	we have daisy-chain, so scan it and look for the symbol.
- */
-	last = NULL;
-	hindex = hashIndex(tp, name);
-	if ((sp = tp->hash_table[hindex]) != NULL) {
-		for ( ; sp; sp = sp->forw) {
-			cp = sp->name.value.string;
-			if (cp[0] == name[0] && gstrcmp(cp, name) == 0) {
-				break;
-			}
-			last = sp;
-		}
-	}
-	if (sp == (sym_t*) NULL) {				/* Not Found */
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Unlink and free the symbol. Last will be set if the element to be deleted
- *	is not first in the chain.
- */
-	if (last) {
-		last->forw = sp->forw;
-	} else {
-		tp->hash_table[hindex] = sp->forw;
-	}
-	valueFree(&sp->name);
-	valueFree(&sp->content);
-	bfree(B_L, (void*) sp);
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Hash a symbol and return a pointer to the hash daisy-chain list
- *	All symbols reside on the chain (ie. none stored in the hash table itself)
- */
-
-static sym_t *hash(sym_tabent_t *tp, char_t *name)
-{
-	a_assert(tp);
-
-	return tp->hash_table[hashIndex(tp, name)];
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Compute the hash function and return an index into the hash table
- *	We use a basic additive function that is then made modulo the size of the
- *	table.
- */
-
-static int hashIndex(sym_tabent_t *tp, char_t *name)
-{
-	unsigned int	sum;
-	int				i;
-
-	a_assert(tp);
-/*
- *	Add in each character shifted up progressively by 7 bits. The shift
- *	amount is rounded so as to not shift too far. It thus cycles with each
- *	new cycle placing character shifted up by one bit.
- */
-	i = 0;
-	sum = 0;
-	while (*name) {
-		sum += (((int) *name++) << i);
-		i = (i + 7) % (BITS(int) - BITSPERBYTE);
-	}
-	return sum % tp->hash_size;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Check if this number is a prime
- */
-
-static int isPrime(int n)
-{
-	int		i, max;
-
-	a_assert(n > 0);
-
-	max = n / 2;
-	for (i = 2; i <= max; i++) {
-		if (n % i == 0) {
-			return 0;
-		}
-	}
-	return 1;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Calculate the largest prime smaller than size.
- */
-
-static int calcPrime(int size)
-{
-	int count;
-
-	a_assert(size > 0);
-
-	for (count = size; count > 0; count--) {
-		if (isPrime(count)) {
-			return count;
-		}
-	}
-	return 1;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/uemf.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/uemf.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ffe6a04cd1..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/uemf.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,293 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * uemf.c -- GoAhead Micro Embedded Management Framework
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * See the file "license.txt" for usage and redistribution license requirements
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-/********************************** Description *******************************/
-
-/*
- *	This module provides compatibility with the full GoAhead EMF.
- *	It is a collection of routines which permits the GoAhead WebServer to
- *	run stand-alone and to also load as a solution pack under the GoAhead EMF.
- */
-
-/*********************************** Includes *********************************/
-
-#include	"uemf.h"
-
-/********************************** Local Data ********************************/
-
-int emfInst;							/* Application instance handle */
-
-/****************************** Forward Declarations **************************/
-
-extern void defaultErrorHandler(int etype, char_t *buf);
-static void (*errorHandler)(int etype, char_t *msg) = defaultErrorHandler;
-
-extern void	defaultTraceHandler(int level, char_t *buf);
-static void (*traceHandler)(int level, char_t *buf) = defaultTraceHandler;
-
-/************************************* Code ***********************************/
-/*
- *	Error message that doesn't need user attention. Customize this code
- *	to direct error messages to wherever the developer wishes
- */
-
-void error(E_ARGS_DEC, int etype, char_t *fmt, ...)
-{
-	va_list 	args;
-	char_t		*fmtBuf, *buf;
-
-	va_start(args, fmt);
-	fmtValloc(&fmtBuf, E_MAX_ERROR, fmt, args);
-
-	if (etype == E_LOG) {
-		fmtAlloc(&buf, E_MAX_ERROR, T("%s\n"), fmtBuf);
-/*#ifdef DEV*/
-	} else if (etype == E_ASSERT) {
-		fmtAlloc(&buf, E_MAX_ERROR, 
-			T("Assertion %s, failed at %s %d\n"), fmtBuf, E_ARGS); 
-/*#endif*/
-	} else if (etype == E_USER) {
-		fmtAlloc(&buf, E_MAX_ERROR, T("%s\n"), fmtBuf);
-	}
-   /*
-    * bugfix -- if etype is not E_LOG, E_ASSERT, or E_USER, the call to
-    * bfreeSafe(B_L, buf) below will fail, because 'buf' is randomly
-    * initialized. To be nice, we format a message saying that this is an
-    * unknown message type, and in doing so give buf a valid value. Thanks 
-    * to Simon Byholm.
-    */
-   else {
-      fmtAlloc(&buf, E_MAX_ERROR, T("Unknown error"));
-   }
-	va_end(args);
-
-	bfree(B_L, fmtBuf);
-
-	if (errorHandler) {
-		errorHandler(etype, buf);
-	}
-
-	bfreeSafe(B_L, buf);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Replace the default error handler. Return pointer to old error handler.
- */
-
-void (*errorSetHandler(void (*function)(int etype, char_t *msg))) \
-	(int etype, char_t *msg)
-{
-	void (*oldHandler)(int etype, char_t *buf);
-
-	oldHandler = errorHandler;
-	errorHandler = function;
-	return oldHandler;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Trace log. Customize this function to log trace output
- */
-
-void trace(int level, char_t *fmt, ...)
-{
-	va_list 	args;
-	char_t		*buf;
-
-	va_start(args, fmt);
-	fmtValloc(&buf, VALUE_MAX_STRING, fmt, args);
-
-	if (traceHandler) {
-		traceHandler(level, buf);
-	}
-	bfreeSafe(B_L, buf);
-	va_end(args);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Trace log. Customize this function to log trace output
- */
-
-void traceRaw(char_t *buf)
-{
-	if (traceHandler) {
-		traceHandler(0, buf);
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Replace the default trace handler. Return a pointer to the old handler.
- */
-
-void (*traceSetHandler(void (*function)(int level, char_t *buf))) 
-	(int level, char *buf)
-{
-	void (*oldHandler)(int level, char_t *buf);
-
-	oldHandler = traceHandler;
-	if (function) {
-		traceHandler = function;
-	}
-	return oldHandler;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Save the instance handle
- */
-
-void emfInstSet(int inst)
-{
-	emfInst = inst;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get the instance handle
- */
-
-int emfInstGet()
-{
-	return emfInst;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Convert a string to lower case
- */
-
-char_t *strlower(char_t *string)
-{
-	char_t	*s;
-
-	a_assert(string);
-
-	if (string == NULL) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	s = string;
-	while (*s) {
-		if (gisupper(*s)) {
-			*s = (char_t) gtolower(*s);
-		}
-		s++;
-	}
-	*s = '\0';
-	return string;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/* 
- *	Convert a string to upper case
- */
-
-char_t *strupper(char_t *string)
-{
-	char_t	*s;
-
-	a_assert(string);
-	if (string == NULL) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	s = string;
-	while (*s) {
-		if (gislower(*s)) {
-			*s = (char_t) gtoupper(*s);
-		}
-		s++;
-	}
-	*s = '\0';
-	return string;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Convert integer to ascii string. Allow a NULL string in which case we
- *	allocate a dynamic buffer. 
- */
-
-char_t *stritoa(int n, char_t *string, int width)
-{
-	char_t	*cp, *lim, *s;
-	char_t	buf[16];						/* Just temp to hold number */
-	int		next, minus;
-
-	a_assert(string && width > 0);
-
-	if (string == NULL) {
-		if (width == 0) {
-			width = 10;
-		}
-		if ((string = balloc(B_L, width + 1)) == NULL) {
-			return NULL;
-		}
-	}
-	if (n < 0) {
-		minus = 1;
-		n = -n;
-		width--;
-	} else {
-		minus = 0;
-	}
-
-	cp = buf;
-	lim = &buf[width - 1];
-	while (n > 9 && cp < lim) {
-		next = n;
-		n /= 10;
-		*cp++ = (char_t) (next - n * 10 + '0');
-	}
-	if (cp < lim) {
-		*cp++ = (char_t) (n + '0');
-	}
-
-	s = string;
-	if (minus) {
-		*s++ = '-';
-	}
-
-	while (cp > buf) {
-		*s++ = *--cp;
-	}
-
-	*s++ = '\0';
-	return string;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Stubs
- */
-
-char_t *basicGetProduct()
-{
-	return T("uemf");
-}
-
-char_t *basicGetAddress()
-{
-	return T("localhost");
-}
-
-int errorOpen(char_t *pname)
-{
-	return 0;
-}
-
-void errorClose()
-{
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/uemf.h b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/uemf.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2e5b76dafb..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/uemf.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1110 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * uemf.h -- GoAhead Micro Embedded Management Framework Header
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * See the file "license.txt" for usage and redistribution license requirements
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-#ifndef _h_UEMF
-#define _h_UEMF 1
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-
-/* 
- *	GoAhead Web Server header. This defines the Web public APIs
- */
-
-/******************************* Per O/S Includes *****************************/
-
-#ifdef WIN
-	#include	<direct.h>
-	#include	<io.h>
-	#include	<sys/stat.h>
-	#include	<limits.h>
-	#include	<tchar.h>
-	#include	<windows.h>
-	#include	<winnls.h>
-	#include	<time.h>
-	#include	<sys/types.h>
-	#include	<stdio.h>
-	#include	<stdlib.h>
-	#include	<fcntl.h>
-	#include	<errno.h>
-#endif /* WIN */
-
-#ifdef CE
-	#include	<errno.h>
-	#include	<limits.h>
-	#include	<tchar.h>
-	#include	<windows.h>
-	#include	<winsock.h>
-	#include	<winnls.h>
-	#include	"CE/wincompat.h"
-	#include	<winsock.h>
-#endif /* CE */
-
-#ifdef NW
-	#include	<direct.h>
-	#include	<io.h>
-	#include	<sys/stat.h>
-	#include	<time.h>
-	#include	<sys/types.h>
-	#include	<stdio.h>
-	#include	<stdlib.h>
-	#include	<fcntl.h>
-	#include	<errno.h>
-	#include	<niterror.h>
-	#define		EINTR EINUSE
-	#define		 WEBS	1
-	#include	<limits.h>
-	#include	<netdb.h>
-	#include	<process.h>
-	#include	<tiuser.h>
-	#include	<sys/time.h>
-	#include	<arpa/inet.h>
-	#include	<sys/types.h>
-	#include	<sys/socket.h>
-	#include	<sys/filio.h>
-	#include	<netinet/in.h>
-#endif /* NW */
-
-#ifdef SCOV5 
-	#include	<sys/types.h>
-	#include	<stdio.h>
-	#include	"sys/socket.h"
-	#include	"sys/select.h"
-	#include	"netinet/in.h"
-	#include 	"arpa/inet.h"
-	#include 	"netdb.h"
-#endif /* SCOV5 */
-
-#ifdef UNIX
-	#include	<stdio.h>
-#endif /* UNIX */
-
-#if LINUX || __rtems__
-	#include	<sys/types.h>
-	#include	<sys/stat.h>
-	#include	<sys/param.h>
-	#include	<limits.h>
-	#include	<stdio.h>
-	#include	<stdlib.h>
-	#include	<unistd.h>
-	#include	<sys/socket.h>
-	#include	<sys/select.h>
-	#include	<netinet/in.h>
-	#include 	<arpa/inet.h>
-	#include 	<netdb.h>
-	#include	<time.h>
-	#include	<fcntl.h>
-	#include	<errno.h>
-#endif /* LINUX */
-
-#ifdef LYNX
-	#include	<limits.h>
-	#include	<stdarg.h>
-	#include	<stdio.h>
-	#include	<stdlib.h>
-	#include	<unistd.h>
-	#include	<socket.h>
-	#include	<netinet/in.h>
-	#include 	<arpa/inet.h>
-	#include 	<netdb.h>
-	#include	<time.h>
-	#include	<fcntl.h>
-	#include	<errno.h>
-#endif /* LYNX */
-
-#ifdef MACOSX
-	#include	<sys/stat.h>
-	#include	<stdio.h>
-	#include	<stdlib.h>
-	#include	<unistd.h>
-	#include	<sys/socket.h>
-	#include	<netinet/in.h>
-	#include 	<arpa/inet.h>
-	#include 	<netdb.h>
-	#include	<fcntl.h>
-	#include	<errno.h>
-#endif /* MACOSX */
-
-#ifdef UW
-	#include	<stdio.h>
-#endif /* UW */
-
-#ifdef VXWORKS
-	#include	<vxWorks.h>
-	#include	<sockLib.h>
-	#include	<selectLib.h>
-	#include	<inetLib.h>
-	#include	<ioLib.h>
-	#include	<stdio.h>
-	#include	<stat.h>
-	#include	<time.h>
-	#include	<usrLib.h>
-	#include	<fcntl.h>
-	#include	<errno.h>
-#endif /* VXWORKS */
-
-#ifdef SOLARIS
-	#include	<sys/types.h>
-	#include	<limits.h>
-	#include	<stdio.h>
-	#include	<stdlib.h>
-	#include	<unistd.h>
-	#include	<socket.h>
-	#include	<sys/select.h>
-	#include	<netinet/in.h>
-	#include 	<arpa/inet.h>
-	#include 	<netdb.h>
-	#include	<time.h>
-	#include	<fcntl.h>
-	#include	<errno.h>
-#endif /* SOLARIS */
-
-#ifdef QNX4
-	#include	<sys/types.h>
-	#include	<stdio.h>
-	#include	<sys/socket.h>
-	#include	<sys/select.h>
-	#include	<netinet/in.h>
-	#include 	<arpa/inet.h>
-	#include 	<netdb.h>
-    #include    <stdlib.h>
-    #include    <unistd.h>
-    #include    <sys/uio.h>
-    #include    <sys/wait.h>
-#endif /* QNX4 */
-
-#ifdef ECOS
-	#include	<limits.h>
-	#include	<cyg/infra/cyg_type.h>
-	#include	<cyg/kernel/kapi.h>
-	#include	<time.h>
-	#include	<network.h>
-	#include	<errno.h>
-#endif /* ECOS */
-
-/********************************** Includes **********************************/
-
-#include	<ctype.h>
-#include	<stdarg.h>
-#include	<string.h>
-
-#ifndef WEBS
-#include	"messages.h"
-#endif /* ! WEBS */
-
-/******************************* Per O/S Defines *****************************/
-
-#if defined(__rtems__)
-#define		__NO_PACK		1
-#endif
-
-#ifdef UW
-	#define		__NO_PACK		1
-#endif /* UW */
-
-#if (defined (SCOV5) || defined (VXWORKS) || defined (LINUX) || defined (LYNX) || defined (MACOSX) || defined (__rtems__))
-#ifndef O_BINARY
-#define O_BINARY 		0
-#endif /* O_BINARY */
-#define	SOCKET_ERROR	-1
-#endif /* SCOV5 || VXWORKS || LINUX || LYNX || MACOSX */
-
-#if (defined (WIN) || defined (CE))
-/*
- *	__NO_FCNTL means can't access fcntl function.  Fcntl.h is still available.
- */
-#define		__NO_FCNTL		1
-
-#undef R_OK
-#define R_OK	4
-#undef W_OK
-#define W_OK	2
-#undef X_OK
-#define X_OK	1
-#undef F_OK
-#define F_OK	0
-#endif /* WIN || CE */
-
-#if (defined (LINUX) && !defined(__rtems__) && !defined (_STRUCT_TIMEVAL))
-struct timeval
-{
-	time_t	tv_sec;		/* Seconds.  */
-	time_t	tv_usec;	/* Microseconds.  */
-};
-#define _STRUCT_TIMEVAL 1
-#endif /* LINUX && ! _STRUCT_TIMEVAL */
-
-#ifdef ECOS
-	#define		O_RDONLY		1
-	#define		O_BINARY		2
-
-	#define		__NO_PACK		1
-	#define		__NO_EJ_FILE	1
-	#define		__NO_CGI_BIN	1
-	#define		__NO_FCNTL		1
-
-/*
- *	#define LIBKERN_INLINE to avoid kernel inline functions
- */
-	#define		LIBKERN_INLINE
-
-#endif /* ECOS */
-
-#ifdef QNX4
-    typedef long        fd_mask;
-    #define NFDBITS (sizeof (fd_mask) * NBBY)   /* bits per mask */
-#endif /* QNX4 */
-
-#ifdef NW
-	#define fd_mask			fd_set
-	#define INADDR_NONE		-1l
-	#define Sleep			delay
-
-	#define __NO_FCNTL		1
-
-	#undef R_OK
-	#define R_OK    4
-	#undef W_OK
-	#define W_OK    2
-	#undef X_OK
-	#define X_OK    1
-	#undef F_OK
-	#define F_OK    0
-#endif /* NW */
-
-/********************************** Unicode ***********************************/
-/* 
- *	Constants and limits. Also FNAMESIZE and PATHSIZE are currently defined 
- *	in param.h to be 128 and 512
- */
-#define TRACE_MAX			(4096 - 48)
-#define VALUE_MAX_STRING	(4096 - 48)
-#define SYM_MAX				(512)
-#define XML_MAX				4096			/* Maximum size for tags/tokens */
-#define BUF_MAX				4096			/* General sanity check for bufs */
-#define FMT_STATIC_MAX		256				/* Maximum for fmtStatic calls */
-
-#if (defined (LITTLEFOOT) || defined (WEBS))
-#define LF_BUF_MAX		(510)
-#define LF_PATHSIZE		LF_BUF_MAX
-#else
-#define	LF_BUF_MAX		BUF_MAX
-#define LF_PATHSIZE		PATHSIZE
-#define UPPATHSIZE		PATHSIZE
-#endif /* LITTLEFOOT || WEBS */
-
-#ifndef CHAR_T_DEFINED
-#define CHAR_T_DEFINED 1
-#ifdef UNICODE
-/*
- *	To convert strings to UNICODE. We have a level of indirection so things
- *	like T(__FILE__) will expand properly.
- */
-#define	T(x)				__TXT(x)
-#define	__TXT(s)			L ## s
-typedef unsigned short 		char_t;
-typedef unsigned short		uchar_t;
-
-/*
- *	Text size of buffer macro. A buffer bytes will hold (size / char size) 
- *	characters. 
- */
-#define	TSZ(x)				(sizeof(x) / sizeof(char_t))
-
-/*
- *	How many ASCII bytes are required to represent this UNICODE string?
- */
-#define	TASTRL(x)			((wcslen(x) + 1) * sizeof(char_t))
-
-#else
-#define	T(s) 				s
-typedef char				char_t;
-#define	TSZ(x)				(sizeof(x))
-#define	TASTRL(x)			(strlen(x) + 1)
-#ifdef WIN
-typedef unsigned char		uchar_t;
-#endif /* WIN */
-
-#endif /* UNICODE */
-
-#endif /* ! CHAR_T_DEFINED */
-
-/*
- *	"Boolean" constants
- */
-
-#ifndef TRUE
-#define TRUE 1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef FALSE
-#define FALSE 0
-#endif
-
-/*
- *	GoAhead Copyright.
- */
-#define GOAHEAD_COPYRIGHT \
-	T("Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.")
-
-/*
- *	The following include has to be after the unicode defines.  By putting it
- *	here, many modules in various parts of the tree are cleaner.
- */
-#if (defined (LITTLEFOOT) && defined (INMEM))
-	#include	"lf/inmem.h"
-#endif /* LITTLEFOOT && INMEM */
-
-/*
- *	Type for unicode systems
- */
-#ifdef UNICODE
-
-#define gmain		wmain
-
-#define gasctime	_wasctime
-#define gsprintf	swprintf
-#define gprintf		wprintf
-#define gfprintf	fwprintf
-#define gsscanf		swscanf
-#define gvsprintf	vswprintf
-
-#define gstrcpy		wcscpy
-#define gstrncpy	wcsncpy
-#define gstrncat	wcsncat
-#define gstrlen		wcslen
-#define gstrcat		wcscat
-#define gstrcmp		wcscmp
-#define gstrncmp	wcsncmp
-#define gstricmp	wcsicmp
-#define gstrchr		wcschr
-#define gstrrchr	wcsrchr
-#define gstrtok		wcstok
-#define gstrnset	wcsnset
-#define gstrrchr	wcsrchr
-#define gstrstr		wcsstr
-#define gstrtol		wcstol
-
-#define gfopen		_wfopen
-#define gopen		_wopen
-#define gclose		close
-#define gcreat		_wcreat
-#define gfgets		fgetws
-#define gfputs		fputws
-#define gfscanf		fwscanf
-#define ggets		_getws
-#define glseek		lseek
-#define gunlink		_wunlink
-#define gread		read
-#define grename		_wrename
-#define gwrite		write
-#define gtmpnam		_wtmpnam
-#define gtempnam	_wtempnam
-#define gfindfirst	_wfindfirst
-#define gfinddata_t	_wfinddata_t
-#define gfindnext	_wfindnext
-#define gfindclose	_findclose
-#define gstat		_wstat
-#define gaccess		_waccess
-#define gchmod		_wchmod
-
-typedef struct _stat gstat_t;
-
-#define gmkdir		_wmkdir
-#define gchdir		_wchdir
-#define grmdir		_wrmdir
-#define ggetcwd		_wgetcwd
-
-#define gtolower	towlower
-#define gtoupper	towupper
-#ifdef CE
-#define gisspace	isspace
-#define gisdigit	isdigit
-#define gisxdigit	isxdigit
-#define gisupper	isupper
-#define gislower	islower
-#define gisprint	isprint
-#else
-#define gremove		_wremove
-#define gisspace	iswspace
-#define gisdigit	iswdigit
-#define gisxdigit	iswxdigit
-#define gisupper	iswupper
-#define gislower	iswlower
-#endif	/* if CE */
-#define gisalnum	iswalnum
-#define gisalpha	iswalpha
-#define gatoi(s)	wcstol(s, NULL, 10)
-
-#define gctime		_wctime
-#define ggetenv		_wgetenv
-#define gexecvp		_wexecvp
-
-#else /* ! UNICODE */
-
-#ifndef gopen
-#if INMEM
-#define gchdir		imChdir
-#define gmkdir		imMkdir
-#define grmdir		imRmdir
-#define gclose		imClose
-#define gclosedir	imClosedir
-#define gchmod		imChmod
-#define ggetcwd		imGetcwd
-#define glseek		imLseek
-#define gloadModule	imLoadModule
-#define gopen		imOpen
-#define gopendir	imOpendir
-#define gread		imRead
-#define greaddir	imReaddir
-#define grename		imRename
-#define gstat		imStat
-#define gunlink		imUnlink
-#define gwrite		imWrite
-#else
-#if VXWORKS
-#define gchdir		vxchdir
-#define gmkdir		vxmkdir
-#define grmdir		vxrmdir
-#elif (defined (LYNX) || defined (LINUX) || defined (MACOSX) || defined (SOLARIS))
-#define gchdir		chdir
-#define gmkdir(s)	mkdir(s,0755)
-#define grmdir		rmdir
-#else
-#define gchdir		chdir
-#define gmkdir		mkdir
-#define grmdir		rmdir
-#endif /* VXWORKS #elif LYNX || LINUX || MACOSX || SOLARIS*/
-#define gclose		close
-#define gclosedir	closedir
-#define gchmod		chmod
-#define ggetcwd		getcwd
-#define glseek		lseek
-#define gloadModule	loadModule
-#define gopen		open
-#define gopendir	opendir
-#define gread		read
-#define greaddir	readdir
-#define grename		rename
-#define gstat		stat
-#define gunlink		unlink
-#define gwrite		write
-#endif /* INMEM */
-#endif /* ! gopen */
-
-#define gasctime	asctime
-#define gsprintf	sprintf
-#define gprintf		printf
-#define gfprintf	fprintf
-#define gsscanf		sscanf
-#define gvsprintf	vsprintf
-
-#define gstrcpy		strcpy
-#define gstrncpy	strncpy
-#define gstrncat	strncat
-#define gstrlen		strlen
-#define gstrcat		strcat
-#define gstrcmp		strcmp
-#define gstrncmp	strncmp
-#define gstricmp	strcmpci
-#define gstrchr		strchr
-#define gstrrchr	strrchr
-#define gstrtok		strtok
-#define gstrnset	strnset
-#define gstrrchr	strrchr
-#define gstrstr		strstr
-#define gstrtol		strtol
-
-#define gfopen		fopen
-#define gcreat		creat
-#define gfgets		fgets
-#define gfputs		fputs
-#define gfscanf		fscanf
-#define ggets		gets
-#define gtmpnam		tmpnam
-#define gtempnam	tempnam
-#define gfindfirst	_findfirst
-#define gfinddata_t	_finddata_t
-#define gfindnext	_findnext
-#define gfindclose	_findclose
-#define gaccess		access
-
-typedef struct stat gstat_t;
-
-#define gremove		remove
-
-#define gtolower	tolower
-#define gtoupper	toupper
-#define gisspace	isspace
-#define gisdigit	isdigit
-#define gisxdigit	isxdigit
-#define gisalnum	isalnum
-#define gisalpha	isalpha
-#define gisupper	isupper
-#define gislower	islower
-#define gatoi		atoi
-
-#define gctime		ctime
-#define ggetenv		getenv
-#define gexecvp		execvp
-#ifndef VXWORKS
-#define gmain		main
-#endif /* ! VXWORKS */
-#ifdef VXWORKS
-#define	fcntl(a, b, c)
-#endif /* VXWORKS */
-#endif /* ! UNICODE */
-
-/*
- *	Include inmem.h here because it redefines many of the file access fucntions.
- *	Otherwise there would be lots more #if-#elif-#else-#endif ugliness.
- */
-#ifdef INMEM
-	#include	"lf/inmem.h"
-#endif
-
-/********************************** Defines ***********************************/
-
-#ifndef FNAMESIZE
-#define FNAMESIZE			254			/* Max length of file names */
-#endif /* FNAMESIZE */
-
-#define E_MAX_ERROR			4096
-#define URL_MAX				4096
-
-/*
- * Error types
- */
-#define	E_ASSERT			0x1			/* Assertion error */
-#define	E_LOG				0x2			/* Log error to log file */
-#define	E_USER				0x3			/* Error that must be displayed */
-
-#define E_L					T(__FILE__), __LINE__
-#define E_ARGS_DEC			char_t *file, int line
-#define E_ARGS				file, line
-
-#if (defined (ASSERT) || defined (ASSERT_CE))
-	#define a_assert(C)		if (C) ; else error(E_L, E_ASSERT, T("%s"), T(#C))
-#else
-	#define a_assert(C)		if (1) ; else
-#endif /* ASSERT || ASSERT_CE */
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*                                 VALUE                                      */
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	These values are not prefixed so as to aid code readability
- */
-
-typedef enum {
-	undefined	= 0,
-	byteint		= 1,
-	shortint	= 2,
-	integer		= 3,
-	hex			= 4,
-	percent 	= 5,
-	octal		= 6,
-	big			= 7,
-	flag		= 8,
-	floating	= 9,
-	string 		= 10,
-	bytes 		= 11,
-	symbol 		= 12,
-	errmsg 		= 13
-} vtype_t;
-
-#ifndef __NO_PACK
-#pragma pack(2)
-#endif /* _NO_PACK */
-
-typedef struct {
-
-	union {
-		char	flag;
-		char	byteint;
-		short	shortint;
-		char	percent;
-		long	integer;
-		long	hex;
-		long	octal;
-		long	big[2];
-#ifdef FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORT
-		double	floating;
-#endif /* FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORT */
-		char_t	*string;
-		char	*bytes;
-		char_t	*errmsg;
-		void	*symbol;
-	} value;
-
-	vtype_t			type;
-	unsigned int	valid		: 8;
-	unsigned int	allocated	: 8;		/* String was balloced */
-} value_t;
-
-#ifndef __NO_PACK
-#pragma pack()
-#endif /* __NO_PACK */
-
-/*
- *	Allocation flags 
- */
-#define VALUE_ALLOCATE		0x1
-
-#define value_numeric(t)	(t >= byteint && t <= big)
-#define value_str(t) 		(t >= string && t <= bytes)
-#define value_ok(t) 		(t > undefined && t <= symbol)
-
-#define VALUE_VALID			{ {0}, integer, 1 }
-#define VALUE_INVALID		{ {0}, undefined, 0 }
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	A ring queue allows maximum utilization of memory for data storage and is
- *	ideal for input/output buffering. This module provides a highly effecient
- *	implementation and a vehicle for dynamic strings.
- *
- *	WARNING:  This is a public implementation and callers have full access to
- *	the queue structure and pointers.  Change this module very carefully.
- *
- *	This module follows the open/close model.
- *
- *	Operation of a ringq where rq is a pointer to a ringq :
- *
- *		rq->buflen contains the size of the buffer.
- *		rq->buf will point to the start of the buffer.
- *		rq->servp will point to the first (un-consumed) data byte.
- *		rq->endp will point to the next free location to which new data is added
- *		rq->endbuf will point to one past the end of the buffer.
- *
- *	Eg. If the ringq contains the data "abcdef", it might look like :
- *
- *	+-------------------------------------------------------------------+
- *  |   |   |   |   |   |   |   | a | b | c | d | e | f |   |   |   |   |
- *	+-------------------------------------------------------------------+
- *    ^                           ^                       ^               ^
- *    |                           |                       |               |
- *  rq->buf                    rq->servp               rq->endp      rq->enduf
- *     
- *	The queue is empty when servp == endp.  This means that the queue will hold
- *	at most rq->buflen -1 bytes.  It is the fillers responsibility to ensure
- *	the ringq is never filled such that servp == endp.
- *
- *	It is the fillers responsibility to "wrap" the endp back to point to
- *	rq->buf when the pointer steps past the end. Correspondingly it is the
- *	consumers responsibility to "wrap" the servp when it steps to rq->endbuf.
- *	The ringqPutc and ringqGetc routines will do this automatically.
- */
-
-/*
- *	Ring queue buffer structure
- */
-typedef struct {
-	unsigned char	*buf;				/* Holding buffer for data */
-	unsigned char	*servp;				/* Pointer to start of data */
-	unsigned char	*endp;				/* Pointer to end of data */
-	unsigned char	*endbuf;			/* Pointer to end of buffer */
-	int				buflen;				/* Length of ring queue */
-	int				maxsize;			/* Maximum size */
-	int				increment;			/* Growth increment */
-} ringq_t;
-
-/*
- *	Block allocation (balloc) definitions
- */
-#ifdef	B_STATS
-#ifndef B_L
-#define B_L				T(__FILE__), __LINE__
-#define B_ARGS_DEC		char_t *file, int line
-#define B_ARGS			file, line
-#endif /* B_L */
-#endif /* B_STATS */
-
-/*
- *	Block classes are: 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096, 8192, 
- *					   16384, 32768, 65536 
- */
-typedef struct {
-	union {
-		void	*next;							/* Pointer to next in q */
-		int		size;							/* Actual requested size */
-	} u;
-	int			flags;							/* Per block allocation flags */
-} bType;
-
-#define B_SHIFT			4					/* Convert size to class */
-#define B_ROUND			((1 << (B_SHIFT)) - 1)
-#define B_MAX_CLASS		13					/* Maximum class number + 1 */
-#define B_MALLOCED		0x80000000			/* Block was malloced */
-#define B_DEFAULT_MEM	(64 * 1024)			/* Default memory allocation */
-#define B_MAX_FILES		(512)				/* Maximum number of files */
-#define B_FILL_CHAR		(0x77)				/* Fill byte for buffers */
-#define B_FILL_WORD		(0x77777777)		/* Fill word for buffers */
-#define B_MAX_BLOCKS	(64 * 1024)			/* Maximum allocated blocks */
-
-/*
- *	Flags. The integrity value is used as an arbitrary value to fill the flags.
- */
-#define B_INTEGRITY			0x8124000		/* Integrity value */
-#define B_INTEGRITY_MASK	0xFFFF000		/* Integrity mask */
-#define B_USE_MALLOC		0x1				/* Okay to use malloc if required */
-#define B_USER_BUF			0x2				/* User supplied buffer for mem */
-
-/*
- *	The symbol table record for each symbol entry
- */
-
-typedef struct sym_t {
-	struct sym_t	*forw;					/* Pointer to next hash list */
-	value_t			name;					/* Name of symbol */
-	value_t			content;				/* Value of symbol */
-	int				arg;					/* Parameter value */
-} sym_t;
-
-typedef int sym_fd_t;						/* Returned by symOpen */
-
-/*
- *	Script engines
- */
-#define EMF_SCRIPT_JSCRIPT			0		/* javascript */
-#define EMF_SCRIPT_TCL	 			1		/* tcl */
-#define EMF_SCRIPT_EJSCRIPT 		2		/* Ejscript */
-#define EMF_SCRIPT_MAX	 			3
-
-#define	MAXINT		INT_MAX
-#define BITSPERBYTE 	CHAR_BIT
-#define BITS(type)	(BITSPERBYTE * (int) sizeof(type))
-#define	STRSPACE	T("\t \n\r\t")
-
-#ifndef max
-#define max(a,b)  (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b))
-#endif /* max */
-
-#ifndef min
-#define min(a,b)  (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
-#endif /* min */
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*                                  CRON                                      */
-/******************************************************************************/
-
-typedef struct {
-	char_t	*minute;
-	char_t	*hour;
-	char_t	*day;
-	char_t	*month;
-	char_t	*dayofweek;
-} cron_t;
-
-extern long		cronUntil(cron_t *cp, int period, time_t testTime);
-extern int		cronAlloc(cron_t *cp, char_t *str);
-extern int		cronFree(cron_t *cp);
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*                                 SOCKET                                     */
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Socket flags 
- */
-
-#if ((defined (WIN) || defined (CE)) && defined (WEBS))
-#define EWOULDBLOCK             WSAEWOULDBLOCK
-#define ENETDOWN                WSAENETDOWN
-#define ECONNRESET              WSAECONNRESET
-#endif /* (WIN || CE) && WEBS) */
-
-#define SOCKET_EOF				0x1		/* Seen end of file */
-#define SOCKET_CONNECTING		0x2		/* Connect in progress */
-#define SOCKET_BROADCAST		0x4		/* Broadcast mode */
-#define SOCKET_PENDING			0x8		/* Message pending on this socket */
-#define SOCKET_FLUSHING			0x10	/* Background flushing */
-#define SOCKET_DATAGRAM			0x20	/* Use datagrams */
-#define SOCKET_ASYNC			0x40	/* Use async connect */
-#define SOCKET_BLOCK			0x80	/* Use blocking I/O */
-#define SOCKET_LISTENING		0x100	/* Socket is server listener */
-#define SOCKET_CLOSING			0x200	/* Socket is closing */
-#define SOCKET_CONNRESET		0x400	/* Socket connection was reset */
-
-#define SOCKET_PORT_MAX			0xffff	/* Max Port size */
-
-/*
- *	Socket error values
- */
-#define SOCKET_WOULDBLOCK		1		/* Socket would block on I/O */
-#define SOCKET_RESET			2		/* Socket has been reset */
-#define SOCKET_NETDOWN			3		/* Network is down */
-#define SOCKET_AGAIN			4		/* Issue the request again */
-#define SOCKET_INTR				5		/* Call was interrupted */
-#define SOCKET_INVAL			6		/* Invalid */
-
-/*
- *	Handler event masks
- */
-#define SOCKET_READABLE			0x2		/* Make socket readable */ 
-#define SOCKET_WRITABLE			0x4		/* Make socket writable */
-#define SOCKET_EXCEPTION		0x8		/* Interested in exceptions */
-#define EMF_SOCKET_MESSAGE		(WM_USER+13)
-
-#ifdef LITTLEFOOT
-#define SOCKET_BUFSIZ			510		/* Underlying buffer size */
-#else
-#define SOCKET_BUFSIZ			1024	/* Underlying buffer size */
-#endif /* LITTLEFOOT */
-
-typedef void 	(*socketHandler_t)(int sid, int mask, int data);
-typedef int		(*socketAccept_t)(int sid, char *ipaddr, int port, 
-					int listenSid);
-typedef struct {
-	char			host[64];				/* Host name */
-	ringq_t			inBuf;					/* Input ring queue */
-	ringq_t			outBuf;					/* Output ring queue */
-	ringq_t			lineBuf;				/* Line ring queue */
-	socketAccept_t	accept;					/* Accept handler */
-	socketHandler_t	handler;				/* User I/O handler */
-	int				handler_data;			/* User handler data */
-	int				handlerMask;			/* Handler events of interest */
-	int				sid;					/* Index into socket[] */
-	int				port;					/* Port to listen on */
-	int				flags;					/* Current state flags */
-	int				sock;					/* Actual socket handle */
-	int				fileHandle;				/* ID of the file handler */
-	int				interestEvents;			/* Mask of events to watch for */
-	int				currentEvents;			/* Mask of ready events (FD_xx) */
-	int				selectEvents;			/* Events being selected */
-	int				saveMask;				/* saved Mask for socketFlush */
-	int				error;					/* Last error */
-} socket_t;
-
-/********************************* Prototypes *********************************/
-/*
- *	Balloc module
- *
- */
-
-extern void 	 bclose();
-extern int 		 bopen(void *buf, int bufsize, int flags);
-
-/*
- *	Define NO_BALLOC to turn off our balloc module altogether
- *		#define NO_BALLOC 1
- */
-
-#ifdef NO_BALLOC
-#define balloc(B_ARGS, num) malloc(num)
-#define bfree(B_ARGS, p) free(p)
-#define bfreeSafe(B_ARGS, p) \
-	if (p) { free(p); } else
-#define brealloc(B_ARGS, p, num) realloc(p, num)
-extern char_t *bstrdupNoBalloc(char_t *s);
-extern char *bstrdupANoBalloc(char *s);
-#define bstrdup(B_ARGS, s) bstrdupNoBalloc(s)
-#define bstrdupA(B_ARGS, s) bstrdupANoBalloc(s)
-#define gstrdup(B_ARGS, s) bstrdupNoBalloc(s)
-
-#else /* BALLOC */
-
-#ifndef B_STATS
-#define balloc(B_ARGS, num) balloc(num)
-#define bfree(B_ARGS, p) bfree(p)
-#define bfreeSafe(B_ARGS, p) bfreeSafe(p)
-#define brealloc(B_ARGS, p, size) brealloc(p, size)
-#define bstrdup(B_ARGS, p) bstrdup(p)
-
-#ifdef UNICODE
-#define bstrdupA(B_ARGS, p) bstrdupA(p)
-#else /* UNICODE */
-#define bstrdupA bstrdup
-#endif /* UNICODE */
-
-#endif /* B_STATS */
-
-#define gstrdup	bstrdup
-extern void		*balloc(B_ARGS_DEC, int size);
-extern void		bfree(B_ARGS_DEC, void *mp);
-extern void		bfreeSafe(B_ARGS_DEC, void *mp);
-extern void		*brealloc(B_ARGS_DEC, void *buf, int newsize);
-extern char_t	*bstrdup(B_ARGS_DEC, char_t *s);
-
-#ifdef UNICODE
-extern char *bstrdupA(B_ARGS_DEC, char *s);
-#else /* UNICODE */
-#define bstrdupA bstrdup
-#endif /* UNICODE */
-#endif /* BALLOC */
-
-extern void bstats(int handle, void (*writefn)(int handle, char_t *fmt, ...));
-
-/*
- *	Flags. The integrity value is used as an arbitrary value to fill the flags.
- */
-#define B_USE_MALLOC		0x1				/* Okay to use malloc if required */
-#define B_USER_BUF			0x2				/* User supplied buffer for mem */
-
-
-#if !LINUX && !__rtems__
-extern char_t	*basename(char_t *name);
-#endif /* !LINUX */
-
-#if (defined (UEMF) && defined (WEBS))
-/*
- *	The open source webserver uses a different callback/timer mechanism
- *	than other emf derivative products such as FieldUpgrader agents
- *	so redefine those API for webserver so that they can coexist in the
- *	same address space as the others.
- */
-#define emfSchedCallback	websSchedCallBack
-#define emfUnschedCallback	websUnschedCallBack
-#define emfReschedCallback	websReschedCallBack
-#endif /* UEMF && WEBS */
-
-typedef void	(emfSchedProc)(void *data, int id);
-extern int		emfSchedCallback(int delay, emfSchedProc *proc, void *arg);
-extern void 	emfUnschedCallback(int id);
-extern void 	emfReschedCallback(int id, int delay);
-extern void		emfSchedProcess();
-extern int		emfInstGet();
-extern void		emfInstSet(int inst);
-extern void		error(E_ARGS_DEC, int flags, char_t *fmt, ...);
-extern void		(*errorSetHandler(void (*function)(int etype, char_t *msg))) \
-					(int etype, char_t *msg);
-
-#ifdef B_STATS
-#define 		hAlloc(x) 				HALLOC(B_L, x)
-#define			hAllocEntry(x, y, z)	HALLOCENTRY(B_L, x, y, z)
-extern int		HALLOC(B_ARGS_DEC, void ***map);
-extern int 		HALLOCENTRY(B_ARGS_DEC, void ***list, int *max, int size);
-#else
-extern int		hAlloc(void ***map);
-extern int 		hAllocEntry(void ***list, int *max, int size);
-#endif /* B_STATS */
-
-extern int		hFree(void ***map, int handle);
-
-extern int	 	ringqOpen(ringq_t *rq, int increment, int maxsize);
-extern void 	ringqClose(ringq_t *rq);
-extern int 		ringqLen(ringq_t *rq);
-
-extern int 		ringqPutc(ringq_t *rq, char_t c);
-extern int	 	ringqInsertc(ringq_t *rq, char_t c);
-extern int	 	ringqPutStr(ringq_t *rq, char_t *str);
-extern int 		ringqGetc(ringq_t *rq);
-
-extern int		fmtValloc(char_t **s, int n, char_t *fmt, va_list arg);
-extern int		fmtAlloc(char_t **s, int n, char_t *fmt, ...);
-extern int		fmtStatic(char_t *s, int n, char_t *fmt, ...);
-
-#ifdef UNICODE
-extern int 		ringqPutcA(ringq_t *rq, char c);
-extern int	 	ringqInsertcA(ringq_t *rq, char c);
-extern int	 	ringqPutStrA(ringq_t *rq, char *str);
-extern int 		ringqGetcA(ringq_t *rq);
-#else
-#define ringqPutcA ringqPutc
-#define ringqInsertcA ringqInsertc
-#define ringqPutStrA ringqPutStr
-#define ringqGetcA ringqGetc
-#endif /* UNICODE */
-
-extern int 		ringqPutBlk(ringq_t *rq, unsigned char *buf, int len);
-extern int 		ringqPutBlkMax(ringq_t *rq);
-extern void 	ringqPutBlkAdj(ringq_t *rq, int size);
-extern int 		ringqGetBlk(ringq_t *rq, unsigned char *buf, int len);
-extern int 		ringqGetBlkMax(ringq_t *rq);
-extern void 	ringqGetBlkAdj(ringq_t *rq, int size);
-extern void 	ringqFlush(ringq_t *rq);
-extern void 	ringqAddNull(ringq_t *rq);
-
-extern int		scriptSetVar(int engine, char_t *var, char_t *value);
-extern int		scriptEval(int engine, char_t *cmd, char_t **rslt, int chan);
-
-extern void		socketClose();
-extern void		socketCloseConnection(int sid);
-extern void		socketCreateHandler(int sid, int mask, socketHandler_t 
-					handler, int arg);
-extern void		socketDeleteHandler(int sid);
-extern int		socketEof(int sid);
-extern int 		socketCanWrite(int sid);
-extern void 	socketSetBufferSize(int sid, int in, int line, int out);
-extern int		socketFlush(int sid);
-extern int		socketGets(int sid, char_t **buf);
-extern int		socketGetPort(int sid);
-extern int		socketInputBuffered(int sid);
-extern int		socketOpen();
-extern int 		socketOpenConnection(char *host, int port, 
-					socketAccept_t accept, int flags);
-extern void 	socketProcess(int hid);
-extern int		socketRead(int sid, char *buf, int len);
-extern int 		socketReady(int hid);
-extern int		socketWrite(int sid, char *buf, int len);
-extern int		socketWriteString(int sid, char_t *buf);
-extern int 		socketSelect(int hid, int timeout);
-extern int 		socketGetHandle(int sid);
-extern int 		socketSetBlock(int sid, int flags);
-extern int 		socketGetBlock(int sid);
-extern int 		socketAlloc(char *host, int port, socketAccept_t accept, 
-					int flags);
-extern void 	socketFree(int sid);
-extern int		socketGetError();
-extern socket_t *socketPtr(int sid);
-extern int 		socketWaitForEvent(socket_t *sp, int events, int *errCode);
-extern void 	socketRegisterInterest(socket_t *sp, int handlerMask);
-extern int 		socketGetInput(int sid, char *buf, int toRead, int *errCode);
-
-extern char_t	*strlower(char_t *string);
-extern char_t	*strupper(char_t *string);
-
-extern char_t	*stritoa(int n, char_t *string, int width);
-
-extern sym_fd_t	symOpen(int hash_size);
-extern void		symClose(sym_fd_t sd);
-extern sym_t	*symLookup(sym_fd_t sd, char_t *name);
-extern sym_t	*symEnter(sym_fd_t sd, char_t *name, value_t v, int arg);
-extern int		symDelete(sym_fd_t sd, char_t *name);
-extern void 	symWalk(sym_fd_t sd, void (*fn)(sym_t *symp));
-extern sym_t	*symFirst(sym_fd_t sd);
-extern sym_t	*symNext(sym_fd_t sd);
-extern int		symSubOpen();
-extern void 	symSubClose();
-
-extern void		trace(int lev, char_t *fmt, ...);
-extern void		traceRaw(char_t *buf);
-extern void		(*traceSetHandler(void (*function)(int level, char_t *buf))) 
-					(int level, char_t *buf);
- 
-extern value_t 	valueInteger(long value);
-extern value_t	valueString(char_t *value, int flags);
-extern value_t	valueErrmsg(char_t *value);
-extern void 	valueFree(value_t *v);
-extern int		vxchdir(char *dirname);
-
-extern unsigned int hextoi(char_t *hexstring);
-extern unsigned int gstrtoi(char_t *s);
-extern				time_t	timeMsec();
-
-extern char_t 	*ascToUni(char_t *ubuf, char *str, int nBytes);
-extern char 	*uniToAsc(char *buf, char_t *ustr, int nBytes);
-extern char_t	*ballocAscToUni(char  *cp, int alen);
-extern char		*ballocUniToAsc(char_t *unip, int ulen);
-
-extern char_t	*basicGetHost();
-extern char_t	*basicGetAddress();
-extern char_t	*basicGetProduct();
-extern void		basicSetHost(char_t *host);
-extern void		basicSetAddress(char_t *addr);
-
-extern int		harnessOpen(char_t **argv);
-extern void		harnessClose(int status);
-extern void		harnessTesting(char_t *msg, ...);
-extern void		harnessPassed();
-extern void		harnessFailed(int line);
-extern int		harnessLevel();
-
-#endif /* _h_UEMF */
-
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/um.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/um.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e960f02719..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/um.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1435 +0,0 @@
-/*
- *	um.c -- User Management
- *
- *	Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- *	See the file "license.txt" for usage and redistribution license requirements
- *
- *	$Id$
- */
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-/*
- *	User Management routines for adding/deleting/changing users and groups
- *  Also, routines for determining user access
- */
-
-/********************************* Includes ***********************************/
-
-#include	"um.h"
-#include	"emfdb.h"
-#include	"webs.h"
-
-/********************************** Defines ***********************************/
-
-#define UM_DB_FILENAME	T("um.xml")
-#define UM_TXT_FILENAME	T("umconfig.txt")
-
-/*
- *	Table names
- */
-#define UM_USER_TABLENAME	T("users")
-#define UM_GROUP_TABLENAME	T("groups")
-#define UM_ACCESS_TABLENAME	T("access")
-
-/*
- *	Column names
- */
-#define UM_NAME			T("name")
-#define UM_PASS			T("password")
-#define UM_GROUP		T("group")
-#define UM_PROT			T("prot")
-#define UM_DISABLE		T("disable")
-#define UM_METHOD		T("method")
-#define UM_PRIVILEGE	T("priv")
-#define UM_SECURE		T("secure")
-
-/*
- *	XOR encryption mask
- *		Note:	This string should be modified for individual sites
- *				in order to enhance user password security.
- */
-#define UM_XOR_ENCRYPT	T("*j7a(L#yZ98sSd5HfSgGjMj8;Ss;d)(*&^#@$a2s0i3g")
-
-/******************************** Local Data **********************************/
-
-#ifdef qHierarchicalAccess
-/*
- * user-provided function to allow hierarchical access protection. See below.
- * for details.
- */
-extern bool_t dmfCanAccess(const char_t* usergroup, const char_t* group);
-#endif
-#ifdef UEMF
-/*
- *	User table definition
- */
-#define NUMBER_OF_USER_COLUMNS	5
-
-char_t	*userColumnNames[NUMBER_OF_USER_COLUMNS] = {
-			UM_NAME, UM_PASS, UM_GROUP, UM_PROT, UM_DISABLE
-};
-
-int		userColumnTypes[NUMBER_OF_USER_COLUMNS] = {
-			T_STRING, T_STRING, T_STRING, T_INT, T_INT
-};
-
-dbTable_t userTable = {
-	UM_USER_TABLENAME,
-	NUMBER_OF_USER_COLUMNS,
-	userColumnNames,
-	userColumnTypes,
-	0,
-	NULL
-};
-
-/*
- *	Group table definition
- */
-#define NUMBER_OF_GROUP_COLUMNS	5
-
-char_t	*groupColumnNames[NUMBER_OF_GROUP_COLUMNS] = {
-			UM_NAME, UM_PRIVILEGE, UM_METHOD, UM_PROT, UM_DISABLE
-};
-
-int		groupColumnTypes[NUMBER_OF_GROUP_COLUMNS] = {
-			T_STRING, T_INT, T_INT, T_INT, T_INT
-};
-
-dbTable_t groupTable = {
-	UM_GROUP_TABLENAME,
-	NUMBER_OF_GROUP_COLUMNS,
-	groupColumnNames,
-	groupColumnTypes,
-	0,
-	NULL
-};
-
-/*
- *	Access Limit table definition
- */
-#define NUMBER_OF_ACCESS_COLUMNS	4
-
-char_t	*accessColumnNames[NUMBER_OF_ACCESS_COLUMNS] = {
-			UM_NAME, UM_METHOD, UM_SECURE, UM_GROUP
-};
-
-int		accessColumnTypes[NUMBER_OF_ACCESS_COLUMNS] = {
-			T_STRING, T_INT, T_INT, T_STRING
-};
-
-dbTable_t accessTable = {
-	UM_ACCESS_TABLENAME,
-	NUMBER_OF_ACCESS_COLUMNS,
-	accessColumnNames,
-	accessColumnTypes,
-	0,
-	NULL
-};
-#endif	/* #ifdef UEMF */
-
-/* 
- *	Database Identifier returned from dbOpen()
- */
-static int		didUM = -1;	
-
-/* 
- *	Configuration database persist filename
- */
-static char_t	*saveFilename = NULL;
-
-static int		umOpenCount = 0;		/* count of apps using this module */
-
-/*************************** Forward Declarations *****************************/
-
-static bool_t umCheckName(char_t *name);
-
-/*********************************** Code *************************************/
-/*
- *	umOpen() registers the UM tables in the fake emf-database 
- */
-
-int umOpen()
-{
-	if (++umOpenCount != 1) {
-		return didUM;
-	}
-/*
- *	Do not initialize if intialization has already taken place
- */
-	if (didUM == -1) {
-		didUM = dbOpen(UM_USER_TABLENAME, UM_DB_FILENAME, NULL, 0);
-#ifdef UEMF
-		dbRegisterDBSchema(&userTable);
-		dbRegisterDBSchema(&groupTable);
-		dbRegisterDBSchema(&accessTable);
-#endif
-	}
-
-	if (saveFilename == NULL) {
-		saveFilename = bstrdup(B_L, UM_TXT_FILENAME);
-	}
-
-	return didUM;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umClose() frees up the UM tables in the fake emf-database 
- */
-
-void umClose()
-{
-	if (--umOpenCount > 0) {
-		return;
-	}
-/*
- *	Do not close if intialization has not taken place
- */
-	if (didUM != -1) {
-		dbClose(didUM);
-		didUM = -1;
-	}
-
-	if (saveFilename != NULL) {
-		bfree(B_L, saveFilename);
-		saveFilename = NULL;
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umCommit() persists all of the UM tables
- */
-
-int	umCommit(char_t *filename)
-{
-	if (filename && *filename) {
-		if (saveFilename != NULL) {
-			bfree(B_L, saveFilename);
-		}
-
-		saveFilename = bstrdup(B_L, filename);
-	}
-
-	a_assert (saveFilename && *saveFilename);
-	trace(3, T("UM: Writing User Configuration to file <%s>\n"), 
-		saveFilename);
-
-	return dbSave(didUM, saveFilename, 0);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umRestore() loads up the UM tables with persisted data
- */
-
-int umRestore(char_t *filename)
-{
-	if (filename && *filename) {
-		if (saveFilename != NULL) {
-			bfree(B_L, saveFilename);
-		}
-
-		saveFilename = bstrdup(B_L, filename);
-	}
-
-	a_assert(saveFilename && *saveFilename);
-
-	trace(3, T("UM: Loading User Configuration from file <%s>\n"), 
-		saveFilename);
-
-/*
- *	First empty the database, otherwise we wind up with duplicates!
- */
-	dbZero(didUM);
-	return dbLoad(didUM, saveFilename, 0);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Encrypt/Decrypt a text string.  
- *		Returns the number of characters encrypted.
- */
-
-static int umEncryptString(char_t *textString)
-{
-	char_t	*enMask;
-	char_t	enChar;
-	int		numChars;
-
-	a_assert(textString);
-
-	enMask = UM_XOR_ENCRYPT;
-	numChars = 0;
-
-	while (*textString) {
-		enChar = *textString ^ *enMask;
-/*
- *		Do not produce encrypted text with embedded linefeeds or tabs.
- *			Simply use existing character.
- */
-		if (enChar && !gisspace(enChar)) 
-			*textString = enChar;
-/*
- *		Increment all pointers.
- */
-		enMask++;
-		textString++;
-		numChars++;
-/*
- *		Wrap encryption mask pointer if at end of length.
- */
-		if (*enMask == '\0') {
-			enMask = UM_XOR_ENCRYPT;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return numChars;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umGetFirstRowData() -	return a pointer to the first non-blank key value
- *							in the given column for the given table.
- */
-
-static char_t *umGetFirstRowData(char_t *tableName, char_t *columnName)
-{
-	char_t	*columnData;
-	int		row;
-	int		check;
-
-	a_assert(tableName && *tableName);
-	a_assert(columnName && *columnName);
-
-	row = 0;
-/*
- *	Move through table until we retrieve the first row with non-null 
- *	column data.
- */
-	columnData = NULL;
-	while ((check = dbReadStr(didUM, tableName, columnName, row++, 
-		&columnData)) == 0 || (check == DB_ERR_ROW_DELETED)) {
-		if (columnData && *columnData) {
-			return columnData;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umGetNextRowData() -	return a pointer to the first non-blank 
- *						key value following the given one.
- */
-
-static char_t *umGetNextRowData(char_t *tableName, char_t *columnName, 
-								char_t *keyLast)
-{
-	char_t	*key;
-	int		row;
-	int		check;
-
-	a_assert(tableName && *tableName);
-	a_assert(columnName && *columnName);
-	a_assert(keyLast && *keyLast);
-/*
- *	Position row counter to row where the given key value was found
- */
-	row = 0;
-	key = NULL;
-
-	while ((((check = dbReadStr(didUM, tableName, columnName, row++, 
-		&key)) == 0) || (check == DB_ERR_ROW_DELETED)) &&
-		((key == NULL) || (gstrcmp(key, keyLast) != 0))) {
-	}
-/*
- *	If the last key value was not found, return NULL
- */
-	if (!key || gstrcmp(key, keyLast) != 0) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-/*
- *	Move through table until we retrieve the next row with a non-null key
- */
-	while (((check = dbReadStr(didUM, tableName, columnName, row++, &key)) 
-		== 0) || (check == DB_ERR_ROW_DELETED)) {
-		if (key && *key && (gstrcmp(key, keyLast) != 0)) {
-			return key;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umAddUser() - Adds a user to the "users" table.
- */
-
-int	umAddUser(char_t *user, char_t *pass, char_t *group, 
-			  bool_t prot, bool_t disabled)
-{
-	int		row;
-	char_t	*password;
-
-	a_assert(user && *user);
-	a_assert(pass && *pass);
-	a_assert(group && *group);
-
-	trace(3, T("UM: Adding User <%s>\n"), user);
-
-/*
- *	Do not allow duplicates
- */
-	if (umUserExists(user)) {
-		return UM_ERR_DUPLICATE;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Make sure user name and password contain valid characters
- */
-	if (!umCheckName(user)) {
-		return UM_ERR_BAD_NAME;
-	}
-
-	if (!umCheckName(pass)) {
-		return UM_ERR_BAD_PASSWORD;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Make sure group exists
- */
-	if (!umGroupExists(group)) {
-		return UM_ERR_NOT_FOUND;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Now create the user record
- */
-	row = dbAddRow(didUM, UM_USER_TABLENAME);
-
-	if (row < 0) {
-		return UM_ERR_GENERAL;
-	}
-
-	if (dbWriteStr(didUM, UM_USER_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, row, user) != 0) {
-		return UM_ERR_GENERAL;
-	}
-
-	password = bstrdup(B_L, pass);
-	umEncryptString(password);
-	dbWriteStr(didUM, UM_USER_TABLENAME, UM_PASS, row, password);
-	bfree(B_L, password);
-	dbWriteStr(didUM, UM_USER_TABLENAME, UM_GROUP, row, group);
-	dbWriteInt(didUM, UM_USER_TABLENAME, UM_PROT, row, prot); 
-	dbWriteInt(didUM, UM_USER_TABLENAME, UM_DISABLE, row, disabled);
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umDeleteUser() - remove a user from the "users" table
- */
-
-int	umDeleteUser(char_t *user)
-{
-	int row;
-
-	a_assert(user && *user);
-	trace(3, T("UM: Deleting User <%s>\n"), user);
-/*
- *	Check to see if user is delete-protected
- */
-	if (umGetUserProtected(user)) {
-		return UM_ERR_PROTECTED;
-	} 
-
-/*
- *	If found, delete the user from the database
- */
-	if ((row = dbSearchStr(didUM, UM_USER_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, user, 0)) >= 0) {
-		return dbDeleteRow(didUM, UM_USER_TABLENAME, row);
-	} 
-
-	return UM_ERR_NOT_FOUND;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umGetFirstUser() -	Returns the user ID of the first user found in the
- *						"users" table.
- */
-
-char_t *umGetFirstUser()
-{
-	return umGetFirstRowData(UM_USER_TABLENAME, UM_NAME);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umGetNextUser()	Returns the next user found in the "users" table after
- *					the given user. 	
- */
-
-char_t *umGetNextUser(char_t *userLast)
-{
-	return umGetNextRowData(UM_USER_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, userLast);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umUserExists()	Returns TRUE if userid exists.
- */
-
-bool_t umUserExists(char_t *user)
-{
-	a_assert(user && *user);
-
-	if (dbSearchStr(didUM, UM_USER_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, user, 0) >= 0) {
-		return TRUE;
-	} else {
-		return FALSE;
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umGetUserPassword() returns a de-crypted copy of the user password
- */
-
-char_t *umGetUserPassword(char_t *user)
-{
-	char_t	*password;
-	int		row;
-
-	a_assert(user && *user);
-
-	password = NULL;
-	row = dbSearchStr(didUM, UM_USER_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, user, 0);
-
-	if (row >= 0) {
-		char_t *pass = NULL;
-		dbReadStr(didUM, UM_USER_TABLENAME, UM_PASS, row, &pass);
-/*
- *		Decrypt	password
- *		Note, this function returns a copy of the password, which must
- *		be deleted at some time in the future.
- */
-		password = bstrdup(B_L, pass);
-		umEncryptString(password);
-	}
-
-	return password;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umSetUserPassword() updates the user password in the user "table" after
- *						encrypting the given password
- */
-
-int	umSetUserPassword(char_t *user, char_t *pass)
-{
-	int		row, nRet;
-	char_t	*password;
-
-	a_assert(user && *user);
-	a_assert(pass && *pass);
-	trace(3, T("UM: Attempting to change the password for user <%s>\n"), user);
-/*
- *	Find the row of the user
- */
-	if ((row = dbSearchStr(didUM, UM_USER_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, user, 0)) < 0) {
-		return UM_ERR_NOT_FOUND;
-	}
-
-	password = bstrdup(B_L, pass);
-	umEncryptString(password);
-	nRet = dbWriteStr(didUM, UM_USER_TABLENAME, UM_PASS, row, password);
-	bfree(B_L, password);
-
-	return nRet;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umGetUserGroup() returns the name of the user group
- */
-
-char_t *umGetUserGroup(char_t *user)
-{
-	char_t	*group;
-	int		row;
-
-	a_assert(user && *user);
-	group = NULL;
-/*
- *	Find the row of the user
- */
-	row = dbSearchStr(didUM, UM_USER_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, user, 0);
-
-	if (row >= 0) {
-		dbReadStr(didUM, UM_USER_TABLENAME, UM_GROUP, row, &group);
-	}
-
-	return group;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umSetUserGroup() Sets the name of the user group for the user
- */
-
-int	umSetUserGroup(char_t *user, char_t *group)
-{
-	int row;
-
-	a_assert(user && *user);
-	a_assert(group && *group);
-/*
- *	Find the row of the user
- */
-	row = dbSearchStr(didUM, UM_USER_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, user, 0);
-
-	if (row >= 0) {
-		return dbWriteStr(didUM, UM_USER_TABLENAME, UM_GROUP, row, group);
-	} else {
-		return UM_ERR_NOT_FOUND;
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umGetUserEnabled() - returns if the user is enabled
- *	Returns FALSE if the user is not found.
- */
-
-bool_t	umGetUserEnabled(char_t *user)
-{
-	int disabled, row;
-
-	a_assert(user && *user);
-
-	disabled = 1;
-/*
- *	Find the row of the user
- */
-	row = dbSearchStr(didUM, UM_USER_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, user, 0);
-
-	if (row >= 0) {
-		dbReadInt(didUM, UM_USER_TABLENAME, UM_DISABLE, row, &disabled);
-	}
-
-	return (bool_t)!disabled;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umSetUserEnabled() Enables/disables the user
- */
-int	umSetUserEnabled(char_t *user, bool_t enabled)
-{
-	int row;
-
-	a_assert(user && *user);
-/*
- *	Find the row of the user
- */
-	row = dbSearchStr(didUM, UM_USER_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, user, 0);
-	if (row >= 0) {
-		return dbWriteInt(didUM, UM_USER_TABLENAME, UM_DISABLE, row, !enabled);
-	} else {
-		return UM_ERR_NOT_FOUND;
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umGetUserProtected() - determine deletability of user
- */
-
-bool_t umGetUserProtected(char_t *user)
-{
-	int protect, row;
-
-	a_assert(user && *user);
-/*
- *	Find the row of the user
- */
-	row = dbSearchStr(didUM, UM_USER_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, user, 0);
-	protect = FALSE;
-
-	if (row >= 0) {
-		dbReadInt(didUM, UM_USER_TABLENAME, UM_PROT, row, &protect);
-	}
-
-	return (bool_t)protect;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umSetUserProtected() sets the delete protection for the user
- */
-int	umSetUserProtected(char_t *user, bool_t protect)
-{
-	int row;
-
-	a_assert(user && *user);
-/*
- *	Find the row of the user
- */
-	row = dbSearchStr(didUM, UM_USER_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, user, 0);
-
-	if (row >= 0) {
-		return dbWriteInt(didUM, UM_USER_TABLENAME, UM_PROT, row, protect);
-	} else {
-		return UM_ERR_NOT_FOUND;
-	}
-}
-
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umAddGroup() adds a group to the "Group" table
- */
-
-int	umAddGroup(char_t *group, short priv, accessMeth_t am, 
-			   bool_t prot, bool_t disabled)
-{
-	int row;
-
-	a_assert(group && *group);
-	trace(3, T("UM: Adding group <%s>\n"), group);
-	
-/*
- *	Do not allow duplicates
- */
-	if (umGroupExists(group)) {
-		return UM_ERR_DUPLICATE;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Only allow valid characters in key field
- */
-	if (!umCheckName(group)) {
-		return UM_ERR_BAD_NAME;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Add a new row to the table
- */
-	if ((row = dbAddRow(didUM, UM_GROUP_TABLENAME)) < 0) {
-		return UM_ERR_GENERAL;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Write the key field
- */
-	if (dbWriteStr(didUM, UM_GROUP_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, row, group) != 0) {
-		return UM_ERR_GENERAL;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Write the remaining fields
- */
-	dbWriteInt(didUM, UM_GROUP_TABLENAME, UM_PRIVILEGE, row, priv);
-	dbWriteInt(didUM, UM_GROUP_TABLENAME, UM_METHOD, row, (int) am);
-	dbWriteInt(didUM, UM_GROUP_TABLENAME, UM_PROT, row, prot);
-	dbWriteInt(didUM, UM_GROUP_TABLENAME, UM_DISABLE, row, disabled);
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umDeleteGroup() - Delete a user group, if not protected
- */
-
-int	umDeleteGroup(char_t *group)
-{
-	int row;
-
-	a_assert(group && *group);
-	trace(3, T("UM: Deleting Group <%s>\n"), group);
-
-/*
- *	Check to see if the group is in use
- */
-	if (umGetGroupInUse(group)) {
-		return UM_ERR_IN_USE;
-	} 
-
-/*
- *	Check to see if the group is delete-protected
- */
-	if (umGetGroupProtected(group)) {
-		return UM_ERR_PROTECTED;
-	} 
-
-/*
- *	Find the row of the group to delete
- */
-	if ((row = dbSearchStr(didUM, UM_GROUP_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, group, 0)) < 0) {
-		return UM_ERR_NOT_FOUND;
-	}
-
-	return dbDeleteRow(didUM, UM_GROUP_TABLENAME, row);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umGroupExists() returns TRUE if group exists, FALSE otherwise
- */
-
-bool_t umGroupExists(char_t *group)
-{
-	a_assert(group && *group);
-
-	if (dbSearchStr(didUM, UM_GROUP_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, group, 0) >= 0) {
-		return TRUE;
-	} else {
-		return FALSE;
-	}
-}
-
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umGetGroupInUse() returns TRUE if the group is referenced by a user or by
- *  an access limit.
- */
-
-bool_t umGetGroupInUse(char_t *group)
-{
-	a_assert(group && *group);
-
-/*
- *	First, check the user table
- */
-	if (dbSearchStr(didUM, UM_USER_TABLENAME, UM_GROUP, group, 0) >= 0) {
-		return TRUE;
-	} 
-
-/*
- *	Second, check the access limit table
- */
-	if (dbSearchStr(didUM, UM_ACCESS_TABLENAME, UM_GROUP, group, 0) >= 0) {
-		return TRUE;
-	} 
-
-	return FALSE;
-}
-
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umGetFirstGroup() - return a pointer to the first non-blank group name
- */
-
-char_t *umGetFirstGroup()
-{
-	return umGetFirstRowData(UM_GROUP_TABLENAME, UM_NAME);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umGetNextGroup() -	return a pointer to the first non-blank group name
- *						following the given group name
- */
-
-char_t *umGetNextGroup(char_t *groupLast)
-{
-	return umGetNextRowData(UM_GROUP_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, groupLast);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Returns the default access method to use for a given group
- */
-
-accessMeth_t umGetGroupAccessMethod(char_t *group)
-{
-	int am, row;
-
-	a_assert(group && *group);
-	row = dbSearchStr(didUM, UM_GROUP_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, group, 0);
-
-	if (row >= 0) {
-		dbReadInt(didUM, UM_GROUP_TABLENAME, UM_METHOD, row, (int *)&am);
-	} else {
-		am = AM_INVALID;
-	}
-
-	return (accessMeth_t) am;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Set the default access method to use for a given group
- */
-
-int	umSetGroupAccessMethod(char_t *group, accessMeth_t am)
-{
-	int row;
-
-	a_assert(group && *group);
-	row = dbSearchStr(didUM, UM_GROUP_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, group, 0);
-
-	if (row >= 0) {
-		return dbWriteInt(didUM, UM_GROUP_TABLENAME, UM_METHOD, row, (int) am);
-	} else {
-		return UM_ERR_NOT_FOUND;
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Returns the privilege mask for a given group
- */
-
-short umGetGroupPrivilege(char_t *group)
-{
-	int privilege, row;
-
-	a_assert(group && *group);
-	privilege = -1;
-	row = dbSearchStr(didUM, UM_GROUP_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, group, 0);
-
-	if (row >= 0) {
-		dbReadInt(didUM, UM_GROUP_TABLENAME, UM_PRIVILEGE, row, &privilege);
-	}
-
-	return (short) privilege;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Set the privilege mask for a given group
- */
-
-int	umSetGroupPrivilege(char_t *group, short privilege)
-{
-	int row;
-
-	a_assert(group && *group);
-	row = dbSearchStr(didUM, UM_GROUP_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, group, 0);
-
-	if (row >= 0) {
-		return dbWriteInt(didUM, UM_GROUP_TABLENAME, UM_PRIVILEGE, row, 
-			(int)privilege);
-	} else {
-		return UM_ERR_NOT_FOUND;
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Returns the enabled setting for a given group.
- *	Returns FALSE if group is not found.
- */
-
-bool_t umGetGroupEnabled(char_t *group)
-{
-	int disabled, row;
-
-	a_assert(group && *group);
-	row = dbSearchStr(didUM, UM_GROUP_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, group, 0);
-	disabled = 1;
-
-	if (row >= 0) {
-		dbReadInt(didUM, UM_GROUP_TABLENAME, UM_DISABLE, row, &disabled);
-	}
-
-	return (bool_t) !disabled;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Sets the enabled setting for a given group.
- */
-
-int umSetGroupEnabled(char_t *group, bool_t enabled)
-{
-	int row;
-
-	a_assert(group && *group);
-	row = dbSearchStr(didUM, UM_GROUP_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, group, 0);
-
-	if (row >= 0) {
-		return dbWriteInt(didUM, UM_GROUP_TABLENAME, UM_DISABLE, row, 
-			(int) !enabled);
-	} else {
-		return UM_ERR_NOT_FOUND;
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Returns the protected setting for a given group
- *  Returns FALSE if user is not found
- */
-
-bool_t umGetGroupProtected(char_t *group)
-{
-	int protect, row;
-
-	a_assert(group && *group);
-
-	protect = 0;
-	row = dbSearchStr(didUM, UM_GROUP_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, group, 0);
-	if (row >= 0) {
-		dbReadInt(didUM, UM_GROUP_TABLENAME, UM_PROT, row, &protect);
-	}
-
-	return (bool_t) protect;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Sets the protected setting for a given group
- */
-
-int	umSetGroupProtected(char_t *group, bool_t protect)
-{
-	int row;
-
-	a_assert(group && *group);
-	row = dbSearchStr(didUM, UM_GROUP_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, group, 0);
-
-	if (row >= 0) {
-		return dbWriteInt(didUM, UM_GROUP_TABLENAME, UM_PROT, row, 
-			(int) protect);
-	} else {
-		return UM_ERR_NOT_FOUND;
-	}
-}
-
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umAddAccessLimit() adds an access limit to the "access" table
- */
-
-int	umAddAccessLimit(char_t *url, accessMeth_t am, short secure, char_t *group)
-{
-	int row;
-
-	a_assert(url && *url);
-	trace(3, T("UM: Adding Access Limit for <%s>\n"), url);
-
-/*
- *	Do not allow duplicates
- */
-	if (umAccessLimitExists(url)) {
-		return UM_ERR_DUPLICATE;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Add a new row to the table
- */
-	if ((row = dbAddRow(didUM, UM_ACCESS_TABLENAME)) < 0) {
-		return UM_ERR_GENERAL;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Write the key field
- */
-	if(dbWriteStr(didUM, UM_ACCESS_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, row, url) < 0) {
-		return UM_ERR_GENERAL;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Write the remaining fields
- */
-	dbWriteInt(didUM, UM_ACCESS_TABLENAME, UM_METHOD, row, (int)am);
-	dbWriteInt(didUM, UM_ACCESS_TABLENAME, UM_SECURE, row, (int)secure);
-	dbWriteStr(didUM, UM_ACCESS_TABLENAME, UM_GROUP, row, group);
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umDeleteAccessLimit()
- */
-
-int	umDeleteAccessLimit(char_t *url)
-{
-	int row;
-
-	a_assert(url && *url);
-	trace(3, T("UM: Deleting Access Limit for <%s>\n"), url);
-/*
- *	Find the row of the access limit to delete
- */
-	if ((row = dbSearchStr(didUM, UM_ACCESS_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, url, 0)) < 0) {
-		return UM_ERR_NOT_FOUND;
-	}
-
-	return dbDeleteRow(didUM, UM_ACCESS_TABLENAME, row);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umGetFirstGroup() - return a pointer to the first non-blank access limit
- */
-
-char_t *umGetFirstAccessLimit()
-{
-	return umGetFirstRowData(UM_ACCESS_TABLENAME, UM_NAME);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umGetNextAccessLimit() -	return a pointer to the first non-blank 
- *								access limit following the given one
- */
-
-char_t *umGetNextAccessLimit(char_t *urlLast)
-{
-	return umGetNextRowData(UM_ACCESS_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, urlLast);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umAccessLimitExists() returns TRUE if this access limit exists
- */
-
-bool_t	umAccessLimitExists(char_t *url)
-{
-	a_assert(url && *url);
-
-	if (dbSearchStr(didUM, UM_ACCESS_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, url, 0) < 0) {
-		return FALSE;
-	} else {
-		return TRUE;
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umGetAccessLimit() returns the Access Method for the URL
- */
-
-accessMeth_t umGetAccessLimitMethod(char_t *url)
-{
-	int am, row;
-
-	am = (int) AM_INVALID;
-	row = dbSearchStr(didUM, UM_ACCESS_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, url, 0);
-
-	if (row >= 0) {
-		dbReadInt(didUM, UM_ACCESS_TABLENAME, UM_METHOD, row, &am);
-	} 
-
-	return (accessMeth_t) am;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umSetAccessLimitMethod() - set Access Method for Access Limit
- */
-
-int	umSetAccessLimitMethod(char_t *url, accessMeth_t am)
-{
-	int row;
-
-	a_assert(url && *url);
-	row = dbSearchStr(didUM, UM_ACCESS_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, url, 0);
-
-	if (row >= 0) {
-		return dbWriteInt(didUM, UM_ACCESS_TABLENAME, UM_METHOD, row, (int) am);
-	} else {
-		return UM_ERR_NOT_FOUND;
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umGetAccessLimitSecure() - returns secure switch for access limit
- */
-
-short umGetAccessLimitSecure(char_t *url)
-{
-	int secure, row;
-
-	a_assert(url && *url);
-	secure = -1;
-	row = dbSearchStr(didUM, UM_ACCESS_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, url, 0);
-
-	if (row >= 0) {
-		dbReadInt(didUM, UM_ACCESS_TABLENAME, UM_SECURE, row, &secure);
-	}
-
-	return (short)secure;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umSetAccessLimitSecure() - sets the secure flag for the URL
- */
-
-int	umSetAccessLimitSecure(char_t *url, short secure)
-{
-	int row;
-
-	a_assert(url && *url);
-	row = dbSearchStr(didUM, UM_ACCESS_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, url, 0);
-
-	if (row >= 0) {
-		return dbWriteInt(didUM, UM_ACCESS_TABLENAME, UM_SECURE, row, 
-			(int)secure);
-	} else {
-		return UM_ERR_NOT_FOUND;
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umGetAccessLimitGroup() - returns the user group of the access limit
- */
-
-char_t *umGetAccessLimitGroup(char_t *url)
-{
-	char_t	*group;
-	int		row;
-
-	a_assert(url && *url);
-	group = NULL;
-	row = dbSearchStr(didUM, UM_ACCESS_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, url, 0);
-
-	if (row >= 0) {
-		dbReadStr(didUM, UM_ACCESS_TABLENAME, UM_GROUP, row, &group);
-	}
-
-	return group;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	umSetAccessLimitGroup() - sets the user group for the access limit.
- */
-
-int	umSetAccessLimitGroup(char_t *url, char_t *group)
-{
-	int row;
-
-	a_assert(url && *url);
-	row = dbSearchStr(didUM, UM_ACCESS_TABLENAME, UM_NAME, url, 0);
-
-	if (row >= 0) {
-		return dbWriteStr(didUM, UM_ACCESS_TABLENAME, UM_GROUP, row, group);
-	} else {
-		return UM_ERR_NOT_FOUND;
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Returns the access limit to use for a given URL, by checking for URLs up
- *	the directory tree.  Creates a new string that must be deleted.
- */
-
-char_t *umGetAccessLimit(char_t *url)
-{
-	char_t	*urlRet, *urlCheck, *lastChar;
-	int		len;
-	
-	a_assert(url && *url);
-	urlRet = NULL;
-	urlCheck = bstrdup(B_L, url);
-	a_assert(urlCheck);
-	len = gstrlen(urlCheck);
-/*
- *	Scan back through URL to see if there is a "parent" access limit
- */
-	while (len && !urlRet) {
-		if (umAccessLimitExists(urlCheck)) {
-			urlRet = bstrdup(B_L, urlCheck);
-		} else {
-/*
- *	Trim the end portion of the URL to the previous directory marker
- */
-			lastChar = urlCheck + len;
-			lastChar--;
-
-			while ((lastChar >= urlCheck) && ((*lastChar == '/') || 
-				(*lastChar == '\\'))) {
-				*lastChar = 0;
-				lastChar--;
-			}
-
-			while ((lastChar >= urlCheck) && (*lastChar != '/') && 
-				(*lastChar != '\\')) {
-				*lastChar = 0;
-				lastChar--;
-			}
-
-			len = gstrlen(urlCheck);
-		}
-	}
-	bfree (B_L, urlCheck);
-
-	return urlRet;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Returns the access method to use for a given URL
- */
-
-accessMeth_t umGetAccessMethodForURL(char_t *url)
-{
-	accessMeth_t	amRet;
-	char_t			*urlHavingLimit, *group;
-	
-	urlHavingLimit = umGetAccessLimit(url);
-	if (urlHavingLimit) {
-		group = umGetAccessLimitGroup(urlHavingLimit);
-
-		if (group && *group) {
-			amRet = umGetGroupAccessMethod(group);
-		} else {
-			amRet = umGetAccessLimitMethod(urlHavingLimit);
-		}
-
-		bfree(B_L, urlHavingLimit);
-	} else {
-		amRet = AM_FULL;
-	}
-
-	return amRet;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Returns TRUE if user can access URL
- */
-
-bool_t umUserCanAccessURL(char_t *user, char_t *url)
-{
-	accessMeth_t	amURL;
-	char_t			*group, *usergroup, *urlHavingLimit;
-	short			priv;
-	
-	a_assert(user && *user);
-	a_assert(url && *url);
-
-/*
- *	Make sure user exists
- */
-	if (!umUserExists(user)) {
-		return FALSE;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Make sure user is enabled
- */
-	if (!umGetUserEnabled(user)) {
-		return FALSE;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Make sure user has sufficient privileges (any will do)
- */
-	usergroup = umGetUserGroup(user);
-	priv = umGetGroupPrivilege(usergroup);
-	if (priv == 0) {
-		return FALSE;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Make sure user's group is enabled
- */
-	if (!umGetGroupEnabled(usergroup)) {
-		return FALSE;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	The access method of the user group must not be AM_NONE
- */
-	if (umGetGroupAccessMethod(usergroup) == AM_NONE) {
-		return FALSE;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Check to see if there is an Access Limit for this URL
- */
-	urlHavingLimit = umGetAccessLimit(url);
-	if (urlHavingLimit) {
-		amURL = umGetAccessLimitMethod(urlHavingLimit);
-		group = umGetAccessLimitGroup(urlHavingLimit);
-		bfree(B_L, urlHavingLimit);
-	} else {
-/*
- *		If there isn't an access limit for the URL, user has full access
- */
-		return TRUE;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	If the access method for the URL is AM_NONE then 
- *	the file "doesn't exist".
- */
-	if (amURL == AM_NONE) {
-		return FALSE;
-	} 
-	
-/*
- *	If Access Limit has a group specified, then the user must be a 
- *	member of that group
- */
-	if (group && *group) {
-#ifdef qHierarchicalAccess
-      /*
-       * If we are compiling with the hierarchical access extensions, we
-       * instead call the user-provided function that checks to see whether
-       * the current user's access level is greater than or equal to the
-       * access level required for this URL.
-       */
-      return dmfCanAccess(usergroup, group);
-
-#else
-		if (usergroup && (gstrcmp(group, usergroup) != 0)) {
-			return FALSE;
-
-		}
-#endif
-	} 
-
-/*
- *	Otherwise, user can access the URL 
- */
-	return TRUE;
-
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Returns TRUE if given name has only valid chars
- */
-
-static bool_t umCheckName(char_t *name)
-{
-	a_assert(name && *name);
-
-	if (name && *name) {
-		while (*name) {
-			if (gisspace(*name)) {
-				return FALSE;
-			}
-
-			name++;
-		}
-
-		return TRUE;
-	}
-
-	return FALSE;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/um.h b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/um.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b520893275..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/um.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,183 +0,0 @@
-/*
- *	um.h -- GoAhead User Management public header
- *
- *	Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1992-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- *	See the file "license.txt" for information on usage and redistribution
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-#ifndef _h_UM
-#define _h_UM 1
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-
-/*
- *	GoAhead User Management header. This defines the User Management
- *	public APIs.  Include this header for files that contain access to
- *	user inquiry or management.
- */
-
-/********************************* Includes ***********************************/
-
-#ifndef UEMF
-	#include	"basic/basic.h"
-	#include	"emf/emf.h"
-#else
-	#include	"uemf.h"
-#endif
-
-/********************************** Defines ***********************************/
-
-/*
- *	Error Return Flags
- */
-#define UM_OK				0
-#define UM_ERR_GENERAL		-1
-#define UM_ERR_NOT_FOUND	-2
-#define UM_ERR_PROTECTED	-3
-#define UM_ERR_DUPLICATE	-4
-#define UM_ERR_IN_USE		-5
-#define UM_ERR_BAD_NAME		-6
-#define UM_ERR_BAD_PASSWORD -7
-
-/*
- *	Privilege Masks
- */
-#define PRIV_NONE	0x00
-#define PRIV_READ	0x01
-#define PRIV_WRITE	0x02
-#define PRIV_ADMIN	0x04
-
-/*
- *	User classes
- */
-typedef short bool_t;
-
-#ifndef TRUE
-#define TRUE 1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef FALSE
-#define FALSE 0
-#endif
-
-typedef enum {
-	AM_NONE = 0,
-	AM_FULL,
-	AM_BASIC,
-	AM_DIGEST,
-	AM_INVALID
-} accessMeth_t;
-
-/********************************** Prototypes ********************************/
-
-/*
- *	umOpen() must be called before accessing User Management functions
- */
-extern int				umOpen();
-
-/*
- *	umClose() should be called before shutdown to free memory
- */
-extern void				umClose();
-
-/*
- *	umCommit() persists the user management database
- */
-extern int				umCommit(char_t *filename);
-
-/*
- *	umRestore() loads the user management database
- */
-extern int				umRestore(char_t *filename);
-
-/*
- *	umUser functions use a user ID for a key
- */
-extern int				umAddUser(char_t *user, char_t *password,
-							char_t *group, bool_t protect, bool_t disabled);
-
-extern int				umDeleteUser(char_t *user);
-
-extern char_t			*umGetFirstUser();
-extern char_t			*umGetNextUser(char_t *lastUser);
-
-extern bool_t			umUserExists(char_t *user);
-
-extern char_t			*umGetUserPassword(char_t *user);
-extern int				umSetUserPassword(char_t *user, char_t *password);
-
-extern char_t			*umGetUserGroup(char_t *user);
-extern int				umSetUserGroup(char_t *user, char_t *password);
-
-extern bool_t			umGetUserEnabled(char_t *user);
-extern int				umSetUserEnabled(char_t *user, bool_t enabled);
-
-extern bool_t			umGetUserProtected(char_t *user);
-extern int				umSetUserProtected(char_t *user, bool_t protect);
-
-/*
- *	umGroup functions use a group name for a key
- */
-extern int				umAddGroup(char_t *group, short privilege,
-							accessMeth_t am, bool_t protect, bool_t disabled);
-
-extern int				umDeleteGroup(char_t *group);
-
-extern char_t 			*umGetFirstGroup();
-extern char_t			*umGetNextGroup(char_t *lastUser);
-
-extern bool_t			umGroupExists(char_t *group);
-extern bool_t			umGetGroupInUse(char_t *group);
-
-extern accessMeth_t		umGetGroupAccessMethod(char_t *group);
-extern int				umSetGroupAccessMethod(char_t *group, accessMeth_t am);
-
-extern bool_t			umGetGroupEnabled(char_t *group);
-extern int				umSetGroupEnabled(char_t *group, bool_t enabled);
-
-extern short			umGetGroupPrivilege(char_t *group);
-extern int				umSetGroupPrivilege(char_t *group, short privileges);
-
-extern bool_t			umGetGroupProtected(char_t *group);
-extern int				umSetGroupProtected(char_t *group, bool_t protect);
-
-/*
- *	umAccessLimit functions use a URL as a key
- */
-extern int			umAddAccessLimit(char_t *url, accessMeth_t am,
-						short secure, char_t *group);
-
-extern int			umDeleteAccessLimit(char_t *url);
-
-extern char_t		*umGetFirstAccessLimit();
-extern char_t		*umGetNextAccessLimit(char_t *lastUser);
-
-/*
- *	Returns the name of an ancestor access limit if
- */
-extern char_t		*umGetAccessLimit(char_t *url);
-
-extern bool_t		umAccessLimitExists(char_t *url);
-
-extern accessMeth_t	umGetAccessLimitMethod(char_t *url);
-extern int			umSetAccessLimitMethod(char_t *url, accessMeth_t am);
-
-extern short		umGetAccessLimitSecure(char_t *url);
-extern int			umSetAccessLimitSecure(char_t *url, short secure);
-
-extern char_t		*umGetAccessLimitGroup(char_t *url);
-extern int			umSetAccessLimitGroup(char_t *url, char_t *group);
-
-/*
- *	Convenience Functions
- */
-
-extern accessMeth_t	umGetAccessMethodForURL(char_t *url);
-extern bool_t		umUserCanAccessURL(char_t *user, char_t *url);
-
-#endif /* _h_UM */
-
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/umui.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/umui.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 971b059bc7..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/umui.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,641 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * umui.c -- User Management GoForm Processing
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * See the file "license.txt" for usage and redistribution license requirements
- *
- *	$Id$
- */
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-
-/*
- *	This module provides GoForm functions for User management
- */
-
-/********************************* Includes ***********************************/
-
-#include	"wsIntrn.h"
-#include	"um.h"
-
-/********************************* Defines ************************************/
-
-#define		NONE_OPTION		T("<NONE>")
-#define		MSG_START		T("<body><h2>")
-#define		MSG_END			T("</h2></body>")
-
-/**************************** Forward Declarations ****************************/
-
-static void		formAddUser(webs_t wp, char_t *path, char_t *query);
-static void		formDeleteUser(webs_t wp, char_t *path, char_t *query);
-static void		formDisplayUser(webs_t wp, char_t *path, char_t *query);
-static int		aspGenerateUserList(int eid, webs_t wp, 
-									int argc, char_t **argv);
-
-static void		formAddGroup(webs_t wp, char_t *path, char_t *query);
-static void		formDeleteGroup(webs_t wp, char_t *path, char_t *query);
-static int		aspGenerateGroupList(int eid, webs_t wp, 
-									 int argc, char_t **argv);
-
-static void		formAddAccessLimit(webs_t wp, char_t *path, char_t *query);
-static void		formDeleteAccessLimit(webs_t wp, char_t *path, char_t *query);
-static int		aspGenerateAccessLimitList(int eid, webs_t wp, 
-										   int argc, char_t **argv);
-
-static int		aspGenerateAccessMethodList(int eid, webs_t wp, 
-											int argc, char_t **argv);
-static int		aspGeneratePrivilegeList(int eid, webs_t wp, 
-										 int argc, char_t **argv);
-
-static void		formSaveUserManagement(webs_t wp, char_t *path, char_t *query);
-static void		formLoadUserManagement(webs_t wp, char_t *path, char_t *query);
-
-static void		websMsgStart(webs_t wp);
-static void		websMsgEnd(webs_t wp);
-
-/*********************************** Code *************************************/
-/*
- *	Set up the User Management form handlers
- */
-
-void formDefineUserMgmt(void)
-{
-	websAspDefine(T("MakeGroupList"), aspGenerateGroupList);
-	websAspDefine(T("MakeUserList"), aspGenerateUserList);
-	websAspDefine(T("MakeAccessLimitList"), aspGenerateAccessLimitList);
-	websAspDefine(T("MakeAccessMethodList"), aspGenerateAccessMethodList);
-	websAspDefine(T("MakePrivilegeList"), aspGeneratePrivilegeList);
-
-	websFormDefine(T("AddUser"), formAddUser);
-	websFormDefine(T("DeleteUser"), formDeleteUser);
-	websFormDefine(T("DisplayUser"), formDisplayUser);
-	websFormDefine(T("AddGroup"), formAddGroup);
-	websFormDefine(T("DeleteGroup"), formDeleteGroup);
-	websFormDefine(T("AddAccessLimit"), formAddAccessLimit);
-	websFormDefine(T("DeleteAccessLimit"), formDeleteAccessLimit);
-
-	websFormDefine(T("SaveUserManagement"), formSaveUserManagement);
-	websFormDefine(T("LoadUserManagement"), formLoadUserManagement);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *  Add a user
- */
-
-static void formAddUser(webs_t wp, char_t *path, char_t *query)
-{
-	char_t	*userid, *pass1, *pass2, *group, *enabled, *ok;
-	bool_t bDisable;
-	int	nCheck;
-
-	a_assert(wp);
-
-	userid = websGetVar(wp, T("user"), T("")); 
-	pass1 = websGetVar(wp, T("password"), T("")); 
-	pass2 = websGetVar(wp, T("passconf"), T("")); 
-	group = websGetVar(wp, T("group"), T("")); 
-	enabled = websGetVar(wp, T("enabled"), T("")); 
-	ok = websGetVar(wp, T("ok"), T("")); 
-
-	websHeader(wp);
-	websMsgStart(wp);
-
-	if (gstricmp(ok, T("ok")) != 0) {
-		websWrite(wp, T("Add User Cancelled"));
-	} else if (gstrcmp(pass1, pass2) != 0) {
-		websWrite(wp, T("Confirmation Password did not match."));
-	} else {
-		if (enabled && *enabled && (gstrcmp(enabled, T("on")) == 0)) {
-			bDisable = FALSE;
-		} else {
-			bDisable = TRUE;
-		}
-
-		nCheck = umAddUser(userid, pass1, group, 0, bDisable);
-		if (nCheck != 0) {
-			char_t * strError;
-
-			switch (nCheck) {
-			case UM_ERR_DUPLICATE:
-				strError = T("User already exists.");
-				break;
-
-			case UM_ERR_BAD_NAME:
-				strError = T("Invalid user name.");
-				break;
-
-			case UM_ERR_BAD_PASSWORD:
-				strError = T("Invalid password.");
-				break;
-
-			case UM_ERR_NOT_FOUND:
-				strError = T("Invalid or unselected group.");
-				break;
-
-			default:
-				strError = T("Error writing user record.");
-				break;
-			}
-
-			websWrite(wp, T("Unable to add user, \"%s\".  %s"),
-				userid, strError);
-		} else {
-			websWrite(wp, T("User, \"%s\" was successfully added."),
-				userid);
-		}
-	}
-
-	websMsgEnd(wp);
-	websFooter(wp);
-	websDone(wp, 200);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *  Delete a user
- */
-
-static void formDeleteUser(webs_t wp, char_t *path, char_t *query)
-{
-	char_t	*userid, *ok;
-
-	a_assert(wp);
-
-	userid = websGetVar(wp, T("user"), T("")); 
-	ok = websGetVar(wp, T("ok"), T("")); 
-
-	websHeader(wp);
-	websMsgStart(wp);
-
-	if (gstricmp(ok, T("ok")) != 0) {
-		websWrite(wp, T("Delete User Cancelled"));
-	} else if (umUserExists(userid) == FALSE) {
-		websWrite(wp, T("ERROR: User \"%s\" not found"), userid);
-	} else if (umGetUserProtected(userid)) {
-		websWrite(wp, T("ERROR: User, \"%s\" is delete-protected."), userid);
-	} else if (umDeleteUser(userid) != 0) {
-		websWrite(wp, T("ERROR: Unable to delete user, \"%s\" "), userid);
-	} else {
-		websWrite(wp, T("User, \"%s\" was successfully deleted."), userid);
-	}
-
-	websMsgEnd(wp);
-	websFooter(wp);
-	websDone(wp, 200);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *  Display the user info
- */
-
-static void formDisplayUser(webs_t wp, char_t *path, char_t *query)
-{
-	char_t	*userid, *ok, *temp;
-	bool_t	enabled;
-
-	a_assert(wp);
-
-	userid = websGetVar(wp, T("user"), T("")); 
-	ok = websGetVar(wp, T("ok"), T("")); 
-
-	websHeader(wp);
-	websWrite(wp, T("<body>"));
-
-	if (gstricmp(ok, T("ok")) != 0) {
-		websWrite(wp, T("Display User Cancelled"));
-	} else if (umUserExists(userid) == FALSE) {
-		websWrite(wp, T("ERROR: User <b>%s</b> not found.\n"), userid);
-	} else {
-		websWrite(wp, T("<h2>User ID: <b>%s</b></h2>\n"), userid);
-		temp = umGetUserGroup(userid);
-		websWrite(wp, T("<h3>User Group: <b>%s</b></h3>\n"), temp);
-		enabled = umGetUserEnabled(userid);
-		websWrite(wp, T("<h3>Enabled: <b>%d</b></h3>\n"), enabled);
-	}
-
-	websWrite(wp, T("</body>\n"));
-	websFooter(wp);
-	websDone(wp, 200);
-}
-
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *  Generate HTML to create a list box containing the users
- */
-
-static int aspGenerateUserList(int eid, webs_t wp, int argc, char_t **argv)
-{
-	char_t	*userid;
-	int		row, nBytesSent, nBytes;
-
-	a_assert(wp);
-
-	nBytes = websWrite(wp, 
-		T("<SELECT NAME=\"user\" SIZE=\"3\" TITLE=\"Select a User\">"));
-	row = 0;
-	userid = umGetFirstUser();
-	nBytesSent = 0;
-
-	while (userid && (nBytes > 0)) {
-		nBytes = websWrite(wp, T("<OPTION VALUE=\"%s\">%s\n"), 
-			userid, userid);
-		userid = umGetNextUser(userid);
-		nBytesSent += nBytes;
-	}
-
-	nBytesSent += websWrite(wp, T("</SELECT>"));
-
-	return nBytesSent;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *  Add a group
- */
-
-static void formAddGroup(webs_t wp, char_t *path, char_t *query)
-{
-	char_t			*group, *enabled, *privilege, *method, *ok, *pChar;
-	int				nCheck;
-	short			priv;
-	accessMeth_t	am;
-	bool_t			bDisable;
-
-	a_assert(wp);
-
-	group = websGetVar(wp, T("group"), T("")); 
-	method = websGetVar(wp, T("method"), T("")); 
-	enabled = websGetVar(wp, T("enabled"), T("")); 
-	privilege = websGetVar(wp, T("privilege"), T("")); 
-	ok = websGetVar(wp, T("ok"), T("")); 
-
-	websHeader(wp);
-	websMsgStart(wp);
-
-	if (gstricmp(ok, T("ok")) != 0) {
-		websWrite(wp, T("Add Group Cancelled."));
-	} else if ((group == NULL) || (*group == 0)) {
-		websWrite(wp, T("No Group Name was entered."));
-	} else if (umGroupExists(group)) {
-		websWrite(wp, T("ERROR: Group, \"%s\" already exists."), group);
-	} else {
-		if (privilege && *privilege) {
-/*
- *			privilege is a mulitple <SELECT> var, and must be parsed.
- *			Values for these variables are space delimited.
- */
-			priv = 0;
-			for (pChar = privilege; *pChar; pChar++) {
-				if (*pChar == ' ') {
-					*pChar = '\0';
-					priv |= gatoi(privilege);
-					*pChar = ' ';
-					privilege = pChar + 1;
-				}
-			}
-			priv |= gatoi(privilege);
-		} else {
-			priv = 0;
-		}
-
-		if (method && *method) {
-			am = (accessMeth_t) gatoi(method);
-		} else {
-			am = AM_FULL;
-		}
-
-		if (enabled && *enabled && (gstrcmp(enabled, T("on")) == 0)) {
-			bDisable = FALSE;
-		} else {
-			bDisable = TRUE;
-		}
-
-		nCheck = umAddGroup(group, priv, am, 0, bDisable);
-		if (nCheck != 0) {
-			websWrite(wp, T("Unable to add group, \"%s\", code: %d "),
-				group, nCheck);
-		} else {
-			websWrite(wp, T("Group, \"%s\" was successfully added."), 
-				group);
-		}
-	}
-
-	websMsgEnd(wp);
-	websFooter(wp);
-	websDone(wp, 200);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *  Delete a group
- */
-
-static void formDeleteGroup(webs_t wp, char_t *path, char_t *query)
-{
-	char_t	*group, *ok;
-
-	a_assert(wp);
-
-	group = websGetVar(wp, T("group"), T("")); 
-	ok = websGetVar(wp, T("ok"), T("")); 
-
-	websHeader(wp);
-	websMsgStart(wp);
-
-	if (gstricmp(ok, T("ok")) != 0) {
-		websWrite(wp, T("Delete Group Cancelled."));
-	} else if ((group == NULL) || (*group == '\0')) {
-		websWrite(wp, T("ERROR: No group was selected."));
-	} else if (umGetGroupProtected(group)) {
-		websWrite(wp, T("ERROR: Group, \"%s\" is delete-protected."), group);
-	} else if (umGetGroupInUse(group)) {
-		websWrite(wp, T("ERROR: Group, \"%s\" is being used."),	group);
-	} else if (umDeleteGroup(group) != 0) {
-		websWrite(wp, T("ERROR: Unable to delete group, \"%s\" "), group);
-	} else {
-		websWrite(wp, T("Group, \"%s\" was successfully deleted."), group);
-	}
-
-	websMsgEnd(wp);
-	websFooter(wp);
-	websDone(wp, 200);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *  Generate HTML to create a list box containing the groups
- */
-
-static int aspGenerateGroupList(int eid, webs_t wp, int argc, char_t **argv)
-{
-	char_t	*group;
-	int		row, nBytesSent, nBytes;
-
-	a_assert(wp);
-
-	row = 0;
-	nBytesSent = 0;
-	nBytes = websWrite(wp, 
-		T("<SELECT NAME=\"group\" SIZE=\"3\" TITLE=\"Select a Group\">"));
-/*
- *  Add a special "<NONE>" element to allow de-selection
- */
-	nBytes = websWrite(wp, T("<OPTION VALUE=\"\">[NONE]\n"));
-
-	group = umGetFirstGroup();
-	while (group && (nBytes > 0)) {
-		nBytes = websWrite(wp, T("<OPTION VALUE=\"%s\">%s\n"), group, group);
-		group = umGetNextGroup(group);
-		nBytesSent += nBytes;
-	}
-
-	nBytesSent += websWrite(wp, T("</SELECT>"));
-
-	return nBytesSent;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *  Add an access limit
- */
-
-static void formAddAccessLimit(webs_t wp, char_t *path, char_t *query)
-{
-	char_t			*url, *method, *group, *secure, *ok;
-	int				nCheck;
-	accessMeth_t	am;
-	short			nSecure;
-
-	a_assert(wp);
-
-	url = websGetVar(wp, T("url"), T("")); 
-	group = websGetVar(wp, T("group"), T("")); 
-	method = websGetVar(wp, T("method"), T("")); 
-	secure = websGetVar(wp, T("secure"), T("")); 
-	ok = websGetVar(wp, T("ok"), T("")); 
-
-	websHeader(wp);
-	websMsgStart(wp);
-
-	if (gstricmp(ok, T("ok")) != 0) {
-		websWrite(wp, T("Add Access Limit Cancelled."));
-	} else if ((url == NULL) || (*url == 0)) {
-		websWrite(wp, T("ERROR:  No URL was entered."));
-	} else if (umAccessLimitExists(url)) {
-		websWrite(wp, T("ERROR:  An Access Limit for [%s] already exists."),
-			url);
-	} else {
-		if (method && *method) {
-			am = (accessMeth_t) gatoi(method);
-		} else {
-			am = AM_FULL;
-		}
-
-		if (secure && *secure) {
-			nSecure = (short) gatoi(secure);
-		} else {
-			nSecure = 0;
-		}
-
-		nCheck = umAddAccessLimit(url, am, nSecure, group);
-		if (nCheck != 0) {
-			websWrite(wp, T("Unable to add Access Limit for [%s]"),	url);
-		} else {
-			websWrite(wp, T("Access limit for [%s], was successfully added."),
-				url);
-		}
-	}
-
-	websMsgEnd(wp);
-	websFooter(wp);
-	websDone(wp, 200);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *  Delete an Access Limit
- */
-
-static void formDeleteAccessLimit(webs_t wp, char_t *path, char_t *query)
-{
-	char_t	*url, *ok;
-
-	a_assert(wp);
-
-	url = websGetVar(wp, T("url"), T("")); 
-	ok = websGetVar(wp, T("ok"), T("")); 
-
-	websHeader(wp);
-	websMsgStart(wp);
-
-	if (gstricmp(ok, T("ok")) != 0) {
-		websWrite(wp, T("Delete Access Limit Cancelled"));
-	} else if (umDeleteAccessLimit(url) != 0) {
-		websWrite(wp, T("ERROR: Unable to delete Access Limit for [%s]"), 
-			url);
-	} else {
-		websWrite(wp, T("Access Limit for [%s], was successfully deleted."), 
-			url);
-	}
-
-	websMsgEnd(wp);
-	websFooter(wp);
-	websDone(wp, 200);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *  Generate HTML to create a list box containing the access limits
- */
-
-static int aspGenerateAccessLimitList(int eid, webs_t wp, 
-									  int argc, char_t **argv)
-{
-	char_t	*url;
-	int		row, nBytesSent, nBytes;
-
-	a_assert(wp);
-
-	row = nBytesSent = 0;
-	url = umGetFirstAccessLimit();
-	nBytes = websWrite(wp, 
-		T("<SELECT NAME=\"url\" SIZE=\"3\" TITLE=\"Select a URL\">"));
-
-	while (url && (nBytes > 0)) {
-		nBytes = websWrite(wp, T("<OPTION VALUE=\"%s\">%s\n"), url, url);
-		url = umGetNextAccessLimit(url);
-		nBytesSent += nBytes;
-	}
-
-	nBytesSent += websWrite(wp, T("</SELECT>"));
-
-	return nBytesSent;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *  Generate HTML to create a list box containing the access methods
- */
-
-static int aspGenerateAccessMethodList(int eid, webs_t wp, 
-									   int argc, char_t **argv)
-{
-	int		nBytes;
-
-	a_assert(wp);
-
-	nBytes = websWrite(wp, 
-		T("<SELECT NAME=\"method\" SIZE=\"3\" TITLE=\"Select a Method\">"));
-	nBytes += websWrite(wp, T("<OPTION VALUE=\"%d\">FULL ACCESS\n"), 
-		AM_FULL);
-	nBytes += websWrite(wp, T("<OPTION VALUE=\"%d\">BASIC ACCESS\n"), 
-		AM_BASIC);
-	nBytes += websWrite(wp, T("<OPTION VALUE=\"%d\" SELECTED>DIGEST ACCESS\n"), 
-		AM_DIGEST);
-	nBytes += websWrite(wp, T("<OPTION VALUE=\"%d\">NO ACCESS\n"), 
-		AM_NONE);
-	nBytes += websWrite(wp, T("</SELECT>"));
-
-	return nBytes;
-}
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *  Generate HTML to create a list box containing privileges
- */
-
-static int aspGeneratePrivilegeList(int eid, webs_t wp, 
-									int argc, char_t **argv)
-{
-	int		nBytes;
-
-	a_assert(wp);
-
-	nBytes = websWrite(wp, T("<SELECT NAME=\"privilege\" SIZE=\"3\" "));
-	nBytes += websWrite(wp, T("MULTIPLE TITLE=\"Choose Privileges\">"));
-	nBytes += websWrite(wp, T("<OPTION VALUE=\"%d\">READ\n"), PRIV_READ);
-	nBytes += websWrite(wp, T("<OPTION VALUE=\"%d\">EXECUTE\n"), PRIV_WRITE);
-	nBytes += websWrite(wp, T("<OPTION VALUE=\"%d\">ADMINISTRATE\n"), 
-		PRIV_ADMIN);
-	nBytes += websWrite(wp, T("</SELECT>"));
-
-	return nBytes;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *  Save the user management configuration to a file
- */
-
-static void formSaveUserManagement(webs_t wp, char_t *path, char_t *query)
-{
-	char_t	*ok;
-
-	a_assert(wp);
-
-	ok = websGetVar(wp, T("ok"), T("")); 
-
-	websHeader(wp);
-	websMsgStart(wp);
-
-	if (gstricmp(ok, T("ok")) != 0) {
-		websWrite(wp, T("Save Cancelled."));
-	} else if (umCommit(NULL) != 0) {
-		websWrite(wp, T("ERROR: Unable to save user configuration."));
-	} else {
-		websWrite(wp, T("User configuration was saved successfully."));
-	}
-
-	websMsgEnd(wp);
-	websFooter(wp);
-	websDone(wp, 200);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *  Load the user management configuration from a file
- */
-
-static void formLoadUserManagement(webs_t wp, char_t *path, char_t *query)
-{
-	char_t	*ok;
-
-	a_assert(wp);
-
-	ok = websGetVar(wp, T("ok"), T("")); 
-
-	websHeader(wp);
-	websMsgStart(wp);
-
-	if (gstricmp(ok, T("ok")) != 0) {
-		websWrite(wp, T("Load Cancelled."));
-	} else if (umRestore(NULL) != 0) {
-		websWrite(wp, T("ERROR: Unable to load user configuration."));
-	} else {
-		websWrite(wp, T("User configuration was re-loaded successfully."));
-	}
-
-	websMsgEnd(wp);
-	websFooter(wp);
-	websDone(wp, 200);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *  Message start and end convenience functions
- */
-
-static void	websMsgStart(webs_t wp)
-{
-	websWrite(wp, MSG_START);
-}
-
-static void	websMsgEnd(webs_t wp)
-{
-	websWrite(wp, MSG_END);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/url.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/url.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 07a99cc843..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/url.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,212 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * url.c -- Parse URLs
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * See the file "license.txt" for usage and redistribution license requirements
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-
-/*
- *	This module parses URLs into their components.
- */
-
-/********************************* Includes ***********************************/
-
-#include	"wsIntrn.h"
-
-/********************************* Statics ************************************/
-/*
- *	htmExt is declared in this way to avoid a Linux and Solaris segmentation
- *	fault when a constant string is passed to strlower which could change its
- *	argument.
- */
-
-char_t	htmExt[] = T(".htm");
-
-
-/*********************************** Code *************************************/
-/*
- *	Return the mime type for the given URL given a URL.
- *	The caller supplies the buffer to hold the result.
- *	charCnt is the number of characters the buffer will hold, ascii or UNICODE.
- */
-
-char_t *websUrlType(char_t *url, char_t *buf, int charCnt)
-{
-	sym_t	*sp;
-	char_t	*ext, *parsebuf;
-
-	a_assert(url && *url);
-	a_assert(buf && charCnt > 0);
-
-	if (url == NULL || *url == '\0') {
-		gstrcpy(buf, T("text/plain"));
-		return buf;
-	}
-	if (websUrlParse(url, &parsebuf, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 
-			NULL, &ext) < 0) {
-		gstrcpy(buf, T("text/plain"));
-		return buf;
-	}
-	strlower(ext);
-
-/*
- *	Lookup the mime type symbol table to find the relevant content type
- */
-	if ((sp = symLookup(websMime, ext)) != NULL) {
-		gstrncpy(buf, sp->content.value.string, charCnt);
-	} else {
-		gstrcpy(buf, T("text/plain"));
-	}
-	bfree(B_L, parsebuf);
-	return buf;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Parse the URL. A buffer is allocated to store the parsed URL in *pbuf.
- *	This must be freed by the caller. NOTE: tag is not yet fully supported.
- */
-
-int websUrlParse(char_t *url, char_t **pbuf, char_t **phost, char_t **ppath, 
-	char_t **pport, char_t **pquery, char_t **pproto, char_t **ptag, 
-	char_t **pext)
-{
-	char_t		*tok, *cp, *host, *path, *port, *proto, *tag, *query, *ext;
-	char_t		*last_delim, *hostbuf, *portbuf, *buf;
-	int			c, len, ulen;
-
-	a_assert(url);
-	a_assert(pbuf);
-
-	ulen = gstrlen(url);
-/*
- *	We allocate enough to store separate hostname and port number fields.
- *	As there are 3 strings in the one buffer, we need room for 3 null chars.
- *	We allocate MAX_PORT_LEN char_t's for the port number.
- */
-	len = ulen * 2 + MAX_PORT_LEN + 3;
-	if ((buf = balloc(B_L, len * sizeof(char_t))) == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	portbuf = &buf[len - MAX_PORT_LEN - 1];
-	hostbuf = &buf[ulen+1];
-	gstrcpy(buf, url);
-	url = buf;
-
-/*
- *	Convert the current listen port to a string. We use this if the URL has
- *	no explicit port setting
- */
-	stritoa(websGetPort(), portbuf, MAX_PORT_LEN);
-	port = portbuf;
-	path = T("/");
-	proto = T("http");
-	host = T("localhost");
-	query = T("");
-	ext = htmExt;
-	tag = T("");
-
-	if (gstrncmp(url, T("http://"), 7) == 0) {
-		tok = &url[7];
-		tok[-3] = '\0';
-		proto = url;
-		host = tok;
-		for (cp = tok; *cp; cp++) {
-			if (*cp == '/') {
-				break;
-			}
-			if (*cp == ':') {
-				*cp++ = '\0';
-				port = cp;
-				tok = cp;
-			}
-		}
-		if ((cp = gstrchr(tok, '/')) != NULL) {
-/*
- *			If a full URL is supplied, we need to copy the host and port 
- *			portions into static buffers.
- */
-			c = *cp;
-			*cp = '\0';
-			gstrncpy(hostbuf, host, ulen);
-			gstrncpy(portbuf, port, MAX_PORT_LEN);
-			*cp = c;
-			host = hostbuf;
-			port = portbuf;
-			path = cp;
-			tok = cp;
-		}
-
-	} else {
-		path = url;
-		tok = url;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Parse the query string
- */
-	if ((cp = gstrchr(tok, '?')) != NULL) {
-		*cp++ = '\0';
-		query = cp;
-		path = tok;
-		tok = query;
-	} 
-
-/*
- *	Parse the fragment identifier
- */
-	if ((cp = gstrchr(tok, '#')) != NULL) {
-		*cp++ = '\0';
-		if (*query == 0) {
-			path = tok;
-		}
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Only do the following if asked for the extension
- */
-	if (pext) {
-		if ((cp = gstrrchr(path, '.')) != NULL) {
-			if ((last_delim = gstrrchr(path, '/')) != NULL) {
-				if (last_delim > cp) {
-					ext = htmExt;
-				} else {
-					ext = cp;
-				}
-			} else {
-				ext = cp;
-			}
-		} else {
-			if (path[gstrlen(path) - 1] == '/') {
-				ext = htmExt;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Pass back the fields requested (if not NULL)
- */
-	if (phost)
-		*phost = host;
-	if (ppath)
-		*ppath = path;
-	if (pport)
-		*pport = port;
-	if (pproto)
-		*pproto = proto;
-	if (pquery)
-		*pquery = query;
-	if (ptag)
-		*ptag = tag;
-	if (pext)
-		*pext = ext;
-	*pbuf = buf;
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/value.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/value.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ac21ec6afe..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/value.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1213 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * value.c -- Generic type (holds all types)
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-
-/*
- *	This module provides a generic type that can hold all possible types.
- *	It is designed to provide maximum effeciency.
- */
-
-/********************************* Includes ***********************************/
-
-#ifdef UEMF
-	#include	"uemf.h"
-#else
-	#include	"basic/basicInternal.h"
-#endif
-
-/*********************************** Locals ***********************************/
-#ifndef UEMF
-static value_t value_null;					/* All zeros */
-
-/***************************** Forward Declarations ***************************/
-
-static void	coerce_types(value_t* v1, value_t* v2);
-static int	value_to_integer(value_t* vp);
-#endif /*!UEMF*/
-/*********************************** Code *************************************/
-/*
- *	Initialize a integer value.
- */
-
-value_t valueInteger(long value)
-{
-	value_t	v;
-
-	memset(&v, 0x0, sizeof(v));
-	v.valid = 1;
-	v.type = integer;
-	v.value.integer = value;
-	return v;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Initialize a string value.
- */
-
-value_t valueString(char_t* value, int flags)
-{
-	value_t	v;
-
-	memset(&v, 0x0, sizeof(v));
-	v.valid = 1;
-	v.type = string;
-	if (flags & VALUE_ALLOCATE) {
-		v.allocated = 1;
-		v.value.string = gstrdup(B_L, value);
-	} else {
-		v.allocated = 0;
-		v.value.string = value;
-	}
-	return v;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Free any storage allocated for a value.
- */
-
-void valueFree(value_t* v)
-{
-	if (v->valid && v->allocated && v->type == string &&
-			v->value.string != NULL) {
-		bfree(B_L, v->value.string);
-	}
-#ifndef UEMF
-	if (v->valid && v->type == symbol && v->value.symbol.data != NULL &&
-			v->value.symbol.freeCb !=NULL) {
-		v->value.symbol.freeCb(v->value.symbol.data);
-	}
-#endif
-	v->type = undefined;
-	v->valid = 0;
-	v->allocated = 0;
-}
-
-#ifndef UEMF
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Initialize an invalid value.
- */
-
-value_t valueInvalid()
-{
-	value_t	v;
-	v.valid = 0;
-	v.type = undefined;
-	return v;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Initialize a flag value.
- */
-
-value_t valueBool(int value)
-{
-	value_t	v;
-
-	memset(&v, 0x0, sizeof(v));
-	v.type = flag;
-	v.valid = 1;
-	v.value.flag = (char) value;
-	return v;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Initialize a byteint value.
- */
-
-value_t valueByteint(char value)
-{
-	value_t	v;
-
-	memset(&v, 0x0, sizeof(v));
-	v.valid = 1;
-	v.type = byteint;
-	v.value.byteint = value;
-	return v;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Initialize a shortint value.
- */
-
-value_t valueShortint(short value)
-{
-	value_t	v;
-
-	memset(&v, 0x0, sizeof(v));
-	v.valid = 1;
-	v.type = shortint;
-	v.value.shortint = value;
-	return v;
-}
-
-#ifdef FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORT
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Initialize a floating value.
- */
-
-value_t valueFloating(double value)
-{
-	value_t	v;
-
-	memset(&v, 0x0, sizeof(v));
-	v.valid = 1;
-	v.type = floating;
-	v.value.floating = value;
-	return v;
-}
-#endif /* FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORT */
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Initialize a big value.
- */
-
-value_t valueBig(long high_word, long low_word)
-{
-	value_t	v;
-
-	memset(&v, 0x0, sizeof(v));
-	v.valid = 1;
-	v.type = big;
-	v.value.big[BLOW] = low_word;
-	v.value.big[BHIGH] = high_word;
-	return v;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Initialize a hex value.
- */
-
-value_t valueHex(int value)
-{
-	value_t	v;
-
-	memset(&v, 0x0, sizeof(v));
-	v.valid = 1;
-	v.type = hex;
-	v.value.integer = value;
-	return v;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Initialize a octal value.
- */
-
-value_t valueOctal(int value)
-{
-	value_t	v;
-
-	memset(&v, 0x0, sizeof(v));
-	v.valid = 1;
-	v.type = octal;
-	v.value.integer = value;
-	return v;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Initialize a percent value.
- */
-
-value_t valuePercent(int value)
-{
-	value_t	v;
-
-	memset(&v, 0x0, sizeof(v));
-	v.valid = 1;
-	v.type = percent;
-	v.value.percent = (char) value;
-	return v;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Initialize an byte array. Note: no allocation, just store the ptr
- */
-
-value_t valueBytes(char* value, int flags)
-{
-	value_t	v;
-
-	memset(&v, 0x0, sizeof(v));
-	v.valid = 1;
-	v.type = bytes;
-	if (flags & VALUE_ALLOCATE) {
-		v.allocated = 1;
-		v.value.bytes = bstrdupA(B_L, value);
-	} else {
-		v.allocated = 0;
-		v.value.bytes = value;
-	}
-	return v;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Initialize a symbol value.
- *	Value parameter can hold a pointer to any type of value
- *	Free parameter can be NULL, or a function pointer to a function that will
- *		free the value
- */
-
-value_t valueSymbol(void *value, freeCallback freeCb)
-{
-	value_t	v;
-
-	memset(&v, 0x0, sizeof(v));
-	v.valid = 1;
-	v.type = symbol;
-	v.value.symbol.data = value;
-	v.value.symbol.freeCb = freeCb;
-	return v;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Initialize an error message value.
- */
-
-value_t valueErrmsg(char_t* value)
-{
-	value_t	v;
-
-	memset(&v, 0x0, sizeof(v));
-	v.valid = 1;
-	v.type = errmsg;
-	v.value.errmsg = value;
-	return v;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Copy a value. If the type is 'string' then allocate another string.
- *	Note: we allow the copy of a null value.
- */
-
-value_t valueCopy(value_t v2)
-{
-	value_t		v1;
-
-	v1 = v2;
-	if (v2.valid && v2.type == string && v2.value.string != NULL) {
-		v1.value.string = gstrdup(B_L, v2.value.string);
-		v1.allocated = 1;
-	}
-	return v1;
-}
-
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Add a value.
- */
-
-value_t valueAdd(value_t v1, value_t v2)
-{
-	value_t	v;
-
-	a_assert(v1.valid);
-	a_assert(v2.valid);
-
-	memset(&v, 0x0, sizeof(v));
-	v.valid = 1;
-
-	if (v1.type != v2.type)
-		coerce_types(&v1, &v2);
-
-	switch (v1.type) {
-	default:
-	case string:
-	case bytes:
-		a_assert(0);
-		break;
-
-#ifdef FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORT
-	case floating:
-		v1.value.floating += v2.value.floating;
-		return v1;
-#endif
-
-	case flag:
-		v1.value.bool |= v2.value.flag;
-		return v1;
-
-	case byteint:
-	case percent:
-		v1.value.byteint += v2.value.byteint;
-		return v1;
-
-	case shortint:
-		v1.value.shortint += v2.value.shortint;
-		return v1;
-
-	case hex:
-	case integer:
-	case octal:
-		v1.value.integer += v2.value.integer;
-		return v1;
-
-	case big:
-		v.type = big;
-		badd(v.value.big, v1.value.big, v2.value.big);
-		return v;
-	}
-
-	return v1;
-}
-
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Subtract a value.
- */
-
-value_t valueSub(value_t v1, value_t v2)
-{
-	value_t	v;
-
-	a_assert(v1.valid);
-	a_assert(v2.valid);
-
-	memset(&v, 0x0, sizeof(v));
-	v.valid = 1;
-
-	if (v1.type != v2.type)
-		coerce_types(&v1, &v2);
-	switch (v1.type) {
-	default:
-		a_assert(0);
-		break;
-
-#ifdef FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORT
-	case floating:
-		v1.value.floating -= v2.value.floating;
-		return v1;
-#endif
-
-	case flag:
-		v1.value.flag &= v2.value.flag;
-		return v1;
-
-	case byteint:
-	case percent:
-		v1.value.byteint -= v2.value.byteint;
-		return v1;
-
-	case shortint:
-		v1.value.shortint -= v2.value.shortint;
-		return v1;
-
-	case hex:
-	case integer:
-	case octal:
-		v1.value.integer -= v2.value.integer;
-		return v1;
-
-	case big:
-		v.type = big;
-		bsub(v.value.big, v1.value.big, v2.value.big);
-		return v;
-	}
-
-	return v1;
-}
-
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Multiply a value.
- */
-
-value_t valueMul(value_t v1, value_t v2)
-{
-	value_t	v;
-
-	a_assert(v1.valid);
-	a_assert(v2.valid);
-
-	memset(&v, 0x0, sizeof(v));
-	v.valid = 1;
-
-	if (v1.type != v2.type)
-		coerce_types(&v1, &v2);
-	switch (v1.type) {
-	default:
-		a_assert(0);
-		break;
-
-	case flag:
-		a_assert(v1.type != flag);
-		break;
-
-#ifdef FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORT
-	case floating:
-		v1.value.floating *= v2.value.floating;
-		return v1;
-#endif
-
-	case byteint:
-	case percent:
-		v1.value.byteint *= v2.value.byteint;
-		return v1;
-
-	case shortint:
-		v1.value.shortint *= v2.value.shortint;
-		return v1;
-
-	case hex:
-	case integer:
-	case octal:
-		v1.value.integer *= v2.value.integer;
-		return v1;
-
-	case big:
-		v.type = big;
-		bmul(v.value.big, v1.value.big, v2.value.big);
-		return v;
-	}
-
-	return v1;
-}
-
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Divide a value.
- */
-
-value_t valueDiv(value_t v1, value_t v2)
-{
-	value_t	v;
-
-	a_assert(v1.valid);
-	a_assert(v2.valid);
-
-	memset(&v, 0x0, sizeof(v));
-	v.valid = 1;
-
-	if (v1.type != v2.type)
-		coerce_types(&v1, &v2);
-	switch (v1.type) {
-	default:
-		a_assert(0);
-		break;
-
-	case flag:
-		a_assert(v1.type != flag);
-		break;
-
-#ifdef FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORT
-	case floating:
-		v1.value.floating /= v2.value.floating;
-		return v1;
-#endif
-
-	case byteint:
-	case percent:
-		v1.value.byteint /= v2.value.byteint;
-		return v1;
-
-	case shortint:
-		v1.value.shortint /= v2.value.shortint;
-		return v1;
-
-	case hex:
-	case integer:
-	case octal:
-		v1.value.integer /= v2.value.integer;
-		return v1;
-
-	case big:
-		v.type = big;
-		bdiv(v.value.big, v1.value.big, v2.value.big);
-		return v;
-	}
-
-	return v1;
-}
-
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Compare a value.
- */
-
-int valueCmp(value_t v1, value_t v2)
-{
-	a_assert(v1.valid);
-	a_assert(v2.valid);
-
-	if (v1.type != v2.type)
-		coerce_types(&v1, &v2);
-	if (v1.type != v2.type) {
-/*
- *		Make v2 == v1
- */
-		a_assert(v1.type == v2.type);
-		v2 = v1;
-		return 0;
-	}
-	switch (v1.type) {
-	case string:
-		if (v1.value.string == NULL && v2.value.string == NULL) {
-			return 0;
-		} else if (v1.value.string == NULL) {
-			return -1;
-		} else if (v2.value.string == NULL) {
-			return 1;
-		} else {
-			return gstrcmp(v1.value.string, v2.value.string);
-		}
-		/* Nobody here */
-
-	case flag:
-		if (v1.value.flag < v2.value.flag)
-			return -1;
-		else if (v1.value.flag == v2.value.flag)
-			return 0;
-		else return 1;
-
-#ifdef FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORT
-	case floating:
-		if (v1.value.floating < v2.value.floating)
-			return -1;
-		else if (v1.value.floating == v2.value.floating)
-			return 0;
-		else return 1;
-#endif
-
-	case byteint:
-	case percent:
-		if (v1.value.byteint < v2.value.byteint)
-			return -1;
-		else if (v1.value.byteint == v2.value.byteint)
-			return 0;
-		else return 1;
-
-	case shortint:
-		if (v1.value.shortint < v2.value.shortint)
-			return -1;
-		else if (v1.value.shortint == v2.value.shortint)
-			return 0;
-		else return 1;
-
-	case hex:
-	case integer:
-	case octal:
-		if (v1.value.integer < v2.value.integer)
-			return -1;
-		else if (v1.value.integer == v2.value.integer)
-			return 0;
-		else return 1;
-
-	case big:
-		return bcompare(v1.value.big, v2.value.big);
-
-	default:
-		a_assert(0);
-		return 0;
-	}
-}
-
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	If type mismatch, then coerce types to big.
- *	Note: Known bug, casting of negative bigs to floats doesn't work.
- */
-
-static void coerce_types(register value_t* v1, register value_t* v2)
-{
-#ifdef FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORT
-	if (v1->type == floating) {
-		v2->type = floating;
-		v2->value.floating = (double) v2->value.integer;
-		if (v2->type == big)
-			v2->value.floating = (double) v2->value.big[BLOW] +
-				(double) v2->value.big[BHIGH] * (double) MAXINT;
-
-	} else if (v2->type == floating) {
-		v1->type = floating;
-		v1->value.floating = (double) v1->value.integer;
-		if (v1->type == big)
-			v1->value.floating = (double) v1->value.big[BLOW] +
-				(double) v1->value.big[BHIGH] * (double) MAXINT;
-
-	} else if (v1->type == big) {
-#else
-	if (v1->type == big) {
-#endif /* FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORT */
-		v2->value.big[BLOW] = value_to_integer(v2);
-		if (valueNegative(v2))
-			v2->value.big[BHIGH] = -1;
-		else
-			v2->value.big[BHIGH] = 0;
-		v2->type = big;
-
-	} else if (v2->type == big) {
-		if (valueNegative(v1))
-			v1->value.big[BHIGH] = -1;
-		else
-			v1->value.big[BHIGH] = 0;
-		v1->value.big[BLOW] = value_to_integer(v1);
-		v1->type = big;
-
-
-	} else if (v1->type == integer) {
-		v2->value.integer = value_to_integer(v2);
-		v2->type = integer;
-
-	} else if (v2->type == integer) {
-		v1->value.integer = value_to_integer(v1);
-		v1->type = integer;
-
-	} else if (v1->type != integer) {
-		v2->type = v1->type;
-
-	} else if (v2->type != integer) {
-		v1->type = v2->type;
-
-	}
-	a_assert(v1->type == v2->type);
-}
-
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return true if the value is numeric and negative. Otherwise return 0.
- */
-
-int valueNegative(value_t* vp)
-{
-	switch (vp->type) {
-	default:
-	case string:
-	case bytes:
-		return 0;
-
-#ifdef FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORT
-	case floating:
-		if (vp->value.floating < 0)
-			return 1;
-		return 0;
-#endif
-
-	case flag:
-		if ((signed char)vp->value.flag < 0)
-			return 1;
-		return 0;
-
-	case byteint:
-	case percent:
-		if ((signed char)vp->value.byteint < 0)
-			return 1;
-		return 0;
-
-	case shortint:
-		if (vp->value.shortint < 0)
-			return 1;
-		return 0;
-
-	case hex:
-	case integer:
-	case octal:
-		if (vp->value.integer < 0)
-			return 1;
-		return 0;
-
-	case big:
-		if (vp->value.big[BHIGH] < 0)
-			return 1;
-		return 0;
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return true if the value is numeric and zero. Otherwise return 0.
- */
-
-int valueZero(value_t* vp)
-{
-	switch (vp->type) {
-	default:
-	case string:
-	case bytes:
-		return 0;
-
-#ifdef FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORT
-	case floating:
-		if (vp->value.floating == 0)
-			return 1;
-		return 0;
-#endif
-
-	case flag:
-		if (vp->value.flag == 0)
-			return 1;
-		return 0;
-
-	case byteint:
-	case percent:
-		if (vp->value.byteint == 0)
-			return 1;
-		return 0;
-
-	case shortint:
-		if (vp->value.shortint == 0)
-			return 1;
-		return 0;
-
-	case hex:
-	case integer:
-	case octal:
-		if (vp->value.integer == 0)
-			return 1;
-		return 0;
-
-	case big:
-		if (vp->value.big[BHIGH] == 0 && vp->value.big[BLOW] == 0)
-			return 1;
-		return 0;
-	}
-}
-
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Cast a value to an integer. Cannot be called for floating, non-numerics
- *	or bigs.
- */
-
-static int value_to_integer(value_t* vp)
-{
-	switch (vp->type) {
-	default:
-	case string:
-	case bytes:
-	case big:
-#ifdef FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORT
-	case floating:
-		a_assert(0);
-		return -1;
-#endif
-
-	case flag:
-		return (int) vp->value.flag;
-
-	case byteint:
-	case percent:
-		return (int) vp->value.byteint;
-
-	case shortint:
-		return (int) vp->value.shortint;
-
-	case hex:
-	case integer:
-	case octal:
-		return (int) vp->value.integer;
-	}
-}
-
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Convert a value to a text based representation of its value
- */
-
-void valueSprintf(char_t** out, int size, char_t* fmt, value_t vp)
-{
-	char_t		*src, *dst, *tmp, *dst_start;
-
-	a_assert(out);
-
-	*out = NULL;
-
-	if (! vp.valid) {
-		*out = bstrdup(B_L, T("Invalid"));
-		return;
-	}
-
-	switch (vp.type) {
-	case flag:
-		if (fmt == NULL || *fmt == '\0') {
-			*out = bstrdup(B_L, (vp.value.flag) ? T("true") : T("false"));
-		} else {
-			fmtAlloc(out, size, fmt, (vp.value.flag) ? T("true") : T("false"));
-		}
-		break;
-
-#ifdef FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORT
-	case floating:
-		if (fmt == NULL || *fmt == '\0') {
-			fmtAlloc(out, size, T("%f"), vp.value.floating);
-		} else {
-			fmtAlloc(out, size, fmt, vp.value.floating);
-		}
-		break;
-#endif
-
-	case hex:
-		if (fmt == NULL || *fmt == '\0') {
-			fmtAlloc(out, size, T("0x%lx"), vp.value.hex);
-		} else {
-			fmtAlloc(out, size, fmt, vp.value.hex);
-		}
-		break;
-
-	case big:
-		if (*out == NULL) {
-			*out = btoa(vp.value.big, NULL, 0);
-		} else {
-			btoa(vp.value.big, *out, size);
-		}
-		break;
-
-	case integer:
-		if (fmt == NULL || *fmt == '\0') {
-			fmtAlloc(out, size, T("%ld"), vp.value.integer);
-		} else {
-			fmtAlloc(out, size, fmt, vp.value.integer);
-		}
-		break;
-
-	case octal:
-		if (fmt == NULL || *fmt == '\0') {
-			fmtAlloc(out, size, T("0%lo"), vp.value.octal);
-		} else {
-			fmtAlloc(out, size, fmt, vp.value.octal);
-		}
-		break;
-
-	case percent:
-		if (fmt == NULL || *fmt == '\0') {
-			fmtAlloc(out, size, T("%d%%"), vp.value.percent);
-		} else {
-			fmtAlloc(out, size, fmt, vp.value.percent);
-		}
-		break;
-
-	case byteint:
-		if (fmt == NULL || *fmt == '\0') {
-			fmtAlloc(out, size, T("%d"), (int) vp.value.byteint);
-		} else {
-			fmtAlloc(out, size, fmt, (int) vp.value.byteint);
-		}
-		break;
-
-	case shortint:
-		if (fmt == NULL || *fmt == '\0') {
-			fmtAlloc(out, size, T("%d"), (int) vp.value.shortint);
-		} else {
-			fmtAlloc(out, size, fmt, (int) vp.value.shortint);
-		}
-		break;
-
-	case string:
-	case errmsg:
-		src = vp.value.string;
-
-		if (src == NULL) {
-			*out = bstrdup(B_L, T("NULL"));
-		} else if (fmt && *fmt) {
-			fmtAlloc(out, size, fmt, src);
-
-		} else {
-
-			*out = balloc(B_L, size);
-			dst_start = dst = *out;
-			for (; *src != '\0'; src++) {
-				if (dst >= &dst_start[VALUE_MAX_STRING - 5])
-					break;
-				switch (*src) {
-				case '\a':	*dst++ = '\\';	*dst++ = 'a';		break;
-				case '\b':	*dst++ = '\\';	*dst++ = 'b';		break;
-				case '\f':	*dst++ = '\\';	*dst++ = 'f';		break;
-				case '\n':	*dst++ = '\\';	*dst++ = 'n';		break;
-				case '\r':	*dst++ = '\\';	*dst++ = 'r';		break;
-				case '\t':	*dst++ = '\\';	*dst++ = 't';		break;
-				case '\v':	*dst++ = '\\';	*dst++ = 'v';		break;
-				case '\\':	*dst++ = '\\';	*dst++ = '\\';		break;
-				case '"':	*dst++ = '\\';	*dst++ = '\"';		break;
-				default:
-					if (gisprint(*src)) {
-						*dst++ = *src;
-					} else {
-						fmtAlloc(&tmp, size, T("\\x%02x"),
-							(unsigned int) *src);
-						gstrcpy(dst, tmp);
-						bfreeSafe(B_L, tmp);
-						dst += 4;
-					}
-					break;
-				}
-			}
-			*dst++ = '\0';
-		}
-		break;
-
-#ifdef UNUSED
-	case bytes:
-		asrc = vp.value.bytes;
-
-		if (asrc == NULL) {
-			*out = bstrdup(B_L, T("NULL"));
-
-		} else if (fmt && *fmt) {
-			fmtAlloc(out, size, fmt, asrc);
-
-		} else {
-
-			dst_start = dst;
-			for (; *asrc != '\0'; asrc++) {
-				if (dst >= &dst_start[VALUE_MAX_STRING - 5])
-					break;
-				switch (*asrc) {
-				case '\a':	*dst++ = '\\';	*dst++ = 'a';		break;
-				case '\b':	*dst++ = '\\';	*dst++ = 'b';		break;
-				case '\f':	*dst++ = '\\';	*dst++ = 'f';		break;
-				case '\n':	*dst++ = '\\';	*dst++ = 'n';		break;
-				case '\r':	*dst++ = '\\';	*dst++ = 'r';		break;
-				case '\t':	*dst++ = '\\';	*dst++ = 't';		break;
-				case '\v':	*dst++ = '\\';	*dst++ = 'v';		break;
-				case '\\':	*dst++ = '\\';	*dst++ = '\\';		break;
-				case '"':	*dst++ = '\\';	*dst++ = '\"';		break;
-				default:
-					if (gisprint(*asrc)) {
-						*dst++ = *asrc;
-					} else {
-						fmtAlloc(dst, size,
-							T("\\x%02x"), (unsigned int) *asrc);
-						dst += 4;
-					}
-					break;
-				}
-			}
-			*dst++ = '\0';
-		}
-		break;
-#endif
-
-	default:
-		a_assert(0);
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Print a value to the named file descriptor
- */
-
-void valueFprintf(FILE* fp, char_t* fmt, value_t vp)
-{
-	char_t	*buf;
-
-	buf = NULL;
-	valueSprintf(&buf, VALUE_MAX_STRING, fmt, vp);
-	gfputs(buf, fp);
-	bfreeSafe(B_L, buf);
-	fflush(fp);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Ascii to value conversion
- */
-
-value_t valueAtov(char_t* s, int pref_type)
-{
-	vtype_t	type;
-	value_t			v;
-	long			tmp[2], tmp2[2], base[2];
-	int				i, len, num;
-
-	a_assert(0 <= pref_type && pref_type < 99);		/* Sanity check */
-	a_assert(s);
-
-	v = value_null;
-	if (s == NULL) {
-		return value_null;
-	}
-
-	base[BLOW] = 10;
-	base[BHIGH] = 0;
-	len = gstrlen(s);
-
-/*
- *	Determine the value type
- */
-	type = undefined;
-	if (pref_type <= 0) {
-		if (gisdigit(*s)) {
-			base[BHIGH] = 0;
-			if (s[len - 1] == '%') {
-				type = percent;
-				len --;
-				base[BLOW] = 10;
-			} else if (*s == '0') {
-				if (s[1] == 'x') {
-					type = hex;
-					s += 2;
-					len -= 2;
-					base[BLOW] = 16;
-				} else if (s[1] == '\0') {
-					type = integer;
-					base[BLOW] = 10;
-				} else {
-					type = octal;
-					s++;
-					len--;
-					base[BLOW] = 8;
-				}
-			} else {
-				type = integer;
-				base[BLOW] = 10;
-			}
-
-		} else {
-			if (gstrcmp(s, T("true")) == 0 || gstrcmp(s, T("false")) == 0) {
-				type = flag;
-			} else if (*s == '\'' && s[len - 1] == '\'') {
-				type = string;
-				s++;
-				len -= 2;
-			} else if (*s == '\"' && s[len - 1] == '\"') {
-				type = string;
-				s++;
-				len -= 2;
-			} else {
-				type = string;
-			}
-		}
-		v.type = type;
-
-	} else
-		v.type = pref_type;
-	v.valid = 1;
-
-/*
- *	Do the conversion. Always use big arithmetic
- */
-	switch (v.type) {
-	case hex:
-		if (!isdigit(s[0])) {
-			if (gtolower(s[0]) >= 'a' || gtolower(s[0]) <= 'f') {
-				v.value.big[BLOW] = 10 + gtolower(s[0]) - 'a';
-			} else {
-				v.value.big[BLOW] = 0;
-			}
-		} else {
-			v.value.big[BLOW] = s[0] - '0';
-		}
-		v.value.big[BHIGH] = 0;
-		for (i = 1; i < len; i++) {
-			if (!isdigit(s[i])) {
-				if (gtolower(s[i]) < 'a' || gtolower(s[i]) > 'f') {
-					break;
-				}
-				num = 10 + gtolower(s[i]) - 'a';
-			} else {
-				num = s[i] - '0';
-			}
-			bmul(tmp, v.value.big, base);
-			binit(tmp2, 0, num);
-			badd(v.value.big, tmp, tmp2);
-		}
-		v.value.hex = v.value.big[BLOW];
-		break;
-
-	case shortint:
-	case byteint:
-	case integer:
-	case percent:
-	case octal:
-	case big:
-		v.value.big[BHIGH] = 0;
-		if (gisdigit(s[0]))
-			v.value.big[BLOW] = s[0] - '0';
-		else
-			v.value.big[BLOW] = 0;
-		for (i = 1; i < len && gisdigit(s[i]); i++) {
-			bmul(tmp, v.value.big, base);
-			binit(tmp2, 0, s[i] - '0');
-			badd(v.value.big, tmp, tmp2);
-		}
-		switch (v.type) {
-		case shortint:
-			v.value.shortint = (short) v.value.big[BLOW];
-			break;
-		case byteint:
-			v.value.byteint = (char) v.value.big[BLOW];
-			break;
-		case integer:
-			v.value.integer = (int) v.value.big[BLOW];
-			break;
-		case percent:
-			v.value.percent = (char) v.value.big[BLOW];
-			break;
-		case octal:
-			v.value.octal = (int) v.value.big[BLOW];
-			break;
-		default:
-			break;
-		}
-		break;
-
-#ifdef FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORT
-	case floating:
-		gsscanf(s, T("%f"), &v.value.floating);
-		break;
-#endif
-
-	case flag:
-		if (*s == 't')
-			v.value.flag = 1;
-		else v.value.flag = 0;
-		break;
-
-	case string:
-/*
- *		Note this always ballocs a string
- */
-		v = valueString(s, VALUE_ALLOCATE);
-		break;
-
-	case bytes:
-		v = valueBytes((char*) s, VALUE_ALLOCATE);
-		break;
-
-#ifdef UNUSED
-	case literal:
-		v = value_literal(bstrdup(B_L, s));
-		v.value.literal[len] = '\0';
-		break;
-#endif
-
-	case undefined:
-	case symbol:
-	default:
-		v.valid = 0;
-		a_assert(0);
-	}
-	return v;
-}
-
-#endif /* !UEMF */
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/wbase64.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/wbase64.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 87659eeb6a..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/wbase64.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,149 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * base64.c -- Base64 Mime encoding
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * See the file "license.txt" for usage and redistribution license requirements
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-
-/*
- *	The base64 command encodes and decodes a string in mime base64 format
- */
-
-/********************************* Includes ***********************************/
-
-#include	"wsIntrn.h"
-
-/******************************** Local Data **********************************/
-/*
- *	Mapping of ANSI chars to base64 Mime encoding alphabet (see below)
- */
-
-static char_t	map64[] = {
-	-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
-	-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 62, -1, -1, -1, 63,
-	-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
-	52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
-	-1,  0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14,
-    15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 
-	-1, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40,
-    41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
-	-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
-	-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
-	-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
-	-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
-	-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
-	-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
-	-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
-	-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
-	-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
-	-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
-	-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
-	-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
-};
-
-static char_t	alphabet64[] = {
-	'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F', 'G', 'H',
-	'I', 'J', 'K', 'L', 'M', 'N', 'O', 'P',
-	'Q', 'R', 'S', 'T', 'U', 'V', 'W', 'X',
-	'Y', 'Z', 'a', 'b', 'c', 'd', 'e', 'f',
-	'g', 'h', 'i', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'm', 'n',
-	'o', 'p', 'q', 'r', 's', 't', 'u', 'v',
-	'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', '0', '1', '2', '3',
-	'4', '5', '6', '7', '8', '9', '+', '/',
-};
-
-/*********************************** Code *************************************/
-/*
- *	Decode a buffer from "string" and into "outbuf"
- */
-
-int websDecode64(char_t *outbuf, char_t *string, int outlen)
-{
-	unsigned long	shiftbuf;
-	char_t			*cp, *op;
-	int				c, i, j, shift;
-
-	op = outbuf;
-	*op = '\0';
-	cp = string;
-	while (*cp && *cp != '=') {
-/*
- *		Map 4 (6bit) input bytes and store in a single long (shiftbuf)
- */
-		shiftbuf = 0;
-		shift = 18;
-		for (i = 0; i < 4 && *cp && *cp != '='; i++, cp++) {
-			c = map64[*cp & 0xff];
-			if (c == -1) {
-				error(E_L, E_LOG, T("Bad string: %s at %c index %d"), string,
-					c, i);
-				return -1;
-			} 
-			shiftbuf = shiftbuf | (c << shift);
-			shift -= 6;
-		}
-/*
- *		Interpret as 3 normal 8 bit bytes (fill in reverse order).
- *		Check for potential buffer overflow before filling.
- */
-		--i;
-		if ((op + i) >= &outbuf[outlen]) {
-			gstrcpy(outbuf, T("String too big"));
-			return -1;
-		}
-		for (j = 0; j < i; j++) {
-			*op++ = (char_t) ((shiftbuf >> (8 * (2 - j))) & 0xff);
-		}
-		*op = '\0';
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Encode a buffer from "string" into "outbuf"
- */
-
-void websEncode64(char_t *outbuf, char_t *string, int outlen)
-{
-	unsigned long	shiftbuf;
-	char_t			*cp, *op;
-	int				x, i, j, shift;
-
-	op = outbuf;
-	*op = '\0';
-	cp = string;
-	while (*cp) {
-/*
- *		Take three characters and create a 24 bit number in shiftbuf
- */
-		shiftbuf = 0;
-		for (j = 2; j >= 0 && *cp; j--, cp++) {
-			shiftbuf |= ((*cp & 0xff) << (j * 8));
-		}
-/*
- *		Now convert shiftbuf to 4 base64 letters.  The i,j magic calculates
- *		how many letters need to be output.
- */
-		shift = 18;
-		for (i = ++j; i < 4 && op < &outbuf[outlen] ; i++) {
-			x = (shiftbuf >> shift) & 0x3f;
-			*op++ = alphabet64[(shiftbuf >> shift) & 0x3f];
-			shift -= 6;
-		}
-/*
- *		Pad at the end with '='
- */
-		while (j-- > 0) {
-			*op++ = '=';
-		}
-		*op = '\0';
-	}
-}
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/webcomp.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/webcomp.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6b19b3ba18..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/webcomp.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,188 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * webcomp -- Compile web pages into C source
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * See the file "license.txt" for usage and redistribution license requirements
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-
-/*
- *	Usage: webcomp prefix filelist >webrom.c
- *
- *	filelist is a file containing the pathnames of all web pages
- *	prefix is a path prefix to remove from all the web page pathnames
- *	webrom.c is the resulting C source file to compile and link.
- */
-
-/********************************* Includes ***********************************/
-
-#include	"wsIntrn.h"
-
-/**************************** Forward Declarations ****************************/
-
-static int 	compile(char_t *fileList, char_t *prefix);
-static void usage();
-
-/*********************************** Code *************************************/
-/*
- *	Main program for webpack test harness
- */
-
-int gmain(int argc, char_t* argv[])
-{
-	char_t		*fileList, *prefix;
-
-	fileList = NULL;
-
-	if (argc != 3) {
-		usage();
-	}
-
-	prefix = argv[1];
-	fileList = argv[2];
-
-	if (compile(fileList, prefix) < 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Output usage message
- */
-
-static void usage()
-{
-	fprintf(stderr, "usage: webcomp prefix filelist >output.c\n");
-	exit(2);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Compile the web pages
- */
-
-static int compile(char_t *fileList, char_t *prefix)
-{
-	gstat_t			sbuf;
-	FILE			*lp;
-	time_t			now;
-	char_t			file[FNAMESIZE];
-	char_t			*cp, *sl;
-	char			buf[512];
-	unsigned char	*p;
-	int				j, i, len, fd, nFile;
-
-/*
- *	Open list of files
- */
-	if ((lp = fopen(fileList, "r")) == NULL) {
-		fprintf(stderr, "Can't open file list %s\n", fileList);
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	time(&now);
-	fprintf(stdout, "/*\n * webrom.c -- Compiled Web Pages\n *\n");
-	fprintf(stdout, " * Compiled by GoAhead WebCompile: %s */\n\n", 
-		gctime(&now));
-	fprintf(stdout, "#include \"wsIntrn.h\"\n\n");
-	fprintf(stdout, "#ifndef WEBS_PAGE_ROM\n");
-	fprintf(stdout, "websRomPageIndexType websRomPageIndex[] = {\n");
-	fprintf(stdout, "    { 0, 0, 0 },\n};\n");
-	fprintf(stdout, "#else\n");
-
-/*
- *	Open each input file and compile each web page
- */
-	nFile = 0;
-	while (fgets(file, sizeof(file), lp) != NULL) {
-		if ((p = strchr(file, '\n')) || (p = strchr(file, '\r'))) {
-			*p = '\0';
-		}
-		if (*file == '\0') {
-			continue;
-		}
-		if (gstat(file, &sbuf) == 0 && sbuf.st_mode & S_IFDIR) {
-			continue;
-		} 
-		if ((fd = gopen(file, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY)) < 0) {
-			fprintf(stderr, "Can't open file %s\n", file);
-			return -1;
-		}
-		fprintf(stdout, "static unsigned char page_%d[] = {\n", nFile);
-
-		while ((len = read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf))) > 0) {
-			p = buf;
-			for (i = 0; i < len; ) {
-				fprintf(stdout, "    ");
-				for (j = 0; p < &buf[len] && j < 16; j++, p++) {
-					fprintf(stdout, "%3d,", *p);
-				}
-				i += j;
-				fprintf(stdout, "\n");
-			}
-		}
-		fprintf(stdout, "    0 };\n\n");
-
-		close(fd);
-		nFile++;
-	}
-	fclose(lp);
-
-/*
- *	Now output the page index
- */
-	fprintf(stdout, "websRomPageIndexType websRomPageIndex[] = {\n");
-
-	if ((lp = fopen(fileList, "r")) == NULL) {
-		fprintf(stderr, "Can't open file list %s\n", fileList);
-		return -1;
-	}
-	nFile = 0;
-	while (fgets(file, sizeof(file), lp) != NULL) {
-		if ((p = strchr(file, '\n')) || (p = strchr(file, '\r'))) {
-			*p = '\0';
-		}
-		if (*file == '\0') {
-			continue;
-		}
-/*
- *		Remove the prefix and add a leading "/" when we print the path
- */
-		if (strncmp(file, prefix, gstrlen(prefix)) == 0) {
-			cp = &file[gstrlen(prefix)];
-		} else {
-			cp = file;
-		}
-		while((sl = strchr(file, '\\')) != NULL) {
-			*sl = '/';
-		}
-		if (*cp == '/') {
-			cp++;
-		}
-
-		if (gstat(file, &sbuf) == 0 && sbuf.st_mode & S_IFDIR) {
-			fprintf(stdout, "    { T(\"/%s\"), 0, 0 },\n", cp);
-			continue;
-		}
-		fprintf(stdout, "    { T(\"/%s\"), page_%d, %d },\n", cp, nFile, 
-			sbuf.st_size);
-		nFile++;
-	}
-	fclose(lp); 
-	
-	fprintf(stdout, "    { 0, 0, 0 },\n");
-	fprintf(stdout, "};\n");
-	fprintf(stdout, "#endif /* WEBS_PAGE_ROM */\n");
-
-	fclose(lp);
-	fflush(stdout);
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/webmain.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/webmain.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c9c0b9cc15..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/webmain.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,499 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * main.c -- Main program for the GoAhead WebServer (RTEMS version)
- *
- * Copyright (c) Go Ahead Software Inc., 1995-1999. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * See the file "license.txt" for usage and redistribution license requirements
- *
- *  $Id$
- */
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-
-/*
- *	Main program for for the GoAhead WebServer. This is a demonstration
- *	main program to initialize and configure the web server.
- */
-
-/********************************* Includes ***********************************/
-
-#include	"uemf.h"
-#include	"wsIntrn.h"
-#include	<signal.h>
-#include	<sys/time.h>
-#include 	<pthread.h>
-
-#include	<rtems.h>
-#include	<rtems/error.h>
-
-#ifdef WEBS_SSL_SUPPORT
-#include	"websSSL.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef USER_MANAGEMENT_SUPPORT
-#include	"um.h"
-void	formDefineUserMgmt(void);
-#endif
-
-/*********************************** Locals ***********************************/
-/*
- *	Change configuration here
- */
-
-extern const char *tftpServer;
-/* static char_t		*rootWeb = T("goahead");			* Root web directory */
-static char_t		*password = T("");				/* Security password */
-static int			port = 80;						/* Server port */
-static int			retries = 5;					/* Server port retries */
-static int			finished;						/* Finished flag */
-
-/*
- *	Structure to hold timer events
- */
-typedef struct {
-	void	(*routine)(long arg);	/* Timer routine */
-	long	arg;					/* Argument to routine */
-} websTimer_t;
-
-/* The following holds the pointer to an allocated websTimer_t structure .
- * Using this method only one timer can be active at a time, but
- * for the WebServer, this should be OK. 
- */
-websTimer_t *tp;
-
-/****************************** Forward Declarations **************************/
-
-static int 	initWebs();
-static int	aspTest(int eid, webs_t wp, int argc, char_t **argv);
-static void formTest(webs_t wp, char_t *path, char_t *query);
-static int  websHomePageHandler(webs_t wp, char_t *urlPrefix, char_t *webDir,
-				int arg, char_t* url, char_t* path, char_t* query);
-static void timerProc(int signo);
-#if B_STATS
-static void printMemStats(int handle, char_t *fmt, ...);
-static void memLeaks();
-#endif
-static timer_t timer_id;
-static void rtems_httpd_daemon();
- 
-/*********************************** Code *************************************/
-/*
- *	Main -- entry point from RTEMS
- */
-int rtems_initialize_webserver()
-{
-  rtems_status_code   sc;
-  rtems_id            tid;
-  int		      priority;
-
-  /***********************************************************************
-   * Default HTTPD priority.
-   **********************************************************************/
-  priority = 40;
-  
-  sc = rtems_task_create(rtems_build_name('H', 'T', 'P', 'D'),
-			 priority, 8*1024,
-			 RTEMS_PREEMPT | RTEMS_NO_TIMESLICE | RTEMS_NO_ASR |
-			 RTEMS_INTERRUPT_LEVEL(0),
-			 RTEMS_NO_FLOATING_POINT | RTEMS_LOCAL,
-			 &tid);
-   if (sc != RTEMS_SUCCESSFUL)
-   {
-      return(RTEMS_UNSATISFIED);
-   }
-
-   sc = rtems_task_start(tid, rtems_httpd_daemon, 0);
-   if (sc != RTEMS_SUCCESSFUL)
-   {
-      return(RTEMS_UNSATISFIED);
-   }   
-
-   return(RTEMS_SUCCESSFUL);
-
-}
-
-static void
-rtems_httpd_daemon()
-{
-/*
- *	Initialize the memory allocator. Allow use of malloc and start with a 
- *	10K heap.
- */
-	bopen(NULL, (10 * 1024), B_USE_MALLOC);
-
-/*
- *	Initialize the web server
- */
-	if (initWebs() < 0) {
-	  rtems_panic("Unable to initialize Web server !!\n");
-	}
-
-#ifdef WEBS_SSL_SUPPORT
-	websSSLOpen();
-#endif
-
-/*
- *	Basic event loop. SocketReady returns true when a socket is ready for
- *	service. SocketSelect will block until an event occurs. SocketProcess
- *	will actually do the servicing.
- */
-	while (!finished) {
-	  if (socketReady(-1) || socketSelect(-1, 2000)) {
-			socketProcess(-1);
-	  }
-	  /*websCgiCleanup();*/
-	  emfSchedProcess();
-	}
-
-#ifdef WEBS_SSL_SUPPORT
-	websSSLClose();
-#endif
-
-#ifdef USER_MANAGEMENT_SUPPORT
-	umClose();
-#endif
-
-/*
- *	Close the socket module, report memory leaks and close the memory allocator
- */
-	websCloseServer();
-	websDefaultClose();
-	socketClose();
-	symSubClose();
-#if B_STATS
-	memLeaks();
-#endif
-	bclose();
-        rtems_task_delete( RTEMS_SELF );
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Initialize the web server.
- */
-
-static int initWebs()
-{
-	struct hostent*	hp;
-	struct in_addr	intaddr;
-	char			host[128], webdir[128];
-	char_t			wbuf[128];
-
-/*
- *	Initialize the socket subsystem
- */
-	socketOpen();
-
-/*
- *	Define the local Ip address, host name, default home page and the 
- *	root web directory.
- */
-	if (gethostname(host, sizeof(host)) < 0) {
-		error(E_L, E_LOG, T("Can't get hostname"));
-		return -1;
-		}
-	
-/*	intaddr.s_addr = (unsigned long) hostGetByName(host); */
-	if ((hp = gethostbyname(host)) == NULL) {
-		error(E_L, E_LOG, T("Can't get host address"));
-		return -1;
-	}
-	memcpy((char *) &intaddr, (char *) hp->h_addr_list[0],
-		(size_t) hp->h_length);
-
-#if 0
-/*
- *	Set /TFTP/x.y.z.w/goahead as the root web. Modify to suit your needs
- */
-	sprintf(webdir, "/TFTP/%s/%s", tftpServer, rootWeb);
-#else
-	sprintf(webdir, "/");
-#endif
-/*
- *	Configure the web server options before opening the web server
- */
-	websSetDefaultDir(webdir);
-	ascToUni(wbuf, inet_ntoa(intaddr), sizeof(wbuf));
-	websSetIpaddr(wbuf);
-	ascToUni(wbuf, host, sizeof(wbuf));
-	websSetHost(wbuf);
-
-/*
- *	Configure the web server options before opening the web server
- */
-#if 0
-	websSetDefaultPage(T("default.asp"));
-#else
-	websSetDefaultPage(T("index.html"));
-#endif
-	websSetPassword(password);
-
-/* 
- *	Open the web server on the given port. If that port is taken, try
- *	the next sequential port for up to "retries" attempts.
- */
-	websOpenServer(port, retries);
-
-/*
- * 	First create the URL handlers. Note: handlers are called in sorted order
- *	with the longest path handler examined first. Here we define the security 
- *	handler, forms handler and the default web page handler.
- */
-	websUrlHandlerDefine(T(""), NULL, 0, websSecurityHandler, 
-		WEBS_HANDLER_FIRST);
-	websUrlHandlerDefine(T("/goform"), NULL, 0, websFormHandler, 0);
-	websUrlHandlerDefine(T(""), NULL, 0, websDefaultHandler, 
-		WEBS_HANDLER_LAST); 
-
-/*
- *	Now define two test procedures. Replace these with your application
- *	relevant ASP script procedures and form functions.
- */
-	websAspDefine(T("aspTest"), aspTest);
-	websFormDefine(T("formTest"), formTest);
-
-/*
- *	Create a handler for the default home page
- */
-	websUrlHandlerDefine(T("/"), NULL, 0, websHomePageHandler, 0); 
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Test Javascript binding for ASP. This will be invoked when "aspTest" is
- *	embedded in an ASP page. See web/asp.asp for usage. Set browser to 
- *	"localhost/asp.asp" to test.
- */
-
-static int aspTest(int eid, webs_t wp, int argc, char_t **argv)
-{
-	char_t	*name, *address;
-
-	if (ejArgs(argc, argv, T("%s %s"), &name, &address) < 2) {
-		websError(wp, 400, T("Insufficient args\n"));
-		return -1;
-	}
-	return websWrite(wp, T("Name: %s, Address %s"), name, address);
-}
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Test form for posted data (in-memory CGI). This will be called when the
- *	form in web/asp.asp is invoked. Set browser to "localhost/asp.asp" to test.
- */
-
-static void formTest(webs_t wp, char_t *path, char_t *query)
-{
-	char_t	*name, *address;
-
-	name = websGetVar(wp, T("name"), T("Joe Smith")); 
-	address = websGetVar(wp, T("address"), T("1212 Milky Way Ave.")); 
-
-	websHeader(wp);
-	websWrite(wp, T("<body><h2>Name: %s, Address: %s</h2>\n"), name, address);
-	websFooter(wp);
-	websDone(wp, 200);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Create a timer to invoke the routine in "delay" milliseconds.
- */
-
-void *emfCreateTimer(int delay, void (*routine)(long arg), 	long arg)
-{
-/* this variable is only used in the if'ed 0 section below */
-#if 0
-	struct sigaction	act;
-#endif
-	struct itimerspec its = { {0,0}, {0,0} };
-	struct sigevent se;
-	int 	status;
-
-	if ((tp = balloc(B_L, sizeof(websTimer_t)))) {
-		tp->routine = routine;
-		tp->arg = arg;
-	}
-	else {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	se.sigev_notify = SIGEV_THREAD;
-	se.sigev_value.sival_ptr = tp;
-	se.sigev_notify_function = (void (*)(union sigval)) timerProc;
-
-	/*
-	 * NOT POSIX?
-	 * se.sigev_notify_attributes = NULL;
-	 */
-
-
-	status = timer_create(CLOCK_REALTIME, &se, &timer_id);
-	if (status != 0) {
-		bfree(B_L, tp);
-		return NULL;
-	}
-	/* convert delay millisecs to secs and usecs required by struct */
-	its.it_value.tv_sec = delay / 1000;
-	its.it_value.tv_nsec = (delay % 1000) * 1000000;
-
-	status = timer_settime(timer_id, 0, &its, 0);
-	if (status != 0) {
-		bfree(B_L, tp);
-		return NULL;
-	}
-	
-#if 0
-	act.sa_flags = 0;
-	sigemptyset(&act.sa_mask);
-	act.sa_handler = timerProc;
-	sigaction(SIGALRM, &act, NULL);
-
-	/* convert delay millisecs to secs and usecs required by struct */
-	its.it_value.tv_sec = delay / 1000;
-	its.it_value.tv_usec = (delay % 1000) * 1000;
-
-	if (setitimer(ITIMER_REAL, &its, NULL) ==  -1) {
-		bfree(B_L, tp);
-		return NULL;
-	}
-#endif
-	return tp;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Delete a timer
- */
-
-void emfDeleteTimer(void * id)
-{
-	websTimer_t *wtp;
-	/*struct itimerval its = { {0,0}, {0,0} };*/
-
-	wtp = (websTimer_t *)id;
-	/*	setitimer(ITIMER_REAL, &its, NULL);*/
-	timer_delete(timer_id);
-	bfree(B_L, wtp);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Timer handler
- */
-
-static void timerProc(int signo)
-{
-	websTimer_t wtp = *tp;
-
-/* Copy the timer structure to a local first and delete it before calling
- * the function, since the function could create another timer.  In this 
- * implementation, only one timer can be allocated at a time.
- */
-
-	bfree(B_L, tp);
-	(wtp.routine)(wtp.arg);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Home page handler
- */
-
-static int websHomePageHandler(webs_t wp, char_t *urlPrefix, char_t *webDir,
-	int arg, char_t* url, char_t* path, char_t* query)
-{
-/*
- *	If the empty or "/" URL is invoked, redirect default URLs to the home page
- */
-	if (*url == '\0' || gstrcmp(url, T("/")) == 0) {
-#if 0
-		websRedirect(wp, T("home.asp"));
-#else
-		websRedirect(wp, T("index.html"));
-#endif
-		return 1;
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-
-#if B_STATS
-static void memLeaks() 
-{
-	int		fd=1;
-
-	/* if ((fd = gopen(T("leak.txt"), O_CREAT | O_TRUNC | O_WRONLY)) >= 0) { */
-		bstats(fd, printMemStats);
-		/*
-		close(fd);
-	}
-		*/
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Print memory usage / leaks
- */
-
-static void printMemStats(int handle, char_t *fmt, ...)
-{
-	va_list		args;
-	char_t		buf[256];
-
-	va_start(args, fmt);
-	vsprintf(buf, fmt, args);
-	va_end(args);
-	write(handle, buf, strlen(buf));
-}
-#endif
-
-/*****************************************************************************/
-
-/*****************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Default error handler.  The developer should insert code to handle
- *	error messages in the desired manner.
- */
-
-void defaultErrorHandler(int etype, char_t *msg)
-{
-#if 1
-	write(1, msg, gstrlen(msg));
-#endif
-}
-
-/*****************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Trace log. Customize this function to log trace output
- */
-
-void defaultTraceHandler(int level, char_t *buf)
-{
-/*
- *	The following code would write all trace regardless of level
- *	to stdout.
- */
-#if 1
-	if (buf) {
-		write(1, buf, gstrlen(buf));
-	}
-#endif
-}
-
-/*****************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Returns a pointer to an allocated qualified unique temporary file name.
- *	This filename must eventually be deleted with bfree();
- */
-
-char_t *websGetCgiCommName()
-{
-	char_t	*pname1, *pname2;
-
-	pname1 = tempnam(NULL, T("cgi"));
-	pname2 = bstrdup(B_L, pname1);
-	free(pname1);
-	return pname2;
-}
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/webpage.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/webpage.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a42a8b45c9..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/webpage.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Page.c -- Support for page retrieval.
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * See the file "license.txt" for usage and redistribution license requirements
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-
-/*
- *	This module provides page retrieval handling. It provides support for
- *	reading web pages from file systems and has expansion for ROMed web
- *	pages.
- */
-
-/********************************* Includes ***********************************/
-
-#include	"wsIntrn.h"
-
-/*********************************** Code *************************************/
-/*
- *	Open a web page. lpath is the local filename. path is the URL path name.
- */
-
-int websPageOpen(webs_t wp, char_t *lpath, char_t *path, int mode, int perm)
-{
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-#ifdef WEBS_PAGE_ROM
-	return websRomPageOpen(wp, path, mode, perm);
-#else
-	return (wp->docfd = gopen(lpath, mode, perm));
-#endif /* WEBS_PAGE_ROM */
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Close a web page
- */
-
-void websPageClose(webs_t wp)
-{
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-#ifdef WEBS_PAGE_ROM
-	websRomPageClose(wp->docfd);
-#else
-	if (wp->docfd >= 0) {
-		close(wp->docfd);
-		wp->docfd = -1;
-	}
-#endif
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Stat a web page lpath is the local filename. path is the URL path name.
- */
-
-int websPageStat(webs_t wp, char_t *lpath, char_t *path, websStatType* sbuf)
-{
-#ifdef WEBS_PAGE_ROM
-	return websRomPageStat(path, sbuf);
-#else
-	gstat_t	s;
-
-	if (gstat(lpath, &s) < 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	sbuf->size = s.st_size;
-	sbuf->mtime = s.st_mtime;
-	sbuf->isDir = s.st_mode & S_IFDIR;
-	return 0;
-#endif
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Is this file a directory?
- */
-
-int websPageIsDirectory(char_t *lpath)
-{
-#ifdef WEBS_PAGE_ROM
-	websStatType	sbuf;
-
-	if (websRomPageStat(lpath, &sbuf) >= 0) {
-		return(sbuf.isDir);
-	} else {
-		return 0;
-	}
-#else
-	gstat_t sbuf;
-
-	if (gstat(lpath, &sbuf) >= 0) {
-		return(sbuf.st_mode & S_IFDIR);
-	} else {
-		return 0;
-	}
-#endif
-}
-
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Read a web page. Returns the number of _bytes_ read.
- *	len is the size of buf, in bytes.
- */
-
-int websPageReadData(webs_t wp, char *buf, int nBytes)
-{
-
-#ifdef WEBS_PAGE_ROM
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-	return websRomPageReadData(wp, buf, nBytes);
-#else
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-	return read(wp->docfd, buf, nBytes);
-#endif
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Move file pointer offset bytes.
- */
-
-void websPageSeek(webs_t wp, long offset)
-{
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-#ifdef WEBS_PAGE_ROM
-	websRomPageSeek(wp, offset, SEEK_CUR);
-#else
-	lseek(wp->docfd, offset, SEEK_CUR);
-#endif
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/webrom.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/webrom.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 23de2c6d60..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/webrom.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * webrom.c -- Compiled Web Pages
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * See the file "license.txt" for usage and redistribution license requirements
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-#include "wsIntrn.h"
-
-websRomPageIndexType websRomPageIndex[] = {
-  { 0, 0, 0 },
-};
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/webs.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/webs.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 9073fe8b7c..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/webs.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2961 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * webs.c -- GoAhead Embedded HTTP webs server
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * See the file "license.txt" for usage and redistribution license requirements
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-
-/*
- *	This module implements an embedded HTTP/1.1 web server. It supports
- *	loadable URL handlers that define the nature of URL processing performed.
- */
-
-/********************************* Includes ***********************************/
-
-#include	"wsIntrn.h"
-#ifdef DIGEST_ACCESS_SUPPORT
-	#include	"websda.h"
-#endif
-
-/******************************** Global Data *********************************/
-
-websStatsType	websStats;				/* Web access stats */
-webs_t			*webs;					/* Open connection list head */
-sym_fd_t		websMime;				/* Set of mime types */
-int				websMax;				/* List size */
-int				websPort;				/* Listen port for server */
-char_t			websHost[64];			/* Host name for the server */
-char_t			websIpaddr[64];			/* IP address for the server */
-char_t			*websHostUrl = NULL;	/* URL to access server */
-char_t			*websIpaddrUrl = NULL;	/* URL to access server */
-
-/*********************************** Locals ***********************************/
-/*
- *	Standard HTTP error codes
- */
-
-websErrorType websErrors[] = {
-	{ 200, T("Data follows") },
-	{ 204, T("No Content") },
-	{ 301, T("Redirect") },
-	{ 302, T("Redirect") },
-	{ 304, T("Use local copy") },
-	{ 400, T("Page not found") },
-	{ 401, T("Unauthorized") },
-	{ 403, T("Forbidden") },
-	{ 404, T("Site or Page Not Found") },
-	{ 405, T("Access Denied") },
-	{ 500, T("Web Error") },
-	{ 501, T("Not Implemented") },
-	{ 503, T("Site Temporarily Unavailable. Try again.") },
-	{ 0, NULL }
-};
-
-#ifdef WEBS_LOG_SUPPORT
-static char_t	websLogname[64] = T("log.txt");	/* Log filename */
-static int 		websLogFd;						/* Log file handle */
-#endif
-
-static int		websListenSock;					/* Listen socket */
-static char_t	websRealm[64] = T("GoAhead");	/* Realm name */
-
-static int		websOpenCount = 0;		/* count of apps using this module */
-
-/**************************** Forward Declarations ****************************/
-
-
-/*static char_t 	*websErrorMsg(int code);*/
-static int 		websGetInput(webs_t wp, char_t **ptext, int *nbytes);
-static int 		websParseFirst(webs_t wp, char_t *text);
-static void 	websParseRequest(webs_t wp);
-static void		websSocketEvent(int sid, int mask, int data);
-static int		websGetTimeSinceMark(webs_t wp);
-
-#ifdef WEBS_LOG_SUPPORT
-static void 	websLog(webs_t wp, int code);
-#endif
-#ifdef WEBS_IF_MODIFIED_SUPPORT
-static time_t	dateParse(time_t tip, char_t *cmd);
-#endif
-
-/*********************************** Code *************************************/
-/*
- *	Open the GoAhead WebServer
- */
-
-int websOpenServer(int port, int retries)
-{
-	websMimeType	*mt;
-
-	if (++websOpenCount != 1) {
-		return websPort;
-	}
-
-	a_assert(port > 0);
-	a_assert(retries >= 0);
-
-#ifdef WEBS_PAGE_ROM
-	websRomOpen();
-#endif
-
-	webs = NULL;
-	websMax = 0;
-/*
- *	Create a mime type lookup table for quickly determining the content type
- */
-	websMime = symOpen(WEBS_SYM_INIT * 4);
-	a_assert(websMime >= 0);
-	for (mt = websMimeList; mt->type; mt++) {
-		symEnter(websMime, mt->ext, valueString(mt->type, 0), 0);
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Open the URL handler module. The caller should create the required
- *	URL handlers after calling this function.
- */
-	if (websUrlHandlerOpen() < 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	websFormOpen();
-
-#ifdef WEBS_LOG_SUPPORT
-/*
- *	Optional request log support
- */
-	websLogFd = gopen(websLogname, O_CREAT | O_TRUNC | O_APPEND | O_WRONLY, 
-		0666);
-	a_assert(websLogFd >= 0);
-#endif
-	
-	return websOpenListen(port, retries);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Close the GoAhead WebServer
- */
-
-void websCloseServer()
-{
-	webs_t	wp;
-	int		wid;
-
-	if (--websOpenCount > 0) {
-		return;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Close the listen handle first then all open connections.
- */
-	websCloseListen();
-
-/* 
- *	Close each open browser connection and free all resources
- */
-	for (wid = websMax; webs && wid >= 0; wid--) {
-		if ((wp = webs[wid]) == NULL) {
-			continue;
-		}
-		socketCloseConnection(wp->sid);
-		websFree(wp);
-	}
-
-#ifdef WEBS_LOG_SUPPORT
-	if (websLogFd >= 0) {
-		close(websLogFd);
-		websLogFd = -1;
-	}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WEBS_PAGE_ROM
-	websRomClose();
-#endif
-	symClose(websMime);
-	websFormClose();
-	websUrlHandlerClose();
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Open the GoAhead WebServer listen port
- */
-
-int websOpenListen(int port, int retries)
-{
-	int		i, orig;
-
-	a_assert(port > 0);
-	a_assert(retries >= 0);
-
-	orig = port;
-/*
- *	Open the webs webs listen port. If we fail, try the next port.
- */
-	for (i = 0; i <= retries; i++) {
-		websListenSock = socketOpenConnection(NULL, port, websAccept, 0);
-		if (websListenSock >= 0) {
-			break;
-		}
-		port++;
-	}
-	if (i > retries) {
-		error(E_L, E_USER, T("Couldn't open a socket on ports %d - %d"),
-			orig, port - 1);
-		return -1;
-	} 
-
-/*
- *	Determine the full URL address to access the home page for this web server
- */
-	websPort = port;
-	bfreeSafe(B_L, websHostUrl);
-	bfreeSafe(B_L, websIpaddrUrl);
-	websIpaddrUrl = websHostUrl = NULL;
-
-	if (port == 80) {
-		websHostUrl = bstrdup(B_L, websHost);
-		websIpaddrUrl = bstrdup(B_L, websIpaddr);
-	} else {
-		fmtAlloc(&websHostUrl, WEBS_MAX_URL + 80, T("%s:%d"), websHost, port);
-		fmtAlloc(&websIpaddrUrl, WEBS_MAX_URL + 80, T("%s:%d"), 
-			websIpaddr, port);
-	}
-	trace(0, T("webs: Listening for HTTP requests at address %s\n"),
-		websIpaddrUrl);
-
-	return port;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Close webs listen port
- */
-
-void websCloseListen()
-{
-	if (websListenSock >= 0) {
-		socketCloseConnection(websListenSock);
-		websListenSock = -1;
-	}
-	bfreeSafe(B_L, websHostUrl);
-	bfreeSafe(B_L, websIpaddrUrl);
-	websIpaddrUrl = websHostUrl = NULL;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Accept a connection
- */
-
-int websAccept(int sid, char *ipaddr, int port, int listenSid)
-{
-	webs_t	wp;
-	int		wid;
-
-	a_assert(ipaddr && *ipaddr);
-	a_assert(sid >= 0);
-	a_assert(port >= 0);
-
-/*
- *	Allocate a new handle for this accepted connection. This will allocate
- *	a webs_t structure in the webs[] list
- */
-	if ((wid = websAlloc(sid)) < 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	wp = webs[wid];
-	a_assert(wp);
-	wp->listenSid = listenSid;
-
-	ascToUni(wp->ipaddr, ipaddr, min(sizeof(wp->ipaddr), strlen(ipaddr) + 1));
-
-/*
- *	Check if this is a request from a browser on this system. This is useful
- *	to know for permitting administrative operations only for local access
- */
-	if (gstrcmp(wp->ipaddr, T("127.0.0.1")) == 0 || 
-			gstrcmp(wp->ipaddr, websIpaddr) == 0 || 
-			gstrcmp(wp->ipaddr, websHost) == 0) {
-		wp->flags |= WEBS_LOCAL_REQUEST;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Arrange for websSocketEvent to be called when read data is available
- */
-	socketCreateHandler(sid, SOCKET_READABLE, websSocketEvent, (int) wp);
-
-/*
- *	Arrange for a timeout to kill hung requests
- */
-	wp->timeout = emfSchedCallback(WEBS_TIMEOUT, websTimeout, (void *) wp);
-	trace(8, T("webs: accept request\n"));
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	The webs socket handler.  Called in response to I/O. We just pass control
- *	to the relevant read or write handler. A pointer to the webs structure
- *	is passed as an (int) in iwp.
- */
-
-static void websSocketEvent(int sid, int mask, int iwp)
-{
-	webs_t	wp;
-
-	wp = (webs_t) iwp;
-	a_assert(wp);
-
-	if (! websValid(wp)) {
-		return;
-	}
-
-	if (mask & SOCKET_READABLE) {
-		websReadEvent(wp);
-	} 
-	if (mask & SOCKET_WRITABLE) {
-		if (websValid(wp) && wp->writeSocket) {
-			(*wp->writeSocket)(wp);
-		}
-	} 
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	The webs read handler. This is the primary read event loop. It uses a
- *	state machine to track progress while parsing the HTTP request. 
- *	Note: we never block as the socket is always in non-blocking mode.
- */
-
-void websReadEvent(webs_t wp)
-{
-	char_t 	*text;
-	int		rc, nbytes, len, done, fd;
-
-	a_assert(wp);
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-	websSetTimeMark(wp);
-
-/*
- *	Read as many lines as possible. socketGets is called to read the header
- *	and socketRead is called to read posted data.
- */
-	text = NULL;
-	fd = -1;
-	for (done = 0; !done; ) {
-		if (text) {
-			bfree(B_L, text);
-			text = NULL;
-		}
-
-/*
- *		Get more input into "text". Returns 0, if more data is needed
- *		to continue, -1 if finished with the request, or 1 if all 
- *		required data is available for current state.
- */
-		while ((rc = websGetInput(wp, &text, &nbytes)) == 0) {
-			;
-		}
-
-/*
- *		websGetInput returns -1 if it finishes with the request
- */
-		if (rc < 0) {
-			break;
-		}
-
-/*
- *		This is the state machine for the web server. 
- */
-		switch(wp->state) {
-		case WEBS_BEGIN:
-/*
- *			Parse the first line of the Http header
- */
-			if (websParseFirst(wp, text) < 0) {
-				done++;
-				break;
-			}
-			wp->state = WEBS_HEADER;
-			break;
-		
-		case WEBS_HEADER:
-/*
- *			Store more of the HTTP header. As we are doing line reads, we
- *			need to separate the lines with '\n'
- */
-			if (ringqLen(&wp->header) > 0) {
-				ringqPutStr(&wp->header, T("\n"));
-			}
-			ringqPutStr(&wp->header, text);
-			break;
-
-		case WEBS_POST_CLEN:
-/*
- *			POST request with content specified by a content length.
- *			If this is a CGI request, write the data to the cgi stdin.
- *			socketGets was used to get the data and it strips \n's so
- *			add them back in here.
- */
-#ifndef __NO_CGI_BIN
-			if (wp->flags & WEBS_CGI_REQUEST) {
-				if (fd == -1) {
-					fd = gopen(wp->cgiStdin, O_CREAT | O_WRONLY | O_BINARY,
-						0666);
-				}
-				gwrite(fd, text, gstrlen(text));
-            /*
-             * NOTE that the above comment is wrong -- if the content length
-             * is set, websGetInput() does NOT use socketGets(), it uses
-             * socketRead(), so the line below that adds an additional newline
-             * is destructive.
-             */
-				/*gwrite(fd, T("\n"), sizeof(char_t));*/
-/*
- *				Line removed as per BUG02488
- *
-				nbytes += 1;
- */
-			} else 
-#endif
-			if (wp->query) {
-				if (wp->query[0] && !(wp->flags & WEBS_POST_DATA)) {
-/*
- *					Special case where the POST request also had query data 
- *					specified in the URL, ie. url?query_data. In this case
- *					the URL query data is separated by a '&' from the posted
- *					query data.
- */
-					len = gstrlen(wp->query);
-					wp->query = brealloc(B_L, wp->query, (len + gstrlen(text) +
-						2) * sizeof(char_t));
-					wp->query[len++] = '&';
-					gstrcpy(&wp->query[len], text);
-
-				} else {
-/*
- *					The existing query data came from the POST request so just
- *					append it.
- */
-               if (text != NULL)
-               {
-                  len = gstrlen(wp->query);
-                  wp->query = brealloc(B_L, wp->query, (len +	gstrlen(text) +
-                     1) * sizeof(char_t));
-                  if (wp->query) {
-                     gstrcpy(&wp->query[len], text);
-                  }
-               }
-				}
-
-			} else {
-				wp->query = bstrdup(B_L, text);
-			}
-/*
- *			Calculate how much more post data is to be read.
- */
-			wp->flags |= WEBS_POST_DATA;
-			wp->clen -= nbytes;
-			if (wp->clen > 0) {
-				if (nbytes > 0) {
-					break;
-				}
-				done++;
-				break;
-			}
-/*
- *			No more data so process the request, (but be sure to close
- *			the input file first!).
- */
-			if (fd != -1) {
-				gclose (fd);
-				fd = -1;
-			}
-			websUrlHandlerRequest(wp);
-			done++;
-			break;
-
-		case WEBS_POST:
-/*
- *			POST without content-length specification
- *			If this is a CGI request, write the data to the cgi stdin.
- *			socketGets was used to get the data and it strips \n's so
- *			add them back in here.
- */
-
-#ifndef __NO_CGI_BIN
-			if (wp->flags & WEBS_CGI_REQUEST) {
-				if (fd == -1) {
-					fd = gopen(wp->cgiStdin, O_CREAT | O_WRONLY | O_BINARY,
-						0666);
-				}
-				gwrite(fd, text, gstrlen(text));
-				gwrite(fd, T("\n"), sizeof(char_t));
-			} else
-#endif
-			if (wp->query && *wp->query && !(wp->flags & WEBS_POST_DATA)) {
-				len = gstrlen(wp->query);
-				wp->query = brealloc(B_L, wp->query, (len + gstrlen(text) +
-					2) * sizeof(char_t));
-				if (wp->query) {
-					wp->query[len++] = '&';
-					gstrcpy(&wp->query[len], text);
-				}
-
-			} else {
-				wp->query = bstrdup(B_L, text);
-			}
-			wp->flags |= WEBS_POST_DATA;
-			done++;
-			break;
-
-		default:
-			websError(wp, 404, T("Bad state"));
-			done++;
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (fd != -1) {
-		fd = gclose (fd);
-	}
-
-	if (text) {
-		bfree(B_L, text);
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get input from the browser. Return TRUE (!0) if the request has been 
- *	handled. Return -1 on errors or if the request has been processed, 
- *	1 if input read, and 0 to instruct the caller to call again for more input.
- *
- *	Note: socketRead will Return the number of bytes read if successful. This
- *	may be less than the requested "bufsize" and may be zero. It returns -1 for
- *	errors. It returns 0 for EOF. Otherwise it returns the number of bytes 
- *	read. Since this may be zero, callers should use socketEof() to 
- *	distinguish between this and EOF.
- */
-
-static int websGetInput(webs_t wp, char_t **ptext, int *pnbytes) 
-{
-	char_t	*text;
-	char	buf[WEBS_SOCKET_BUFSIZ+1];
-	int		nbytes, len, clen;
-
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-	a_assert(ptext);
-	a_assert(pnbytes);
-
-	*ptext = text = NULL;
-	*pnbytes = 0;
-
-/*
- *	If this request is a POST with a content length, we know the number
- *	of bytes to read so we use socketRead().
- */
-	if (wp->state == WEBS_POST_CLEN) {
-		len = (wp->clen > WEBS_SOCKET_BUFSIZ) ? WEBS_SOCKET_BUFSIZ : wp->clen;
-	} else {
-		len = 0;
-	}
-
-	if (len > 0) {
-
-#ifdef WEBS_SSL_SUPPORT
-		if (wp->flags & WEBS_SECURE) {
-			nbytes = websSSLRead(wp->wsp, buf, len);
-		} else {
-			nbytes = socketRead(wp->sid, buf, len);
-		}
-#else
-		nbytes = socketRead(wp->sid, buf, len);
-#endif
-		if (nbytes < 0) {						/* Error */
-			websDone(wp, 0);
-			return -1;
-
-		}  else if (nbytes == 0) {				/* EOF or No data available */
-			return -1;
-
-		} else {								/* Valid data */
-/*
- *			Convert to UNICODE if necessary.  First be sure the string 
- *			is NULL terminated.
- */
-			buf[nbytes] = '\0';
-			if ((text = ballocAscToUni(buf, nbytes)) == NULL) {
-				websError(wp, 503, T("Insufficient memory"));
-				return -1;
-			}
-		}
-
-	} else {
-#ifdef WEBS_SSL_SUPPORT
-		if (wp->flags & WEBS_SECURE) {
-			nbytes = websSSLGets(wp->wsp, &text);
-		} else {
-			nbytes = socketGets(wp->sid, &text);
-		}
-#else
-		nbytes = socketGets(wp->sid, &text);
-#endif
-
-		if (nbytes < 0) {
-			int eof;
-/*
- *			Error, EOF or incomplete
- */
-#ifdef WEBS_SSL_SUPPORT
-			if (wp->flags & WEBS_SECURE) {
-/*
- *				If state is WEBS_BEGIN and the request is secure, a -1 will 
- *				usually	indicate SSL negotiation
- */
-				if (wp->state == WEBS_BEGIN) {
-					eof = 1;
-				} else {
-					eof = websSSLEof(wp->wsp);
-				}
-			} else {
-				eof = socketEof(wp->sid);
-			}
-#else
-			eof = socketEof(wp->sid);
-#endif
-
-			if (eof) {
-/*
- *				If this is a post request without content length, process 
- *				the request as we now have all the data. Otherwise just 
- *				close the connection.
- */
-				if (wp->state == WEBS_POST) {
-					websUrlHandlerRequest(wp);
-				} else {
-					websDone(wp, 0);
-				}
-			} else {
-/*
- *				If an error occurred and it wasn't an eof, close the connection
- */
-#ifdef HP_FIX
-				websDone(wp, 0);
-#endif /*HP_FIX*/
-
-			}
-/*
- *			If state is WEBS_HEADER and the ringq is empty, then this is a
- *			simple request with no additional header fields to process and
- *			no empty line terminator.
- */
-/*
- *			NOTE: this fix for earlier versions of browsers is troublesome
- *			because if we don't receive the entire header in the first pass
- *			this code assumes we were only expecting a one line header, which
- *			is not necessarily the case. So we weren't processing the whole
- *			header and weren't fufilling requests properly. 
- */
-#ifdef UNUSED
-			if (wp->state == WEBS_HEADER && ringqLen(&wp->header) <= 0) {
-				websParseRequest(wp);
-				websUrlHandlerRequest(wp);
-			}
-#endif
-			return -1;
-
-		} else if (nbytes == 0) {
-			if (wp->state == WEBS_HEADER) {
-/*
- *				Valid empty line, now finished with header
- */
-				websParseRequest(wp);
-				if (wp->flags & WEBS_POST_REQUEST) {
-					if (wp->flags & WEBS_CLEN) {
-						wp->state = WEBS_POST_CLEN;
-						clen = wp->clen;
-					} else {
-						wp->state = WEBS_POST;
-						clen = 1;
-					}
-					if (clen > 0) {
-/*
- *						Return 0 to get more data.
- */
-						return 0;
-					}
-					return 1;
-				}
-/*
- *				We've read the header so go and handle the request
- */
-				websUrlHandlerRequest(wp);
-			}
-			return -1;
-		}
-	}
-	a_assert(text);
-	a_assert(nbytes > 0);
-	*ptext = text;
-	*pnbytes = nbytes;
-	return 1;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Parse the first line of a HTTP request
- */
-
-static int websParseFirst(webs_t wp, char_t *text)
-{
-	char_t 	*op, *proto, *protoVer, *url, *host, *query, *path, *port, *ext;
-	char_t	*buf;
-	int		testPort;
-
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-	a_assert(text && *text);
-
-/*
- *	Determine the request type: GET, HEAD or POST
- */
-	op = gstrtok(text, T(" \t"));
-	if (op == NULL || *op == '\0') {
-		websError(wp, 400, T("Bad HTTP request"));
-		return -1;
-	}
-	if (gstrcmp(op, T("GET")) != 0) {
-		if (gstrcmp(op, T("POST")) == 0) {
-			wp->flags |= WEBS_POST_REQUEST;
-		} else if (gstrcmp(op, T("HEAD")) == 0) {
-			wp->flags |= WEBS_HEAD_REQUEST;
-		} else {
-			websError(wp, 400, T("Bad request type"));
-			return -1;
-		}
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Store result in the form (CGI) variable store
- */
-	websSetVar(wp, T("REQUEST_METHOD"), op);
-
-	url = gstrtok(NULL, T(" \t\n"));
-	if (url == NULL || *url == '\0') {
-		websError(wp, 400, T("Bad HTTP request"));
-		return -1;
-	}
-	protoVer = gstrtok(NULL, T(" \t\n"));
-
-/*
- *	Parse the URL and store all the various URL components. websUrlParse
- *	returns an allocated buffer in buf which we must free. We support both
- *	proxied and non-proxied requests. Proxied requests will have http://host/
- *	at the start of the URL. Non-proxied will just be local path names.
- */
-	host = path = port = proto = query = ext = NULL;
-	if (websUrlParse(url, &buf, &host, &path, &port, &query, &proto, 
-			NULL, &ext) < 0) {
-		websError(wp, 400, T("Bad URL format"));
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	wp->url = bstrdup(B_L, url);
-
-#ifndef __NO_CGI_BIN
-	if (gstrstr(url, CGI_BIN) != NULL) {
-		wp->flags |= WEBS_CGI_REQUEST;
-		if (wp->flags & WEBS_POST_REQUEST) {
-			wp->cgiStdin = websGetCgiCommName();
-		}
-	}
-#endif
-
-	wp->query = bstrdup(B_L, query);
-	wp->host = bstrdup(B_L, host);
-	wp->path = bstrdup(B_L, path);
-	wp->protocol = bstrdup(B_L, proto);
-	wp->protoVersion = bstrdup(B_L, protoVer);
-	
-	if ((testPort = socketGetPort(wp->listenSid)) >= 0) {
-		wp->port = testPort;
-	} else {
-		wp->port = gatoi(port);
-	}
-
-	if (gstrcmp(ext, T(".asp")) == 0) {
-		wp->flags |= WEBS_ASP;
-	}
-	bfree(B_L, buf);
-
-	websUrlType(url, wp->type, TSZ(wp->type));
-
-#ifdef WEBS_PROXY_SUPPORT
-/*
- *	Determine if this is a request for local webs data. If it is not a proxied 
- *	request from the browser, we won't see the "http://" or the system name, so
- *	we assume it must be talking to us directly for local webs data.
- *	Note: not fully implemented yet.
- */
-	if (gstrstr(wp->url, T("http://")) == NULL || 
-		((gstrcmp(wp->host, T("localhost")) == 0 || 
-			gstrcmp(wp->host, websHost) == 0) && (wp->port == websPort))) {
-		wp->flags |= WEBS_LOCAL_PAGE;
-		if (gstrcmp(wp->path, T("/")) == 0) {
-			wp->flags |= WEBS_HOME_PAGE;
-		}
-	}
-#endif
-
-	ringqFlush(&wp->header);
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Parse a full request
- */
-
-#define isgoodchar(s) (gisalnum((s)) || ((s) == '/') || ((s) == '_') || \
-						((s) == '.')  || ((s) == '-') )
-
-static void websParseRequest(webs_t wp)
-{
-	char_t	*authType, *upperKey, *cp, *browser, *lp, *key, *value;
-
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-/*
- *	Define default CGI values
- */
-	websSetVar(wp, T("HTTP_AUTHORIZATION"), T(""));
-
-/* 
- *	Parse the header and create the Http header keyword variables
- *	We rewrite the header as we go for non-local requests.  NOTE: this
- * 	modifies the header string directly and tokenizes each line with '\0'.
- */
-	browser = NULL;
-	for (lp = (char_t*) wp->header.servp; lp && *lp; ) {
-		cp = lp;
-		if ((lp = gstrchr(lp, '\n')) != NULL) {
-			lp++;
-		}
-
-		if ((key = gstrtok(cp, T(": \t\n"))) == NULL) {
-			continue;
-		}
-
-		if ((value = gstrtok(NULL, T("\n"))) == NULL) {
-			value = T("");
-		}
-
-		while (gisspace(*value)) {
-			value++;
-		}
-		strlower(key);
-
-/*
- *		Create a variable (CGI) for each line in the header
- */
-		fmtAlloc(&upperKey, (gstrlen(key) + 6), T("HTTP_%s"), key);
-		for (cp = upperKey; *cp; cp++) {
-			if (*cp == '-')
-				*cp = '_';
-		}
-		strupper(upperKey);
-		websSetVar(wp, upperKey, value);
-		bfree(B_L, upperKey);
-
-/*
- *		Track the requesting agent (browser) type
- */
-		if (gstrcmp(key, T("user-agent")) == 0) {
-			wp->userAgent = bstrdup(B_L, value);
-
-/*
- *		Parse the user authorization. ie. password
- */
-		} else if (gstricmp(key, T("authorization")) == 0) {
-/*
- *			Determine the type of Authorization Request
- */
-			authType = bstrdup (B_L, value);
-			a_assert (authType);
-/*			
- *			Truncate authType at the next non-alpha character
- */
-			cp = authType;
-			while (gisalpha(*cp)) {
-				cp++;
-			}
-			*cp = '\0';
-
-			wp->authType = bstrdup(B_L, authType);
-			bfree(B_L, authType);
-
-			if (gstricmp(wp->authType, T("basic")) == 0) {
-				char_t	userAuth[FNAMESIZE];
-/*
- *				The incoming value is username:password (Basic authentication)
- */
-				if ((cp = gstrchr(value, ' ')) != NULL) {
-					*cp = '\0';
-               /*
-                * bugfix 5/24/02 -- we were leaking the memory pointed to by
-                * wp->authType that was allocated just before the if()
-                * statement that we are currently in. Thanks to Simon Byholm.
-                */
-               bfree(B_L, wp->authType);
-					wp->authType = bstrdup(B_L, value);
-					websDecode64(userAuth, ++cp, sizeof(userAuth));
-				} else {
-					websDecode64(userAuth, value, sizeof(userAuth));
-				}
-/*
- *				Split userAuth into userid and password
- */
-				if ((cp = gstrchr(userAuth, ':')) != NULL) {
-					*cp++ = '\0';
-				}
-				if (cp) {
-					wp->userName = bstrdup(B_L, userAuth);
-					wp->password = bstrdup(B_L, cp);
-				} else {
-					wp->userName = bstrdup(B_L, T(""));
-					wp->password = bstrdup(B_L, T(""));
-				}
-/*
- *				Set the flags to indicate digest authentication
- */
-				wp->flags |= WEBS_AUTH_BASIC;
-			} else {
-#ifdef DIGEST_ACCESS_SUPPORT
-/*
- *				The incoming value is slightly more complicated (Digest)
- */
-				char_t *np;		/* pointer to end of tag name */
-				char_t tp;		/* temporary character holding space */
-				char_t *vp;		/* pointer to value */
-				char_t *npv;	/* pointer to end of value, "next" pointer */
-				char_t tpv;		/* temporary character holding space */
-/*
- *				Set the flags to indicate digest authentication
- */
-				wp->flags |= WEBS_AUTH_DIGEST;
-/*
- *				Move cp to Next word beyond "Digest",
- *				vp to first char after '='.
- */
- 				cp = value;
-				while (isgoodchar(*cp)) {
-					cp++;
-				}
-				while (!isgoodchar(*cp)) {
-					cp++;
-				}
-
-/*
- *				Find beginning of value
- */
-				vp = gstrchr(cp, '=');
-				while (vp) {
-/*
- *					Zero-terminate tag name
- */
-					np = cp;
-					while (isgoodchar(*np)) {
-						np++;
-					}
-					tp = *np;
-					*np = 0;
-/*
- *					Advance value pointer to first legit character
- */
-					vp++;
-					while (!isgoodchar(*vp)) {
-						vp++;
-					}
-/*
- *					Zero-terminate value
- */
-					npv = vp;
-					while (isgoodchar(*npv)) {
-						npv++;
-					}
-					tpv = *npv;
-					*npv = 0;
-/*
- *					Extract the fields
- */
-					if (gstricmp(cp, T("username")) == 0) {
-						wp->userName = bstrdup(B_L, vp);
-					} else if (gstricmp(cp, T("response")) == 0) {
-						wp->digest = bstrdup(B_L, vp);
-					} else if (gstricmp(cp, T("opaque")) == 0) {
-						wp->opaque = bstrdup(B_L, vp);
-					} else if (gstricmp(cp, T("uri")) == 0) {
-						wp->uri = bstrdup(B_L, vp);
-					} else if (gstricmp(cp, T("realm")) == 0) {
-						wp->realm = bstrdup(B_L, vp);
-					} else if (gstricmp(cp, T("nonce")) == 0) {
-						wp->nonce = bstrdup(B_L, vp);
-					} else if (gstricmp(cp, T("nc")) == 0) {
-						wp->nc = bstrdup(B_L, vp);
-					} else if (gstricmp(cp, T("cnonce")) == 0) {
-						wp->cnonce = bstrdup(B_L, vp);
-					} else if (gstricmp(cp, T("qop")) == 0) {
-						wp->qop = bstrdup(B_L, vp);
-					}
-/*
- *					Restore tag name and value zero-terminations
- */
-					*np = tp;
-					*npv = tpv;
-/*
- *					Advance tag name and value pointers
- */
- 					cp = npv;
-					while (*cp && isgoodchar(*cp)) {
-						cp++;
-					}
-					while (*cp && !isgoodchar(*cp)) {
-						cp++;
-					}
-
-					if (*cp) {
-						vp = gstrchr(cp, '=');
-					} else {
-						vp = NULL;
-					}
-				}
-#endif /* DIGEST_ACCESS_SUPPORT */
-			} /* if (gstrcmp(wp->authType)) */
-/*
- *		Parse the content length
- */
-		} else if (gstrcmp(key, T("content-length")) == 0) {
-         /*
-          * 11 Oct 02 BgP -- The server would crash if an attacker sent a POST
-          * message with a content-length value <= 0. We assume that anyone
-          * sending this is malicious, and the POST is read from the socket,
-          * but it is ignored, and the socket is closed.
-          */
-         wp->clen = gatoi(value);
-         if (wp->clen > 0)
-         {
-			   wp->flags |= WEBS_CLEN;			
-			   websSetVar(wp, T("CONTENT_LENGTH"), value);
-         }
-         else
-         {
-            wp->clen = 0;
-         }
-
-/*
- *		Parse the content type
- */
-		} else if (gstrcmp(key, T("content-type")) == 0) {
-			websSetVar(wp, T("CONTENT_TYPE"), value);
-
-#ifdef WEBS_KEEP_ALIVE_SUPPORT
-		} else if (gstrcmp(key, T("connection")) == 0) {
-			strlower(value);
-			if (gstrcmp(value, T("keep-alive")) == 0) {
-				wp->flags |= WEBS_KEEP_ALIVE;
-			}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WEBS_PROXY_SUPPORT
-/*
- *		This may be useful if you wish to keep a local cache of web pages
- *		for proxied requests.
- */
-		} else if (gstrcmp(key, T("pragma")) == 0) {
-			char_t	tmp[256];
-			gstrncpy(tmp, value, TSZ(tmp));
-			strlower(tmp);
-			if (gstrstr(tmp, T("no-cache"))) {
-				wp->flags |= WEBS_DONT_USE_CACHE;
-			}
-#endif /* WEBS_PROXY_SUPPORT */
-
-/*
- *		Store the cookie
- */
-		} else if (gstrcmp(key, T("cookie")) == 0) {
-			wp->flags |= WEBS_COOKIE;
-			wp->cookie = bstrdup(B_L, value);
-
-#ifdef WEBS_IF_MODIFIED_SUPPORT
-/*
- *		See if the local page has been modified since the browser last
- *		requested this document. If not, just return a 302
- */
-		} else if (gstrcmp(key, T("if-modified-since")) == 0) {
-			char_t *cmd;
-			time_t tip = 0;
-
-			if ((cp = gstrchr(value, ';')) != NULL) {
-				*cp = '\0';
-			}
-
-			fmtAlloc(&cmd, 64, T("%s"), value);
-
-			if ((wp->since = dateParse(tip, cmd)) != 0) {
-				wp->flags |= WEBS_IF_MODIFIED;
-			}
-
-			bfreeSafe(B_L, cmd);
-#endif /* WEBS_IF_MODIFIED_SUPPORT */
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Set the variable (CGI) environment for this request. Create variables
- *	for all standard CGI variables. Also decode the query string and create
- *	a variable for each name=value pair.
- */
-
-void websSetEnv(webs_t wp)
-{
-	char_t	portBuf[8];
-	char_t	*keyword, *value, *valCheck, *valNew;
-
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-	websSetVar(wp, T("QUERY_STRING"), wp->query);
-	websSetVar(wp, T("GATEWAY_INTERFACE"), T("CGI/1.1"));
-	websSetVar(wp, T("SERVER_HOST"), websHost);
-	websSetVar(wp, T("SERVER_NAME"), websHost);
-	websSetVar(wp, T("SERVER_URL"), websHostUrl);
-	websSetVar(wp, T("REMOTE_HOST"), wp->ipaddr);
-	websSetVar(wp, T("REMOTE_ADDR"), wp->ipaddr);
-	websSetVar(wp, T("PATH_INFO"), wp->path);
-	stritoa(websPort, portBuf, sizeof(portBuf));
-	websSetVar(wp, T("SERVER_PORT"), portBuf);
-	websSetVar(wp, T("SERVER_ADDR"), websIpaddr);
-	fmtAlloc(&value, FNAMESIZE, T("%s/%s"), WEBS_NAME, WEBS_VERSION);
-	websSetVar(wp, T("SERVER_SOFTWARE"), value);
-	bfreeSafe(B_L, value);
-	websSetVar(wp, T("SERVER_PROTOCOL"), wp->protoVersion);
-
-/*
- *	Decode and create an environment query variable for each query keyword.
- *	We split into pairs at each '&', then split pairs at the '='.
- *	Note: we rely on wp->decodedQuery preserving the decoded values in the
- *	symbol table.
- */
-	wp->decodedQuery = bstrdup(B_L, wp->query);
-	keyword = gstrtok(wp->decodedQuery, T("&"));
-	while (keyword != NULL) {
-		if ((value = gstrchr(keyword, '=')) != NULL) {
-			*value++ = '\0';
-			websDecodeUrl(keyword, keyword, gstrlen(keyword));
-			websDecodeUrl(value, value, gstrlen(value));
-		} else {
-			value = T("");
-		}
-
-		if (*keyword) {
-/*
- *			If keyword has already been set, append the new value to what has 
- *			been stored.
- */
-			if ((valCheck = websGetVar(wp, keyword, NULL)) != 0) {
-				fmtAlloc(&valNew, 256, T("%s %s"), valCheck, value);
-				websSetVar(wp, keyword, valNew);
-				bfreeSafe(B_L, valNew);
-			} else {
-				websSetVar(wp, keyword, value);
-			}
-		}
-		keyword = gstrtok(NULL, T("&"));
-	}
-
-#ifdef EMF
-/*
- *	Add GoAhead Embedded Management Framework defines
- */
-	websSetEmfEnvironment(wp);
-#endif
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Define a webs (CGI) variable for this connection. Also create in relevant
- *	scripting engines. Note: the incoming value may be volatile. 
- */
-
-void websSetVar(webs_t wp, char_t *var, char_t *value)
-{
-	value_t		 v;
-
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-/*
- *	value_instring will allocate the string if required.
- */
-	if (value) {
-		v = valueString(value, VALUE_ALLOCATE);
-	} else {
-		v = valueString(T(""), VALUE_ALLOCATE);
-	}
-	symEnter(wp->cgiVars, var, v, 0);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return TRUE if a webs variable exists for this connection.
- */
-
-int websTestVar(webs_t wp, char_t *var)
-{
-	sym_t		*sp;
-
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-	if (var == NULL || *var == '\0') {
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	if ((sp = symLookup(wp->cgiVars, var)) == NULL) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-	return 1;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get a webs variable but return a default value if string not found.
- *	Note, defaultGetValue can be NULL to permit testing existence.
- */
-
-char_t *websGetVar(webs_t wp, char_t *var, char_t *defaultGetValue)
-{
-	sym_t	*sp;
-
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-	a_assert(var && *var);
- 
-	if ((sp = symLookup(wp->cgiVars, var)) != NULL) {
-		a_assert(sp->content.type == string);
-		if (sp->content.value.string) {
-			return sp->content.value.string;
-		} else {
-			return T("");
-		}
-	}
-	return defaultGetValue;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return TRUE if a webs variable is set to a given value
- */
-
-int websCompareVar(webs_t wp, char_t *var, char_t *value)
-{
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-	a_assert(var && *var);
- 
-	if (gstrcmp(value, websGetVar(wp, var, T(" __UNDEF__ "))) == 0) {
-		return 1;
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Cancel the request timeout. Note may be called multiple times.
- */
-
-void websTimeoutCancel(webs_t wp)
-{
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-	if (wp->timeout >= 0) {
-		emfUnschedCallback(wp->timeout);
-		wp->timeout = -1;
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Output a HTTP response back to the browser. If redirect is set to a 
- *	URL, the browser will be sent to this location.
- */
-
-void websResponse(webs_t wp, int code, char_t *message, char_t *redirect)
-{
-	char_t		*date;
-
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-/*
- *	IE3.0 needs no Keep Alive for some return codes.
- */
-	wp->flags &= ~WEBS_KEEP_ALIVE;
-
-/*
- *	Only output the header if a header has not already been output.
- */
-	if ( !(wp->flags & WEBS_HEADER_DONE)) {
-		wp->flags |= WEBS_HEADER_DONE;
-/*
- *		Redirect behaves much better when sent with HTTP/1.0
- */
-		if (redirect != NULL) {
-			websWrite(wp, T("HTTP/1.0 %d %s\r\n"), code, websErrorMsg(code));
-		} else {
-			websWrite(wp, T("HTTP/1.1 %d %s\r\n"), code, websErrorMsg(code));
-		}
-
-/*		
- *		By license terms the following line of code must not be modified.
- */
-		websWrite(wp, T("Server: %s\r\n"), WEBS_NAME);
-
-/*		
- *		Timestamp/Date is usually the next to go
- */
-		if ((date = websGetDateString(NULL)) != NULL) {
-			websWrite(wp, T("Date: %s\r\n"), date);
-			bfree(B_L, date);
-		}
-/*
- *		If authentication is required, send the auth header info
- */
-		if (code == 401) {
-			if (!(wp->flags & WEBS_AUTH_DIGEST)) {
-				websWrite(wp, T("WWW-Authenticate: Basic realm=\"%s\"\r\n"), 
-					websGetRealm());
-#ifdef DIGEST_ACCESS_SUPPORT
-			} else {
-				char_t *nonce, *opaque;
-
-            /* $$$ before... (note commas instead of semicolons...)
-				nonce = websCalcNonce(wp), 
-				opaque = websCalcOpaque(wp), 
-            $$$ after */
-				nonce = websCalcNonce(wp);
-				opaque = websCalcOpaque(wp); 
-            /* ...$$$ end */
-				websWrite(wp, 
-					T("WWW-Authenticate: Digest realm=\"%s\", domain=\"%s\",")
-					T("qop=\"%s\", nonce=\"%s\", opaque=\"%s\",")
-					T("algorithm=\"%s\", stale=\"%s\"\r\n"), 
-					websGetRealm(),
-					websGetHostUrl(),
-					T("auth"),
-					nonce,
-					opaque, T("MD5"), T("FALSE"));
-				bfree(B_L, nonce);
-				bfree(B_L, opaque);
-#endif
-			}
-		}
-
-		if (wp->flags & WEBS_KEEP_ALIVE) {
-			websWrite(wp, T("Connection: keep-alive\r\n"));
-		}
-
-		websWrite(wp, T("Pragma: no-cache\r\nCache-Control: no-cache\r\n"));
-		websWrite(wp, T("Content-Type: text/html\r\n"));
-/*
- *		We don't do a string length here as the message may be multi-line. 
- *		Ie. <CR><LF> will count as only one and we will have a content-length 
- *		that is too short.
- *
- *		websWrite(wp, T("Content-Length: %s\r\n"), message);
- */
-		if (redirect) {
-			websWrite(wp, T("Location: %s\r\n"), redirect);
-		}
-		websWrite(wp, T("\r\n"));
-	}
-
-/*
- *	If the browser didn't do a HEAD only request, send the message as well.
- */
-	if ((wp->flags & WEBS_HEAD_REQUEST) == 0 && message && *message) {
-		websWrite(wp, T("%s\r\n"), message);
-	}
-	websDone(wp, code);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Redirect the user to another webs page
- */
-
-void websRedirect(webs_t wp, char_t *url)
-{
-	char_t	*msgbuf, *urlbuf, *redirectFmt;
-
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-	a_assert(url);
-
-	websStats.redirects++;
-	msgbuf = urlbuf = NULL;
-
-/*
- *	Some browsers require a http://host qualified URL for redirection
- */
-	if (gstrstr(url, T("http://")) == NULL) {
-		if (*url == '/') {
-			url++;
-		}
-
-		redirectFmt = T("http://%s/%s");
-
-#ifdef WEBS_SSL_SUPPORT
-		if (wp->flags & WEBS_SECURE) {
-			redirectFmt = T("https://%s/%s");
-		}
-#endif
-
-		fmtAlloc(&urlbuf, WEBS_MAX_URL + 80, redirectFmt,
-			websGetVar(wp, T("HTTP_HOST"), 	websHostUrl), url);
-		url = urlbuf;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Add human readable message for completeness. Should not be required.
- */
-	fmtAlloc(&msgbuf, WEBS_MAX_URL + 80, 
-		T("<html><head></head><body>\r\n\
-		This document has moved to a new <a href=\"%s\">location</a>.\r\n\
-		Please update your documents to reflect the new location.\r\n\
-		</body></html>\r\n"), url);
-
-	websResponse(wp, 302, msgbuf, url);
-
-	bfreeSafe(B_L, msgbuf);
-	bfreeSafe(B_L, urlbuf);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*	
- *	Output an error message and cleanup
- */
-
-#ifdef qRichErrorPage
-extern int dmfRichError(webs_t wp, int code, char_t* userMsg);
-#endif
-void websError(webs_t wp, int code, char_t *fmt, ...)
-{
-	va_list		args;
-	char_t		*msg, *userMsg, *buf;
-#ifdef qRichErrorPage
-   static int reEntry = 0;
-   int errorOk;
-#endif
-
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-	a_assert(fmt);
-
-	websStats.errors++;
-
-	va_start(args, fmt);
-	userMsg = NULL;
-	fmtValloc(&userMsg, WEBS_BUFSIZE, fmt, args);
-	va_end(args);
-
-#ifdef qRichErrorPage
-   if (!reEntry)
-   {
-      /* 
-       * The dmfRichError function that we're about to call may very well call
-       * websError() as part of its work. If that happens, we do NOT want to
-       * get into a never-ending recursive call chain. When we get back here
-       * in a call from inside dmfRichError(), we check to see if we're
-       * already trying to call dmfRichError. If we are, we just revert to the
-       * old non-rich behavior and display a black on white error page.
-       */
-
-      reEntry = 1;
-      errorOk = dmfRichError(wp, code, userMsg);
-      reEntry = 0;
-      if (errorOk)
-      {
-         return;
-      }
-      /* ...else we need to fall through and execute the simple error page. */
-   }
-   /* implicit else... */
-#endif
-
-	msg = T("<html><head><title>Document Error: %s</title></head>\r\n\
-		<body><h2>Access Error: %s</h2>\r\n\
-		when trying to obtain <b>%s</b><br><p>%s</p></body></html>\r\n");
-/*
- *	Ensure we have plenty of room
- */
-	buf = NULL;
-	fmtAlloc(&buf, WEBS_BUFSIZE, msg, websErrorMsg(code), 
-		websErrorMsg(code), wp->url, userMsg);
-
-	websResponse(wp, code, buf, NULL);
-	bfreeSafe(B_L, buf);
-	bfreeSafe(B_L, userMsg);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return the error message for a given code
- */
-
-/*static char_t *websErrorMsg(int code)*/
-char_t *websErrorMsg(int code)
-{
-	websErrorType	*ep;
-
-	for (ep = websErrors; ep->code; ep++) {
-		if (code == ep->code) {
-			return ep->msg;
-		}
-	}
-	a_assert(0);
-	return T("");
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Do formatted output to the browser. This is the public ASP and form
- *	write procedure.
- */
-
-int websWrite(webs_t wp, char_t *fmt, ...)
-{
-	va_list		 vargs;
-	char_t		*buf;
-	int			 rc;
-	
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-	va_start(vargs, fmt);
-
-	buf = NULL;
-	rc = 0;
-
-	if (fmtValloc(&buf, WEBS_BUFSIZE, fmt, vargs) >= WEBS_BUFSIZE) {
-		trace(0, T("webs: websWrite lost data, buffer overflow\n"));
-	}
-   
-	va_end(vargs);
-	a_assert(buf);
-	if (buf) {
-		rc = websWriteBlock(wp, buf, gstrlen(buf));
-		bfree(B_L, buf);
-	}
-	return rc;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Write a block of data of length "nChars" to the user's browser. Public
- *	write block procedure.  If unicode is turned on this function expects 
- *	buf to be a unicode string and it converts it to ASCII before writing.
- *	See websWriteDataNonBlock to always write binary or ASCII data with no 
- *	unicode conversion.  This returns the number of char_t's processed.
- *	It spins until nChars are flushed to the socket.  For non-blocking
- *	behavior, use websWriteDataNonBlock.
- */
-
-int websWriteBlock(webs_t wp, char_t *buf, int nChars)
-{
-	int		len, done;
-	char	*asciiBuf, *pBuf;
-
-	a_assert(wp);
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-	a_assert(buf);
-	a_assert(nChars >= 0);
-
-	done = len = 0;
-
-/*
- *	ballocUniToAsc will convert Unicode to strings to Ascii.  If Unicode is
- *	not turned on then ballocUniToAsc will not do the conversion.
- */
-	pBuf = asciiBuf = ballocUniToAsc(buf, nChars);
-
-	while (nChars > 0) {  
-#ifdef WEBS_SSL_SUPPORT
-		if (wp->flags & WEBS_SECURE) {
-			if ((len = websSSLWrite(wp->wsp, pBuf, nChars)) < 0) {
-				bfree(B_L, asciiBuf);
-				return -1;
-			}
-			websSSLFlush(wp->wsp);
-		} else {
-			if ((len = socketWrite(wp->sid, pBuf, nChars)) < 0) {
-				bfree(B_L, asciiBuf);
-				return -1;
-			}
-			socketFlush(wp->sid);
-		}
-#else /* ! WEBS_SSL_SUPPORT */
-		if ((len = socketWrite(wp->sid, pBuf, nChars)) < 0) {
-			bfree(B_L, asciiBuf);
-			return -1;
-		}
-		socketFlush(wp->sid);
-#endif /* WEBS_SSL_SUPPORT */
-		nChars -= len;
-		pBuf += len;
-		done += len;
-	}
-
-	bfree(B_L, asciiBuf);
-	return done;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Write a block of data of length "nChars" to the user's browser. Same as
- *	websWriteBlock except that it expects straight ASCII or binary and does no
- *	unicode conversion before writing the data.  If the socket cannot hold all
- *	the data, it will return the number of bytes flushed to the socket before
- *	it would have blocked.  This returns the number of chars processed or -1
- *	if socketWrite fails.
- */
-
-int websWriteDataNonBlock(webs_t wp, char *buf, int nChars)
-{
-	int r;
-
-	a_assert(wp);
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-	a_assert(buf);
-	a_assert(nChars >= 0);
-
-#ifdef WEBS_SSL_SUPPORT
-	if (wp->flags & WEBS_SECURE) {
-		r = websSSLWrite(wp->wsp, buf, nChars);
-		websSSLFlush(wp->wsp);
-	} else {
-		r = socketWrite(wp->sid, buf, nChars);
-		socketFlush(wp->sid);
-	}
-#else
-	r = socketWrite(wp->sid, buf, nChars);
-	socketFlush(wp->sid);
-#endif
-
-	return r;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Decode a URL (or part thereof). Allows insitu decoding.
- */
-
-void websDecodeUrl(char_t *decoded, char_t *token, int len)
-{
-	char_t	*ip,  *op;
-	int		num, i, c;
-	
-	a_assert(decoded);
-	a_assert(token);
-
-	op = decoded;
-	for (ip = token; *ip && len > 0; ip++, op++) {
-		if (*ip == '+') {
-			*op = ' ';
-		} else if (*ip == '%' && gisxdigit(ip[1]) && gisxdigit(ip[2])) {
-
-/*
- *			Convert %nn to a single character
- */
-			ip++;
-			for (i = 0, num = 0; i < 2; i++, ip++) {
-				c = tolower(*ip);
-				if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f') {
-					num = (num * 16) + 10 + c - 'a';
-				} else {
-					num = (num * 16) + c - '0';
-				}
-			}
-			*op = (char_t) num;
-			ip--;
-
-		} else {
-			*op = *ip;
-		}
-		len--;
-	}
-	*op = '\0';
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-#ifdef WEBS_LOG_SUPPORT
-/*
- *	Output a log message
- */
-
-static void websLog(webs_t wp, int code)
-{
-	char_t	*buf;
-	char	*abuf;
-	int		len;
-#define qAnlLog 1
-#ifdef qAnlLog
-   time_t timer;
-   char_t* newLine = NULL;
-   char_t* timeStr = NULL;
-#endif
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-	buf = NULL;
-
-#ifdef qAnlLog
-   time(&timer);
-   timeStr = ctime(&timer);
-   newLine = gstrchr(timeStr, '\n');
-   if (newLine)
-   {
-      *newLine = '\0';
-   }
-   fmtAlloc(&buf, WEBS_MAX_URL + 80, T("%s\t%s\t%s\tcode = %d\n"), 
-      timeStr, wp->ipaddr, wp->url, code);
-#else
-	fmtAlloc(&buf, WEBS_MAX_URL + 80, T("%d %s %d %d\n"), time(0), 
-		wp->url, code, wp->written);
-#endif
-	len = gstrlen(buf);
-	abuf = ballocUniToAsc(buf, len+1);
-	write(websLogFd, abuf, len);
-	bfreeSafe(B_L, buf);
-	bfreeSafe(B_L, abuf);
-}
-
-#endif /* WEBS_LOG_SUPPORT */
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Request timeout. The timeout triggers if we have not read any data from
- *	the users browser in the last WEBS_TIMEOUT period. If we have heard from
- *	the browser, simply re-issue the timeout.
- */
-
-void websTimeout(void *arg, int id)
-{
-	webs_t		wp;
-	int			delay, tm;
-
-	wp = (webs_t) arg;
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-	tm = websGetTimeSinceMark(wp) * 1000;
-	if (tm >= WEBS_TIMEOUT) {
-		websStats.timeouts++;
-		emfUnschedCallback(id);
-
-/*
- *		Clear the timeout id
- */
-		wp->timeout = -1;
-		websDone(wp, 404);
-	} else {
-		delay = WEBS_TIMEOUT - tm;
-		a_assert(delay > 0);
-		emfReschedCallback(id, delay);
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Called when the request is done.
- */
-
-void websDone(webs_t wp, int code)
-{
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-/*
- * 	Disable socket handler in case keep alive set.
- */
-	socketDeleteHandler(wp->sid);
-
-	if (code != 200) {
-		wp->flags &= ~WEBS_KEEP_ALIVE;
-	}
-
-#ifdef WEBS_PROXY_SUPPORT
-	if (! (wp->flags & WEBS_LOCAL_PAGE)) {
-		websStats.activeNetRequests--;
-	}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WEBS_LOG_SUPPORT
-	if (! (wp->flags & WEBS_REQUEST_DONE)) {
-		websLog(wp, code);
-	}
-#endif
-
-/*
- *	Close any opened document by a handler
- */
-	websPageClose(wp);
-
-/*
- *	Exit if secure.
- */
-#ifdef WEBS_SSL_SUPPORT
-	if (wp->flags & WEBS_SECURE) {
-		websTimeoutCancel(wp);
-		websSSLFlush(wp->wsp);
-		socketCloseConnection(wp->sid);
-		websFree(wp);
-		return;
-	}
-#endif
-
-/*
- *	If using Keep Alive (HTTP/1.1) we keep the socket open for a period
- *	while waiting for another request on the socket. 
- */
-	if (wp->flags & WEBS_KEEP_ALIVE) {
-		if (socketFlush(wp->sid) == 0) {
-			wp->state = WEBS_BEGIN;
-			wp->flags |= WEBS_REQUEST_DONE;
-			if (wp->header.buf) {
-				ringqFlush(&wp->header);
-			}
-			socketCreateHandler(wp->sid, SOCKET_READABLE, websSocketEvent, 
-				(int) wp);
-			websTimeoutCancel(wp);
-			wp->timeout = emfSchedCallback(WEBS_TIMEOUT, websTimeout,
-				(void *) wp);
-			return;
-		}
-	} else {
-		websTimeoutCancel(wp);
-		socketSetBlock(wp->sid, 1);
-		socketFlush(wp->sid);
-		socketCloseConnection(wp->sid);
-	}
-	websFree(wp);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Allocate a new webs structure
- */
-
-int websAlloc(int sid)
-{
-	webs_t		wp;
-	int			wid;
-
-/*
- *	Allocate a new handle for this connection
- */
-	if ((wid = hAllocEntry((void*) &webs, &websMax,
-			sizeof(struct websRec))) < 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	wp = webs[wid];
-
-	wp->wid = wid;
-	wp->sid = sid;
-	wp->state = WEBS_BEGIN;
-	wp->docfd = -1;
-	wp->timeout = -1;
-	wp->dir = NULL;
-	wp->authType = NULL;
-	wp->protocol = NULL;
-	wp->protoVersion = NULL;
-	wp->password = NULL;
-	wp->userName = NULL;
-#ifdef DIGEST_ACCESS_SUPPORT
-	wp->realm = NULL;
-	wp->nonce = NULL;
-	wp->digest = NULL;
-	wp->uri = NULL;
-	wp->opaque = NULL;
-	wp->nc = NULL;
-	wp->cnonce = NULL;
-	wp->qop = NULL;
-#endif
-#ifdef WEBS_SSL_SUPPORT
-	wp->wsp = NULL;
-#endif
-
-	ringqOpen(&wp->header, WEBS_HEADER_BUFINC, WEBS_MAX_HEADER);
-
-/*
- *	Create storage for the CGI variables. We supply the symbol tables for
- *	both the CGI variables and for the global functions. The function table
- *	is common to all webs instances (ie. all browsers)
- */
-	wp->cgiVars = symOpen(WEBS_SYM_INIT);
-
-	return wid;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Free a webs structure
- */
-
-void websFree(webs_t wp)
-{
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-	if (wp->path)
-		bfree(B_L, wp->path);
-	if (wp->url)
-		bfree(B_L, wp->url);
-	if (wp->host)
-		bfree(B_L, wp->host);
-	if (wp->lpath)
-		bfree(B_L, wp->lpath);
-	if (wp->query)
-		bfree(B_L, wp->query);
-	if (wp->decodedQuery)
-		bfree(B_L, wp->decodedQuery);
-	if (wp->authType)
-		bfree(B_L, wp->authType);
-	if (wp->password)
-		bfree(B_L, wp->password);
-	if (wp->userName)
-		bfree(B_L, wp->userName);
-	if (wp->cookie)
-		bfree(B_L, wp->cookie);
-	if (wp->userAgent)
-		bfree(B_L, wp->userAgent);
-	if (wp->dir)
-		bfree(B_L, wp->dir);
-	if (wp->protocol)
-		bfree(B_L, wp->protocol);
-	if (wp->protoVersion)
-		bfree(B_L, wp->protoVersion);
-	if (wp->cgiStdin)
-		bfree(B_L, wp->cgiStdin);
-
-
-#ifdef DIGEST_ACCESS_SUPPORT
-	if (wp->realm)
-		bfree(B_L, wp->realm);
-	if (wp->uri)
-		bfree(B_L, wp->uri);
-	if (wp->digest)
-		bfree(B_L, wp->digest);
-	if (wp->opaque)
-		bfree(B_L, wp->opaque);
-	if (wp->nonce)
-		bfree(B_L, wp->nonce);
-	if (wp->nc)
-		bfree(B_L, wp->nc);
-	if (wp->cnonce)
-		bfree(B_L, wp->cnonce);
-	if (wp->qop)
-		bfree(B_L, wp->qop);
-#endif
-#ifdef WEBS_SSL_SUPPORT
-	websSSLFree(wp->wsp);
-#endif
-	symClose(wp->cgiVars);
-
-	if (wp->header.buf) {
-		ringqClose(&wp->header);
-	}
-
-	websMax = hFree((void*) &webs, wp->wid);
-	bfree(B_L, wp);
-	a_assert(websMax >= 0);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return the server address
- */
-
-char_t *websGetHost()
-{
-	return websHost;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return the the url to access the server. (ip address)
- */
-
-char_t *websGetIpaddrUrl()
-{
-	return websIpaddrUrl;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return the server address
- */
-
-char_t *websGetHostUrl()
-{
-	return websHostUrl;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return the listen port
- */
-
-int websGetPort()
-{
-	return websPort;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get the number of bytes to write
- */
-
-int websGetRequestBytes(webs_t wp)
-{
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-	return wp->numbytes;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get the directory for this request
- */
-
-char_t *websGetRequestDir(webs_t wp)
-{
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-	if (wp->dir == NULL) {
-		return T("");
-	}
-
-	return wp->dir;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get the flags for this request
- */
-
-int websGetRequestFlags(webs_t wp)
-{
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-	return wp->flags;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return the IP address
- */
-
-char_t *websGetRequestIpaddr(webs_t wp)
-{
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-	return wp->ipaddr;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Set the local path for the request
- */
-
-char_t *websGetRequestLpath(webs_t wp)
-{
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-#ifdef WEBS_PAGE_ROM
-	return wp->path;
-#else
-	return wp->lpath;
-#endif
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get the path for this request
- */
-
-char_t *websGetRequestPath(webs_t wp)
-{
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-	if (wp->path == NULL) {
-		return T("");
-	}
-
-	return wp->path;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return the password
- */
-
-char_t *websGetRequestPassword(webs_t wp)
-{
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-	return wp->password;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return the request type
- */
-
-char_t *websGetRequestType(webs_t wp)
-{
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-	return wp->type;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return the username
- */
-
-char_t *websGetRequestUserName(webs_t wp)
-{
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-	return wp->userName;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get the number of bytes written
- */
-
-int websGetRequestWritten(webs_t wp)
-{
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-	return wp->written;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Set the hostname
- */
-
-void websSetHost(char_t *host)
-{
-	gstrncpy(websHost, host, TSZ(websHost));
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Set the host URL
- */
-
-void websSetHostUrl(char_t *url)
-{
-	a_assert(url && *url);
-
-	bfreeSafe(B_L, websHostUrl);
-	websHostUrl = gstrdup(B_L, url);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Set the IP address
- */
-
-void websSetIpaddr(char_t *ipaddr)
-{
-	a_assert(ipaddr && *ipaddr);
-
-	gstrncpy(websIpaddr, ipaddr, TSZ(websIpaddr));
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Set the number of bytes to write
- */
-
-void websSetRequestBytes(webs_t wp, int bytes)
-{
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-	a_assert(bytes >= 0);
-
-	wp->numbytes = bytes;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Set the flags for this request
- */
-
-void websSetRequestFlags(webs_t wp, int flags)
-{
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-	wp->flags = flags;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Set the local path for the request
- */
-
-void websSetRequestLpath(webs_t wp, char_t *lpath)
-{
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-	a_assert(lpath && *lpath);
-
-	if (wp->lpath) {
-		bfree(B_L, wp->lpath);
-	}
-	wp->lpath = bstrdup(B_L, lpath);
-	websSetVar(wp, T("PATH_TRANSLATED"), wp->lpath);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Update the URL path and the directory containing the web page
- */
-
-void websSetRequestPath(webs_t wp, char_t *dir, char_t *path)
-{
-	char_t	*tmp;
-
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-	if (dir) { 
-		tmp = wp->dir;
-		wp->dir = bstrdup(B_L, dir);
-		if (tmp) {
-			bfree(B_L, tmp);
-		}
-	}
-	if (path) {
-		tmp = wp->path;
-		wp->path = bstrdup(B_L, path);
-		websSetVar(wp, T("PATH_INFO"), wp->path);
-		if (tmp) {
-			bfree(B_L, tmp);
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Set the Write handler for this socket
- */
-
-void websSetRequestSocketHandler(webs_t wp, int mask, void (*fn)(webs_t wp))
-{
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-	wp->writeSocket = fn;
-	socketCreateHandler(wp->sid, SOCKET_WRITABLE, websSocketEvent, (int) wp);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Set the number of bytes written
- */
-
-void websSetRequestWritten(webs_t wp, int written)
-{
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-	wp->written = written;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Reurn true if the webs handle is valid
- */
-
-int websValid(webs_t wp)
-{
-	int		wid;
-
-	for (wid = 0; wid < websMax; wid++) {
-		if (wp == webs[wid]) {
-			return 1;
-		}
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Build an ASCII time string.  If sbuf is NULL we use the current time,
- *	else we use the last modified time of sbuf;
- */
-
-char_t *websGetDateString(websStatType *sbuf)
-{
-	char_t*	cp, *r;
-	time_t	now;
-
-	if (sbuf == NULL) {
-		time(&now);
-	} else {
-		now = sbuf->mtime;
-	}
-	if ((cp = gctime(&now)) != NULL) {
-		cp[gstrlen(cp) - 1] = '\0';
-		r = bstrdup(B_L, cp);
-		return r;
-	}
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Mark time. Set a timestamp so that, later, we can return the number of
- *	seconds since we made the mark. Note that the mark my not be a
- *	"real" time, but rather a relative marker.
- */
-
-void websSetTimeMark(webs_t wp)
-{
-	wp->timestamp = time(0);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get the number of seconds since the last mark.
- */
-
-static int websGetTimeSinceMark(webs_t wp)
-{
-	return time(0) - wp->timestamp;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Store the new realm name
- */
-
-void websSetRealm(char_t *realmName)
-{
-	a_assert(realmName);
-
-	gstrncpy(websRealm, realmName, TSZ(websRealm));
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return the realm name (used for authorization)
- */
-
-char_t *websGetRealm()
-{
-	return websRealm;
-}
-
-
-#ifdef WEBS_IF_MODIFIED_SUPPORT
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*	
- *	These functions are intended to closely mirror the syntax for HTTP-date 
- *	from RFC 2616 (HTTP/1.1 spec).  This code was submitted by Pete Bergstrom.
- */
-
-/*	
- *	RFC1123Date	= wkday "," SP date1 SP time SP "GMT"
- *	RFC850Date	= weekday "," SP date2 SP time SP "GMT"
- *	ASCTimeDate	= wkday SP date3 SP time SP 4DIGIT
- *
- *	Each of these functions tries to parse the value and update the index to 
- *	the point it leaves off parsing.
- */
-
-typedef enum { JAN, FEB, MAR, APR, MAY, JUN, JUL, AUG, SEP, OCT, NOV, DEC } MonthEnumeration;
-typedef enum { SUN, MON, TUE, WED, THU, FRI, SAT } WeekdayEnumeration;
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*	
- *	Parse an N-digit value
- */
-
-static int parseNDIGIT(char_t *buf, int digits, int *index) 
-{
-	int tmpIndex, returnValue;
-
-	returnValue = 0;
-
-	for (tmpIndex = *index; tmpIndex < *index+digits; tmpIndex++) {
-		if (gisdigit(buf[tmpIndex])) {
-			returnValue = returnValue * 10 + (buf[tmpIndex] - T('0'));
-		}
-	}
-	*index = tmpIndex;
-	
-	return returnValue;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return an index into the month array
- */
-
-static int parseMonth(char_t *buf, int *index) 
-{
-/*	
- *	"Jan" | "Feb" | "Mar" | "Apr" | "May" | "Jun" | 
- *	"Jul" | "Aug" | "Sep" | "Oct" | "Nov" | "Dec"
- */
-	int tmpIndex, returnValue;
-
-	returnValue = -1;
-	tmpIndex = *index;
-
-	switch (buf[tmpIndex]) {
-		case 'A':
-			switch (buf[tmpIndex+1]) {
-				case 'p':
-					returnValue = APR;
-					break;
-				case 'u':
-					returnValue = AUG;
-					break;
-			}
-			break;
-		case 'D':
-			returnValue = DEC;
-			break;
-		case 'F':
-			returnValue = FEB;
-			break;
-		case 'J':
-			switch (buf[tmpIndex+1]) {
-				case 'a':
-					returnValue = JAN;
-					break;
-				case 'u':
-					switch (buf[tmpIndex+2]) {
-						case 'l':
-							returnValue = JUL;
-							break;
-						case 'n':
-							returnValue = JUN;
-							break;
-					}
-					break;
-			}
-			break;
-		case 'M':
-			switch (buf[tmpIndex+1]) {
-				case 'a':
-					switch (buf[tmpIndex+2]) {
-						case 'r':
-							returnValue = MAR;
-							break;
-						case 'y':
-							returnValue = MAY;
-							break;
-					}
-					break;
-			}
-			break;
-		case 'N':
-			returnValue = NOV;
-			break;
-		case 'O':
-			returnValue = OCT;
-			break;
-		case 'S':
-			returnValue = SEP;
-			break;
-	}
-
-	if (returnValue >= 0) {
-		*index += 3;
-	}
-
-	return returnValue;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/* 
- *	Parse a year value (either 2 or 4 digits)
- */
-
-static int parseYear(char_t *buf, int *index) 
-{
-	int tmpIndex, returnValue;
-
-	tmpIndex = *index;
-	returnValue = parseNDIGIT(buf, 4, &tmpIndex);
-
-	if (returnValue >= 0) {
-		*index = tmpIndex;
-	} else {
-		returnValue = parseNDIGIT(buf, 2, &tmpIndex);
-		if (returnValue >= 0) {
-/*
- *			Assume that any year earlier than the start of the 
- *			epoch for time_t (1970) specifies 20xx
- */
-			if (returnValue < 70) {
-				returnValue += 2000;
-			} else {
-				returnValue += 1900;
-			}
-
-			*index = tmpIndex;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return returnValue;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/* 
- *	The formulas used to build these functions are from "Calendrical Calculations", 
- *	by Nachum Dershowitz, Edward M. Reingold, Cambridge University Press, 1997.
- */
-
-#include <math.h>
-
-const int GregorianEpoch = 1;
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *  Determine if year is a leap year
- */
-
-int GregorianLeapYearP(long year) 
-{
-	int		result;
-	long	tmp;
-	
-	tmp = year % 400;
-
-	if ((year % 4 == 0) &&
-		(tmp != 100) &&
-		(tmp != 200) &&
-		(tmp != 300)) {
-		result = TRUE;
-	} else {
-		result = FALSE;
-	}
-
-	return result;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *  Return the fixed date from the gregorian date
- */
-
-long FixedFromGregorian(long month, long day, long year) 
-{
-	long fixedDate;
-
-	fixedDate = (long)(GregorianEpoch - 1 + 365 * (year - 1) + 
-		floor((year - 1) / 4.0) -
-		floor((double)(year - 1) / 100.0) + 
-		floor((double)(year - 1) / 400.0) + 
-		floor((367.0 * ((double)month) - 362.0) / 12.0));
-
-	if (month <= 2) {
-		fixedDate += 0;
-	} else if (TRUE == GregorianLeapYearP(year)) {
-		fixedDate += -1;
-	} else {
-		fixedDate += -2;
-	}
-
-	fixedDate += day;
-
-	return fixedDate;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *  Return the gregorian year from a fixed date
- */
-
-long GregorianYearFromFixed(long fixedDate) 
-{
-	long result, d0, n400, d1, n100, d2, n4, d3, n1, d4, year;
-
-	d0 =	fixedDate - GregorianEpoch;
-	n400 =	(long)(floor((double)d0 / (double)146097));
-	d1 =	d0 % 146097;
-	n100 =	(long)(floor((double)d1 / (double)36524));
-	d2 =	d1 % 36524;
-	n4 =	(long)(floor((double)d2 / (double)1461));
-	d3 =	d2 % 1461;
-	n1 =	(long)(floor((double)d3 / (double)365));
-	d4 =	(d3 % 365) + 1;
-	year =	400 * n400 + 100 * n100 + 4 * n4 + n1;
-
-	if ((n100 == 4) || (n1 == 4)) {
-		result = year;
-	} else {
-		result = year + 1;
-	}
-
-	return result;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/* 
- *	Returns the Gregorian date from a fixed date
- *	(not needed for this use, but included for completeness
- */
-
-#if 0
-GregorianFromFixed(long fixedDate, long *month, long *day, long *year) 
-{
-	long priorDays, correction;
-
-	*year =			GregorianYearFromFixed(fixedDate);
-	priorDays =		fixedDate - FixedFromGregorian(1, 1, *year);
-
-	if (fixedDate < FixedFromGregorian(3,1,*year)) {
-		correction = 0;
-	} else if (true == GregorianLeapYearP(*year)) {
-		correction = 1;
-	} else {
-		correction = 2;
-	}
-
-	*month = (long)(floor((12.0 * (double)(priorDays + correction) + 373.0) / 367.0));
-	*day = fixedDate - FixedFromGregorian(*month, 1, *year);
-}
-#endif
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/* 
- *	Returns the difference between two Gregorian dates
- */
-
-long GregorianDateDifference(	long month1, long day1, long year1,
-								long month2, long day2, long year2) 
-{
-	return FixedFromGregorian(month2, day2, year2) - 
-		FixedFromGregorian(month1, day1, year1);
-}
-
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return the number of seconds into the current day
- */
-
-#define SECONDS_PER_DAY 24*60*60
-
-static int parseTime(char_t *buf, int *index) 
-{
-/*	
- *	Format of buf is - 2DIGIT ":" 2DIGIT ":" 2DIGIT
- */
-	int returnValue, tmpIndex, hourValue, minuteValue, secondValue;
-
-	hourValue = minuteValue = secondValue = -1;
-	returnValue = -1;
-	tmpIndex = *index;
-
-	hourValue = parseNDIGIT(buf, 2, &tmpIndex);
-
-	if (hourValue >= 0) {
-		tmpIndex++;
-		minuteValue = parseNDIGIT(buf, 2, &tmpIndex);
-		if (minuteValue >= 0) {
-			tmpIndex++;
-			secondValue = parseNDIGIT(buf, 2, &tmpIndex);
-		}
-	}
-
-	if ((hourValue >= 0) &&
-		(minuteValue >= 0) &&
-		(secondValue >= 0)) {
-		returnValue = (((hourValue * 60) + minuteValue) * 60) + secondValue;
-		*index = tmpIndex;
-	}
-
-	return returnValue;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return the equivalent of time() given a gregorian date
- */
-
-static time_t dateToTimet(int year, int month, int day) 
-{
-	long dayDifference;
-
-     /* 
-      * Bug fix by Jeff Reeder (Jun 14, 2002): The 'month' parameter is 
-      * numbered from  0 (Jan == 0), but FixedFromGregorian() takes 
-      * months numbered from 1 (January == 1). We need to add 1 
-      * to the month 
-      */
-	dayDifference = FixedFromGregorian(month + 1, day, year) - 
-		FixedFromGregorian(1, 1, 1970);
-
-	return dayDifference * SECONDS_PER_DAY;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return the number of seconds between Jan 1, 1970 and the parsed date
- *	(corresponds to documentation for time() function)
- */
-
-static time_t parseDate1or2(char_t *buf, int *index) 
-{
-/*	
- *	Format of buf is either
- *	2DIGIT SP month SP 4DIGIT
- *	or
- *	2DIGIT "-" month "-" 2DIGIT
- */
-	int		dayValue, monthValue, yearValue, tmpIndex;
-	time_t	returnValue;
-
-	returnValue = (time_t) -1;
-	tmpIndex = *index;
-
-	dayValue = monthValue = yearValue = -1;
-
-	if (buf[tmpIndex] == T(',')) {
-/* 
- *		Skip over the ", " 
- */
-		tmpIndex += 2; 
-
-		dayValue = parseNDIGIT(buf, 2, &tmpIndex);
-		if (dayValue >= 0) {
-/*
- *			Skip over the space or hyphen
- */
-			tmpIndex++; 
-			monthValue = parseMonth(buf, &tmpIndex);
-			if (monthValue >= 0) {
-/*
- *				Skip over the space or hyphen
- */
-				tmpIndex++; 
-				yearValue = parseYear(buf, &tmpIndex);
-			}
-		}
-
-		if ((dayValue >= 0) &&
-			(monthValue >= 0) &&
-			(yearValue >= 0)) {
-			if (yearValue < 1970) {
-/*				
- *				Allow for Microsoft IE's year 1601 dates 
- */
-				returnValue = 0; 
-			} else {
-				returnValue = dateToTimet(yearValue, monthValue, dayValue);
-			}
-			*index = tmpIndex;
-		}
-	}
-	
-	return returnValue;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return the number of seconds between Jan 1, 1970 and the parsed date
- */
-
-static time_t parseDate3Time(char_t *buf, int *index) 
-{
-/*
- *	Format of buf is month SP ( 2DIGIT | ( SP 1DIGIT ))
- */
-	int		dayValue, monthValue, yearValue, timeValue, tmpIndex;
-	time_t	returnValue;
-
-	returnValue = (time_t) -1;
-	tmpIndex = *index;
-
-	dayValue = monthValue = yearValue = timeValue = -1;
-
-	monthValue = parseMonth(buf, &tmpIndex);
-	if (monthValue >= 0) {
-/*		
- *		Skip over the space 
- */
-		tmpIndex++; 
-		if (buf[tmpIndex] == T(' ')) {
-/*
- *			Skip over this space too 
- */
-			tmpIndex++; 
-			dayValue = parseNDIGIT(buf, 1, &tmpIndex);
-		} else {
-			dayValue = parseNDIGIT(buf, 2, &tmpIndex);
-		}
-/*		
- *		Now get the time and time SP 4DIGIT
- */
-		timeValue = parseTime(buf, &tmpIndex);
-		if (timeValue >= 0) {
-/*			
- *			Now grab the 4DIGIT year value
- */
-			yearValue = parseYear(buf, &tmpIndex);
-		}
-	}
-
-	if ((dayValue >= 0) &&
-		(monthValue >= 0) &&
-		(yearValue >= 0)) {
-		returnValue = dateToTimet(yearValue, monthValue, dayValue);
-		returnValue += timeValue;
-		*index = tmpIndex;
-	}
-	
-	return returnValue;
-}
-
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Although this looks like a trivial function, I found I was replicating the implementation
- *	seven times in the parseWeekday function. In the interests of minimizing code size
- *	and redundancy, it is broken out into a separate function. The cost of an extra 
- *	function call I can live with given that it should only be called once per HTTP request.
- */
-
-static int bufferIndexIncrementGivenNTest(char_t *buf, int testIndex, char_t testChar, 
-										  int foundIncrement, int notfoundIncrement) 
-{
-	if (buf[testIndex] == testChar) {
-		return foundIncrement;
-	}
-
-	return notfoundIncrement;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return an index into a logical weekday array
- */
-
-static int parseWeekday(char_t *buf, int *index) 
-{
-/*	
- *	Format of buf is either
- *	"Mon" | "Tue" | "Wed" | "Thu" | "Fri" | "Sat" | "Sun"
- *	or
- *	"Monday" | "Tuesday" | "Wednesday" | "Thursday" | "Friday" | "Saturday" | "Sunday"
- */
-	int tmpIndex, returnValue;
-
-	returnValue = -1;
-	tmpIndex = *index;
-
-	switch (buf[tmpIndex]) {
-		case 'F':
-			returnValue = FRI;
-			*index += bufferIndexIncrementGivenNTest(buf, tmpIndex+3, 'd', sizeof("Friday"), 3);
-			break;
-		case 'M':
-			returnValue = MON;
-			*index += bufferIndexIncrementGivenNTest(buf, tmpIndex+3, 'd', sizeof("Monday"), 3);
-			break;
-		case 'S':
-			switch (buf[tmpIndex+1]) {
-				case 'a':
-					returnValue = SAT;
-					*index += bufferIndexIncrementGivenNTest(buf, tmpIndex+3, 'u', sizeof("Saturday"), 3);
-					break;
-				case 'u':
-					returnValue = SUN;
-					*index += bufferIndexIncrementGivenNTest(buf, tmpIndex+3, 'd', sizeof("Sunday"), 3);
-					break;
-			}
-			break;
-		case 'T':
-			switch (buf[tmpIndex+1]) {
-				case 'h':
-					returnValue = THU;
-					*index += bufferIndexIncrementGivenNTest(buf, tmpIndex+3, 'r', sizeof("Thursday"), 3);
-					break;
-				case 'u':
-					returnValue = TUE;
-					*index += bufferIndexIncrementGivenNTest(buf, tmpIndex+3, 's', sizeof("Tuesday"), 3);
-					break;
-			}
-			break;
-		case 'W':
-			returnValue = WED;
-			*index += bufferIndexIncrementGivenNTest(buf, tmpIndex+3, 'n', sizeof("Wednesday"), 3);
-			break;
-	}
-	return returnValue;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *		Parse the date and time string.
- */
-
-static time_t dateParse(time_t tip, char_t *cmd)
-{
-	int index, tmpIndex, weekday, timeValue;
-	time_t parsedValue, dateValue;
-
-	parsedValue = (time_t) 0;
-	index =	timeValue = 0;
-	weekday = parseWeekday(cmd, &index);
-
-	if (weekday >= 0) {
-		tmpIndex = index;
-		dateValue = parseDate1or2(cmd, &tmpIndex);
-		if (dateValue >= 0) {
-			index = tmpIndex + 1;
-/*
- *			One of these two forms is being used
- *			wkday "," SP date1 SP time SP "GMT"
- *			weekday "," SP date2 SP time SP "GMT"
- */
-			timeValue = parseTime(cmd, &index);
-			if (timeValue >= 0) {
-/*				
- *				Now match up that "GMT" string for completeness
- *				Compute the final value if there were no problems in the parse
- */
-				if ((weekday >= 0) &&
-					(dateValue >= 0) &&
-					(timeValue >= 0)) {
-					parsedValue = dateValue + timeValue;
-				}
-			}
-		} else {
-/* 
- *			Try the other form - wkday SP date3 SP time SP 4DIGIT
- */
-			tmpIndex = index;
-			parsedValue = parseDate3Time(cmd, &tmpIndex);
-		}
-	}
-
-	return parsedValue;
-}
-
-#endif /* WEBS_IF_MODIFIED_SUPPORT */
-
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/webs.h b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/webs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9bc61ddf5e..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/webs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,233 +0,0 @@
-/* 
- *	webs.h -- GoAhead Web public header
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1992-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- *	See the file "license.txt" for information on usage and redistribution
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-#ifndef _h_WEBS
-#define _h_WEBS 1
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-
-/* 
- *	GoAhead Web Server header. This defines the Web public APIs.
- *	Include this header for files that contain ASP or Form procedures.
- *	Include wsIntrn.h when creating URL handlers.
- */
-
-/********************************* Includes ***********************************/
-
-#include	"ej.h"
-#ifdef WEBS_SSL_SUPPORT
-	#include	"websSSL.h"
-#endif
-
-/********************************** Defines ***********************************/
-/*
- *	By license terms the server software name defined in the following line of
- *	code must not be modified.
- */
-#define WEBS_NAME				T("GoAhead-Webs")
-#define WEBS_VERSION			T("2.1.3")
-
-#define WEBS_HEADER_BUFINC 		512			/* Header buffer size */
-#define WEBS_ASP_BUFINC			512			/* Asp expansion increment */
-#define WEBS_MAX_PASS			32			/* Size of password */
-#define WEBS_BUFSIZE			1000		/* websWrite max output string */
-#define WEBS_MAX_HEADER			(5 * 1024)	/* Sanity check header */
-#define WEBS_MAX_URL			4096		/* Maximum URL size for sanity */
-#define WEBS_SOCKET_BUFSIZ		256			/* Bytes read from socket */
-
-#define WEBS_HTTP_PORT			T("httpPort")
-#define CGI_BIN					T("cgi-bin")
-
-/* 
- *	Request flags. Also returned by websGetRequestFlags().
- */
-#define WEBS_LOCAL_PAGE			0x1			/* Request for local webs page */ 
-#define WEBS_KEEP_ALIVE			0x2			/* HTTP/1.1 keep alive */
-#define WEBS_DONT_USE_CACHE		0x4			/* Not implemented cache support */
-#define WEBS_COOKIE				0x8			/* Cookie supplied in request */
-#define WEBS_IF_MODIFIED		0x10		/* If-modified-since in request */
-#define WEBS_POST_REQUEST		0x20		/* Post request operation */
-#define WEBS_LOCAL_REQUEST		0x40		/* Request from this system */
-#define WEBS_HOME_PAGE			0x80		/* Request for the home page */ 
-#define WEBS_ASP				0x100		/* ASP request */ 
-#define WEBS_HEAD_REQUEST		0x200		/* Head request */
-#define WEBS_CLEN				0x400		/* Request had a content length */
-#define WEBS_FORM				0x800		/* Request is a form */
-#define WEBS_REQUEST_DONE		0x1000		/* Request complete */
-#define WEBS_POST_DATA			0x2000		/* Already appended post data */
-#define WEBS_CGI_REQUEST		0x4000		/* cgi-bin request */
-#define WEBS_SECURE				0x8000		/* connection uses SSL */
-#define WEBS_AUTH_BASIC			0x10000		/* Basic authentication request */
-#define WEBS_AUTH_DIGEST		0x20000		/* Digest authentication request */
-#define WEBS_HEADER_DONE		0x40000		/* Already output the HTTP header */
-
-/*
- *	URL handler flags
- */
-#define WEBS_HANDLER_FIRST	0x1			/* Process this handler first */
-#define WEBS_HANDLER_LAST	0x2			/* Process this handler last */
-
-/* 
- *	Per socket connection webs structure
- */
-typedef struct websRec {
-	ringq_t			header;				/* Header dynamic string */
-	time_t			since;				/* Parsed if-modified-since time */
-	sym_fd_t		cgiVars;			/* CGI standard variables */
-	sym_fd_t		cgiQuery;			/* CGI decoded query string */
-	time_t			timestamp;			/* Last transaction with browser */
-	int				timeout;			/* Timeout handle */
-	char_t			ipaddr[32];			/* Connecting ipaddress */
-	char_t			type[64];			/* Mime type */
-	char_t			*dir;				/* Directory containing the page */
-	char_t			*path;				/* Path name without query */
-	char_t			*url;				/* Full request url */
-	char_t			*host;				/* Requested host */
-	char_t			*lpath;				/* Cache local path name */
-	char_t			*query;				/* Request query */
-	char_t			*decodedQuery;		/* Decoded request query */
-	char_t			*authType;			/* Authorization type (Basic/DAA) */
-	char_t			*password;			/* Authorization password */
-	char_t			*userName;			/* Authorization username */
-	char_t			*cookie;			/* Cookie string */
-	char_t			*userAgent;			/* User agent (browser) */
-	char_t			*protocol;			/* Protocol (normally HTTP) */
-	char_t			*protoVersion;		/* Protocol version */
-	int				sid;				/* Socket id (handler) */
-	int				listenSid;			/* Listen Socket id */
-	int				port;				/* Request port number */
-	int				state;				/* Current state */
-	int				flags;				/* Current flags -- see above */
-	int				code;				/* Request result code */
-	int				clen;				/* Content length */
-	int				wid;				/* Index into webs */
-	char_t			*cgiStdin;			/* filename for CGI stdin */
-	int				docfd;				/* Document file descriptor */
-	int				numbytes;			/* Bytes to transfer to browser */
-	int				written;			/* Bytes actually transferred */
-	void			(*writeSocket)(struct websRec *wp);
-#ifdef DIGEST_ACCESS_SUPPORT
-    char_t			*realm;		/* usually the same as "host" from websRec */
-    char_t			*nonce;		/* opaque-to-client string sent by server */
-    char_t			*digest;	/* digest form of user password */
-    char_t			*uri;		/* URI found in DAA header */
-    char_t			*opaque;	/* opaque value passed from server */
-    char_t			*nc;		/* nonce count */
-    char_t			*cnonce;	/* check nonce */
-    char_t			*qop;		/* quality operator */
-#endif
-#ifdef WEBS_SSL_SUPPORT
-	websSSL_t		*wsp;		/* SSL data structure */
-#endif
-} websRec;
-
-typedef websRec	*webs_t;
-typedef websRec websType;
-
-/******************************** Prototypes **********************************/
-extern int		 websAccept(int sid, char *ipaddr, int port, int listenSid);
-extern int 		 websAspDefine(char_t *name, 
-					int (*fn)(int ejid, webs_t wp, int argc, char_t **argv));
-extern int 		 websAspRequest(webs_t wp, char_t *lpath);
-extern void		 websCloseListen();
-extern int 		 websDecode64(char_t *outbuf, char_t *string, int buflen);
-extern void		 websDecodeUrl(char_t *token, char_t *decoded, int len);
-extern void  	 websDone(webs_t wp, int code);
-extern void 	 websEncode64(char_t *outbuf, char_t *string, int buflen);
-extern void  	 websError(webs_t wp, int code, char_t *msg, ...);
-/* function websErrorMsg() made extern 03 Jun 02 BgP */
-extern char_t 	*websErrorMsg(int code);
-extern void  	 websFooter(webs_t wp);
-extern int 		 websFormDefine(char_t *name, void (*fn)(webs_t wp, 
-					char_t *path, char_t *query));
-extern char_t 	*websGetDefaultDir();
-extern char_t 	*websGetDefaultPage();
-extern char_t 	*websGetHostUrl();
-extern char_t 	*websGetIpaddrUrl();
-extern char_t 	*websGetPassword();
-extern int		 websGetPort();
-extern char_t 	*websGetPublishDir(char_t *path, char_t **urlPrefix);
-extern char_t 	*websGetRealm();
-extern int 		 websGetRequestBytes(webs_t wp);
-extern char_t	*websGetRequestDir(webs_t wp);
-extern int		 websGetRequestFlags(webs_t wp);
-extern char_t	*websGetRequestIpaddr(webs_t wp);
-extern char_t 	*websGetRequestLpath(webs_t wp);
-extern char_t	*websGetRequestPath(webs_t wp);
-extern char_t	*websGetRequestPassword(webs_t wp);
-extern char_t	*websGetRequestType(webs_t wp);
-extern int 		 websGetRequestWritten(webs_t wp);
-extern char_t 	*websGetVar(webs_t wp, char_t *var, char_t *def);
-extern int 		 websCompareVar(webs_t wp, char_t *var, char_t *value);
-extern void 	 websHeader(webs_t wp);
-extern int		 websOpenListen(int port, int retries);
-extern int 		 websPageOpen(webs_t wp, char_t *lpath, char_t *path,
-					int mode, int perm);
-extern void 	 websPageClose(webs_t wp);
-extern int 		 websPublish(char_t *urlPrefix, char_t *path);
-extern void		 websRedirect(webs_t wp, char_t *url);
-extern void 	 websSecurityDelete();
-extern int 		 websSecurityHandler(webs_t wp, char_t *urlPrefix, 
-					char_t *webDir, int arg, char_t *url, char_t *path, 
-					char_t *query);
-extern void 	 websSetDefaultDir(char_t *dir);
-extern void 	 websSetDefaultPage(char_t *page);
-extern void 	 websSetEnv(webs_t wp);
-extern void 	 websSetHost(char_t *host);
-extern void 	 websSetIpaddr(char_t *ipaddr);
-extern void 	 websSetPassword(char_t *password);
-extern void 	 websSetRealm(char_t *realmName);
-extern void 	 websSetRequestBytes(webs_t wp, int bytes);
-extern void		 websSetRequestFlags(webs_t wp, int flags);
-extern void 	 websSetRequestLpath(webs_t wp, char_t *lpath);
-extern void 	 websSetRequestPath(webs_t wp, char_t *dir, char_t *path);
-extern char_t	*websGetRequestUserName(webs_t wp);
-extern void 	 websSetRequestWritten(webs_t wp, int written);
-extern void 	 websSetVar(webs_t wp, char_t *var, char_t *value);
-extern int 		 websTestVar(webs_t wp, char_t *var);
-extern void		 websTimeoutCancel(webs_t wp);
-extern int 		 websUrlHandlerDefine(char_t *urlPrefix, char_t *webDir, 
-					int arg, int (*fn)(webs_t wp, char_t *urlPrefix, 
-					char_t *webDir, int arg, char_t *url, char_t *path, 
-					char_t *query), int flags);
-extern int 		 websUrlHandlerDelete(int (*fn)(webs_t wp, char_t *urlPrefix,
-					char_t *webDir, int arg, char_t *url, char_t *path, 
-					char_t *query));
-extern int		 websUrlHandlerRequest(webs_t wp);
-extern int 		 websUrlParse(char_t *url, char_t **buf, char_t **host, 
-					char_t **path, char_t **port, char_t **query, 
-					char_t **proto, char_t **tag, char_t **ext);
-extern char_t 	*websUrlType(char_t *webs, char_t *buf, int charCnt);
-extern int 		 websWrite(webs_t wp, char_t* fmt, ...);
-extern int 		 websWriteBlock(webs_t wp, char_t *buf, int nChars);
-extern int 		 websWriteDataNonBlock(webs_t wp, char *buf, int nChars);
-extern int 		 websValid(webs_t wp);
-extern int 		 websValidateUrl(webs_t wp, char_t *path);
-extern void		websSetTimeMark(webs_t wp);
-
-/*
- *	The following prototypes are used by the SSL patch found in websSSL.c
- */
-extern int 		websAlloc(int sid);
-extern void 	websFree(webs_t wp);
-extern void 	websTimeout(void *arg, int id);
-extern void 	websReadEvent(webs_t wp);
-
-/*
- *	Prototypes for functions available when running as part of the 
- *	GoAhead Embedded Management Framework (EMF)
- */
-#ifdef EMF
-extern void 	 websFormExplain(webs_t wp, char_t *path, char_t *query);
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _h_WEBS */
-
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/websSSL.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/websSSL.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c2e4ce5da..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/websSSL.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,706 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * websSSL.c -- SSL envrionment creation
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * See the file "license.txt" for usage and redistribution license requirements
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-
-/*
- *	This module implements a patch into SSL implementations for the webs
- *	module.
- */
-
-/********************************* Includes ***********************************/
-
-#include	"wsIntrn.h"
-#include	"webs.h"
-#include	"websSSL.h"
-
-/******************************* Definitions **********************************/
-
-#define DEFAULT_CERT_FILE	"./server.pem"
-#define DEFAULT_KEY_FILE	"./certs/cakey.pem"
-#define DEFAULT_CA_FILE		"./certs/cacert.pem"
-#define DEFAULT_CA_PATH		"./certs/"
-#define SSL_PORT			443
-
-/*
- *	Define the components of the apps_startup() macro
- */
-
-#ifdef SIGPIPE
-#define do_pipe_sig()	signal(SIGPIPE,SIG_IGN)
-#else
-#define do_pipe_sig()
-#endif
-
-#ifdef OPENSSL
-#define SSLC_add_all_algorithms()	SSLeay_add_all_algorithms()
-#else
-extern void SSLC_add_all_algorithms(void);
-#endif
-
-/*
- *	Define the apps_startup() macro
- */
-
-#  if defined(MSDOS) || defined(WIN16) || defined(WIN32)
-#    ifdef _O_BINARY
-#      define apps_startup() \
-		_fmode=_O_BINARY; do_pipe_sig(); CRYPTO_malloc_init(); \
-		SSLC_add_all_algorithms()
-#    else
-#      define apps_startup() \
-		_fmode=O_BINARY; do_pipe_sig(); CRYPTO_malloc_init(); \
-		SSLC_add_all_algorithms()
-#    endif
-#  else
-#    define apps_startup()	do_pipe_sig(); SSLC_add_all_algorithms();
-#  endif
-
-/*************************** Forward Declarations *****************************/
-
-static int		websSSLSetCertStuff(SSL_CTX *ctx, 
-									char *cert_file, 
-									char *key_file);
-static int		websSSLVerifyCallback(int ok, X509_STORE_CTX *ctx);
-static RSA		*websSSLTempRSACallback(SSL *s, int is_export, int keylength);
-
-static int		websSSLReadEvent (webs_t wp);
-static int		websSSLAccept(int sid, char *ipaddr, int port, int listenSid);
-static void		websSSLSocketEvent(int sid, int mask, int data);
-
-/*********************************** Locals ***********************************/
-
-static int		sslListenSock = -1;			/* Listen socket */
-static SSL_CTX	*sslctx = NULL;
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Start up the SSL Context for the application, and start a listen on the
- *	SSL port (usually 443, and defined by SSL_PORT)
- *	Return 0 on success, -1 on failure.
- */
-
-int websSSLOpen()
-{
-	char		*certFile, *keyFile, *CApath, *CAfile;
-	SSL_METHOD	*meth;
-	
-/*
- *	Install and initialize the SSL library
- */
-	apps_startup();
-	trace(7, T("SSL: Initializing SSL\n")); 
-
-#ifdef SSLC
-	SSL_library_init();
-#endif
-
-	SSL_load_error_strings();
-
-#ifdef OPENSSL
-	SSLeay_add_ssl_algorithms();
-#endif
-
-/*
- *	Important!  Enable both SSL versions 2 and 3
- */
-	meth = SSLv23_server_method();
-	sslctx = SSL_CTX_new(meth);
-
-	a_assert(sslctx);
-
-	if (sslctx == NULL) {
-		trace(2, T("SSL: Unable to create SSL context!\n")); 
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Adjust some SSL Context variables
- */
-	SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown(sslctx, 1);
-	SSL_CTX_set_options(sslctx, 0);
-	SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size(sslctx, 128);
-
-/*
- *	Set the certificate verification locations
- */
-	CApath = DEFAULT_CA_PATH;
-	CAfile = DEFAULT_CA_FILE;
-	if ((!SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations(sslctx, CAfile, CApath)) ||
-		(!SSL_CTX_set_default_verify_paths(sslctx))) {
-		trace(2, T("SSL: Unable to set cert verification locations!\n")); 
-		websSSLClose();
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Set the certificate and key files for the SSL context
- */
-	certFile = DEFAULT_CERT_FILE;
-	keyFile = NULL;
-	if (websSSLSetCertStuff(sslctx, certFile, keyFile) != 0) {
-		websSSLClose();
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	Set the RSA callback for the SSL context
- */
-	SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa_callback(sslctx, websSSLTempRSACallback);
-
-/*
- *	Set the verification callback for the SSL context
- */
-	SSL_CTX_set_verify(sslctx, SSL_VERIFY_NONE, websSSLVerifyCallback);
-
-/*
- *	Set the certificate authority list for the client
- */
-	SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list(sslctx, SSL_load_client_CA_file(CAfile));
-
-/*
- *	Open the socket
- */
-	sslListenSock = socketOpenConnection(NULL, SSL_PORT, 
-		websSSLAccept, SOCKET_BLOCK);
-
-	if (sslListenSock < 0) {
-		trace(2, T("SSL: Unable to open SSL socket on port <%d>!\n"), 
-			SSL_PORT);
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return TRUE if websSSL has been opened
- */
-
-int websSSLIsOpen()
-{
-	return (sslListenSock != -1);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Stops the SSL
- */
-
-void websSSLClose()
-{
-	trace(7, T("SSL: Closing SSL\n")); 
-
-	if (sslctx != NULL) {
-		SSL_CTX_free(sslctx);
-		sslctx = NULL;
-	}
-
-	if (sslListenSock != -1) {
-		socketCloseConnection(sslListenSock);
-		sslListenSock = -1;
-	}
-
-#ifdef SSLC
-	SSL_library_cleanup();
-#endif
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Accept a connection
- */
-
-int websSSLAccept(int sid, char *ipaddr, int port, int listenSid)
-{
-	webs_t	wp;
-	int		wid;
-
-	a_assert(ipaddr && *ipaddr);
-	a_assert(sid >= 0);
-	a_assert(port >= 0);
-
-/*
- *	Allocate a new handle for this accepted connection. This will allocate
- *	a webs_t structure in the webs[] list
- */
-	if ((wid = websAlloc(sid)) < 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	wp = webs[wid];
-	a_assert(wp);
-	wp->listenSid = listenSid;
-
-	ascToUni(wp->ipaddr, ipaddr, min(sizeof(wp->ipaddr), strlen(ipaddr)+1));
-
-/*
- *	Check if this is a request from a browser on this system. This is useful
- *	to know for permitting administrative operations only for local access
- */
-	if (gstrcmp(wp->ipaddr, T("127.0.0.1")) == 0 || 
-			gstrcmp(wp->ipaddr, websIpaddr) == 0 || 
-			gstrcmp(wp->ipaddr, websHost) == 0) {
-		wp->flags |= WEBS_LOCAL_REQUEST;
-	}
-/*
- *	Since the acceptance came in on this channel, it must be secure
- */
-	wp->flags |= WEBS_SECURE;
-
-/*
- *	Arrange for websSocketEvent to be called when read data is available
- */
-	socketCreateHandler(sid, SOCKET_READABLE, websSSLSocketEvent, (int) wp);
-
-/*
- *	Arrange for a timeout to kill hung requests
- */
-	wp->timeout = emfSchedCallback(WEBS_TIMEOUT, websTimeout, (void *) wp);
-	trace(8, T("webs: accept request\n"));
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	The webs socket handler.  Called in response to I/O. We just pass control
- *	to the relevant read or write handler. A pointer to the webs structure
- *	is passed as an (int) in iwp.
- */
-
-static void websSSLSocketEvent(int sid, int mask, int iwp)
-{
-	webs_t	wp;
-
-	wp = (webs_t) iwp;
-	a_assert(wp);
-
-	if (! websValid(wp)) {
-		return;
-	}
-
-	if (mask & SOCKET_READABLE) {
-		websSSLReadEvent(wp);
-	} 
-	if (mask & SOCKET_WRITABLE) {
-		if (wp->writeSocket) {
-			(*wp->writeSocket)(wp);
-		}
-	} 
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Handler for SSL Read Events
- */
-
-static int websSSLReadEvent (webs_t wp)
-{
-	int			ret, sock;
-	socket_t	*sptr;
-	SSL			*ssl;
-	BIO			*bio, *bioSSL, *bioSock;
-#ifdef DEV
-	const char	*ciphers;
-#endif
-
-	a_assert (wp);
-	a_assert(websValid(wp));
-
-	sptr = socketPtr(wp->sid);
-	a_assert(sptr);
-
-	sock = sptr->sock;
-
-/*
- *	Create a new BIO and SSL session for this web request
- */
-	bio = BIO_new(BIO_f_buffer());
-	a_assert(bio);
-
-	if (!BIO_set_write_buffer_size(bio, 128)) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	ssl = (SSL *) SSL_new(sslctx);
-	a_assert(ssl);
-
-	if (ssl == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	SSL_set_session(ssl, NULL);
-
-	bioSSL =  BIO_new(BIO_f_ssl());
-	a_assert(bioSSL);
-
-	bioSock = BIO_new_socket(sock, BIO_NOCLOSE);
-	a_assert(bioSock);
-
-	SSL_set_bio(ssl, bioSock, bioSock);
-	SSL_set_accept_state(ssl);
-
-	ret = BIO_set_ssl(bioSSL, ssl, BIO_CLOSE);
-	BIO_push(bio, bioSSL);
-
-#ifdef DEV
-	ciphers = SSL_get_cipher_list(ssl, 10);
-#endif
-
-/*
- *	Create the SSL data structure in the wp.
- */
-#ifdef WEBS_SSL_SUPPORT
-	wp->wsp = balloc(B_L, sizeof(websSSL_t));
-	a_assert (wp->wsp);
-	(wp->wsp)->bio = bio;
-	(wp->wsp)->ssl = ssl;
-#endif
-
-/*
- *	Call the default Read Event
- */
-	websReadEvent(wp);
-
-	return ret;
-}
-
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	SSL Verification Callback
- */
-
-static int sslVerifyDepth = 0;
-static int sslVerifyError = X509_V_OK;
-
-int websSSLVerifyCallback(int ok, X509_STORE_CTX *ctx)
-{
-	char	buf[256];
-	X509	*errCert;
-	int		err;
-	int		depth;
-
-	errCert =	X509_STORE_CTX_get_current_cert(ctx);
-	err =		X509_STORE_CTX_get_error(ctx);
-	depth =		X509_STORE_CTX_get_error_depth(ctx);
-
-	X509_NAME_oneline(X509_get_subject_name(errCert), buf, 256);
-
-	if (!ok) {
-		if (sslVerifyDepth >= depth)	{
-			ok = 1;
-			sslVerifyError = X509_V_OK;
-		} else {
-			ok=0;
-			sslVerifyError = X509_V_ERR_CERT_CHAIN_TOO_LONG;
-		}
-	}
-
-	switch (err)	{
-	case X509_V_ERR_UNABLE_TO_GET_ISSUER_CERT:
-#ifdef OPENSSL
-		X509_NAME_oneline(X509_get_issuer_name(ctx->current_cert), buf, 256);
-#endif
-		break;
-
-	case X509_V_ERR_CERT_NOT_YET_VALID:
-	case X509_V_ERR_ERROR_IN_CERT_NOT_BEFORE_FIELD:
-	case X509_V_ERR_CERT_HAS_EXPIRED:
-	case X509_V_ERR_ERROR_IN_CERT_NOT_AFTER_FIELD:
-		break;
-	}
-
-	return ok;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Set the SSL certificate and key for the SSL context
- */
-
-int websSSLSetCertStuff(SSL_CTX *ctx, char *certFile, char *keyFile)
-{
-	a_assert (ctx);
-	a_assert (certFile);
-
-	if (certFile != NULL) {
-		if (SSL_CTX_use_certificate_file(ctx, certFile, 
-			SSL_FILETYPE_PEM) <= 0) {
-			trace(2, T("SSL: Unable to set certificate file <%s>\n"),
-				certFile); 
-			return -1;
-		}
-
-		if (keyFile == NULL) {
-			keyFile = certFile;
-		}
-
-		if (SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_file(ctx, keyFile, SSL_FILETYPE_PEM) <= 0) {
-			trace(2, T("SSL: Unable to set private key file <%s>\n"),
-				keyFile); 
-			return -1;
-		}
-
-/*		
- *		Now we know that a key and cert have been set against
- *		the SSL context 
- */
-		if (!SSL_CTX_check_private_key(ctx)) {
-			trace(2, T("SSL: Check of private key file <%s> FAILED!\n"),
-				keyFile); 
-			return -1;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Set certificate file for SSL context
- */
-
-int websSSLSetCertFile(char_t *certFile)
-{
-	a_assert (sslctx);
-	a_assert (certFile);
-
-	if (sslctx == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	if (SSL_CTX_use_certificate_file(sslctx, certFile, 
-		SSL_FILETYPE_PEM) <= 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-/*		
- *	Confirm that the certificate and the private key jive.
- */
-	if (!SSL_CTX_check_private_key(sslctx)) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Set key file for SSL context
- */
-
-int websSSLSetKeyFile(char_t *keyFile)
-{
-	a_assert (sslctx);
-	a_assert (keyFile);
-
-	if (sslctx == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	if (SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_file(sslctx, keyFile, SSL_FILETYPE_PEM) <= 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-/*		
- *	Confirm that the certificate and the private key jive.
- */
-	if (!SSL_CTX_check_private_key(sslctx)) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-#ifdef SSLC
-extern RSA *RSA_new(void);
-#endif
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	the Temporary RSA callback
- */
-
-static RSA *websSSLTempRSACallback(SSL *ssl, int isExport, int keyLength)
-{
-	static RSA *rsaTemp = NULL;
-
-	if (rsaTemp == NULL) {
-
-#ifdef OPENSSL
-		rsaTemp = RSA_generate_key(keyLength, RSA_F4, NULL, NULL);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SSLC
-		rsaTemp = RSA_new();
-#endif
-
-	}
-
-	return rsaTemp;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Free SSL resources 
- */
-
-int websSSLFree(websSSL_t *wsp)
-{
-	if (wsp == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-/* 
- *	Make sure we re-use sessions
- */
-	if (wsp->ssl != NULL) {
-		SSL_set_shutdown(wsp->ssl, SSL_SENT_SHUTDOWN | SSL_RECEIVED_SHUTDOWN);
-	}
-
-	if (wsp->bio != NULL) {
-		BIO_free_all(wsp->bio);
-	}
-
-	bfree(B_L, wsp);
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Return Eof for the SSL BIO
- */
-
-int websSSLEof(websSSL_t *wsp)
-{
-	a_assert(wsp);
-
-	if ((wsp == NULL) || (wsp->bio == NULL)) {
-		return -1;
-	} 
-
-	return BIO_eof(wsp->bio);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Perform a read of the SSL BIO
- */
-
-int websSSLRead(websSSL_t *wsp, char_t *buf, int len)
-{
-	a_assert(wsp);
-	a_assert(buf);
-
-	if ((wsp == NULL) || (wsp->bio == NULL)) {
-		return -1;
-	} 
-
-	return BIO_read(wsp->bio, buf, len);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Perform a gets of the SSL BIO, returning an balloc'ed string
- */
-
-#define BUF_BLOCK 256
-
-int websSSLGets(websSSL_t *wsp, char_t **buf)
-{
-	int		rc,	len, lenBuf;
-	char	c;
-
-	a_assert(wsp);
-	a_assert(buf);
-
-	lenBuf = 0;
-	len = 0;
-
-	if ((wsp == NULL) || (wsp->bio == NULL)) {
-		return -1;
-	} 
-
-	while (1) {
-
-		if ((rc = BIO_read(wsp->bio, &c, 1)) < 0) {
-			return rc;
-		}
-		
-		if (rc == 0) {
-/*
- *			If there is a partial line and we are at EOF, pretend we saw a '\n'
- */
-			if (len > 0 && BIO_eof(wsp->bio)) {
-				c = '\n';
-			} else {
-				return -1;
-			}
-		}
-/*
- *		If a newline is seen, return the data excluding the new line to the
- *		caller. If carriage return is seen, just eat it.
- */
-		if (c == '\n') {
-			if ((len > 0) && (len < lenBuf)) {
-				(*buf)[len] = 0;
-			}
-			return len;
-		} else if (c == '\r') {
-			continue;
-		} 
-/*
- *		Append character to buf
- */
-		if (len >= lenBuf) {
-			lenBuf += BUF_BLOCK;
-			*buf = brealloc(B_L, *buf, lenBuf);
-		}
-
-		a_assert(*buf);
-		(*buf)[len] = c;
-		len++;
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Perform a write to the SSL BIO
- */
-
-int websSSLWrite(websSSL_t *wsp, char_t *buf, int len)
-{
-	a_assert(wsp);
-	a_assert(buf);
-
-	if ((wsp == NULL) || (wsp->bio == NULL)) {
-		return -1;
-	} 
-
-	return BIO_write(wsp->bio, buf, len);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Perform a flush of the SSL BIO
- */
-
-int websSSLFlush(websSSL_t *wsp)
-{
-	a_assert(wsp);
-
-	if ((wsp == NULL) || (wsp->bio == NULL)) {
-		return -1;
-	} 
-
-	return BIO_flush(wsp->bio);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/websSSL.h b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/websSSL.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 62bcc44930..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/websSSL.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-/* 
- *	websSSL.h -- SSL Patch header
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1992-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- *	See the file "license.txt" for information on usage and redistribution
- *
- *	$Id$
- */
-
-#ifndef _h_websSSL
-#define _h_websSSL 1
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-
-/* 
- *	Header file for the GoAhead Patch for SSL. This defines the interface to 
- *	integrate SSL into the GoAhead Webserver.
- */
-
-/********************************* Includes ***********************************/
-
-
-#ifdef OPENSSL
-#define SSLEAY		/* turn off a few special case MONOLITH macros */
-#define USE_SOCKETS /* needed for the _O_BINARY defs in the MS world */
-#include <openssl/ssl.h>
-#else
-#include <sslc.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef UEMF
-	#include	"basic/basic.h"
-	#include	"emf/emf.h"
-#else
-	#include	"uemf.h"
-#endif
-
-/********************************** Defines ***********************************/
-
-typedef struct {
-	SSL	*ssl;
-	BIO	*bio;
-} websSSL_t;
-
-
-/******************************** Prototypes **********************************/
-
-extern int	websSSLOpen();
-extern int	websSSLIsOpen();
-extern void websSSLClose();
-
-extern int	websSSLWrite(websSSL_t *wsp, char_t *buf, int nChars);
-extern int	websSSLGets(websSSL_t *wsp, char_t **buf);
-extern int	websSSLRead(websSSL_t *wsp, char_t *buf, int nChars);
-extern int	websSSLEof(websSSL_t *wsp);
-
-extern int	websSSLFree(websSSL_t *wsp);
-extern int	websSSLFlush(websSSL_t *wsp);
-
-extern int	websSSLSetKeyFile(char_t *keyFile);
-extern int	websSSLSetCertFile(char_t *certFile);
-
-
-#endif /* _h_websSSL */
-
-/*****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/websda.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/websda.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a4a95775b8..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/websda.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,244 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * websda.c -- Digest Access Authentication routines
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * See the file "license.txt" for usage and redistribution license requirements
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-
-/*
- *	Routines for generating DAA data.	The module uses the
- *	"RSA Data Security, Inc. MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm" found in md5c.c
- */
-
-/********************************* Includes ***********************************/
-
-#ifndef CE
-#include	<time.h>
-#endif
-#include	"websda.h"
-#include	"md5.h"
-
-/******************************** Local Data **********************************/
-
-#define RANDOMKEY	T("onceuponatimeinparadise")
-#define NONCE_SIZE	34
-#define HASH_SIZE   16
-
-/*********************************** Code *************************************/
-/*
- *	websMD5binary returns the MD5 hash
- */
-
-char *websMD5binary(unsigned char *buf, int length)
-{
-    const char		*hex = "0123456789abcdef";
-    MD5_CONTEXT		md5ctx;
-    unsigned char	hash[HASH_SIZE];
-    char			*r, *strReturn;
-	char			result[(HASH_SIZE * 2) + 1];
-    int				i;
-
-/*
- *	Take the MD5 hash of the string argument.
- */
-    MD5Init(&md5ctx);
-    MD5Update(&md5ctx, buf, (unsigned int)length);
-    MD5Final(hash, &md5ctx);
-
-/*
- *	Prepare the resulting hash string
- */
-    for (i = 0, r = result; i < 16; i++) {
-		*r++ = hex[hash[i] >> 4];
-		*r++ = hex[hash[i] & 0xF];
-    }
-
-/*
- *	Zero terminate the hash string
- */
-    *r = '\0';
-
-/*
- *	Allocate a new copy of the hash string
- */
-	strReturn = balloc(B_L, sizeof(result));
-	strcpy(strReturn, result);
-
-    return strReturn;
-}
-
-/*****************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Convenience call to websMD5binary 
- *	(Performs char_t to char conversion and back)
- */
-
-char_t *websMD5(char_t *string)
-{
-	char_t	*strReturn;
-
-	a_assert(string && *string);
-
-	if (string && *string) {
-		char	*strTemp, *strHash;
-		int		nLen;
-/*
- *		Convert input char_t string to char string
- */
-		nLen = gstrlen(string);
-		strTemp = ballocUniToAsc(string, nLen + 1);
-/*
- *		Execute the digest calculation
- */
-		strHash = websMD5binary((unsigned char *)strTemp, nLen);
-/*
- *		Convert the returned char string digest to a char_t string
- */
-		nLen = strlen(strHash);
-		strReturn = ballocAscToUni(strHash, nLen);
-/*
- *		Free up the temporary allocated resources
- */
-		bfree(B_L, strTemp);
-		bfree(B_L, strHash);
-	} else {
-		strReturn = NULL;
-	}
-
-	return strReturn;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get a Nonce value for passing along to the client.  This function 
- *	composes the string "RANDOMKEY:timestamp:myrealm" and 
- *	calculates the MD5 digest placing it in output. 
- */
-
-char_t *websCalcNonce(webs_t wp)
-{
-	char_t		*nonce, *prenonce;
-	struct tm	*newtime;
-	time_t		longTime;
-
-	a_assert(wp);
-/*
- *	Get time as long integer.
- */
-	time(&longTime);
-/*
- *	Convert to local time.
- */
-	newtime = localtime(&longTime);
-/*
- *	Create prenonce string.
- */
-	prenonce = NULL;
-#ifdef DIGEST_ACCESS_SUPPORT
-	fmtAlloc(&prenonce, 256, T("%s:%s:%s"), RANDOMKEY, gasctime(newtime),
-		wp->realm); 
-#else
-	fmtAlloc(&prenonce, 256, T("%s:%s:%s"), RANDOMKEY, gasctime(newtime), 
-		RANDOMKEY); 
-#endif
-	a_assert(prenonce);
-/*
- *	Create the nonce
- */
-    nonce = websMD5(prenonce);
-/*
- *	Cleanup
- */
-	bfreeSafe(B_L, prenonce);
-
-	return nonce;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get an Opaque value for passing along to the client
- */
-
-char_t *websCalcOpaque(webs_t wp)
-{
-	char_t *opaque;
-	a_assert(wp);
-/*
- *	Temporary stub!
- */
-    opaque = bstrdup(B_L, T("5ccc069c403ebaf9f0171e9517f40e41"));
-
-	return opaque;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Get a Digest value using the MD5 algorithm
- */
-
-char_t *websCalcDigest(webs_t wp)
-{
-#ifdef DIGEST_ACCESS_SUPPORT
-	char_t	*digest, *a1, *a1prime, *a2, *a2prime, *preDigest, *method;
-
-	a_assert(wp);
-	digest = NULL;
-
-/*
- *	Calculate first portion of digest H(A1)
- */
-	a1 = NULL;
-	fmtAlloc(&a1, 255, T("%s:%s:%s"), wp->userName, wp->realm, wp->password);
-	a_assert(a1);
-	a1prime = websMD5(a1);
-	bfreeSafe(B_L, a1);
-/*
- *	Calculate second portion of digest H(A2)
- */
-	method = websGetVar(wp, T("REQUEST_METHOD"), NULL);
-	a_assert(method);
-	a2 = NULL;
-	fmtAlloc(&a2, 255, T("%s:%s"), method, wp->uri);
-	a_assert(a2);
-	a2prime = websMD5(a2);
-	bfreeSafe(B_L, a2);
-/*
- *	Construct final digest KD(H(A1):nonce:H(A2))
- */
-	a_assert(a1prime);
-	a_assert(a2prime);
-	a_assert(wp->nonce);
-
-	preDigest = NULL;
-	if (!wp->qop) {
-		fmtAlloc(&preDigest, 255, T("%s:%s:%s"), a1prime, wp->nonce, a2prime);
-	} else {
-		fmtAlloc(&preDigest, 255, T("%s:%s:%s:%s:%s:%s"), 
-			a1prime, 
-			wp->nonce,
-			wp->nc,
-			wp->cnonce,
-			wp->qop,
-			a2prime);
-	}
-
-	a_assert(preDigest);
-	digest = websMD5(preDigest);
-/*
- *	Now clean up
- */
-	bfreeSafe(B_L, a1prime);
-	bfreeSafe(B_L, a2prime);
-	bfreeSafe(B_L, preDigest);
-	return digest;
-#else
-	return NULL;
-#endif /* DIGEST_ACCESS_SUPPORT */
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/websda.h b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/websda.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3852ab8f53..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/websda.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-/* 
- *	websda.h -- GoAhead Digest Access Authentication public header
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1992-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- *	See the file "license.txt" for information on usage and redistribution
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-#ifndef _h_WEBSDA
-#define _h_WEBSDA 1
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-
-/* 
- *	GoAhead Digest Access Authentication header. This defines the Digest 
- *	access authentication public APIs.  Include this header for files that 
- *	use DAA functions
- */
-
-/********************************* Includes ***********************************/
-
-#ifndef UEMF
-	#include	"basic/basic.h"
-	#include	"emf/emf.h"
-#else
-	#include	"uemf.h"
-#endif
-
-#include		"webs.h"
-
-/****************************** Definitions ***********************************/
-
-extern char_t 	*websCalcNonce(webs_t wp);
-extern char_t 	*websCalcOpaque(webs_t wp);
-extern char_t 	*websCalcDigest(webs_t wp);
-
-#endif /* _h_WEBSDA */
-
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/websuemf.c b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/websuemf.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ff1b92a7e..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/websuemf.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,217 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * websuemf.c -- GoAhead Micro Embedded Management Framework
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1995-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * See the file "license.txt" for usage and redistribution license requirements
- *
- * $Id$
- */
-
-/********************************** Description *******************************/
-
-/*
- *	This modules provides compatibility with the full GoAhead EMF.
- */
-
-/*********************************** Includes *********************************/
-
-#include	"ejIntrn.h"
-#include	"wsIntrn.h"
-
-/*********************************** Defines **********************************/
-
-/*
- *	This structure stores scheduled events.
- */
-typedef struct {
-	void	(*routine)(void *arg, int id);
-	void	*arg;
-	time_t	at;
-	int		schedid;
-} sched_t;
-
-/*********************************** Locals ***********************************/
-
-static sched_t		**sched;
-static int			schedMax;
-
-/************************************* Code ***********************************/
-/*
- *	Evaluate a script
- */
-
-int scriptEval(int engine, char_t *cmd, char_t **result, int chan)
-{
-	int		ejid;
-
-	if (engine == EMF_SCRIPT_EJSCRIPT) {
-		ejid = (int) chan;
-      /*
-       * NOTE -- to disable better reporting of ASP errors, change the
-       * following line of code to
-       *	if (ejEval(ejid, cmd, NULL) ) {
-       */
-		if (ejEval(ejid, cmd, result) ) {
-			return 0;
-		} else {
-			return -1;
-		}
-	}
-	return -1;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- * Compare strings, ignoring case:  normal strcmp return codes.
- *
- *	WARNING: It is not good form to increment or decrement pointers inside a
- *	"call" to tolower et al. These can be MACROS, and have undesired side
- *	effects.
- */
-
-int strcmpci(char_t *s1, char_t *s2)
-{
-	int		rc;
-
-	a_assert(s1 && s2);
-	if (s1 == NULL || s2 == NULL) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	if (s1 == s2) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	do {
-		rc = gtolower(*s1) - gtolower(*s2);
-		if (*s1 == '\0') {
-			break;
-		}
-		s1++;
-		s2++;
-	} while (rc == 0);
-	return rc;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	This function is called when a scheduled process time has come.
- */
-
-void TimerProc(int schedid)
-{
-	sched_t	*s;
-
-	a_assert(0 <= schedid && schedid < schedMax);
-	s = sched[schedid];
-	a_assert(s);
-
-	(s->routine)(s->arg, s->schedid);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Schedule an event in delay milliseconds time. We will use 1 second
- *	granularity for webServer.
- */
-
-int emfSchedCallback(int delay, emfSchedProc *proc, void *arg)
-{
-	sched_t	*s;
-	int		schedid;
-
-	if ((schedid = hAllocEntry((void*) &sched, &schedMax,
-		sizeof(sched_t))) < 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	s = sched[schedid];
-	s->routine = proc;
-	s->arg = arg;
-	s->schedid = schedid;
-
-/*
- *	Round the delay up to seconds.
- */
-	s->at = ((delay + 500) / 1000) + time(0);
-
-	return schedid;
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Reschedule to a new delay.
- */
-
-void emfReschedCallback(int schedid, int delay)
-{
-	sched_t	*s;
-
-	if (sched == NULL || schedid == -1 || schedid >= schedMax || 
-		(s = sched[schedid]) == NULL) {
-		return;
-	}
-	s->at = ((delay + 500) / 1000) + time(0);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-
-void emfUnschedCallback(int schedid)
-{
-	sched_t	*s;
-
-	if (sched == NULL || schedid == -1 || schedid >= schedMax || 
-		(s = sched[schedid]) == NULL) {
-		return;
-	}
-	bfree(B_L, s);
-	schedMax = hFree((void*) &sched, schedid);
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/*
- *	Take the tasks off the queue in a round robin fashion.
- */
-
-void emfSchedProcess()
-{
-	sched_t		*s;
-	int			schedid;
-	static int	next = 0;	
-
-/*
- *	If schedMax is 0, there are no tasks scheduled, so just return.
- */
-	if (schedMax <= 0) {
-		return;
-	}
-
-/*
- *	If next >= schedMax, the schedule queue was reduced in our absence
- *	so reset next to 0 to start from the begining of the queue again.
- */
-	if (next >= schedMax) {
-		next = 0;
-	}
-
-	schedid = next;
-	for (;;) {
-		if ((s = sched[schedid]) != NULL &&	(int)s->at <= (int)time(0)) {
-			TimerProc(schedid);
-			next = schedid + 1;
-			return;
-		}
-		if (++schedid >= schedMax) {
-			schedid = 0;
-		}
-		if (schedid == next) {
-/*
- *			We've gone all the way through the queue without finding 
- *			anything to do so just return.
- */
-			return;
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
diff --git a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/wsIntrn.h b/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/wsIntrn.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9fb11f9937..0000000000
--- a/c/src/libnetworking/rtems_webserver/wsIntrn.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,309 +0,0 @@
-/* 
- *	wsIntrn.h -- Internal GoAhead Web server header
- *
- * Copyright (c) GoAhead Software Inc., 1992-2000. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- *	See the file "license.txt" for information on usage and redistribution
- *
- * $Id$
- */
- 
-#ifndef _h_WEBS_INTERNAL
-#define _h_WEBS_INTERNAL 1
-
-/******************************** Description *********************************/
-
-/* 
- *	Internal GoAhead Web Server header. This defines the Web private APIs
- *	Include this header when you want to create URL handlers.
- */
-
-/*********************************** Defines **********************************/
-
-/*
- *	Define this to enable logging of web accesses to a file 
- *		#define WEBS_LOG_SUPPORT 1
- *
- *	Define this to enable HTTP/1.1 keep alive support
- *		#define WEBS_KEEP_ALIVE_SUPPORT 1
- *
- *	Define this to enable if-modified-since support
- *		#define WEBS_IF_MODIFIED_SUPPORT 1
- *
- *	Define this to support proxy capability and track local vs remote request
- *		Note: this is not yet fully implemented.
- *		#define WEBS_PROXY_SUPPORT 1
- *
- *	Define this to support reading pages from ROM
- *		#define WEBS_PAGE_ROM 1
- *
- *	Define this to enable memory allocation and stack usage tracking
- *		#define B_STATS 1
- */
-
-/********************************** Includes **********************************/
-
-#include	<ctype.h>
-#include	<stdlib.h>
-#include	<string.h>
-#include	<stdarg.h>
-
-#ifdef NETWARE
-	#include	<fcntl.h>
-	#include	<sys/stat.h>
-	#include	<signal.h>
-	#include	<io.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WIN
-	#include	<fcntl.h>
-	#include	<sys/stat.h>
-	#include	<io.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef CE
-#ifndef UEMF
-	#include	<io.h>
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef NW
-	#include	<fcntl.h>
-	#include	<sys/stat.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SCOV5
-	#include	<fcntl.h>
-	#include	<sys/stat.h>
-	#include	<signal.h>
-	#include	<unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef LYNX
-	#include	<fcntl.h>
-	#include	<sys/stat.h>
-	#include	<signal.h>
-	#include	<unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef UNIX
-	#include	<fcntl.h>
-	#include	<sys/stat.h>
-	#include	<signal.h>
-	#include	<unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef QNX4
-	#include	<fcntl.h>
-	#include	<sys/stat.h>
-	#include	<signal.h>
-	#include	<unistd.h>
-	#include	<unix.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef UW
-	#include	<fcntl.h>
-	#include	<sys/stat.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef VXWORKS
-	#include	<vxWorks.h>
-	#include	<fcntl.h>
-	#include	<sys/stat.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SOLARIS
-	#include	<macros.h>
-	#include	<fcntl.h>
-	#include	<sys/stat.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef UEMF
-	#include	"uemf.h"
-	#include	"ejIntrn.h"
-#else
-	#include	"emf/emfInternal.h"
-	#include	"ej/ejIntrn.h"
-#endif
-
-#include	"webs.h"
-
-/********************************** Defines ***********************************/
-/* 
- *	Read handler flags and state
- */
-#define WEBS_BEGIN			0x1			/* Beginning state */
-#define WEBS_HEADER			0x2			/* Ready to read first line */
-#define WEBS_POST			0x4			/* POST without content */
-#define WEBS_POST_CLEN		0x8			/* Ready to read content for POST */
-#define WEBS_PROCESSING		0x10		/* Processing request */
-#define WEBS_KEEP_TIMEOUT	15000		/* Keep-alive timeout (15 secs) */
-#define WEBS_TIMEOUT		60000		/* General request timeout (60) */
-
-#define PAGE_READ_BUFSIZE	512			/* bytes read from page files */
-#define MAX_PORT_LEN		10			/* max digits in port number */
-#define WEBS_SYM_INIT		64			/* initial # of sym table entries */
-
-/*
- *	URL handler structure. Stores the leading URL path and the handler
- *	function to call when the URL path is seen.
- */ 
-typedef struct {
-	int		(*handler)(webs_t wp, char_t *urlPrefix, char_t *webDir, int arg, 
-			char_t *url, char_t *path, 
-			char_t *query);					/* Callback URL handler function */
-	char_t	*webDir;						/* Web directory if required */
-	char_t	*urlPrefix;						/* URL leading prefix */
-	int		len;							/* Length of urlPrefix for speed */
-	int		arg;							/* Argument to provide to handler */
-	int		flags;							/* Flags */
-} websUrlHandlerType;
-
-/* 
- *	Webs statistics
- */
-typedef struct {
-	long			errors;					/* General errors */
-	long			redirects;
-	long			net_requests;
-	long			activeNetRequests;
-	long			activeBrowserRequests;
-	long 			timeouts;
-	long			access;					/* Access violations */
-	long 			localHits;
-	long 			remoteHits;
-	long 			formHits;
-	long 			cgiHits;
-	long 			handlerHits;
-} websStatsType;
-
-extern websStatsType websStats;				/* Web access stats */
-
-/* 
- *	Error code list
- */
-typedef struct {
-	int		code;							/* HTTP error code */
-	char_t	*msg;							/* HTTP error message */
-} websErrorType;
-
-/* 
- *	Mime type list
- */
-typedef struct {
-	char_t	*type;							/* Mime type */
-	char_t	*ext;							/* File extension */
-} websMimeType;
-
-/*
- *	File information structure.
- */
-typedef struct {
-	unsigned long	size;					/* File length */
-	int				isDir;					/* Set if directory */
-	time_t			mtime;					/* Modified time */
-} websStatType;
-
-/*
- *	Compiled Rom Page Index
- */
-typedef struct {
-	char_t			*path;					/* Web page URL path */
-	unsigned char	*page;					/* Web page data */
-	int				size;					/* Size of web page in bytes */
-	int				pos;					/* Current read position */
-} websRomPageIndexType;
-
-/*
- *	Defines for file open.
- */
-#ifndef CE
-#define	SOCKET_RDONLY	O_RDONLY
-#define	SOCKET_BINARY	O_BINARY
-#else /* CE */
-#define	SOCKET_RDONLY	0x1
-#define	SOCKET_BINARY	0x2
-#endif /* CE */
-
-extern websRomPageIndexType	websRomPageIndex[];
-extern websMimeType		websMimeList[];		/* List of mime types */
-extern sym_fd_t			websMime;			/* Set of mime types */
-extern webs_t*			webs;				/* Session list head */
-extern int				websMax;			/* List size */
-extern char_t			websHost[64];		/* Name of this host */
-extern char_t			websIpaddr[64];		/* IP address of this host */
-extern char_t			*websHostUrl;		/* URL for this host */
-extern char_t			*websIpaddrUrl;		/* URL for this host */
-extern int				websPort;			/* Port number */
-
-/******************************** Prototypes **********************************/
-
-extern int		 websAspOpen();
-extern void		 websAspClose();
-extern void		 websFormOpen();
-extern void		 websFormClose();
-extern int		 websAspWrite(int ejid, webs_t wp, int argc, char_t **argv);
-extern void  	 websDefaultClose();
-extern int 		 websDefaultHandler(webs_t wp, char_t *urlPrefix, 
-					char_t *webDir, int arg, char_t *url, char_t *path, 
-					char_t *query);
-extern int 		 websFormHandler(webs_t wp, char_t *urlPrefix, char_t *webDir,
-					int arg, char_t *url, char_t *path, char_t *query);
-extern int 		 websCgiHandler(webs_t wp, char_t *urlPrefix, char_t *webDir,
-					int arg, char_t *url, char_t *path, char_t *query);
-extern void		 websCgiCleanup();
-extern int		 websCheckCgiProc(int handle);
-extern char_t	 *websGetCgiCommName();
-
-extern int		 websLaunchCgiProc(char_t *cgiPath, char_t **argp,
-					char_t **envp, char_t *stdIn, char_t *stdOut);
-extern int 		 websOpen(int sid);
-extern void 	 websResponse(webs_t wp, int code, char_t *msg, 
-					char_t *redirect);
-extern int 		 websJavaScriptEval(webs_t wp, char_t *script);
-extern int 		 websPageReadData(webs_t wp, char *buf, int nBytes);
-extern int		 websPageOpen(webs_t wp, char_t *lpath, char_t *path, int mode,
-					int perm);
-extern void		 websPageClose(webs_t wp);
-extern void		 websPageSeek(webs_t wp, long offset);
-extern int 	 	 websPageStat(webs_t wp, char_t *lpath, char_t *path,
-					websStatType *sbuf);
-extern int		 websPageIsDirectory(char_t *lpath);
-extern int 		 websRomOpen();
-extern void		 websRomClose();
-extern int 		 websRomPageOpen(webs_t wp, char_t *path, int mode, int perm);
-extern void 	 websRomPageClose(int fd);
-extern int 		 websRomPageReadData(webs_t wp, char *buf, int len);
-extern int 	 	 websRomPageStat(char_t *path, websStatType *sbuf);
-extern long		 websRomPageSeek(webs_t wp, long offset, int origin);
-extern void 	 websSetRequestSocketHandler(webs_t wp, int mask, 
-					void (*fn)(webs_t wp));
-extern int 		 websSolutionHandler(webs_t wp, char_t *urlPrefix,
-					char_t *webDir, int arg, char_t *url, char_t *path, 
-					char_t *query);
-extern void 	 websUrlHandlerClose();
-extern int 		 websUrlHandlerOpen();
-extern int 		 websOpenServer(int port, int retries);
-extern void 	 websCloseServer();
-extern char_t*	 websGetDateString(websStatType* sbuf);
-
-extern int		strcmpci(char_t* s1, char_t* s2);
-
-/*
- *	Prototypes for functions available when running as part of the 
- *	GoAhead Embedded Management Framework (EMF)
- */
-#ifdef EMF
-extern int 		 websEmfOpen();
-extern void 	 websEmfClose();
-extern void 	 websSetEmfEnvironment(webs_t wp);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef CE
-extern int writeUniToAsc(int fid, void *buf, unsigned int len);
-extern int readAscToUni(int fid, void **buf, unsigned int len);
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _h_WEBS_INTERNAL */
-
-/******************************************************************************/